:: % 

™  PRINCETON,  N.  J.  ^J 


Presented    by~~Y?£/\$  .  ^A  NrVYwAV*  VbW 

PR  3329  .HI  1841 
Bunyan,  John,  1628-1688. 
The  holy  war  made  by  Shadda 
upon  Diabolus,  for  the 


arf 


Pres 

PI 
Bi 
TI 


Jrontispcte. 


5*    cX~*9-- 


The  Town  of  Mansoul. 


THE   HOLY   WAR, 


MADE   BY 

SHADDAI  UPON  DIABOLUS, 

FOB 

THE  REGAINING  OF  THE  METROPOLIS   OF  THE   WORLD; 

OH, 

THE  LOSING  AND  TAKING  AGAIN  OF  THE  TOWN   OF  MAN&OUL- 

BY  JOHN    BUNYAN, 

Author  of  Vie  Pilgrim's  Progress. 


"I  have  used  similitudes." — Hos.  xii.  10. 


With  a  Sketch  of  the  Life  of  the  Author. 


REVISED   BY  THE   COMMITTEE   OK   PUBLICATION   OF  THE  AMERICAN 
SUNDAY-SCHOOL    UNIOii. 


AMERICAN  SUNDAY-SCHOOL  UNION, 
No.  1122  Chestnut  St..  Philadelphia. 

New  York:  375  Broadway Boston:  9  Cornhill. 

Cincinnati,  O.:  41  West  Fourth  St. 
Rochester,  A'.  Y. :  106  State  St...   Chicago,  III. :  58  Randolph  ! 

Louisville,  Ky.:  103  Fourth  St CJiarleston, 

S.  0. :  67  ileetiug  St. 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1841,  by 
Herman  Cope,  Treasurer,  in  trust  for  the  American  Sunday- 
school  Union,  in  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  of  the 
Eastern  District  of  Pennsylvania. 


PREFACE. 


It  is  with  no  ordinary  satisfaction  that  the 
Committee  of  Publication  of  the  American  Sun- 
day-school Union  present  to  the  Christian  com- 
munity a  beautiful  edition  of  "  Bunyan's  Holy 
War."  We  are  aware  that  this  work  has  en- 
joyed less  favour,  especially  among  the  youth, 
than  die  "  Pilgrim's  Progress"  by  the  same 
author;  one  obvious  reason  of  which  is,  that  it  has 
hitherto  been  published  in  a  form  so  unattractive. 

The  London  Religions  Tract  Society,  whose 
labours  for  the  diffusion  of  Christian  knowledge 
are  well  known  and  highly  appreciated  in  every 
quarter  of  the  globe,  have  just  reprinted  the  work 
from  an  edition  of  1682,  carefully  collating  it 
with  other  copies,  and  retaining  only  such  of  the 
original  side-notes  as  illustrate  the  text.  The 
present  edition  is  copied  from  their's,  with  a  few 
unimportant  verbal  alterations,   and  one  or  two 

iii 


IV  PREFACE 

explanatory  notes.  The  illustrations  add  greatly 
to  the  value  and  attractiveness  of  the  work.  The 
committee  feel  persuaded  that  the  nature,  the  power 
and  the  evil  of  sin,  as  well  as  the  freeness  and  ful- 
ness of  divine  grace,  are  set  forth  in  this  volume 
with  a  discrimination,  fidelity,  and  impressiveness 
rarely  equalled ;  and  they  devoutly  hope  that 
the  divine  blessing  may  attend  its  circulation,  and 
make  it  the  means  of  establishing  Christians  in 
the  faith,  and  of  "turning  many  from  darkness  to 
light,  and  from  the  power  of  Satan  unto  God." 


SKETCH 

OF  THE  LIFE  OF  THE  AUTHOR. 


John  Bunyan  was  born  at  Elstow,  a  village 
near  Bedford,  in  England,  in  1628.  His  parents 
were  very  poor,  but  honest  and  of  fair  character. 
John  was  put  to  a  free-school,  where  he  learned 
to  read  and  write,  but  neither  at  home  or  at  school 
did  he  learn  to  fear  God  and  to  keep  his  com- 
mandments. On  the  contrary,  he  says  of  himself, 
"  From  a  child  I  had  but  few  equals  for  cursing, 
swearing,  lying,  and  blaspheming  the  holy  name 
of  God.  Yea,  so  settled  and  rooted  was  I  in 
these  things,  that  they  became  as  a  second  nature 
to  me." 

His  mind,  however,  seems  never  to  have  been 
without  some  consciousness  of  the  evil  of  these 
practices,  for  he  says  that  when  he  was  nine  or 
ten  years  old,  his  sins  so  distressed  his  soul  that, 
in  the  midst  of  his  sport  and  vain  company,  he  was 
often  cast  down  and  afflicted  under  a  sense  of  them 
A  2  v 


VI  SKETCH    OF    THE 

He  was  bred  to  his  father's  occupation,  which 
was  that  of  a  tinker,  or  brazier ;  and,  it  is  said,  he 
worked  at  his  trade  as  a  journeyman  in  Bedford. 

In  several  instances  his  fears  were  alarmed  by 
remarkable  providences,  some  of  which  left  a 
deep  impression  on  his  mind  ;  and  the  dreams 
of  his  childhood  seem  to  have  supplied  a  train 
of  thought  which  he  afterwards  turned  to  good 
account.  At  about  seventeen  years  of  age  he 
entered  the  army  as  a  common  soldier,  and  is 
supposed  to  have  been  in  one  or  two  hotly  con- 
tested battles,  where  he  acquired  that  knowledge 
of  military  subjects  which  he  shows  in  the  His- 
tory of  the  Holy  War. 

Among  the  incidents  which  occurred  during 
his  connexion  with  the  army,  he  records  with 
emotions  of  deep  gratitude  the  following :  "  When 
I  was  a  soldier,  I  with  others  was  drawn  out  to 
such  a  place  to  go  to  besiege  it,  but  when  I  was 
just  ready  to  go,  one  of  the  company  desired  to 
go  in  my  room,  to  which,  when  I  had  consented, 
he  took  my  place  and  coming  to  the  siege,  as  he 
stood  sentinel,  he  was  shot  in  the  head  and  died. 
Here  were  judgment  and  mercy,  but  neither  of 


LIFE    OF    THE    AUTHOR.  Vll 

them  did  awaken  my  soul  to  righteousness; 
wherefore  I  sinned  still,  and  grew  more  and  more 
rebellious  against  God  and  careless  of  my  own 
salvation." 

Bunyan  left  the  army  before  he  was  nineteen, 
and  soon  afterwards  married.  His  wife,  though 
so  poor  that  "they  had  not  so  much  as  a  dish 
or  a  spoon  between  them,"  was  of  honest  and 
godly  parentage.  He  says,  concerning  her,  "  My 
mercy  was  to  light  upon  a  wife  whose  father  was 
counted  godly.  She  would  be  often  telling  of  me, 
what  a  godly  man  her  father  was,  and  how  he 
would  correct  and  reprove  vice  both  in  his  house 
and  among  his  neighbours,  and  what  a  strict  and 
holy  life  he  lived  in  his  days,  both  in  words  and 
deeds."  It  was  to  these  representations,  and  to 
the  reading  of  two  very  simple  religious  books, 
("The  Plain  Man's  Pathway  to  Heaven,"  and 
"  The  Practice  of  Piety,")  that  Bunyan  ascribed 
his  earliest  permanent  desires  to  live  a  life  of 
obedience  to  God's  commands. 

The  habit  of  profane  swearing  was  so  fixed 
upon  him,  that  it  became  a  subject  of  remark 
even  by  the  irreligious,  and  he  was  once  "  silenced 


Vlll  SKETCH    OF    THE 

and  put  to  shame"  by  a  reproof  from  a  woman  oi 
impious  character,  who  rebuked  him  for  his 
ungodliness,  telling  him  that  it  was  enough  to 
spoil  all  the  youth  in  the  whole  town.  He  re- 
formed outwardly  in  many  respects,  and  was  at 
times  greatly  alarmed  respecting  the  condition  of 
his  soul.  But  he  was  ignorant  of  the  corruption 
of  his  heart;  and  neither  his  wife  nor  any  of  his 
religious  associates  seem  to  have  had  knowledge 
or  grace  to  instruct  him. 

At  length,  however,  it  pleased  God  to  make  use 
of  a  very  humble  and  unexpected  agency  to  bring 
him  to  a  knowledge  of  the  truth  as  it  is  in  Jesus 
Christ.  He  was  working  at  his  trade,  while 
three  or  four  women,  sitting  at  a  neighbouring 
door,  were  discoursing  with  each  other  about  their 
miserable  state  by  nature, — about  a  work  of  God 
in  their  hearts,  which  they  called  the  new  birth, — 
about  the  love  of  the  Lord  Jesus,  which  had  been 
shed  abroad  in  their  hearts  by  the  Holy  Ghost, 
and  the  precious  promises  which  refreshed,  com- 
forted, and  supported  them  against  the  temptations 
of  the  devil. 

He  did  not  join  in  the  conversation;  but  *he 


LIFE    OF    THE    AUTHOR  IX 

subjects  were  so  strange  and  interesting  to  him, 
that  though  he  went  about  his  business,  "  The 
thought  of  them  followed  him  to  his  work  like 
his  shadow ;  nor  did  he  try  to  shake  it  off:"  he 
could  not  keep  them  out  of  his  mind.  These 
women  well  knew  the  character  of  young  Bun- 
yan,  and  were  very  glad  of  an  opportunity  to 
hold  such  a  conversation  in  the  presence  of  such 
a  man.     Bunyan  says  of  their  discourse : 

"Methought,  they  spake  as  if  joy  did  make 
them  speak.  They  spake  with  such  pleasantness 
of  Scripture  language,  and  with  such  appearance 
of  grace  in  all  they  said,  that  they  were  to  me,  as 
if  I  had  found  a  new  world;  as  if  they  were 
'people  that  dwelt  alone,  and  were  not  to  be 
reckoned  among  their  neighbours.'  At  this,  I  felt 
my  own  heart  begin  to  shake,  and  mistrust  my 
condition  to  be  naught:  for  I  saw  that  in  all  my 
thoughts  about  religion  and  salvation,  the  new 
birth  did  never  enter  into  my  mind  ;  neither  knew 
I  the  comfort  of  the  word  and  promise,  nor  the 
deceitfulness  of  my  own  wicked  heart.  As  for 
secret  thoughts,  I  took  no  notice  of  them  ;  neither 
did  I  understand  what  Satan's  temptations  were, 


X  SKETCH    OF    THE 

nor  how   they   were   to   be    withstood   and    re 
sisted." 

To  confirm  the  good  impressions  he  had  re- 
ceived, he  frequented  the  company  of  these  poor 
but  pious  women,  who  were  members  of  the 
Baptist  church  in  Bedford ;  and,  chiefly  by  the 
influence  of  their  conversation,  his  thoughts  were 
led  to  the  contemplation  of  divine  things,  and  he 
soon  after  became  a  subject  of  the  renewing  grace 
of  God.  "  He  imparted  his  feelings,"  says  one 
of  his  biographers,  "  to  those  poor  women 
whose  conversation  had  first  brought  him  into 
these  perplexities  and  struggles.  This  was  not 
unnatural  nor  unwise.  Their  conversation  had 
convinced  him  *  of  the  happy  and  blessed  condi- 
tion of  a  truly  godly  man.'  Besides,  they  alone 
had  manifested  any  deep  interest  in  his  spiritual 
welfare.  Neither  the  pastor  nor  any  of  his  flock 
had  paid  any  attention  to  the  reformed  tinker, 
beyond  compliments  to  his  reformation,  although 
he  worshipped  only  at  church,  and  must  have 
been  seen  there  from  Sabbath  to  Sabbath,  like 
Hannah  in  the  tabernacle  at  Shiloh,  wearing  all 
the  marks   *  of  a  sorrowful  spirit,  and  weeping 


LIFE    OF    THE    AUTHOR.  XI 

sore.'  However  ill-qualified,  therefore,  the  poor 
women  at  Bedford  may  have  been  to 
'  Minister  to  a  mind  diseased,' 
they  alone  had  manifested  sympathy  with  Bun- 
yan's  mind  when  it  was  ignorant.  They  first 
talked  at  him,  and  then  to  him,  while  he  was  a 
self-conceited  Pharisee ;  and  so  wisely,  that  he 
soon  took  the  place,  the  prayer,  and  the  position 
of  the  publican  in  the  temple.  And  now,  with 
equal  wisdom,  and  more  modesty,  they  did  not 
trust  themselves  to  answer  his  dark  questions, 
when  they  saw  his  wounded  spirit  bleeding ;  but 
acquainted  their  minister  with  his  case. 

This  minister  was  the  Rev.  John  GifTord,  who 
was  once  an  officer  of  the  army,  and  coming  as 
a  stranger  to  Bedford,  practised  physic  for  a  sea- 
son. The  history  of  Mr.  GifTord's  early  life 
and  the  circumstances  of  his  conversion  are 
scarcely  less  remarkable  than  those  of  Bunyan. 
He  was  profligate  and  reckless;  a  drunkard,  a 
gambler  and  abominably  profane.  He  once  fell 
into  a  fit  of  desperation  from  heavy  losses  in 
gaming,  and  while  in  this  state  he  met  with  a  reli- 
gious book,  by  Robert  Bolton,  the  reading  of  wnich 


Xll  SKETCH    OF    THE 

was  blessed  to  his  conversion.  He  soon  after 
joined  himself  to  the  people  whom  he  had  pre- 
viously despised,  and  at  length  became  their 
chosen  pastor. 

It  was  from  such  a  man  that  Bunyan  received 
the  first  rudiments  of  evangelical  instruction,  and 
from  this  time  his  mind  became  fixed  upon  eter- 
nity, and  almost  absorbed  with  things  relating  to 
the  kingdom  of  heaven. 

Considering  his  character  during  the  first  twenty 
years  of  his  life,  it  is  not  strange  that  he  should 
have  many  severe  conflicts  and  relapses  in  the 
outset  of  his  Christian  course.  But  by  the  dill- 
gent  use  of  the  means  of  grace,  he  became  at 
length  an  eminent  minister  of  the  gospel  of  Jesus 
Christ,  and  a  most  distinguished  guide,  instructor, 
and  comforter  of  others.  Among  these  means, 
we  may  mention  Martin  Luther's  Commentary 
on  Galatians.     He  says  of  this  work : 

"  It  was  so  old,  that  it  was  ready  to  fall  piece 
from  piece  if  I  did  but  turn  it  over.  Now  I  was 
much  pleased  that  such  an  old  book  had  fallen 
into  my  hands.  1  found  my  condition  as  largely 
and  profoundly  handled,  in  his  experience,  as  if 


LIFE    OF    THE    AUTHOR.  xii] 

his  book  had  been  written  out  of  my  heart.  T 
do  prefer  this  book  of  Martin  Luther  (excepting 
the  Bible)  before  all  the  books  that  ever  I  have 
seen,  as  most  fit  for  a  wounded  conscience." 

Why  this  book  was  so  well  fitted  to  Bunyan's 
state  of  mind,  appears  from  the  character  given  of 
it  by  a  bishop  of  London.  Luther's  work  being 
brought  to  him  to  read  and  consider,  he  says: 

"  I  thought  it  my  part,  not  only  to  allow  of  it 
to  print,  but  also  to  commend  it  to  the  reader,  as 
a  treatise  most  comfortable  to  all  afflicted  con- 
sciences, exercised  in  the  school  of  Christ.  The 
author  felt  what  he  spake,  and  had  experience  of 
what  he  wrote,  and  thus  was  able,  more  lively,  to 
express  both  the  assaults  and  salving ;  the  order 
of  the  battle,  and  the  means  of  the  victory. 

"  If  Christ  justify,  who  can  condemn  ? — saith 
St.  Paul.  This  most  necessary  doctrine,  the 
author  hath  most  substantially  declared  in  his 
commentary.  Satan  is  the  enemy :  the  victory 
is  only  by  faith  in  Christ." 

In  1653,  Bunyan  joined  the  Baptist  church  in 
Bedford.  He  was  then  about  twenty-five  years 
of  age.  Three  years  aftenvards  he  became  a 
B 


JliV  SKETCH    OF    THE 

preacher  of  the  gospel,  and  the  singular  historv 
of  his  life  and  conversion  awakened  very  general 
interest  to  hear  him,  especially  among  the  com- 
mon people. 

"  By  this  time  his  family  was  increased,  and 
as  that  increased,  God  increased  his  stores,  so 
that  he  lived  now  in  great  credit  among  his  neigh- 
bours, who  were  amazed  to  find  such  a  wonder- 
ful reformation  in  him ;  that  from  a  person  so 
vile  as  he  had  been,  should  spring  up  so  good  a 
Christian ;  and  people  who  had  heard  his  cir- 
cumstances came  many  miles  to  hear  him,  and 
were  highly  satisfied ;  so  that,  telling  their  neigh- 
bours, more  crowded  after  him,  insomuch  that 
the  place  was  many  times  too  strait  for  them ; 
for  although  he  often  confessed  he  had  fears  upon 
him,  and  doubts,  and  sometimes  tremblings,  in- 
ward evil  suggestions,  and  temptations,  before  he 
stood  up  to  speak,  yet  he  no  sooner  began  to 
utter  the  word  of  God  than  they  all  vanished  , 
he  grew  warm  with  a  fervent  zeal,  and  nothing 
obstructed  his  delivery." 

Many  anecdotes  are  recorded  to  show  the  extra- 
ordinary talents,  acquirements,  and  popularity  of 


LIFE    OF    THE    AUTHOR.  XV 

Bunyan.  He  often  had  disputes  with  the  scholars 
that  came  to  oppose  him — supposing  him  an  igno 
rant  person ;  and  though  he  argued  plainly,  and 
by  Scripture,  without  any  art  or  logical  rule,  he 
put  them  to  silence  by  his  pertinent  answers.  He 
used  to  pay  an  annual  visit  to  his  friends  in  Lon- 
don, where  his  reputation  as  a  preacher  was  so 
great,  "  that  if  but  a  day's  notice  were  given,  the 
meeting-house  in  Southwark,  where  he  generally 
preached,  would  not  hold  half  the  people  that 
attended.  Three  thousand  persons  have  been 
gathered  together  to  hear  him  in  a  remote  part  of 
the  town,  and  no  fewer  than  twelve  hundred,  on 
a  dark  winter's  morning,  at  seven  o'clock,  even 
on  week  days." 

The  celebrated  Dr.  Owen  is  said  to  have  been 
among  his  occasional  hearers  ;  and  it  is  related  of 
him,  that  being  asked  by  Charles  II.  how  a  learned 
man,  such  as  he  was,  could  sit  and  hear  an  illite- 
rate tinker  prate, — he  replied :  "May  it  please 
your  majesty,  could  I  possess  that  tinker's  abili- 
ties for  preaching,  I  would  gladly  relinquish  all 
my  learning." 

Many,  to  whom  he  had  been  represented  as  a 


XVI  SKETCH  OF  THE 

very  ignorant  and  illiterate  man,  "  were  convinced 
of  his  worth,  and  knowledge  in  sacred  things, 
perceiving  him  to  be  a  man  of  sound  judgment, 
delivering  himself  plainly  and  powerfully — inso- 
much that  many  who  came  spectators,  for  novelty 
rather  than  to  be  edified  and  improved,  went 
away  well  satisfied  with  what  they  heard,  and 
wondering  at  the  grace  and  power  with  which  he 
spoke." 

In  November,  1660,  he  was  arrested  under  the 
provisions  of  a  law  of  England,  which  prohibited 
meetings  to  be  held  except  according  to  certain 
regulations,  and  which  required  a  conformity  to 
the  principles  and  usages  of  the  established  religion 
of  the  country.  The  charge  against  him  was, 
that  he  '*  devilishly  and  perniciously  abstained 
from  coming  to  church  to  hear  divine  service, 
and  is  a  common  upholder  of  several  unlawful 
meetings  and  conventicles,  to  the  great  disturb- 
ance and  distraction  of  the  good  subjects  of  this 
kingdom,  contrary  to  the  laws  of  our  sovereign 
lord  the  king,"  &c. 

He  was  finally  thrown  into  Bedford  jail,  and 
though  in  the  kindness  of  providence  he  had  a 


LIFE    OF    THE    AUTHOR.  XV11 

warm  and  steadfast  friend  in  the  jailer,  he  was 
doomed  to  suffer  an  uninterrupted  imprisonment 
of  seven  years,  without  a  yard  or  court  in  which 
to  take  air  or  exercise.  The  whole  period  of  his 
arrest  to  his  final  release  was  twelve  years  ;  but 
there  were  intervals  in  which  the  rigour  of  his 
confinement  was  abated. 

At  these  intervals  he  was  actively  employed  in 
preaching  the  gospel  from  place  to  place,  though 
at  the  risk  of  severe  suffering.  In  our  free  coun- 
try, and  in  this  day  of  religious  liberty,  we  can 
form  but  very  imperfect  conceptions  of  the  pains 
and  penalties  which  have  been  endured  in  former 
days  and  in  other  lands  by  the  disciples  of  Christ. 
In  his  missionary  tours,  he  founded  several 
churches  which  are  at  this  day  in  nourishing  cir- 
cumstances. In  Hertfordshire,  he  often  preached 
in  a  deep  dell  in  a  wood  near  the  village  of  Pres- 
ton, to  a  thousand  people  ;  and  in  another  neigh- 
bourhood his  congregation  occupied  a  building 
which  was  used  for  a  malt-house.  It  was  a  low 
thatched  building,  forming  a  sort  of  elbow.  A 
large  square  pulpit  stood  in  the  angle,  and  adjoin- 
ing it  was  "  a  high  pew  in  which  ministers  sat, 
1 


XV111  SKETCH    OF    THE 

out  of  sight  of  informers,  and  from  which,  in  case 
of  alarm,  they  could  escape  into  an  adjacent 
cave."  Other  congregations  in  Bedfordshire 
"owe  their  origin  to  his  midnight  preaching 
during  his  imprisonment,  when  he  enjoyed  the 
liberty,  by  sufferance,  of  making  secret  excur- 
sions to  visit  his  friends."  A  tradition  is  pre- 
served by  the  Baptist  congregation  in  Reading 
(Berkshire),  that  he  sometimes  went  through  that 
town  dressed  like  a  carter,  with  a  long  whip  in 
his  hand,  to  avoid  detection.  The  house  in  which 
the  congregation  met  for  worship,  stood  in  a  lane, 
and  from  the  back  door  they  had  a  bridge  over  a 
branch  of  the  river  Kennett,  whereby,  in  case  of 
alarm,  they  might  escape. 

It  was  during  the  seven  years  of  his  close  impri- 
sonment that  he  composed  his  great  work  The 
Pilgrim's  Progress  ;  and  ten  years  after  his  re- 
lease, viz.,  in  1 682,  The  Holy  War  was  published. 

His  works  which  have  been  preserved  com- 
prise not  less  than  sixty  different  books,  many  of 
which  have  been  published  in  so  many  forms  and 
languages  that  it  would  be  fruitless  to  attempt  to 
enumerate  them. 


LIFE    OF    THE    AUTHOR.  XIX 

In  August,  1688,  an  errand  of  benevolence  led 
him  to  take  a  journey  on  horseback,  in  the  course 
of  which  he  was  overtaken  by  severe  rains  which 
occasioned  a  violent  fever.  He  was  aware  that 
his  disorder  would  probably  terminate  fatally, 
but  it  gave  him  no  fear.  He  settled  his  worldly 
affairs  with  entire  composure,  considering  his 
approaching  death  as  a  blessed  release  from  sin 
and  temptation,  and  "life  as  a  tedious  delay  of 
expected  felicity."  After  an  illness  of  ten  days, 
with  unshaken  confidence,  he  resigned  his  soul, 
on  the  31st  of  August,  1688,  being  sixty  years 
of  age,  into  the  hand  of  his  most  merciful  Re- 
deemer; following  his  pilgrim  from  the  City  of 
Destruction  to  the  New  Jerusalem,  his  better 
part  having  been  all  along  there  in  holy  contem- 
plations, pantings  and  breathings  after  the  hidden 
manna  and  the  water  of  life." 

He  was  buried  in  Bunhill  fields,  a  quiet  and 
retired  snclosure,  in  the  suburbs  of  London :  and 
as  we  have  stood  over  the  spot  where  his  ashes 
lie,  and  have  thought  of  his  obscure  origin;  his 
wayward  childhood ;  his  impious  youth ;  his  godly 
manhood;  his  temptations,  trials,  and  sufferings  ; 


XX  LIFE    OF    THE    AUTHOR. 

his  self-denial,  labour,  and  perseverance ;  and,  more 
than  all,  when  we  have  thought  of  the  mighty 
influence  of  his  genius,  sanctified  and  guided  as 
were  all  its  efforts  by  divine  grace,  thus  shedding 
light,  and  comfort,  and  consolation  upon  myriads 
of  minds,  from  generation  to  generation,  all  over 
the  earth;  we  have  almost  involuntarily  ex- 
claimed, "  0,  the  depth  of  the  riches,  both  of 
the  wisdom  and  knowledge  of  God!  how  un- 
searchable are  his  judgments,  and  his  ways 
past  finding  out .'" 


TO   THE    READER. 


»Tis  strange  to  me,  that  they  that  love  to  tell 
Things  done  of  old,  yea,  and  that  do  excel 
Their  equals  in  historiology, 
Speak  not  of  Mansoul's  wars,  but  let  them  lie 
Dead,  like  old  fables,  or  such  worthless  things, 
That  to  the  reader  no  advantage  brings  : 
When  men,  let  them  make  what  they  will  their  own, 
Till  they  know  this,  are  to  themselves  unknown. 

Of  stories,  I  well  know,  there's  divers  sorts, 
Some  foreign,  some  domestic  ;  and  reports 
Are  thereof  made  as  fancy  leads  the  writers. 
(By  books  a  man  may  guess  at  the  inditers.) 
Some  will  again  of  that  which  never  was, 
Nor  will  be,  feign  (and  that  without  a  cause) 

I*  XXI 


XX11  TO    THE    READER. 

Such  matter,  raise  such  mountains,  tell  such  thing* 
Of  men,  of  laws,  of  countries,  and  of  kings ; 
And  in  their  story  seem  to  be  so  sage, 
And  with  such  gravity  clothe  every  page, 
That  though  their  frontispiece  says  all  is  vain, 
Yet  to  their  way  disciples  they  obtain. 

But,  readers,  I  have  somewhat  els  kto  do, 
Than  with  vain  stories  thus  to  trouble  you ; 

ch?f3.      What  here  I  say,  some  men  do  know  so  well, 

tians.       They  can  with  tears  and  joy  the  story  tell. 

The  town  of  Mansoul  is  well  known  to  many, 
Nor  are  her  troubles  doubted  of  by  any 

The^scrip- That  are  acquainted  with  those  Histories 
That  Mansoul  and  her  wars  anatomize. 

Then  lend  thine  ear  to  what  I  do  relate, 
Touching  the  town  of  Mansoul  and  her  state : 
How  she  was  lost,  took  captive,  made  a  slave ; 
And  how  against  him  set,  that  should  her  save; 
Yea,  how  by  hostile  ways  she  did  oppose 
Her  Lord,  and  with  his  enemy  did  close. 
For  they  are  true :  he  that  will  them  deny, 
Must  needs  the  best  of  records  vilify. 
For  my  part,  I  myself  was  in  the  town, 
Both  when  'twas  set  up,  and  when  pulling  down. 
I  saw  Diabolus  in  his  possession, 
And  Mansoul  also  under  his  oppression. 
Yea,  I  was  there  when  she  own'd  him  for  lord, 
And  to  him  did  submit  with  one  accord. 
When  Mansoul  trampled  upon  things  divine, 
And  wallowed  in  filth  as  doth  a  swine ; 
When  she  betook  herself  unto  her  arms, 

Hiscoim-  F0Ught  her  Emanuel,  despised  his  charms ; 


TO    THE    READER. 

Then  I  was  there,  and  did  rejoice  to  see 

Diabolus  and  Mansoul  so  agree. 

Let  no  men,  then,  count  me  a  fable-maker, 

Nor  make  my  name  or  credit  a  partaker 

Of  their  derision :  what  is  here  in  view, 

Of  mine  own  knowledge,  I  dare  say  is  true. 
I  saw  the  Prince's  armed  men  come  down 

By  troops,  by  thousands,  to  besiege  the  town ; 

I  saw  the  captains,  heard  the  trumpets  sound, 

And  how  his  forces  covered  all  the  ground. 

Yea,  how  they  set  themselves  in  battle-'ray, 

I  shall  remember  to  my  dying  day. 
I  saw  the  colours  waving  in  the  wind, 

And  they  within  to  mischief  how  combined 

To  ruin  Mansoul,  and  to  make  away 

Her  primum  mobile  without  delay. 

I  saw  the  mounts  cast  up  against  the  town, 
And  how  the  slings  were  placed  to  beat  it  down ; 
I  heard  the  stones  fly  whizzing  by  mine  ears, 

(What  longer  kept  in  mind  than  got  in  fears'?) 
I  heard  them  fall,  and  saw  what  work  they  made, 
And  how  old  Mors  did  cover  with  his  shade 
The  face  of  Mansoul ;  and  I  heard  her  cry, 
*  Woe  worth  the  day,  in  dying  I  shall  die  !" 

I  saw  the  battering-rams,  and  how  they  play'd 
To  beat  ope  Ear-gate ;  and  I  was  afraid 
Not  only  Ear-gate,  but  the  very  town 
Would  by  those  battering-rams  be  beaten  down. 
I  saw  the  fights,  and  heard  the  captains  shout, 
And  in  each  battle  saw  who  faced  about ; 
I  saw  who  wounded  were,  and  who  was  slain ; 
And  who,  when  dead,  would  come  to  life  again. 


XXIV  TO    THE    READER. 

I  heard  the  cries  of  those  that  wounded  were, 
(While  others  fought  like  men  bereft  of  fear.) 
And  while  the  cry,  "  Kill,  kill,"  was  in  mine  ears, 
The  gutters  ran,  not  so  with  blood  as  tears. 
Indeed,  the  captains  did  not  always  fight, 
But  then  they  would  molest  us  day  and  night; 
Their  cry,  "  Up,  fall  on,  let  us  take  the  town." 
Kept  us  from  sleeping,  or  from  lying  down. 

I  was  there  when  the  gates  were  broken  ope, 
And  saw  how  Mansoul  then  was  stripp'd  of  hope; 
I  saw  the  captains  march  into  the  town, 
How  there  they  fought,  and  did  their  foes  cut  down. 
I  heard  the  Prince  bid  Boanerges  go 
Up  to  the  castle,  and  there  seize  his  foe ; 
And  saw  him  and  his  fellows  bring  him  down, 
In  chains  of  great  contempt  quite  through  the  town. 

I  saw  Emmanuel,  when  he  possess'd 
His  town  of  Mansoul ;  and  how  greatly  blest 
A  town  his  gallant  town  of  Mansoul  was, 
When  she  received  his  pardon,  loved  his  laws. 

When  the  Diabolonians  were  caught, 
When  tried,  and  when  to  execution  brought, 
Then  I  was  there ;  yea,  I  was  standing  by 
When  Mansoul  did  the  rebels  crucify. 

I  also  saw  Mansoul  clad  all  in  white, 
And  heard  her  Prince  call  her  his  heart's  delight 
I  saw  him  put  upon  her  chains  of  gold, 
And  rings,  and  bracelets,  goodly  to  behold. 

What  shall  I  say  1     I  heard  the  people's  cries, 
And  saw  the  Prince  wipe  tears  from  Mansoul's  eyes. 
I  heard  the  groans,  and  saw  the  joy  of  many : 
Tell  you  of  all,  I  neither  will,  nor  can  I. 


TO    THE    READER.  XXV 

But  by  what  here  I  say,  you  well  may  see 
That  Mansoul's  matchless  wars  no  fables  be. 

Mansoul,  the  desire  of  both  princes  was : 
One  keep  his  gain  would,  t'other  gain  his  loss. 
Diabolus  would  cry,  "  The  town  is  mine  !" 
Emmanuel  would  plead  a  right  divine 
Unto  his  Mansoul :  then  to  blows  they  go, 
And  Mansoul  cries,  "  These  wars  will  roe  undo." 

Mansoul !  her  wars  seem'd  endless  in  her  eyes : 
She's  lost  by  one,  becomes  another's  prize  ; 
And  he  again  that  lost  her  last  would  swear 
"  Have  her  I  will,  or  her  in  pieces  tear." 

Mansoul !  it  was  the  very  seat  of  war; 
Wherefore  her  troubles  greater  were  by  far 
Than  only  where  the  noise  of  war  is  heard, 
Or  where  the  shaking  of  a  sword  is  fear'd  ; 
Or  only  where  small  skirmishes  are  fought, 
Or  where  the  fancy  fighteth  with  a  thought. 

She  saw  the  swords  of  fighting  men  made  red, 
And  heard  the  cries  of  those  with  them  wounded  • 
Must  not  her  frights,  then,  be  much  more  by  far 
Than  theirs  that  to  such  doings  strangers  are  1 
Or  theirs  that  hear  the  beating  of  a  drum, 
But  not  made  fly  for  fear  from  house  and  home  ? 

Mansoul  not  only  heard  the  trumpet's  sound, 
But  saw  her  gallants  gasping  on  the  ground  : 
Wherefore  we  must  not  think  that  she  could  rest 
With  them  whose  greatest  earnest  is  but  jest  : 
Or  where  the  blust'ring  threat'ning  of  great  wars 
Do  end  in  parleys,  or  in  wording  jars. 

Mansoul !  her  mighty  wars,  they  did  portend 
Her  weal  or  woe,  and  that  world  without  end : 


XXVI  TO    THE    READER. 

Wherefore  she  must  be  more  concern'd  than  they 
Whose  fears  begin,  and  end  the  selfsame  day  ; 
Or  where  none  other  harm  doth  come  to  him 
That  is  engaged,  but  loss  of  life  or  limb, 
As  all  must  needs  confess  that  now  do  dwell 
In  Universe,  and  can  this  story  tell. 

Count  me  not,  then,  with  them  that,  to  amaze 
The  people,  set  them  on  the  stars  to  gaze, 
Insinuating  with  much  confidence, 
That  each  of  them  is  now  the  residence 
Of  some  brave  creatures:  yea,  a  world  they  will 
Have  in  each  star,  though  it  be  past  their  skill 
To  make  it  manifest  to  any  man, 
That  reason  hath,  or  tell  his  fingers  can. 

But  I  have  too  long  held  thee  in  the  porch, 
And  kept  thee  from  the  sunshine  with  a  torch. 
Well,  now  go  forward,  step  within  the  door, 
And  there  behold  five  hundred  times  much  more 
Of  all  sorts  of  such  inward  rarities 
As  please  the  mind  will,  and  will  feed  the  eyes 
With  those,  which,  if  a  Christian,  thou  wilt  see 
Not  small,  but  things  of  greatest  moment  be. 

Nor  do  thou  go  to  work  without  my  key  ; 
(Tn  mysteries  men  soon  do  lose  their  way ;) 
And  also  turn  it  right,  if  thou  wouldst  know 
My  riddle,  and  wouldst  with  my  heifer  plough: 
Jenlmar"  II  lies  there  m  the  window.     Fare  thee  well, 
My  next  may  be  to  ring  thy  passing-bell. 

John  Bdntan. 


AN    ADVERTISEMENT 


READER. 


Soxe  say  the  "  Pilgrim's  Progress"  is  not  mine, 
Insinuating  as  if  I  would  shine 
In  name  and  fame  by  the  worth  of  another, 
Like  some  made  rich  by  robbing  of  their  brother. 
Or  that  so  fond  I  am  of  being  sire, 
I'll  father  bastards ;  or,  if  need  require, 
I'll  tell  a  lie  in  print  to  get  applause. 
I  scorn  it :  John  such  dirt-heap  never  was, 
Since  God  converted  him.     Let  this  suffice 
To  show  why  I  my  "  Pilgrim"  patronize. 

It  came  from  mine  own  heart,  so  to  my  head, 
And  thence  into  my  fingers  trickled ; 
Then  to  my  pen,  from  whence  immediately 
On  paper  I  did  dribble  it  daintily. 

XXVll 


XXV111  ADVERTISEMENT. 

Manner  and  matter,  too,  was  all  mine  own; 
Nor  was  it  unto  any  mortal  known, 
Till  I  had  done  it ;  nor  did  any  then 
By  books,  by  wits,  by  tongues,  or  hand,  or  pen. 
Add  five  words  to  it,  or  wrote  half  a  line 
Thereof:  the  whole,  and  every  whit  is  mine. 
Also  for  this,  thine  eye  is  now  upon, 
The  matter  in  this  manner  came  from  none 
But  the  same  heart,  and  head,  fingers,  and  pen, 
As  did  the  other.     Witness  all  good  men ; 
For  none  in  all  the  world,  without  a  lie, 
Can  say  that  this  is  mine,  excepting  I. 

I  write  not  this  of  any  ostentation, 
Nor  cause  I  seek  of  men  their  commendation  ; 
I  do  it  to  keep  them  from  such  surmise, 
As  tempt  them  will  my  name  to  scandalise 
Witness  my  name,  if  anagram'd  to  thee, 
The  letters  make — "Nu  hony  in  a  B." 

John  Buntan 


A  RELATION 


THE   HOLY  WAR 


In  my  travels,  as  I  walked  through  many  re- 
gions and  countries,  it  was  my  chance  to  happen 
into  that  famous  continent  of  Universe.  A  very 
large  and  spacious  country  it  is  :  it  lieth  between 
the  two  poles,  and  just  amidst  the  four  points  of 
the  heavens.  It  is  a  place  well  watered,  and 
richly  adorned  with  hills  and  valleys,  bravely 
situate,  and  for  the  most  part,  at  least  where  I 
was,  very  fruitful,  also  well  peopled,  and  a  very 
sweet  air. 

The  people  are  not  all  of  one  complexion,  nor 
yet  of  one  language,  mode,  or  way  of  religion, 
but  differ  as  much  as,  it  is  said,  do  the  planets 
themselves.  Some  are  right,  and  some  are  wrong, 
even  as  it  happeneth  to  be  in  lesser  regions. 

In  this  country,  as  I  said,  it  was  my  lot  to 
travel ;  and  there  travel  I  did,  and  that  so  long, 
even  till  I  learned  much  of  their  mother  tongue, 
together  with  the  customs  and  manners  of  them 
among  whom  I  was.  And,  to  speak  truth,  I  was 
2  1 


THE    HOLY    WAR 

much   delighted    to    see   and    hear 

pleasing  to  .he  flesh.         many    ^^  ^^^  J   gaw  ^   jlear(J 

among  them  ;  yea,  I  had,  to  be  sure,  even  lived 

and  died  a  native  among  them,  (so  was  I  taken 

with  them   and   their  doings,)  had 

Christ.  a.     e  { 

not  my  master  sent  for  me  home 
to  his  house,  there  to  do  business  for  him,  and  to 
oversee  business  done. 

Now,  there. is  in  this  gallant  country  of  Uni- 
verse a  fair  and  delicate  town,  a  corporation 
called  Mansoul ;  a  town  for  its  build- 
ing so  curious,  for  its  situation  so 
commodious,  for  its  privileges  so  advantageous, 
(I  mean  with  reference  to  its  origin,)  that  I  may 
say  of  it,  as  was  said  before  of  the  continent  in 
which  it  is  placed,  There  is  not  ifn  equal  under 
the  whole  heaven. 

As  to  the  situation  of  this  town,  it  lieth  just 

between  the  two  worlds  ;  and  the  first  founder 

and  builder  of  it,  so  far  as  by  the  best  and  most 

authentic  records  I  can  gather,  was 

Scriptures.  ^   *gHADDAI  ;    and  he  built  it  for 

his  own  delight.  He  made  it  the  mirror  and 
glory  of  all  that  he  made,  even  the  top-piece, 
beyond  anything  else  that  he  did  in  that  country. 
Yea,  so  goodly  a  town  was  Mansoul  when  first 
created.  built,  that  it  is  said  by  some,  the 

Angeis.  gods,    at    the    setting    up    thereof, 

came  down  to  see  it,  and  sang  for  joy.  And 
as  he  made  it  goodly  to  behold,  so  also  mighty 
to  have   dominion   over   all    the   country  round 

*  The  Hebrew  word   translated  Almighty  in   the  Old 
Testament. 


THE    HOLY    WAR. 


3 


about.  Yea,  all  were  commanded  to  acknow- 
ledge Mansoul  for  their  metropolitan,  all  were 
enjoined  to  do  homage  to  it.  Aye,  the  town 
itself  had  positive  commission  and  power  from 
her  King  to  demand  service  of  all,  and  also  to 
subdue  any  that  anyways  denied  to  do  it. 

There  was  reared  up  in  the  midst  of  this  town 
a  most  famous  and  stately  palace;        Theheart 
for  strength,   it  might  be   called  a 
castle ;   for  pleasantness,   a  paradise ;   for  large- 
ness, a  place  so  copious  as  to  contain 

,,      ,         l  -.  ■,         rm.  i  i         T7--  Eccl.iii.ll. 

all  the  world.  This  place  the  King 
Shaddai  intended  but  for  himself  alone,  and  not 
another  with  him  ;  partly  because  of  his  own 
delights,  and  partly  because  he  would  not  that 
the  terror  of  strangers  should  be  upon  the  town. 
This  place  Shaddai  made  also  a  garrison  of,  but 
committed  the  keeping  of  it  only  to  the  men  of 
the  town. 

The  walls  of  the  town  were  well  built,  yea,  so 
fast    and  firm   were  they  knit   and  compact  to- 
gether, that,  had  it  not  been  for  the     The  poweni  of  the 
townsmen    themselves,   they   could  soul- 
not  have  been  shaken  or  broken  for  ever.  For  here 
lay  the  excellent  wisdom  of  him  that        ^  ^ 
builded  Mansoul,  that  the  walls  could 
never  be  broken    down    nor  hurt  by   the   most 
mighty  adverse  potentate,  unless  the  townsmen 
gave  consent  thereto. 

This  famous  town  of  Mansoul  had  five  gates, 
in  at  which  to  come,  out  at  which  to  go  ;  and 
these  were  made  likewise  answerable  to  the  walls, 
to  wit,  impregnable,  and  such  as  could  never  be 
opened  nor  forced  but  by  the  will  and  leave  of 


4  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

those  within.     The  names  of  the 

The  five  senses.  .  -^  t-, 

gates   were   these :   bar-gate,   Eye- 
gate,  Mouth-gate,  Nose-gate,  and  Feel-gate. 

Other  things  there  were  that  belonged  to  the 
town  of  Mansoul,  which  if  you  adjoin  to  these, 
will  yet  give  farther  demonstration  to  all,  of  the 
glory  and  strength  of  the  place.  It  had  always 
The  state  of  Mansoul  a  sufficiency  of  provision  within  its 
at  first.  walls  ;  it  had  the  best,  most  whole- 

some, and  excellent  law,  that  then  was  extant  in 
the  world.  There  was  not  a  rascal,  rogue,  or 
traitorous  person  then  within  its  walls  :  they  were 
all  true  men,  and  fast  joined  together;  and  this, 
you  know,  is  a  great  matter.  And  to  all  these,  it 
had  always,  (so  long  as  it  had  the  goodness  to 
keep  true  to  Shaddai  the  King,)  his  countenance, 
his  protection,  and  it  was  his  delight. 

Well,  upon  a  time,  there  was  one  Diabolus,  a 
mighty  giant,  made  an  assault  upon 
this  famous  town  of  Mansoul,  to 
take  it,  and  make  it  his  own  habitation.  This 
giant  was  king  of  the  blacks,  and  a 
most  raving  prince  he  was.  We 
will,  if  you  please,  first  discourse  of  the  origin 
of  this  Diabolus,  and  then  of  his  taking  of  this 
famous  town  of  Mansoul. 

This  Diabolus  is  indeed  a  great  and  mighty 
The on^n of  D>a.     prince,  and  yet  both  poor  and  beg- 
toius.  garly.     As  to  his  origin,  he  was  at 

first  one  of  the  servants  of  King  Shaddai,  made, 
and  taken  and  put  by  him  into  most  high  and 
mighty  place ;  yea,  was  put  into  such  princi- 
palities as  belonged  to  the  best  of  his  territories 
and  dominions.    This  Diabolus  was  made  "  son  of 


Sinners,  the  fallen 
angels. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  5 

r.he  morning,"  and  a  brave  place  lie 

had    of   it :    it   brought   him  much 

glory,  and  gave  him  much  brightness,  an  income 

that  might  have  contented  his  Luciferian  heart, 

had  it  not  been  insatiable,  and  enlarged  as  hell 

itself. 

Well,  he  seeing  himself  thus  exalted  to  great- 
ness and  honour,  and  raging  in  his  mind  for 
higher  state  and  degree,  what  doth  he,  but  begins 
to  think  with  himself  how  he  might  be  set  up  as 
lord  over  all,  and  have  the  sole  power  under 
Shaddai.  (Now  that  did  the  King  reserve  for 
his  Son,  yea,  and  had  already  bestowed  it  upon 
him.)  Wherefore  he  first  consults  with  him- 
self what  had  best  to  be  done  ;  and  then 
breaks  his  mind  to  some  other  of  his  com 
panions,  to  the  which  they  also  agreed.  So 
in  fine,  they  came  to  this  issue,  that  they  should 
make  an  attempt  upon  the  King's  Son  to  destroy 
him,  that  the  inheritance  might  be  theirs.  Well, 
to  be  short,  the  treason,  as  I  said,  was  concluded, 
the  time  appointed,  the  word  given,  the  rebels 
rendezvoused,  and  the  assault  attempted.  Now 
the  King  and  his  Son  being  all  and  always  eye, 
could  not  but  discern  all  passages  in  his  domi- 
nions ;  and  he,  having  always  love  for  his  Son  as 
for  himself,  could  not,  at  what  he  saw,  but  be 
greatly  provoked  and  offended  :  wherefore  what 
does  he,  but  takes  them  in  the  very  nick  and  first 
trip  that  they  made  towards  their  design,  convicts 
them  of  the  treason,  horrid  rebellion,  and  con- 
spiracy that  they  had  devised,  and  now  attempted 
to  put  into  practice,  and  casts  them  altogether 
uut  of  all  place  of  trust,  benefit,  honour,  and 
2* 


0  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

preferment.  This  done,  he  banishes  them  the 
2  Pet.  ii  4.  court,  turns  them  down  into  the 
judee.  horrible  pits,  as  fast  bound  in  chains, 

never  more  to  expect  the  least  favour  from  his 
hands,  but  to  abide  the  judgment  that  he  had  ap- 
pointed, and  that  for  ever. 

.  Now  they  being  thus  cast  out  of  all  place  of 
trust,  profit,  and  honour,  and  also  knowing  that 
they  had  lost  their  prince's  favour  for  ever,  (being 
banished  his  court,  and  cast  down  to  the  horrible 
pits,)  you  may  be  sure  they  would  now  add  to 
their  former  pride,  what  malice  and  rage  against 
Shaddai,  and  against  his  Son,  they  could. 
Wherefore,  roving  and  ranging  in  much 
fury  from  place  to  place,  if,  perhaps, 
they  might  find  something  that  was  the  King's 
by  spoiling  of  that,  to  revenge  themselves  on 
him  ;  at  last  they  happened  into  this  spacious 
country  of  Universe,  and  steer  their  course  to- 
wards the  town  of  Mansoul ;  and  considering  that 
that  town  was  one  of  the  chief  works  and  de- 
lights of  King  Shaddai,  what  do  they  but,  after 
counsel  taken,  make  an  assault  upon  that.  I  say, 
they  knew  that  Mansoul  belonged  unto  Shaddai; 
for  they  were  there  when  he  built  it  and  beau- 
tified it  for  himself.  So,  when  they  had  found 
the  place,  they  shouted  horribly  for  joy,  and  roared 
On  it  as  a  lion  upon  the  prey,  saying,  "  Now  we 
have  found  the  prize,  and  how  ^o  be  revenged 
on  King  Shaddai,  for  what  he  hath  done  to  us." 
So  they  sat  down  and  called  a  council  of  war, 
and  considered  with  themselves  what  ways  and 
methods  they  had  best  engage  in  for  the  win- 
ning to  themselves  this  famous  town  of  Mansoul, 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  7 

and  these  four  things  were  then  propounded  to 
be  considered  of. 

First.  Whether  they  had  best  all  of  them  to 
show  themselves  in  this  design  to  the  town  of 
Mansoul. 

Secondly.  Whether  they  had  best  to  go  and 
sit  down  against  Mansoul  in  their  now  ragged  and 
beggarly  guise. 

Thirdly.  Whether  they  had  best  show  to  Man- 
soul their  intentions,  and  what  design  they  came 
about,  or  whether  to  assault  it  with  words  and 
ways  of  deceit. 

Fourthly.  Whether  they  had  not  best  to  some 
of  their  companions  to  give  out  private  orders  to 
take  the  advantage,  if  they  see  one  or  more  of  the 
principal  townsmen,  to  shoot  them,  if  thereby, 
they  shall  judge  their  cause  and  design  will  the 
better  be  promoted. 

1 .  It  was  answered  to  the  first  of  these  proposals 
in  the  negative,  to  wit,  that  it  would  not  be  best 
that  all  should  show  themselves  before  the  town, 
because  the  appearance  of  many  of  them  might 
alarm  and  frighten  the  town ;  whereas  a  few  or  but 
one  of  them  was  not  so  likely  to  do  it.  And  to 
enforce  this  advice  to  take  place  it  was  added 
further,  that  if  Mansoul  was  frightened,  or  did  take 
the  alarm,  "  It  is  impossible,"  said  Diabolus,  (for 
he  spake  now,)  "  that  we  should  take  the  town : 
for  that  none  can  enter  into  it  without  its  own  con- 
sent. Let,  therefore,  but  few.  or  but  one,  assault 
Mansoul;  and  in  mine  opinion,"  said  Diabolus,  "let 
me  be  he."     Wherefore  to  this  they  all  agreed. 

2.  And  then  to  the  second  proposal  they  came, 
namely,  whether  they  had  best  to  go  and  sit  down 


9  THE    HOLY    WAR 

before  Mansoul  in  their  now  ragged  and  beggarly 
guise.  To  which  it  was  answered  also  in  the  ne- 
gative, By  no  means  ;  and  that  because,  though 
the  town  of  Mansoul  had  been  made  to  know,  and 
to  have  to  do,  before  now,  with  things  that  are 
invisible,  they  did  never  as  yet  see  any  of  their 
fellow-creatures  in  so  sad  and  rascally  condition 
as  they ;  and  this  was  the  advice  of  that  fierce 
Alecto.  Then  said  Apollyon,  "  The  advice  is 
pertinent ;  for  even  one  of  us  appearing  to  them  as 
we  are  now,  must  needs  both  beget  and  multiply 
such  thoughts  in  them  as  will  both  put  them  into 
a  consternation  of  spirit,  and  necessitate  them  to 
put  themselves  upon  their  guard.  And  if  so," 
said  lie,  "  then,  as  my  Lord  Uiabolus  said  but  now, 
it  is  in  vain  for  us  to  think  of  taking  the  town." 
Then  said  that  mighty  giant  Beelzebub,  "  The 
advice  that  already  is  given  is  safe ;  for  though  the 
men  of  Mansoul  have  seen  such  things  as  we  once 
were,  yet  hitherto  they  did  never  behold  such 
things  as  we  now  are ;  and  it  is  best,  in  mine 
opinion,  to  come  upon  them  in  such  a  guise  as  is 
common  to,  and  most  familiar  among  them."  To 
this  when  they  had  consented,  the  next  thing  to 
be  considered  was,  in  what  shape,  hue,  or  guise, 
Diabolus  had  best  to  show  himself  when  he  went 
about  to  make  Mansoul  his  own.  Then  one  said 
one  thing,  and  another  the  contrary.  At  last  Lu- 
cifer answered,  that,  in  his  opinion,  it  was  best 
that  his  lordship  should  assume  the  body  of  some 
of  those  creatures  that  they  of  the  town  had  do- 
minion over;  "for,"  quoth  he,  "  these  are  not 
only  familiar  to  them,  but  being  under  them,  they 
will   never   imagine  that   an  attempt  should   by 


THE    HOLY    WAR. 


9 


them  be  made  upon  the  town  ;  and  to  blind  all, 
let  him  assume  the  body  of  one  of  those  beasts 
that  Mansoul  deems  to  be  wiser  than  Gen.  al. ,. 
any  of  the  rest."  This  advice  was  Rev  xx-  '»*■ 
applauded  of  all :  so  it  was  determined  that  the 
giant  Diabolus  should  assume  the  dragon,  for  that 
he  was  in  those  days,  as  familiar  with  the  town 
of  Mansoul,  as  now  is  the  bird  with  the  boy  ;  for 
nothing  that  was  in  its  primitive  state  was  at  all 
amazing  to  them.  Then  they  proceeded  to  the 
third  thing,  which  was, 

3.  Whether  they  had  best  to  show  their  inten- 
tions, or  the  design  of  his  coming  to  Mansoul,  or 
no.  This  also  was  answered  in  the  negative,  be- 
cause of  the  weight  that  was  in  the  former  rea- 
sons, to  wit,  for  that  Mansoul  were  a  strong  people, 
a  strong  people  in  a  strong  town,  whose  wall  and 
gates  were  impregnable,  (to  say  nothing  of  their 
castle,)  nor  can  they  by  any  means  be  won  but 
by  their  own  consent.  "  Besides,"  said  Legion, 
(for  he  gave  answer  to  this,)  "  a  discovery  of  our 
intentions  may  make  them  send  to  their  king  for 
aid ;  and  if  that  be  done,  I  know  quickly  what 
time  of  day  it  will  be  with  us.  Therefore  let  us 
assault  them  in  all  pretended  fairness,  covering 
our  intentions  with  all  manner  of  lies,  flatteries, 
delusive  words  ;  feigning  things  that  never  will 
be,  and  promising  that  to  them  that  they  shall 
never  find.  This  is  the  way  to  win  Mansoul,  and 
to  make  them  of  themselves  open  their  gates  to 
us  ;  yea,  and  to  desire  us  too  to  come  in  to  them. 
And  the  reason  why  I  think  that  this  project 
will  do  is,  because  the  people  of  Mansoul  now 
are,  every  one,  simple  and  innocent,  all  honest  and 


10  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

true  ;  nor  do  they  as  yet  know  what  it  is  to  be 
assaulted  with  fraud,  guile,  and  hypocrisy.  They 
are  strangers  to  lying  and  dissembling  lips  ;  where- 
fore we  cannot,  if  thus  we  be  disguised,  by  them 
at  all  be  discerned ;  our  lies  shall  go  for  true 
sayings,  and  our  dissimulations  for  upright  deal- 
ings. What  we  promise  them,  they  will  in  that 
believe  us,  especially  if,  in  all  our  lies  and  feigned 
words,  we  pretend  great  love  to  them,  and  that 
our  design  is  only  their  advantage  and  honour." 
Now  there  was  not  one  bit  of  a  reply  against 
this ;  this  went  as  current  down,  as  doth  the  water 
down  a  steep  descent.  Wherefore  they  go  to 
consider  of  the  last  proposal,  which  was ; 

4.  Whether  they  had  not  best  to  give  out  orders 
to  some  of  their  company,  to  shoot  some  one  or 
more  of  the  principal  of  the  townsmen,  if  they 
judge  that  their  cause  may  be  promoted  thereby. 
This  was  carried  in  the  affirmative,  and  the  man 
that  was  designed  by  this  stratagem  to  be  de- 
stroyed, was  one  Mr.  Resistance,  otherwise  called 
Captain  Resistance.  And  a  great  man  in  Mansoul 
this  Captain  Resistance  was,  and  a  man  that  the 
giant  Diabolus  and  his  band  more  feared  than 
they  feared  the  whole  town  of  Mansoul  besides. 
Now  who  should  be  the  actor  to  do  the  murder? 
That  was  the  next,  and  they  appointed  one  Tisi- 
phone,  a  fury  of  the  lake,  to  do  it. 

They  thus  having  ended  their  council  of  war, 
rose  up,  and  essayed  to  do  as  they  had  deter- 
mined ;  they  marched  towards  Mansoul,  but  all  in 
a  manner  invisible,  save  one,  only  one ;  nor  did 
he  approach  the  town  in  his  own  likeness,  but 
under  the  shade,  and  in  the  body  of  the  dragon. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  11 

So  they  drew  up,  and  sat  down  before  Ear- 
gate,  for  that  was  the  place  of  hearing  for  all 
without  the  town,  as  Eye-gate  was  the  place  of 
perspection.  So,  as  I  said,  he  came  up  with  his 
train  to  the  gate,  and  laid  his  ambuscado  for 
Captain  Resistance  within  bow-shot  of  the  town. 
This  done,  the  giant  ascended  up  close  to  the 
gate,  and  called  to  the  town  of  Mansoul  for 
audience.  Nor  took  he  any  with  him  but  one 
Ill-pause,  who  was  his  orator  in  all  difficult 
matters.  Now,  as  I  said,  he  being  come  up  to 
the  gate,  (as  the  manner  of  those  times  was,) 
sounded  his  trumpet  for  audience ;  at  which  the 
chief  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  such  as  my  Lord 
Innocent,  my  Lord  Willbewill,  my  Lord  Mayor, 
Mr.  Recorder,  and  Captain  Resistance,  came  down 
to  the  wall  to  see  who  was  there,  and  what  was 
the  matter.  And  my  Lord  Willbewill,  when  he 
had  looked  over  and  saw  who  stood  at  the  gate, 
demanded  what  he  was,  wherefore  he  was  come, 
and  why  he  roused  the  town  of  Mansoul  with  so 
unusual  a  sound. 

Diabolus,  then,  as  if  he  had  been  a  lamb, 
began  his  oration,  and  said,  "  Gentlemen  of  the 
famous  town  of  Mansoul,  I  am,  as  you  may  per- 
ceive, no  far  dweller  from  you,  but  near,  and  one 
that  is  bound  by  the  king  to  do  you  my  homage 
and  what  service  I  can ;  wherefore,  that  I  may 
be  faithful  to  myself,  and  to  you,  I  have  somewhat 
of  concern  to  impart  unto  you.  Wherefore,  grant 
me  your  audience,  and  hear  me  patiently.  And 
first,  I  will  assure  you,  it  is  not  myself,  but  you 
— not  mine,  but  your  advantage  that  I  seek  by 
what  I  now  do,  as  will  full  well  be  made  mani- 


12  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

fest,  by  that  I  have  opened  my  mind  unto  you. 
For,  gentlemen,  I  am  (to  tell  you  the  truth)  come 
to  show  you  how  you  may  obtain  great  and  ample 
deliverance  from  a  bondage  that,  unawares  to  your- 
selves, you  are  captivated  and  enslaved  under." 
At  this  the  town  of  Mansoul  began  to  prick 
up  its  ears.  And  "  What  is  it?  Pray  what  i* 
it?"  thought  they.  And  he  said,  "  I  have  some 
what  to  say  to  you  concerning  your  King,  con 
cerning  his  law,  and  also  touching  yourselves. 
Touching  your  King,  I  know  he  is  great  and  po- 
tent ;  but  yet  all  that  he  hath  said  to  you  is  neithei 
true  nor  yet  for  your  advantage.  1.  It  is  not  true, 
for  that  wherewith  he  hath  hitherto  awed  you, 
shall  not  come  to  pass,  nor  be  fulfilled,  though 
you  do  the  thing  that  he  hath  forbidden.  But  if 
there  was  danger,  what  a  slavery  is  it  to  live 
always  in  fear  of  the  greatest  of  punishments,  for 
doing  so  small  and  trivial  a  thing  as  eating  of  a 
Diabow sub.iety  little  fruit  is.  2.  Touching  his  laws, 
male  up  of  ties.  tjlis  j  say  furtiier?  they  are  both  un- 
reasonable, intricate,  and  intolerable.  Unreason- 
able, as  was  hinted  before  ;  for  that  the  punish- 
ment is  not  proportioned  to  the  offence :  there 
is  great  difference  and  disproportion  betwixt  the 
life  and  an  apple ;  yet  the  one  must  go  for  the 
other,  by  the  law  of  your  Shaddai.  But  it  is  also 
intricate,  in  that  he  saith,  first,  you  may  eat  of 
all ;  and  yet  after,  forbids  the  eating  of  one.  And 
then,  in  the  last  place,  it  must  needs  be  intole- 
rable ;  forasmuch  as  that  fruit,  which  you  are  for- 
bidden to  eat  of  (if  you  are  forbidden  any)  is  that, 
and  that  alone,  which  is  able,  by  your  eating,  to 
minister  to  you  a  good,  as  yet  unknown  by  you. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  13 

This  is  manifest  by  the  very  name  of  the  tree ;  k 
is  called  the  '  tree  of  knowledge  of  good  and  evil ;' 
and  have  you  that  knowledge  as  yet  ?  No,  no  ; 
nor  can  you  conceive  how  good,  how  pleasant,  and 
how  much  to  be  desired  to  make  one  wise  it  is, 
so  long  as  you  stand  by  your  King's  command- 
ment. Why  should  you  be  holden  in  ignorance 
and  blindness  ?  Why  should  you  not  be  enlarged 
in  knowledge  and  understanding?  And  now, 
O  ye  inhabitants  of  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul, 
to  speak  more  particularly  to  yourselves,  you  are 
not  a  free  people  !  You  are  kept  both  in  bondage 
and  slavery,  and  that  by  a  grievous  threat;  no 
reason  being  annexed  but,  '  So  I  will  have  it;  so  it 
shall  be.'  And  is  it  not  grievous  to  think  on,  that 
that  very  thing  which  you  are'  forbidden  to  do, 
might  you  but  do  it,  would  yield  you  both  wisdom 
and  honour  ?  for  then  your  eyes  will  be  opened, 
and  you  shall  be  as  gods.  Now,  since  this  is 
thus,"  quoth  he,  "  can  you  be  kept  by  any  prince 
in  more  slavery  and  in  greater  bondage  than  you 
are  under  this  day  ?  You  are  made  underlings, 
and  are  wrapped  up  in  inconveniences,  as  I  have 
well  made  appear.  For  what  bondage  greater 
than  to  be  kept  in  blindness  ?  Will  not  reason 
tell  you,  that  it  is  better  to  have  eyes  than  to  be 
without  them  ?  and  so  to  be  at  liberty,  to  be  better 
than  to  be  shut  up  in  a  dark  and  stinking  cave  ?" 
And  just  now,  while  Diabolus  was  speaking 
these  words  to  Mansoul,  Tisiphone  shot  at  Captain 
Resistance,  where  he  stood  on  the  gate,  and  mor- 
tally wounded  him  in  the  head;  so  that  he,  to 
the  amazement  of  the  townsmen,  and  the  encou- 
ragement of  Diabolus,  fell  down  dead,  quite  over 
3 


14  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

the  Wall.  Now  when  Captain  Resistance  was 
dead,  (and  he  was  the  only  man  of  war  in  the 
town,)  poor  Mansoul  was  wholly  left  naked  of 
courage,  nor  had  she  now  any  heart  to  resist.  But 
this  was  as  the  devil  would  have  it.  Then  stood 
forth  he,  Mr.  Ill-pause,  that  Diabolus  brought 
with  him,  who  was  his  orator  ;  and  he  addressed 
himself  to  speak  to  the  town  of  Mansoul ;  the 
tenor  of  whose  speech  here  follows  : — 

"  Gentlemen,"  quoth  he,  "  it  is  my  master's 
happiness  that  he  has  this  day  a  quiet  and 
teachable  auditory  ;  and  it  is  hoped  by  us  that 
we  shall  prevail  with  you  not  to  cast  off  good 
advice.  My  master  has  a  very  great  love  for  you ; 
and  although,  as  he  very  well  knows,  that  he  runs 
the  hazard  of  the  anger  of  King  Shaddai,  yet  love 
to  you  will  make  him  do  more  than  that.  Nor 
doth  there  need  that  a  word  more  should  be 
spoken  to  confirm  for  truth  what  he  hath  said ; 
there  is  not  a  word  but  carries  with  it  self-evi- 
dence in  its  bowels  ;  the  very  name  of  the  tree 
may  put  an  end  to  all  controversy  in  this  matter. 
I  therefore,  at  this  time,  shall  only  add  this  advice 
to  you,  under  and  by  the  leave  of  my  lord,"  (and 
with  that  he  made  Diabolus  a  very  low  congee  ;) 
"  consider  his  words,  look  on  the  tree  and  the  pro- 
mising fruit  thereof;  remember  also  that  yet  you 
know  but  little,  and  that  this  is  the  way  to  know 
more  :  and  if  your  reason  be  not  conquered  to 
accept  of  such  good  counsel,  you  are  not  the  men 
that  I  took  you  to  be." 

But  when  the  townsfolk  saw  that  the  tree  was 
good  for  food,  and  that  it  was  pleasant  to  the  eye, 
and  a  tree  to  be  desired  to  make  one  wise,  they 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  15 

did  as  old  Ill-pause  advised ;  they  took  and  did 
eat  thereof.  Now  this  I  should  have  told  you 
before,  that  even  then,  when  this  Ill-pause  was 
making  his  speech  to  the  townsmen,  my  Lord 
Innocency  (whether  by  a  shot  from  the  camp  of 
the  giant,  or  from  some  sinking-  qualm  that  sud- 
denly took  him,  or  whether  by  the  stinking  breath 
of  that  treacherous  villain  old  Ill-pause,  for  so  I 
am  most  apt  to  think)  sunk  down  in  the  place 
where  he  stood,  nor  could  he  be  brought  to  life 
again.  Thus  these  two  brave  men  died ;  brave 
men,  I  call  them  ;  for  they  were  the  beauty  and 
glory  of  Mansoul,  so  long  as  they  lived  therein : 
nor  did  there  now  remain  any  more  a  noble  spirit 
in  Mansoul ;  they  all  fell  down  and  yielded  obe- 
dience to  Diabolus,  and  became  his  slaves  and 
vassals,  as  you  shall  hear. 

,  Now  these  being  dead,  what  do  the  rest  of  the 
townsfolk,  but,  as  men  that  had  found  a  fool's  para- 
dise, they  presently,  as  afore  was  hinted,  fall  to 
prove  the  truth  of  the  giant's  words.  And,  first,  they 
did  as  Ill-pause  had  taught  them  ;  they  looked, 
they  considered,  they  were  taken  with  the  for- 
bidden fruit :  they  took  thereof,  and  did  eat ;  and 
having  eaten,  they  became  immediately  drunken 
therewith.  So  they  opened  the  gate,  both  Ear- 
gate  and  Eye-gate,  and  let  in  Diabolus  with  all 
his  bands,  quite  forgetting  their  good  Shaddai, 
his  law,  and  the  judgment  that  he  had  annexed, 
with  solemn  threatening,  to  the  breach  thereof. 

Diabolus,  having  now  obtained  entrance  in  at 
the  gates  of  the  town,  marches  up  to  the  middle 
thereof,  to  make  his  conquest  as  sure  as  he  could ; 
and  finding,  by  this  time,  the  affections  of  the 


16  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

people  warmly  inclining  to  him,  he,  as  thinking  it 
was  best  striking  while  the  iron  is  hot,  made 
this  further  deceivable  speech  unto  them,  saying, 
"  Alas  !  my  poor  Mansoul !  I  have  done  thee 
indeed  this  service,  as  to  promote  thee  to  honour, 
and  to  greaten  thy  liberty  ;  but,  alas  !  alas  !  poor 
Mansoul,  thou  wantest  now  one  to  defend  thee ; 
for  assure  thyself  that  when  Shaddai  shall  hear 
what  is  done,  he  will  come ;  for  sorry  will  he  be 
that  thou  hast  broken  his  bonds,  and  cast  his 
cords  away  from  thee.  What  wilt  thou  do  ? 
Wilt  thou,  after  enlargement,  suffer  thy  privileges 
to  be  invaded  and  taken  away  ?  or  what  wilt 
resolve  with  thyself?" 

Then  they  all  with  one  consent  said  to  this 
bramble,  "  Do  thou  reign  over  us."  So  he  ac- 
cepted the  motion,  and  became  the  king  of  the 
town  of  Mansoul.  This  being  done,  the  next 
tiling  was,  to  give  him  possession  of  the  castle, 
and  so  of  the  whole  strength  of  the  town.  Where- 
fore, into  the  castle  he  goes  :  it  was  that  which 
Shaddai  built  in  Mansoul  for  his  own  delight  and 
pleasure ;  this  now  was  become  a  den  and  hold 
for  the  giant  Diabolus. 

Now,  having  got  possession  of  this  stately  palace 
or  castle,  what  doth  he,  but  makes  it  a  garrison 
for  himself,  and  strengthens  and  fortifies  it  with 
all  sorts  of  provisions,  against  the  King  Shaddai, 
or  those  that  should  endeavour  the  regaining  of 
it  to  him  and  his  obedience  again. 

This  done,  but  not  thinking  himself  yet  secure 
enough,  in  the  next  place  he  bethinks  himself  of 
new  modelling  the  town;  and  so  he  does,  setting 
up  one,  and  pulling  down  another  at  pleasure. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  17 

Wherefore  my  Lord  Mayor,  whose  name  was 
my  Lord  Understanding,  and  Mr.  Recorder,  whose 
name  was  Mr.  Conscience,  these  he  put  out  of 
place  and  power. 

As  for  my  Lord  Mayor,  though  he  was  an  un- 
derstanding man,  and  one  too  that  had  complied 
with  the  rest  of  the  town  of  Mansoul  in  admitting 
the  giant  into  the  town  ;  yet  Diabo- 
lus  thought  not  fit  to  let  him  abide 
in  his  former  lustre  and  glory,  because  he  was  a 
seeing  man.  Wherefore  he  darkened  him,  not 
only  by  taking  from  him  his  office  and  power, 
but  by  building  an  high  and  strong  tower,  just 
between  the  sun's  reflections  and  the  windows  of 
my  lord's  palace  ;  by  which  means  his  house  and 
all,  and  the  whole  of  his  habitation,  were  made  as 
dark  as  darkness  itself.  And  thus, 
being  alienated  from  the  light,  he  p " ' 
became  as  one  that  was  born  blind.  To  this  his 
house,  my  lord  was  confined  as  to  a  prison ;  nor 
might  he,  upon  his  parole,  go  farther  than  within 
his  own  bounds.  And  now,  had  he  had  an  heart, 
to  do  for  Mansoul,  what  could  he  do  for  it,  or 
wherein  could  he  be  profitable  to  her  ?  So  then, 
so  long  as  Mansoul  was  under  the  power  and 
government  of  Diabolus,  (and  so  long  it  was 
under  him,  as  it  was  obedient  to  him,  which  was 
even  until  by  a  war  it  was  rescued  out  of  his 
hand,)  so  long  my  Lord  Mayor  was  rather  an 
impediment  in,  than  an  advantage  to  the  famous 
town  of  Mansoul. 

As    for   Mr.  Recorder,   before    the  town   was 
taken,  he  was  a  man  well  read  in  the  laws  of  his 
king,  and  also  a  man  of  courage  and  faithfulness 
3* 


18  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

to  speak  truth  at  every  occasion :  and  he  had  a 
tongue  as  bravely  hung,  as  he  had  a  head  rilled 
with  judgment.  Now,  this  man  Diabolus  could 
by  no  means  abide,  because,  though  he  gave  his 
consent  to  his  coming  into  the  town,  yet  he  could 
not,  by  all  the  wiles,  trials,  stratagems,  and  devices 
that  he  could  use,  make  him  wholly  his  own. 
True,  he  was  much  degenerated  from  his  former 
king,  and  also  much  pleased  with  many  of  the 
giant's  laws  and  service ;  but  all  this  would  not 
do,  forasmuch  as  he  was  not  wholly  his.  He 
would  now  and  then  think  upon  Shaddai,  and 
have  dread  of  his  law  upon  him,  and  then  he 
would  speak  against  Diabolus  with  a  voice  as 
great  as  when  a  lion  roareth.  Yea,  and  would 
also  at  certain  times,  when  his  fits  were  upon 
him,  (for  you  must  know  that  sometimes  he  had 
terrible  fits,)  make  the  whole  town  of  Mansoul 
shake  with  his  voice  :  and  therefore  the  new  king 
of  Mansoul  could  not  abide  him. 

Diabolus,  therefore,  feared  the  Recorder  more 
than  any  that  was  left  alive  in  the  town  of  Man- 
soul, because,  as  I  said,  his  words  did  shake  the 
whole  town ;  they  were  like  the  rattling  thunder, 
and  also  like  thunder-claps.  Since,  therefore,  the 
giant  could  not  make  him  wholly  his  own,  what 
doth  he  do,  but  studies  all  that  he  could  to  debauch 
the  old  gentleman,  and  by  debauchery  to  stupify 
his  mind,  and  more  harden  his  heart  in  the  ways 
of  vanity.  And  as  he  attempted,  so  he  accom- 
plished his  design  :  he  debauched  the  man,  and  by 
little  and  little,  so  drew  him  into  sin  and  wicked- 
ness, that  at  last,  he  was  not  only  debauched,  as  at 
first,  and  so  by  consequence  defiled,  but  was  almost 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  19 

(at  last,  I  say)  past  all  conscience  of  sin.  And 
this  was  the  farthest  Diabolus  could  go.  Where- 
fore he  bethinks  him  of  another  project,  and  that 
was,  to  persuade  the  men  of  the  town  that  Mr. 
Recorder  was  mad,  and  so  not  to  be  regarded. 
And  for  this  he  urged  his  fits,  and  said,  "  If  he  be 
himself,  why  doth  he  not  do  thus  always  ?  But," 
quoth  he,  "  as  all  mad  folks  have  their  fits,  and 
in  them  their  raving  language,  so  hath  this  old 
and  doatinor  gentleman." 

Thus,  by  one  means  or  another,  he  quickly  got 
Mansoul  to  slight,  neglect,  and  despise  whatever 
Mr.  Recorder  could  say.  For,  besides  what 
already  you  have  heard,  Diabolus  had  a  way  to 
make  the  old  gentleman,  when  he  was  merry, 
unsay  and  deny  what  he,  in  his  fits,  had  affirmed. 
And,  indeed,  this  was  the  next  way  to  make  him- 
self ridiculous,  and  to  cause  that  no  man  should 
regard   him.     Also   now  he   never 

,  (.         ■,        r  T7-.  d        li-i.         How  conscience  be- 

spake  freely  for  King  Shaudai,  but  cones s0 ridiculous, as 

i  -in  ■•  t»  with  carnal  men,  it  is. 

always  by  force  and  constraint.  Be- 
sides, he  would  at  one  time  be  hot  against  that, 
at  which,  at  another,  he  would  hold  his  peace ; 
so  uneven  was  he  now  in  his  doings.  Sometimes 
he  would  be  as  if  fast  asleep,  and  again  some- 
times as  dead,  even  then  when  the  whole  town 
of  Mansoul  was  in  her  career  after  vanity,  and  in 
her  dance  after  the  giant's  pipe. 

Wherefore,  sometimes  when  Mansoul  did  use 
to  be  frighted  with  the  thundering  voice  of  the 
Recorder  that  was,  and  when  they  did  tell  Dia- 
bolus of  it,  he  would  answer,  that  what  the  old 
gentleman  said  was  neither  of  love  to  him  nor  pity 
to  them,  but  of  a  foolish  fondness  that  he  had, 


20  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

to  be  prating ;  and  so  would  hush,  still,  and  put 
all  to  quiet  again.  -And  that  he  might  leave  no 
argument  unurged  that  might  tend  to  make  them 
secure,  he  said,  and  said  it  often,  "  O  Mansoul ! 
consider  that,  notwithstanding  the  old  gentleman's 
rage,  and  the  rattle  of  his  high  and  thundering 
words,  you  hear  nothing  of  Shaddai  himself;" 
when,  liar  and  deceiver  that  he  was,  every  outcry 
of  Mr.  Recorder  against  the  sin  of  Mansoul  was 
the  voice  of  God  in  him  to  them.  But  he  goes 
on,  and  says,  "  You  see  that  he  values  not  the 
loss,  nor  rebellion  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  nor 
will  he  trouble  himself  with  calling  his  town  to 
a  reckoning,  for  their  giving  themselves  to  me. 
He  knows  that  though  you  were  his,  now  you 
are  lawfully  mine  ;  so  leaving  us  one  to  another, 
he  now  hath  shaken  his  hands  of  us. 

"Moreover,  O  Mansoul!"  quoth  he,  "consi- 
der how  I  have  served  you,  even  to  the  utter- 
most of  my  power ;  and  that  with  the  best  that 
I  have,  could  get,  or  procure  for  you  in  all  the 
world :  besides,  I  dare  say,  that  the  laws  and 
customs  that  you  now  are  under,  and  by  which 
you  do  homage  to  me,  do  yield  you  more  solace 
and  content  than  did  the  paradise  that  at  first 
you  possessed.  Your  liberty  also,  as  yourselves 
do  very  well  know,  has  been  greatly  widened 
and  enlarged  by  me ;  whereas  I  found  you  a 
penned-up  people.  I  have  not  laid  any  restraint 
upon  you ;  you  have  no  law,  statute,  or  judg- 
ment of  mine  to  fright  you ;  I  call  none  of  you 
to  account  for  your  doings,  except 

Conscience.  ,■•  j  -,  i  T 

the    madman — you    know    who    1 
mean ;  I  have  granted  you  to  live,  each  man  like 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  21 

a  prince  in  his  own,  even  with  as  little  control 
from  me  as  I  myself  have  from  you." 

And  thus  would  Diabolus  hush  up  and  quiet 
the  town  of  Mansoul,  when  the  Re-  mm  sometimes aB. 
corder  that  was,  did  at  times  molest  science 
them:  yea,  and  with  such  cursed  orations  as 
these,  would  set  the  whole  town  in  a  rage  and 
fury  against  the  old  gentleman.  Yea,  the  rascal 
crew,  at  sometimes,  would  be  for  destroying 
him.  They  have  often  wished,  in  my  hearing, 
that  he  had  lived  a  thousand  miles  off  from 
them :  his  company,  his  words,  yea,  the  sight  of 
him,  and  especially  when  they  remembered  how 
in  old  times  he  did  use  to  threaten  and  condemn 
them,  (for  all  he  was  now  so  debauched,)  did 
terrify  and  afflict  them  sore. 

But  all  wishes  were  vain,  for  I  do  not  know 
how,  unless  by  the  power  of  Shaddai  and  his 
wisdom,  he  was  preserved  in  being  amongst  them. 
Besides,  his  house  was  as  strong  as  a  castle,  and 
stood  hard  by  a  stronghold  of  the  town ;  more- 
over, if  at  any  time  anv  of  the  crew 

I  ,  ,  J  ,  i       i    •  HI  thoughts. 

or  rabble  attempted  to  make  him  away, 

he  could    pull    up  the  sluices,  and   let   in  such 

floods  as  would  drown  all  round  about 

,   .  Of  tears. 

him. 

But  to  leave  Mr.  Recorder,  and  to  come  to  my 
Lord  Willbewill,  another  of  the  gentry  The 
of  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul.  This 
Willbewill  was  as  high  born  as  any  man  in  Man- 
soul, and  was  as  much,  if  not  more,  a  freeholder 
than  many  of  them  were  ;  besides,  if  I  remember 
my  tale  aright,  he  had  some  privileges  peculiar  to 
himself  in  tl  e  famous  town  of  Mansoul.     Now, 


22  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

together  with  these,  he  was  aman  of  great  strength, 
resolution,  and  courage,  nor  in  his  occasion  could 
any  turn  him  away.  But  I  say,  whether  he  was 
proud  of  his  estate,  privileges,  strength,  or  what, 
(but  sure  it  was  through  pride  of  something,)  he 
scorns  now  to  be  a  slave  in  Mansoul ;  and  there- 
fore resolves  to  bear  office  under  Diabolus,  that 
he  might  (such  an  one  as  he  was)  be  a  petty  ruler 
and  governor  in  Mansoul.  And,  headstrong  man 
that  he  was  !  thus  he  began  betimes  ;  for  this  man, 
when  Diabolus  did  make  his  oration  at  Ear-gate, 
was  one  of  the  first  that  was  for  consenting  to  his 
words,  and  for  accepting  his  counsel  as  whole- 
some, and  that  was  for  the  opening  of  the  gate, 
and  for  letting  him  into  the  town ;  wherefore 
Diabolus  had  a  kindness  for  him,  and  therefore  he 
designed  for  him  a  place.  And  perceiving  the 
valour  and  stoutness  of  the  man,  he  coveted  to 
have  him  for  one  of  his  great  ones,  to  act  and  do 
in  matters  of  the  highest  concern.     . 

So  he  sent  for  him,  and  talked  with  him  of 
The « i.i  ukes  place  that  secret  matter  that  lay  in  hi? 
under  Diabolus.  breast,  but  there  needed  not  much 
persuasion  in  the  case.  For,  as  at  first,  he  was 
willing  that  Diabolus  should  be  let  into  the  town 
so  now  he  was  as  willing  to  serve  him  there. 
When  the  tyrant,  therefore,  perceived  the  will- 
ingness of  my  lord  to  serve  him,  and  that  his 
mind  stood  bending  that  way,  he  forthwith  made 

Heart.     Flesh.  ftml      me     Captaill     of    the     CaStle,     gO- 

Senses.  vernor  of  the  wall,  and  keeper  of 

the  gates  of  Mansoul :  yea,  there  was  a  clause  in 
his  commission,  that  nothing  without  him  should 
be  done  in  all  the  town  of  Mansoul.     So  that 


THE    HOLY    WAP..  23 

now,  next  to  Diabolus  himself,  who,  but  my  Lord 
Wiiibe  will,  in  all  the  town  of  Mansoul !  Nor  could 
anything  now  be  done,  but  at  his  will  and  plea- 
sure, throughout  the  town  of  Man- 
soul.     He  had  also,  one  Mr.  Mind 
for  his  clerk,  a  man  to  speak  on,  every  way  like 
his  master :  for  he  and  his  lord  were  in  principle 
one,  and  in  practice  not  far  asunder.     And  now 
was  Mansoul  brought  under  to  pur- 
pose, and  made  to  fulfil  the  lusts  of 
the  will  and  of  the  mind. 

But  it  will  not  out  of  my  thoughts,  what  a 
desperate  one  this  Willbewill  was,  when  power 
was  put  into  his  hand.  First,  he  flatly  denied 
that  he  owed  any  suit  or  service  to  his  former 
prince  and  liege  lord.  This  done,  in  the  next 
place  he  took  an  oath,  and  swore  fidelity  to  his 
great  master  Diabolus,  and  then,  being  stated  and 
settled  in  his  places,  offices,  advancements,  and 
preferments,  oh  !  you  cannot  think,  unless  you 
had  seen  it,  the  strange  work  that  this  workman 
made  in  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

First,  he  maligned  Mr.  Recorder  to  death ;  he 
would  neither  endure  to  see   him,     The   ^^    will 
nor  to  hear  the  words  of  his  mouth;  opposeth conscience- 
he  would  shut  his  eyes  when  he  saw  him,  and 
stop  his  ears  when  he  heard  him  speak.    Also  he 
could  not  endure  that  so  much  as  a  fragment  of 
the  law  of  Shaddai  should  be  anywhere  seen  in 
the  town.     For  example,  his  clerk,  Mr.  Mind, 
had  some  old,  rent,  and  torn  parch- 
ments of  the  law  of  good  Shaddai  in 
his  house,  but  when  Willbewill  saw  them,  he  cast 
them  behind  his  back.     True,  Mr.  Recorder  had 


24  THE    HOIA     WAR. 

cormp* win bves  some  of  the  laws  in  his  study;  but 

them.  He  also  thought  and  said,  that  the  win- 
dows of  my  old  Lord  Mayor's  house  were  always 
too  light  for  the  profit  of  the  town  of  Mansoul. 
The  light  of  a  candle  he  could  not  endure.  Now 
nothing  at  all  pleased  Willbewill,  but  what  pleased 
Diabolus,  his  lord. 

There  was  none  like  him  to  trumpet  about  the 
streets  the  brave  nature,  the  wise  conduct,  and 
great  glory  of  the  King  Diabolus.  He  would 
rano-e  and  rove  throughout  all  the  streets  of 
Mansoul  to  cry  up  his  illustrious  lord,  and  would 
make  himself  even  as  an  abject, 
vam  thoughts.     among  tjie  base  anc\  rascai  crew,  to 

cry  up  his  valiant  prince.  And,  I  say,  when  and 
wheresoever  he  found  these  vassals,  he  would  even 
make  himself  as  one  of  them.  In  all  ill  courses, 
he  would  act  without  bidding,  and  do  mischief 
without  commandment. 

The  Lord  Willbewill  also  had  a  deputy  under 
him,  and  his  name  was  Mr.  Affection,  one  that 
was  also  greatly  debauched  in  his  principles,  and 

answerable    thereto  in   his   life :    he 

was  wholly  given  to  the  flesh,  and 
therefore  they  called  him  Vile-Affection.  Now 
there  was  he  and  one  Carnal-Lust,  the  daughter 

of  Mr.  Mind,  (like  to  like,)  that  fell 
vile  Aff^ionetWanXd  in    love,    and   made    a    match,    and 

were  married ;  and,  as  I  take  it, 
they  had  several  children,  as  Impudent,  Black- 
mouth,  and  Hate-Reproof.  And  besides  these 
they  had  three  daughters,  as  Scorn-Truth,  and 
Slight-God,    and    the    name    of    the    youngest 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  25 

was  Revenge.  These  were  all  married  in  the 
town,  and  also  begot  and  yielded  many  bad  brats, 
too  many  to  be  here  inserted.  But,  to  pass  by 
this. 

When  the  giant  had  thus  engarrisoned  himself 
in  the  town  of  Mansoul,  and  had  put  down  and 
set  up  whom  he  thought  good,  he  betakes  himself 
to  defacing.  Now  there  was  in  the  market-place 
in  Mansoul,  and  also  upon  the  gates  of  the  castle, 
an  image  of  the  blessed  King  Shaddai.  This  image 
was  so  exactly  engraven,  (and  it  was  engraven  in 
gold,)  that  it  did  the  most  resemble  Shaddai  him- 
self of  anything  that  then  was  extant  in  the  world. 
This  he  basely  commanded  to  be  defaced,  and  it 
was  as  basely  done  by  the  hand  of  Mr.  No-Truth. 
Now  you  must  know  that,  as  Diabolus  had  com- 
manded, and  that  by  the  hand  of  Mr.  No-Truth, 
the  image  of  Shaddai  was  defaced,  he  likewise 
gave  order  that  the  same  Mr.  No-Truth  should  set 
up  in  its  stead  the  horrid  and  formidable  image 
of  Diabolus,  to  the  great  contempt  of  the  former 
King,  and  debasing  of  his  town  of  Mansoul. 

Moreover,  Diabolus  made  havoc  of  all  remains 
of  the  laws  and  statutes  of  Shaddai  that  could  be 
found  in  the  town  of  Mansoul ;  to  wit,  such  as 
contained  either  the  doctrines  or  morals,  with  all 
civil  and  natural  documents.  Also  relative  seve- 
rities he  sought  to  extinguish.  To  be  short,  there 
was  nothing  of  the  remains  of  good  in  Mansoul 
which  he  and  Willbewill  sought  not  to  destroy 
for  their  design  was  to  turn  Mansoul  into  a  brute, 
and  to  make  it  like  to  the  sensual  sow,  bv  the 
hand  of  Mr.  No-Truth. 

When  he  had  destroyed  what  law  and  good 
4 


26  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

orders  he  could,  then  further  to  effect  his  design 
namely,  to  alienate  Mansoul  from  Shaddai  her 
King,  he  commands,  and  they  set  up  his  own  vain 
edicts,  statutes,  and  commandments,  in  all  places 
of  resort  or  concourse  in  Mansoul,  to  wit,  such  as 
gave  liberty  to  the  lusts  of  the  flesh,  the 
lusts  of  the  eyes,  and  the  pride  of  life, 
which  are  not  of  Shaddai,  but  of  the  world.  He 
encouraged,  countenanced,  and  promoted  lasci- 
viousness  and  all  ungodliness  there.  Yea,  much 
more  did  Diabolus  to  encourage  wickedness  in  the 
town  of  Mansoul ;  he  promised  them  peace,  con- 
tent, joy,  and  bliss,  in  doing  his  commands,  and 
that  they  should  never  be  called  to  an  account  for 
their  not  doing  the  contrary.  And  let  this  serve 
to  give  a  taste  to  them  that  love  to  hear  tell  of 
what  is  done,  beyond  their  knowledge,  afar  off  in 
other  countries. 

Now,  Mansoul  being  wholly  at  his  beck,  and 
brought  wholly  to  his  bow,  nothing  was  heard  or 
seen  therein,  but  that  which  tended  to  set  up  him. 

But  now  he,  having  disabled  the  Lord  Mayor 
and  Mr.  Recorder  from  bearing  of  office  in  Man- 
soul, and  seeing  that  the  town,  before  he  came  to 
it,  was  the  most  ancient  of  corporations  in  the 
world ;  and  fearing,  if  he  did  not  maintain  great- 
ness, they  at  any  time  should  object  that  he  had 
done  them  an  injury ;  therefore,  I  say,  (that  they 
might  see  that  he  did  not  intend  to  lessen  their 
grandeur,  or  to  take  from  them  any  of  their  ad- 
vantageous things,)  he  did  choose  for  them  a  Lord 
Mayor  and  a  Recorder  himself,  and  such  as  con- 
tented them  at  the  heart,  and  such  also  as  pleased 
him  wondrous  well. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  27 

The  name  of  the  Mayor,  that  was  of  Diabolus' 
making,  was  the  Lord  Lustings,  a  man  that  had 
neither  eyes  nor  ears.  All  that  he  did,  whether 
as  a  man  or  an  officer,  he  did  it  naturally,  as  doth 
the  beast.  And  that  which  made  him  yet  the 
more  ignoble,  though  not  to  Mansoul,  yet  to  them 
that  beheld  and  were  grieved  for  its  ruin,  was, 
that  he  never  could  favour  good,  but  evil. 

The  Recorder  was  one  whose  name  was  Foi'sfet- 
Good,  and  a  very  sorry  fellow  he  was.  He  could 
remember  nothing  but  mischief,  and  to  do  it  with 
delight.  He  was  naturally  prone  to  do  things  that 
were  hurtful,  even  hurtful  to  the  town  of  Mansoul, 
and  to  all  the  dwellers  there.  These  two,  there- 
Tore,  by  their  power  and  practice,  examples,  and 
smiles  upon  evil,  did  much  more  ground  and 
settle  the  common  people  in  hurtful  ways.  For 
who  doth  not  perceive,  that  when  those  that  sit 
aloft  are  vile  and  corrupt  themselves,  they  corrupt 
the  whole  region  and  country  where  they  are  ? 

Besides  these,  Diabolus  made  several  burgesses 
and    aldermen    in    Mansoul,   out   of  whom,   the 
town,  when  it  needed,  might  choose  them  officer?, 
governors,  and  magistrates.     And  these  are  th  ' 
names    of   the    chief  of  them  :  Mr.  Incredulity 
Mr.   Haughty,    Mr.  Swearing,    Mr.  Lewd,    Mi 
Hard-Heart,    Mr.  Pitiless,    Mr.  Fury,    Mr.  No 
Truth,  Mr.  Stand-to-Lies,  Mr.  False-Peace,  Mr 
Drunkenness,    Mr.    Cheating,     Mr.   Atheism, — 
thirteen  in  all.     Mr.  Incredulity  is  the  eldest,  ant 
Mr.  Atheism  the  youngest  of  the  company. 

There  was  also  an  election  of  common  council- 
men  and  others,  as  bailiffs,  Serjeants,  constables,  and 
others  ;  but  all  of  them  like  to  those  aforenamed, 


28  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

being  either  fathers,  brothers,  cousins,  or  nephews 
to  them,  whose  names,  for  brevity's  sake,  I  omit 
to  mention. 

When  the  giant  had  thus  far  proceeded  in  his 
work,  in  the  next  place,  he  betook  him  to  build 
some  strongholds  in  the  town,  and  he  built  three, 
that  seemed  to  be  impregnable.  The  first,  he 
called  the  Hold  of  Defiance,  because  it  was  made 
to  command  the  whole  town,  and  to  keep  it  from 
the  knowledge  of  its  ancient  King.  The  second, 
he  called  Midnight  Hold,  because  it  was  built  on 
purpose  to  keep  Mansoul  from  the  true  know- 
lege  of  itself.  The  third,  was  called  Sweet-Sin 
Hold,  because  by  that  he  fortified  Mansoul  against 
all  desires  of  good.  The  first  of  these  holds 
stood  close  by  Eye-gate,  that,  as  much  as  might 
be,  light  might  be  darkened  there ;  the  second 
was  built  hard  by  the  old  castle,  to  the  end  that 
that  might  be  made  more  blind,  if  possible  ;  and 
the  third  stood  in  the  market-place. 

He  that  Diabolus  made  governor  over  the  first 
of  these,  was  one  Spite-God,  a  most  blasphemous 
wretch :  he  came  with  the  whole  rabble  of  them 
that  came  against  Mansoul  at  first,  and  was  him- 
self one  of  themselves.  He  that  was  made  the 
governor  of  Midnight  Hold,  was  one  Love-no- 
Lignt:  he  was  alco  of  them  that  came  first  against 
the  town.  And  he  that  was  made  the  governor 
of  the  hold,  called  Sweet-Sin  Hold,  was  one  whose 
name  was  Love-Flesh  :  he  was  also  a  very  lewd 
fellow,  but  not  of  that  country  where  the  others 
are  bound.  This  fellow  could  find  more  sweet- 
ness when  he  stood  sucking  of  a  lust,  than  he  did 
in  all  the  paradise  of  God. 


-I 


The  Hold  of  Djflanee.       p.  28. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  29 

And  now  Diabolus  thought  himself  safe.  He 
had  taken  Mansoul,  he  had  engarrisoned  himself 
therein,  he  had  put  down  the  old  officers,  and 
had  set.  up  new  ones  ;  he  had  defaced  the  image 
of  Shaddai,  and  had  set  up  his  own ;  he  had  /-" 
spoiled  the  old  law  books  and  had  promoted  his 
own  vain  lies  ;  he  had  made  him  new  magistrates 
and  set  up  new  aldermen  ;  he  had  builded  him 
new  holds,  and  had  manned  them  for  himself: 
and  all  this  he  did  to  make  himself  secure,  in 
case  the  good  Shaddai,  or  his  Son,  should  come 
to  make  an  incursion  upon  him. 

Now  you  may  well  think,  that  long  before  this 
time,  word,  by  some  or  other,  could  not  but  be 
carried  to  the  good  King  Shaddai,  how  his  Man- 
soul,  in  the  continent  of  Universe,  was  lost;  and 
that  the  runagate  giant  Diabolus,  once  one  of  his 
Majesty's  servants,  had,  in  rebellion  against  the 
King,  made  sure  thereof  for  himself.  Yea,  tidings 
were  carried  and  brought  to  the  King  thereof,  and 
that  to  a  very  circumstance. 

As,  first,  how  Diabolus  came  upon  Mansoul 
(they  being  a  simple  people  and  innocent)  with 
craft,  subtlety,  lies,  and  guile.  Item,  that  he  had 
treacherously  slain  the  right  noble  and  valiant 
captain,  their  Captain  Resistance,  as  he  stood 
upon  the  gate  with  the  rest  of  the  townsmen. 
Item,  how  my  brave  Lord  Innocent  fell  down 
dead  (with  grief,  some  say,  or  with  being  poisoned 
with  the  stinking  breath  of  one  Ill-Pause,  as  say 
others)  at  the  hearing  of  his  just  lord  and  rightful 
prince,  Shaddai,  so  abused  by  the  mouth  of  so 
filthy  a  Diabolian  as  that  varlet  Ill-Pause  was. 
The  messenger  further  told,  that  after  this  111 
4* 


30  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Pause  had  made  a  short  oration  to  the  townsmen 
in  behalf  of  Diabolus,  his  master,  the  simple  town, 
believing  that  what  was  said  was  true,  with  one 
consent  did  open  Ear-gate,  the  chief  gate  of  the 
corporation,  and  did  let  him,  with  his  crew,  into 
a  possession  of  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul.  He 
further  showed  how  Diabolus  had  served  the 
Lord  Mayor  and  Mr.  Recorder,  to  wit,  that  he 
had  put  them  from  all  place  of  power  and  trust. 
Item,  he  showed  also  that  my  Lord  Willbe will  was 
turned  a  very  rebel  and  runagate,  and  that  so  was 
one  Mr.  Mind,  his  clerk ;  and  that  they  two  did 
range  and  revel  it  all  the  town  over,  and  teach  the 
wicked  ones  their  ways.  He  said,  moreover,  that 
this  Willbewill  was  put  into  great  trust,  and  par- 
ticularly, that  Diabolus  had  put  into  Willbe will's 
hand  all  the  strong  places  in  Mansoul ;  and  that 
Mr.  Affection  was  made  my  Lord  WillbewilPs 
deputy,  in  his  most  rebellious  affairs.  "  Yea," 
said  the  messenger,  "  this  monster,  Lord  Willbe- 
will, has  openly  disavowed  his  King  Shaddai,  and 
hath  horribly  given  his  faith  and  plighted  his 
troth  to  Diabolus. 

"Also,"  said  the  messenger,  "besides  all  this, 
the  new  king,  or  rather  rebellious  tyrant,  over 
the  once  famous,  but  now  perishing  town  of 
Mansoul,  has  set  up  a  Lord  Mayor  and  a  Recorder 
of  his  own.  For  Mayor,  he  has  set  up  one  Mr. 
Lustings ;  and  for  Recorder,  Mr.  Forget-Good ; 
two  of  the  vilest  of  all  the  town  of  Mansoul."  This 
faithful  messenger  also  proceeded,  and  told  what 
a  sort  of  new  burgesses  Diabolus  had  made  ;  also 
that  he  had  built  several  strong  forts,  towers,  and 
strongholds  in  Mansoul.    He  told,  too,  the  which 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  31 

I  had  almost  forgot,  how  Diabolus  had  put  the 
town  of  Mansoul  into  arms,  the  better  to  capaci- 
tate them,  on  his  behalf,  to  make  resistance 
against  Shaddai  their  King,  should  he  come  to 
reduce  them  to  their  former  obedience. 

Now,  this  tidings-teller  did  not  deliver  his  re- 
lation of  things  in  private,  but  in  open  court ;  the 
King  and  his  Son,  high  lords,  chief  captains,  and 
nobles,  being  all  there  present  to  hear.  But  by 
that  mey  had  heard  the  whole  of  the  story,  it 
would  have  amazed  one  to  have  seen,  had  he  been 
there  10  behold  it,  what  sorrow  and  grief,  and 
compunction  of  spirit,  there  was  among  all  sorts, 
to  think  that  famous  Mansoul  was  now  taken :  only 
the  King  and  his  Son  foresaw  all  this,  long  before, 
yea,  and  sufficiently  provided  for  the  relief  of 
Mansoul,  though  they  told  not  everybody  thereof. 
Yet,  because  they  also  would  have  a  share  in  con- 
doling of  the  misery  of  Mansoul,  therefore  they 
also  did,  and  that  at  a  rate  of  the  highest  degree, 
bewail  the  losing  of  Mansoul.  The  King  said 
plainly,  that  it  grieved  him  at  the  heart, 
and  you  may  be  sure  that  his  Son 
was  not  a  whit  behind  him.  Thus  gave  they 
conviction  to  all  about  them,  that  they  had  love 
and  compassion  for  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul. 
Well,  when  the  King  and  his  Son  were  retired 
into  the  privy  chamber,  there  they  again  con- 
sulted about  what  they  had  designed  before,  to 
wit,  that  as  Mansoul  should  in  time  be  The  secret  of 
suffered  to  be  lost,  so  as  certainly  it  h,sPurP°se- 
should  be  recovered  again ;  recovered,  I  say,  in 
such  a  way,  as  that  both  the  King  and  his  Son 
would   get   themselves    eternal   fame    and  glorf 


32  THE    HOLY     WAR. 

thereby.    Wherefore,  after  this  consult,  the  Son  of 
Shaddai  [a  sweet  and  comely  Person, 

The  Son  of  God.  ,  l       .    l        1      l  \       ir 

and  one  that  had  always  greal  affection 
for  those  that  were  in  affliction,  but  one  that  had 
mortal  enmity  in  lit-'  heart  against  Diabolus,  be- 
cause  he  was   designed   for   it,   and  because  he 

sought  his   crown   and  dignity) — this 
ifim'l!i5.      Son  of  Shaddai,  I  say,  having  stricken 

hands  with  his  Father,  and  promised 
that  he  would  be  his  servant  to  recover  his  Man- 
soul  again,  stood  by  his  resolution,  nor  would  he 
repent  of  the  same.  The  purport  of  which  agree- 
ment was  this :  to  wit,  that  at  a  certain  time, 
prefixed  by  both,  the  King's  Son  should  take  a 
journey  into  the  country  of  Universe,  and  there, 
in  a  way  of  justice  and  equity,  by  making  amends 
for  the  follies  of  Mansoul,  he  should  lay  a  founda- 
tion of  her  perfect  deliverance  from  Diabolus  and 
from  his  tyranny. 

Moreover,  Emmanuel  resolved  to  make,  at  a  time 

convenient,  a  war  upon  the  giant  Diabolus,  even 

while  he  was  possessed  of  the  town  of  Mansoul ; 

By  the  Hoiy      and  that  he  would  fairly,  by  strength 

Ghost.        0f  han^  drive  hjm  out  0f  his  hold,  his 

nest,  and  take  it  to  himself  to  be  his  habitation. 

The  Foiy  scrip-        This  now  being  resolved  upon,  order 

tures-         was  given  to  the  Lord  Chief  Secretary, 

to  draw  up  a  fair  record  of  what  was  determined, 

and  to  cause  that  it  should  be  published  in  all  the 

corners   of  the  kingdom  of  Universe.     A  short 

breviat  of  the  contents  thereof  you  may,  if  you 

please,  take  here  as  follows  : 

"  Let  all  men  know,  who  are  concerned,  that 
the  Son  of  Shaddai,  the  great  King,  is  engaged  by 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  33 

covenant  to  his  Father  to  bring  Mansoul  to  him 
again;  yea,  and  to  put  Mansoul,  through  the 
power  of  his  matchless  love,  into  a  far  better  and 
more  happy  condition,  than  it  was  in  before  it 
was  taken  by  Diabolus." 

These  papers,  therefore,  were  published  in 
several  places,  to  the  no  little  molestation  of  the 
tyrant  Diabolus  ;  "for  now,"  thought  he,  "I  shall 
be  molested,  and  my  habitation  will  be  taken 
from  me." 

But  when  this  matter,  I  mean  this  purpose  of 
the  King  and  his  Son,  did  at  first  take  air  at 
court,  who  can  tell  how  the  high  lords,  Among1he 
chief  captains,  and  noble  princes  that  an?el5' 
were  there,  were  taken  with  the  business  !  First, 
they  whispered  it  to  one  another,  and  after  that 
it  began  to  ring  out  through  the  King's  palace, 
all  wondering  at  the  glorious  design  that  between 
the  King  and  his  Son,  was  on  foot  for  the  misera- 
ble town  of  Mansoul.  Yea,  the  courtiers  could 
scarce  do  anything  either  for  the  King  or  king- 
dom, but  they  would  mix,  with  the  doing  thereof, 
a  noise  of  the  love  of  the  King  and  his  Son,  that 
they  had  for  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

Nor  could  these  lords,  high  captains,  and  princes 
be  content  to  keep  this  news  at  court ;  yea,  before 
the  records  thereof  were  perfected,  themselves 
came  down  and  told  it  in  Universe.  At  last  it 
came  to  the  ears,  as  I  said,  of  Diabolus,  to  his  no 
little  discontent;  for  you  must  think  it  would 
perplex  him,  to  hear  of  such  a  design  against  him. 
Well,  but  after  a  few  casts  in  his  mind,  he  con- 
cluded upon  these  four  things. 

First,  That  this  news,  these  good  tidings,  (if 


34  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

possible,)  should  be  kept  from  the  ears  of  the 
town  of  Mansoul ;  "  for,"  said  he,  "  if  they 
should  once  come  to  the  knowledge  that  Shaddai. 
their  former  King-,  and  Emmanuel  his  Son,  are 
contriving  good  for  the  town  of  Mansoul,  what 
can  be  expected  by  me,  but  that  Mansoul  will 
make  a  revolt  from  under  my  hand  and  govern- 
ment, and  return  again  to  him  ?" 

Now,  to  accomplish  this  his  design,  he  renews 
his  flattery  with  my  Lord  Willbewill,  and  also 
gives  him  strict  charge  and  command,  that  he 
should  keep  watch,  by  day  and  by  night,  at  all  the 
gates  of  the  town,  especially  Ear-gate  and  Eye- 
gate  ;  "  for  I  hear  of  a  design,"  quoth  he,  "  a  de- 
sign to  make  us  all  traitors,  and  that  Mansoul 
must  be  reduced  to  its  first  bondage  again.  I  hope 
they  are  but  flying  stories,"  quoth  he  ;  "  however, 
let  no  such  news  by  any  means  be  let  into  Man- 
soul, lest  the  people  be  dejected  thereat.  I  think, 
The  win  engaged  my  l°rd,  ^  caa  De  no  welcome  news 

against  the  gospel.       tQ  VQU  .    J    affl  gure  ^    jg  nQne  tQ   me  . 

and  I  think  that,  at  this  time,  it  should  be  all  our 
wisdom  and  care  to  nip  the  head  of  all  such  re- 
mours,  as  shall  tend  to  trouble  our  people.  Where- 
fore I  desire,  my  lord,  that  you  will,  in  this  matter, 
do  as  I  say.  Let  there  be  strong  guards  daily  kept 
at  every  gate  of  the  town.  Stop  also  and  examine 
from  whence  such  come,  that  you  perceive  do  from 
far  come  hither  to  trade,  nor  let  them  by  any  means 
be  admitted  into  Mansoul,  unless  you  shall  plainly 
perceive  that  they  are  favourers  of  our  excellent 
ah  good  thoughts  government.  I  command,  moreover," 
lo^ntrTtobesup*  said  Diabolus,  "  that  there  be  spies 
P"*8"1'  continually    walking    up    and    down 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  35 

the  town  of  Mansoul,  and  let  them  have  power 
to  suppress  and  destroy  any  that  they  shall  per- 
ceive to  be  plotting  against  us,  or  that  shall  prate 
of  what  by  Shaddai  and  Emmanuel  is  intended." 

This,  therefore,  was  accordingly  done  ;  my  Lord 
Willbewill  hearkened  to  his  Lord  and  master, 
went  willingly  after  the  commandment,  and,  with 
all  the  diligence  he  could,  kept  any  that  would, 
from  going  out  abroad,  or  that  sought  to  bring  these 
tidings  to  Mansoul,  from  coming  into  the  town. 

Secondly,  this  done,  in  the  next  place,  Diabolus, 
that  he  might  make  Mansoul  as  sure  as  he  could,, 
frames  and  imposes  a  new  oath  and  horrible  cove- 
nant upon  the  townsfolk : — To  wit,  that  they 
should  never  desert  him  nor  his  government,  nor 
yet  betray  him,  nor  seek  to  alter  his  laws  ;  but 
that  they  should  own,  confess,  stand  by,  and  ac- 
knowledge him  for  their  rightful  king,  in  defiance 
to  any  that  do  or  hereafter  shall,  by  any  pretence, 
law,  or  title  whatever,  lay  claim  to  the  town  of 
Mansoul ;  thinking,  belike,  that  Shaddai  had  not 
power  to  absolve  them  from  this  covenant  with 
death  and  agreement  with  hell.  Nor 
did  the  silly  Mansoul  stick  or  boggle  at 
all  at  this  most  monstrous  engagement;  but,  as  if 
it  had  been  a  sprat  in  the  mouth  of  a  whale,  they 
swallowed  it  without  any  chewing.  Were  they 
troubled  at  it?  Nay,  they  rather  bragged  and 
boasted  of  their  so  brave  fidelity  to  the  tyrant, 
their  pretended  king,  swearing  that  they  would 
never  be  changelings,  nor  forsake  their  old  lord  for 
a  new.  Thus  did  Diabolus  tie  poor  Mansoul  fast. 

Thirdly,  jealousy,  that  never  thinks  itself 
strong  enough,  put  him,  in  the  next  place,  upon 


36  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

another  exploit,  which  was  yet  more,  if  possible, 

to  debauch  this  town  of  Mansoul.     Wherefore  he 

caused,  by  the  hand  of  one  Mr.  Filth, 

Odious     atheistical  ■■ .  ,  .     . 

pamphlet!   and   filthy    ail     OdlOUS,     nasty,    laSClVlOUS    piCCG 
ballads  and  romances.  c     ,  -, .  ,  ■• 

of  beastliness  to  be  drawn  up  in 
writing,  and  to  be  set  upon  the  castle  gates  ; 
whereby  he  granted  and  gave  license  to  all  his 
true  and  trusty  sons  in  Mansoul  to  do  whatsoevei 
their  lustful  appetites  prompted  them  to  do  ;  and 
that  no  man  was  to  let,  hinder,  or  control  them, 
upon  pain  of  incurring  the  displeasure  of  their 
prince. 

Now,  this  he  did  for  these  reasons : 

1.  That  the  town  of  Mansoul  might  be  yet 
made  weaker  and  weaker,  and  so  more  unable, 
should  tidings  come,  that  their  redemption  was 
designed,  to  believe,  hope,  or  consent  to  the  truth 
thereof;  for  reason  says,  The  bigger  the  sinner, 
the  less  grounds  of  hopes  of  mercy. 

2.  The  second  reason  was,  if  perhaps  Emmanuel, 
the  Son  of  Shaddai  their  King,  by  seeing  the  hor- 
rible and  profane  doings  of  the  town  of  Mansoul, 
might  repent  (though  entered  into  a  covenant  of 
redeeming  them)  of  pursuing  that  covenant  of 
their  redemption  ;  for  he  knew  that  Shaddai  was 
holy,  and  that  his  Son  Emmanuel  was  holy ;  yea, 
he  knew  it  by  woeful  experience,  for,  for  his 
iniquity  and  sin,  was  Diabolus  cast  from  the 
Jiighest  orbs.  Wherefore  what  more  rational  than 
for  him  to  conclude  that  thus,  for  sin,  it  might 
fare  with  Mansoul?  But  fearing  also  lest  this 
knot  should  break,  he  bethinks  himself  of  another, 
to  wit : 

Fourthly,  to  endeavour  to  possess  all  hearts  in 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  37 

tne  town  of  Mansoul,  that  Shaddai  was  raising  an 
army,  to  come  to  overthrow  and  utterly  to  de- 
stroy this  town  of  Mansoul.  And  this  he  did  to 
forestall  any  tidings  that  might  come  to  their  ears, 
of  their  deliverance  ;  "  for,"  thought  he,  "if  1 
first  bruit  this,  the  tidings  that  shall  come  after, 
will  all  be  swallowed  up  of  this  ;  for  what  else 
will  Mansoul  say,  when  they  shall  hear  that  they 
must  be  delivered,  but  that  the  true  meaning  is, 
Shaddai  intends  to  destroy  them  ?"  Wherefore  he 
summons  the  whole  town  into  the 
market-place,  and  there,  with  deceit-  jng  Ld  I?  consider 
ful  tongue,  thus  he  addresses  himself  ln°' 
unto  them : 

"  Gentlemen,  and  my  very  good  friends,  you 
are  all,  as  you  know,  my  legal  subjects,  and  men 
of  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul.  You  know  how, 
from  the  first  day,  that  I  have  been  with  you, 
until  now,  I  have  behaved  myself  among  you,  and 
what  liberty  and  great  privileges  you  have  en-, 
joyed  under  my  government,  I  hope  to  your 
honour  and  mine,  and  also  to  your  content  and 
delight.  Now,  my  famous  Mansoul,  a  noise  of 
trouble  there  is  abroad,  of  trouble  to  the  town  of 
Mansoul ;  sorry  I  am  thereof  for  your  sakes  :  for 
I  received  but  now,  by  the  post  from  my  Lord, 
Lucifer,  (and  he  useth  to  have  good  intelligence,) 
that  your  old  King  Shaddai  is  raising  an  army 
to  come  against  you,  to  destroy  you  root  and 
branch ;  and  this,  O  Mansoul,  is  now  the  cause, 
that  at  this  time,  I  have  called  you  together; 
namely,  to  advise  what,  in  this  juncture,  is  best  to 
be  done.  For  my  part,  I  am  but  one,  and  can 
with  ease  shift  for  myself,  did  I  list  to  seek  my 
5 


38  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

own  ease,  and  to  leave  my  Mansonl  in  all  the 
danger ;  but  my  heart  is  so  firmly  united  to  you, 
and  so  unwilling  am  I  to  leave  you,  that  I  an? 
willing  to  stand  and  fall  with  you,  to  the  utmos' 
hazard  that  shall  befall  me.  What  say  you,  O  my 
Mansoul  ?  Will  you  now  desert  your  old  friend,  o\ 
do  you  think  of  standing  by  me  ?"  Then,  as  ont 
man,  with  one  mouth,  they  cried  out  together, 
"  Let  him  die  the  death  that  will  not." 

,  Then  said  Diabolus  again,  "  It  is  in  vain  for  us 
to  hope  for  quarter,  for  this  king  knows  not  how 

very  deceiving    to  show  it.     True,  perhaps,  he,  at  hia 
language.  £rgt  gating  down  before  us,  will  talk 

of  and  pretend  to  mercy,  that  thereby  with  the 
more  ease,  and  less  trouble,  he  may  again  make 
himself  the  master  of  Mansoul.  Whatever,  there- 
fore, he  shall  say,  believe  not  one  syllable  or  tittle 
of  it ;  for  all  such  language  is  but  to  overcome  us, 
and  to  make  us,  while  we  wallow  in  our  blood, 
the  trophies  of  his  merciless  victory.  My  mind 
is,  therefore,  that  we  resolve,  to  the  last  man,  to 
resist  him,  and  not  to  believe  him  upon  any  terms  ; 
for  in  at  that  door  will  come  our  danger.  But 
shall  we  be  flattered  out  of  our  lives  ?  I  hope  you 
know  more  of  the  rudiments  of  politics,  than  to 
suffer  yourselves  so  pitifully  to  be  served. 

"  But  suppose  he  should,  if  he  get  us  to  yield, 
save  some  of  our  lives,  or  the  lives  of  some  of  them 
that  are  underlings  in  Mansoul,  what  help  will 
that  be  to  you  that  are  the  chief  of  the  town, 
especially  you,  whom  I  have  set  up  and  whose 
greatness  has  been  procured  by  you,  through  your 
faithful  sticking  to  me  ?    And  suppose, 

Lying  language.  °  ,  1  l 

again,    that   he    should    give    quarter 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  39 

to  every  one  of  you,  be  sure  he  will  bring  you 
into  that  bondage,  under  which,  you  were  capti- 
vated before,  or  a  worse,  and  then  what  good 
will  your  lives  do  you  ?  Shall  you  with  him  live 
in  pleasure,  as  you  do  now  ?  No,  no ;  you  must 
be  bound  by  laws  that  will  pinch  you,  and  be 
made  to  do  that  which  at  present  is  hateful  to 
you.  I  am  for  you,  if  you  are  for  me  ;  and  it  is 
better  to  die  valiantly  than  to  live  like  pitiful 
slaves.  But,  I  say,  the  life  of  a  slave 
will  be  counted  a  life  too  good  for  Man-  iosiag8^ntm- 
soul  now.  Blood,  blood,  nothing  but 
blood,  is  in  every  blast  of  Shaddai's  .trumpet 
against  poor  Mansoul  now.  Pray,  be  concerned  ; 
I  hear  he  is  coming.  Up,  and  stand  to  your  arms, 
that  now,  while  you  have  any  leisure,  I  may  teach 
you  some  feats  of  war.  Armour  for  you  I  have, 
and  by  me  it  is  ;  yea,  and  it  is  sufficient  for  Man- 
soul  from  top  to  toe  ;  nor  can  you  be  hurt  by  what 
his  force  can  do,  if  you  shall  keep  it  well  girt  and 
fastened  about  you.  Come,  therefore,  to  my  castle, 
and  welcome,  and  harness  yourselves  for  the  war. 
There  is  helmet,  breastplate,  sword,  and  shield, 
and  what  not,  that  will  make  you  fight  like  men. 
"  1 .  My  helmet,  otherwise  called  an  head-piece, 
is  hope  of  doing  well  at  last,  what  lives  soever 
you  live.  This  is  that  which  they  had  who  said, 
that  they  should  have  peace,  though  they  walked 
in  the  wickedness  of  their  heart,  to  add  drunken- 
ness to  thirst.     A  piece  of  approved 

,,    •  J  1  u  Deut.  xxix.  19. 

armour  this    is,  and  whoever  has  it, 
and  can  hold  it,  so  long  no  arrow,  dart,  sword,  or 
shield  can  hurt  him.     This,  therefore,  keep  on, 
and  thou  wilt  keep  off  many  a  blow,  my  Mansoul. 


40  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

"  2.  My  breastplate  is  a  breastplate 
of  iron.  I  had  it  forged  in  mine  own 
country,  and  all  my  soldiers  are  armed  therewith. 
In  plain  language,  it  is  a  hard  heart,  a  heart 
as  hard  as  iron,  and  as  much  past  feeling  as  a 
stone ;  the  which  if  you  get  and  keep,  neither 
mercy  shall  win  you,  nor  judgment  fright  you. 
This,  therefore,  is  a  piece  of  armour,  most  neces- 
sary for  all  to  put  on,  that  hate  Shaddai,  and  that 
would  fight  against  him  under  my  banner. 

"3.  My  sword  is  a  tongue  that  is  set 
Fsaiixiv .3.  on  fire  of  hell,  and  that  can  bend  itself 
to  speak  evil  of  Shaddai,  his  Son,  his 
ways,  and  people.  Use  this  ;  it  has  been  tried  a 
thousand  times  twice  told.  Whoever  hath  it, 
keeps  it,  and  makes  that  use  of  it  as  I  would  have 
him,  can  never  be  conquered  by  mine  enemy. 

"  4.  My  shield  is  unbelief,  or  calling 
into  question  the  truth  of  the  word,  or 
all  the  sayings  that  speak  of  the  judg- 
ment that  Shaddai  has  appointed  for  wicked  men. 
Use  this  shield  :  many  attempts  he  has  made  upon 
it,  and  sometimes,  it  is  true,  it  has  been  bruised ; 
but  they  that  have  writ  of  the  wars  of  Emmanuel 
against  my  servants,  have  testified  that  he  could 
do  no  mighty  work  there,  because  of  their  unbe- 
lief. Now,  to  handle  this  weapon  of  mine  aright, 
it  is  not  to  believe  things,  because  they  are  true, 
of  what  sort  or  by  whomsoever  asserted.  If  he 
speaks  of  judgment,  care  not  for  it ;  if  he  speaks 
of  mercy,  care  not  for  it ;  if  he  promises,  if  he 
swears  that  he  would  do  to  Mansoul,  if  it  turns, 
no  hurt,  but  good,  regard  not  what  is  said,  ques- 
tion the  truth  of  all,  for  it  is  to  wield  the  shield 


Job  xv.  26. 
Psa.  Ixxvi.  3. 
Mark  vi.  6.  6. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  41 

of  unbelief  aright,  and  as  my  servants  ought  and 
do  ;  and  he  that  doth  otherwise,  loves  me  not,  nor 
do  I  count  him  but  an  enemy  to  me. 

"  5.  Another  part  or  piece,"  said  Diabolus,  "  of 
mine  excellent  armour,  is  a  dumb  and  prayerless 
spirit,  a  spirit  that  scorns  to  cry  for  mercy  :  where- 
fore be  you,  my  Mansoul,  sure  that  you  make  use 
of  this.  What !  cry  for  quarter  !  Never  do  that, 
if  you  would  be  mine.  I  know  you  are  stout 
men,  and  am  sure  that  I  have  clad  you  with  that 
which  is  armour  of  proof.  AVherefore,  to  cry  to 
Shaddai  for  mercy,  let  that  be  far  from  you. 
Besides  all  this,  I  have  a  maul,  firebrands,  arrows, 
and  death,  all  good  hand-weapons,  and  such  as 
will  do  execution." 

After  he  had  thus  furnished  his  men  with 
armour  and  arms,  he  addressed  himself  to  them  in 
such  like  words  as  these  : — "  Remember,"  quoth 
he,  "  that  I  am  your  rightful  king,  and  that  you 
have  taken  an  oath  and  entered  into  covenant  to 
be  true  to  me  and  my  cause :  I  say,  remember 
this,  and  show  yourselves  stout  and  valiant  men 
of  Mansoul.  Remember  also  the  kindness  that  I 
have  always  showed  to  you,  and  that,  without 
your  petition,  I  have  granted  to  you  external 
things  ;  wherefore  the  privileges,  grants,  immu- 
nities, profits,  and  honours  wherewith  I  have  en- 
dowed you,  do  call  for,  at  your  hands,  returns  of 
loyalty,  my  lion-like  men  of  Mansoul :  and  when 
so  fit  a  time  to  show  it,  as  when  another  shall 
seek  to  take  my  dominion  over  you  into  his 
own  hands  ?  One  word  more,  and  I  have  done. 
Can  we  but  stand,  and  overcome  this  one  shock 
or  brunt,  I  doubt  not,  but  in  little  time,  all  the 
5* 


42  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

world  will  be  ours  ;  and  when  that  day  comes,  my 
true  hearts,  I  will  make  you  kings,  princes,  and 
captains,  and  what  brave  days  shall  we  have 
then!" 

Diabolus,  having  thus  armed  and  forearmed  his 
servants  and  vassals  in  Mansoul,  against  their  good 
and  lawful  King  Shaddai,  in  the  next  place,  he 
doubleth  his  guards  at  the  gates  of  the  town,  and 
he  takes  himself  to  the  castle,  which  was  his 
stronghold.  His  vassals  also,  to  show  their  wills, 
and  supposed  (but  ignoble)  gallantry,  exercise 
themselves  in  their  arms  every  day,  and  teach 
one  another  feats  of  war :  they  also  defied  their 
enemies,  and  sang  up  the  praises  of  their  tyrant : 
they  threatened  also,  what  men  they  would  be, 
if  ever  things  should  rise  so  high  as  a  war  be- 
tween Shaddai  and  their  king. 

Now,  all  this  time,  the  good  King,  the  King 
Shaddai,  was  preparing  to  send  an  army  to  re- 
cover the  town  of  Mansoul  again,  from  under  the 
tyranny  of  their  pretended  king,  Diabolus  ;  but  he 
thought  good,  at  first,  not  to  send  them  by  the 
hand  and  conduct  of  brave  Emmanuel,  his  Son,  but 
under  the  hand  of  some  of  his  servants,  to  see 
first,  by  them,  the  temper  of  Mansoul,  and  whe- 
ther by  them  they  would  be  won  to  the  obedience 
of  their  Kino-.     The  army  consisted 

The  words  of  God.  n        ,  r-       .  ,i  in. 

oi  above  lorty  thousand,  all  true 
men,  for  they  came  from  the  King's  own  court, 
and  were  those  of  his  own  choosing. 

They  came  up  to  Mansoul  under  the  conduct 
of  four  stout  generals,  each  man  being  a  captain 
of  ten  thousand  men,  and  these  are  their  names 
and  their  ensigns.     The  name  of  the  first,  was 


THE    HOLY    WAR. 


43 


Boanerges,  the  name  of  the  second,  was  Captain 
Conviction,  the  name  of  the  third,  was  Captain 
Judgment,  and  the  name  of  the  fourth,  was  Cap- 
tain3 Execution.  These  were  the  captains  that 
Shaddai  sent  to  regain  Mansoul. 

These  four  captains,  as  was  said,  the  King 
thought  fit,  in  the  first  place,  to  send  to  Mansoul, 
to  make  an  attempt  upon  it ;  for  indeed  generally, 
in  all  his  wars,  he  did  use  to  send  these  four  cap- 
tains in  the  van,  for  they  were  very  stout  and 
rough-hewn  men,  men  that  were  fit  to  ^  ^  ^ 
break  the  ice,  and  to  make  their  way 
by  dint  of  sword,  and  their  men  were  like  them- 
selves, v 

To  each  of  these  captains  the  King  gave  a 
banner,  that  it  might  be  displayed,  because  of  the 
goodness  of  his  cause,  and  because  of  the  right 
that  lie  had  to  Mansoul. 

First,  to  Captain  Boanerges,  for  he  was  the 
chief,  to  him,  I  say,  were  given  ten  thousand  men. 
His  ensign  was  Mr.  Thunder  ;  he  bare     ^ ...  n 
the  black  colours,  and  his  scutcheon, 
was,  the  three  burning  thunderbolts. 

The  second  captain,  was  Captain  Conviction; 
to  him  also  were  given  ten  thousand  men.  His 
ensign's  name  was  Mr.  Sorrow ;  he  did  bear  the 
pale°colours,  and  his  scutcheon  was  the  ^  mffl  2 
book  of  the  law  wide  open,  from 
whence  issued  a  flame  of  fire. 

The  third  captain,  was  Captain  Judgment ;  to 
him  were  given  ten  thousand  men.     His  ensign's 
name  was  Mr.  Terror ;  he  bare  the  red  Mit  x...  1041 
colours,  and  his  scutcheon  was  a  burn- 
ing fiery  furnace. 


44  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

The  fourth  captain,  was  Captain  Execution;  to 

him  were  given  ten  thousand  men.     His  ensign 

was  one  Mr.  Justice  ;  he  also  bare  the  red  colours, 

and  his  scutcheon  was  a  fruitless  tree, 

with  an  axe  lying  at  the  root  thereof. 

These  four  captains,  as  I  said,  had  every  one 
of  them,  under  his  command,  ten  thousand  men, 
all  of  good  fidelity  to  the  King,  and  stout  at  their 
military  actions. 

Well,  the  captains  and  their  forces,  their  men 
and  under  officers,  being  had  upon  a  day  by 
Shaddai  into  the  field,  and  there  called  all  over 
by  their  names,  were  then  and  there  put  into  such 
harness  as  became  their  degree,  and  that  service, 
which  now  they  were  going  about  for  their  King. 

Now,  when  the  King  had  mustered  his  forces, 
(for  it  is  he  that  mustereth  the  host  to  the  battle,) 
he  gave  unto  the  captains  their  several  commis- 
sions, with  charge  and  commandment,  in  the 
audience  of  all  the  soldiers,  that  they  should  take 
heed  faithfully  and  courageously  to  do  and  execute 
the  same.  Their  commissions  were,  for  the  sub- 
stance of  them,  the  same  in  form,  though,  as  to 
name,  title,  place,  and  degree  of  the  captains, 
there  might  be  some,  but  very  small  variation. 
4nd  here  let  me  give  you  an  account  of  the 
natter  and  sum  contained  in  their  commission. 

A  Commission  from  the  great  Shaddai,  King 
of  Mansoul,  to  his  trusty  and  noble  Captain, 
the  Captain  Boanerges,  for  his  making  War 
upon  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

"  O,  thou  Boanerges,  one  of  my  stout  and 
thundering  captains  over  one  ten  thousand  of  my 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  45 

valiant  and  faithful  servants,  go  thou  Mattx  „ 
in  my  name,  with  this  thy  force,  to  the  Luke  xb- 
miserable  town  of  Mansoul ;  and  when  thou 
comest  thither,  offer  them  first  conditions  of 
peace  ;  and  command  them  that,  casting  off  the 
yoke  and  tyranny  of  the  wicked  Diabolus,  they 
return  to  me,  their  rightful  Prince  and  Lord.  Com- 
mand them  also,  that  they  cleanse  themselves  from 
all  that  is  his  in  the  town  of  Mansoul,  and  look 
to  thyself,  that  thou  hast  good  satisfaction  touching 
the  truth  of  their  obedience.  Thus,  when  thou 
hast  commanded  them,  (if  they  in  truth  submit 
thereto,)  then  do  thou,  to  the  uttermost  of  thy 
power,  what  in  thee  lies  to  set  up  for  me  a  garrison 
in  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul;  nor  do  thou  hurt 
the  least  native  that  moveth  or  breathe th  therein, 
if  they  will  submit  themselves  to  me,  but  treat 
thou  such  as  if  they  were  thy  friends  or  brothers ; 
for  all  such  I  love,  and  they  shall  be  dear  unto  me  ; 
and  tell  them,  that  I  will  take  a  time  to 
come  unto  them,  and  to  let  them  know 
that  I  am  merciful. 

"But  if  they  shall,  notwithstanding  thy  sum- 
mons and  the  producing  of  thy  authority,  resist, 
stand  out  against  thee,  and  rebel,  then  do  I  com- 
mand thee  to  make  use  of  all  thy  cunning,  power, 
might,  and  force,  to  bring  them  under  by  strength 
of  hand.     Farewell." 

Thus  you  see  the  sum  of  their  commissions ;  for, 
as  I  said  before,  for  the  substance  of  them,  they 
were  the  same  that  the  rest  of  the  noble  captains 
had. 

Wherefore  they,  having   received   each    com- 


46  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

mander  his  authority  at  the  hand  of  their  King, 
the  day  being  appointed,  and  the  place  of  their 
rendezvous  prefixed,  each  commander  appeared 
in  such  gallantry  as  became  his  cause  and  calling. 
So,  after  new  entertainment  from  Shaddai,  with 
flying  colours,  they  set  forward  to  march  towards 
the  famous  town  of  Mansoul.  Captain  Boanerges 
led  the  van,  Captain  Conviction  and  Captain 
Judgment  made  up  the  main  body,  and  Captain 
Execution  brought  up  the  rear.  They  then,  having 
a  great  way  to  go,  (for  the  town  of 
Mansoul  was  far  off  from  the  court  of 
Shaddai,)  marched  through  the  regions  and  coun- 
tries of  many  people,  not  hurting  or  abusing  any, 
but  blessing  wherever  they  came.  They  also  lived 
upon  the  King's  cost,  in  all  the  way  they  went. 

Having  travelled  thus  for  many  days,  at  last 
they  came  within  sight  of  Mansoul;  the  which 
when  they  saw,  the  captains  could,  for  their  hearts, 
do  no  less,  than  for  a  while  bewail  the  condition 
of  the  town ;  for  they  quickly  saw,  how  that  it 
was  prostrate  to  the  will  of  Diabolus,  and  to  his 
ways  and  designs. 

Well,  to  be  short,  the  captains  come  up  before 
the  town,  march  up  to  Ear-gate,  sit  down  there, 
(for  that  was  the  place  of  hearing.)  So,  when 
they  had  pitched  their  tents  and  entrenched  them- 
selves, they  addressed  themselves  to  make  their 
assault. 

The  world  are  Now  the  townsfolk  at  first,  behold* 
wen]Wfereay  life  ing  so  gallant  a  company,  so  bravely 
of  the  godiy.  accoutred,  and  so  excellently  disci- 
plined, having  on  their  glittering  armour,  and 
displaying   their   flying   colours    could   not   but 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  47 

come  out  of  their  houses  and  gaze.  But  the  cun- 
ning fox  Diabolus,  fearing  that  the  people,  after 
this  sight,  should,  on  a  sudden  summons,  open  the 
gates  to  the  captains,  came  down  with  all  haste 
from  the  castle,  and  made  them  retire  into  the 
body  of  the  town ;  who,  when  he  had  them  there, 
made  this  lying  and  deceivable  speech  unto  them. 

"  Gentlemen,"  quoth  he,  "  although 
you  are  my  trusty  and  well  beloved  ates'atheiT  minds 
friends,  yet  I  cannot  but  a  little  chide 
you  for  your  late  uncircumspect  action ;  in  going 
out  to  gaze  on  that  great  and  mighty  force  that 
but  yesterday  sat  down  before,  and  have  now 
entrenched  themselves,  in  order  to  the  maintaining 
of  a  siege  against  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul. 
Do  you  know  who  they  are,  whence  they  come, 
and  what  is  their  purpose  in  sitting  down  before 
the  town  of  Mansoul  ?  They  are  they,  of  whom  I 
have  told  you  long  ago,  that  they  That.s  false> 
would  come  to  destroy  this  town,  and  Sa,an: 
against  whom  I  have  been  at  the  cost  to  arm  you 
with  cap-a-pie  for  your  body,  besides  great  forti- 
fications for  your  mind.  Wherefore,  then,  did 
you  not  rather,  even  at  the  first  appearance  of 
them,  cry  out,  fire  the  beacons,  and  give  the 
whole  town  an  alarm  concerning  them,  that  we 
might  all  have  been  in  a  posture  of  defence,  and 
been  ready  to  have  received  them  with  the  highest 
acts  of  defiance?  Then  had  you  showed 

.     J  -  Satan     greatly 

yourselves  men  to  my  liking ;  whereas,  j^j^^^y 
by  what   you   have    done,  you    have  "aJJteni-*Iansoul 
made  me  half  afraid — I  say,  half  afraid 
— that  when  they  and  we  shall  come  to  push  a 
pike,  I  shall  find  you  want  courage  to  stand  it 


48  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

out  any  longer.  Wherefore  have  I  commanded 
a  watch,  and  that  you  should  double  your  guards 
at  the  gates?  Wherefore  have  I  endeavoured  to 
make  you  as  hard  as  iron,  and  your  hearts  as  a 
piece  of  the  nether  millstone  ?  Was  it,  think  you, 
that  you  might  show  yourselves  women,  and  that 
you  might  go  out  like  a  company  of  innocents  to 
gaze  on  your  mortal  foes  ?    Fie,  fie ! 

He  stirs  them  up  to    °  ■,  .     ,  r     , 

bid  defiance  to  the  mi-  put  yourselves  into  a  posture  of  de- 

Sstfcrt  of  the  word.         /»  1  ,11  ,1 

fence,  beat  up  the  drum,  gather 
together  in  warlike  manner,  that  our  foes  may 
know,  that  before  they  shall  conquer  this  cor- 
poration, there  are  valiant  men  in  the  town  of 
Mansoul. 

"  I  will  leave  off  now  to  chide,  and  will  not 
further  rebuke  you ;  but  I  charge  you,  that  hence- 
forwards  you  let  me  see  no  more  such  actions. 
Let  not  henceforward  a  man  of  you,  without  order 
first  obtained  from  me,  so  much  as  show  his  head 
over  the  wall  of  the  town  of  Mansoul.  You  have 
now  heard  me ;  do  as  I  have  commanded,  and  you 
shall  cause  me,  that  I  dwell  securely  with  you, 
and  that  I  take  care,  as  for  myself,  so  for  your 
safety  and  honour  also.  Farewell." 
whensinnershear-  Now,  were  the  townsmen  strangely 
are  5et  to*,  rage  altered ;  they  were  as  men  stricken 

against  godliness.  "       ^fa     a     panic     fear  .     ^gy     mn     to     aild 

fro  through  the  streets  of  the  town  of  Mansoul, 
crying  out,  "Help,  help  !  the  men  that  turn  the 
world  upside  down  are  come  hither  also."  Nor 
could  any  of  them  be  quiet  after ;  but  still,  as  men 
.  bereft  of  wit,  they  cried  out,  "  The  destroyers  of 
our  peace  and  people  are  come."  This  went  down 
with  Diabolus.   "  Ay,"  quoth  he  to  himself,  "  this 


THE    HCLY    WAR.  49 

I  like  well .  now  it  is  as  I  would  have  it ;  now 
you  show  your  obedience  to  your  prince.  Hold 
you  but  here,  and  then  let  them  take  the  town  if 
they  can." 

Well,  before  the  King's  forces  had  sat  before  Man- 
soul  three  days,  Captain  Boanerges  commanded 
his  trumpeter  to  go  down  to  Ear-gate,  and  there, 
in  the  name  of  the  great  Shaddai,  to  summon 
Mansoul  to  give  audience  to  the  message  that  he, 
in  his  Master's  name,  was  to  them  commanded  to 
deliver.  So  the  trumpeter,  whose  name  was  Take- 
heed-what-you-hear,  went  up,  as  he  was  com- 
manded, to  Ear-gate,  and  there  sounded  his 
trumpet  for  a  hearing ;  but  there  was  They  wiU  not 
none  that  appeared  that  gave  answer  bear- 
or  regard,  for  so  had  Diabolus  commanded.  So 
the  trumpeter  returned  to  his  captain,  and  told 
him  what  he  had  done,  and  also  how  he  had  sped; 
whereat  the  captain  was  grieved,  but  bid  the 
trumpeter  go  to  his  tent. 

Again  Captain  Boanerges  sendeth  his  trumpeter 
to  Ear-gate,  to  sound  as  before  for  a  hearing ; 
but  they  again  kept  close,  came  not  out,  nor 
would  they  give  him  an  answer;  so  observant 
were  they  of  the  command  of  Diabolus  their 
king. 

Then  the  captains  and  other  field  officers  called 
a  council  of  war,  to  consider  what  further  was  to 
be  done  for  the  gaining  of  the  town  of  Mansoul ; 
and,  after  some  close  and  thorough  debate  upon 
the  contents  of  their  commissions,  they  concluded 
yet  to  give  to  the  town,  by  the  hand  of  the  fore- 
named  trumpeter,  another  summon  to  hear;  but 
if  that  shall  be  refused,  said  "he '  and  that  the 
6 


50  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

town  shall  stand  it  out  still,  then  they  determined, 
and  bid  the  trumpeter  tell  them  so,  that 
they  would  endeavour,  by  what  means 
they  could,  to  compel  them  by  force  to  the  obe- 
dience of  their  King. 

So  Captain  Boanerges  commanded  his  trumpeter 
to  go  up  to  Ear-gate  again,  and,  in  the  name  of 
the  great  King  Shaddai,  to  give  it  a  very  loud 
summons  to  come  down  without  delay  to  Ear- 
gate,  there  to  give  audience  to  the  King's  most 
noble  captains.  So  the  trumpeter  went,  and  did 
as  he  was  commanded ;  he  went  up  to  Ear-gate, 
and  sounded  his  trumpet,  and  gave  a  third  sum- 
mons to  Mansoul.  He  said,  moreover, 
that  if  this  they  should  still  refuse  to 
do,  the  captains  of  his  prince  would  with  might 
come  down  upon  them,  and  endeavour  to  reduce 
them  to  their  obedience  by  force. 

Then  stood  up  my  Lord  Willbewill,  who  was 
the  governor  of  the  town,  (this  Willbewill  was 
that  apostate  of  whom  mention  was  made  before,) 
and  the  keeper  of  the  gates  of  Mansoul.  He  there- 
fore, with  big  and  ruffling  words,  demanded  of  the 
trumpeter  who  he  was,  whence  he  came,  and  what 
was  the  cause  of  his  making  so  hideous  a  noise  at 
the  gate,  and  speaking  such  insufferable  words 
against  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

The  trumpeter  answered,  "  I  am  servant  to  the 
most  noble  captain,  Captain  Boanerges,  general 
of  the  forces  of  the  great  King  Shaddai,  against 
whom  both  thyself,  with  the  whole  town  of  Man- 
soul, have  rebelled,  and  lift  up  the  heel ;  and  my 
master,  the  captain,  hath  a  special  message  to  this 
town,  and  to  thee  as  a  member  thereof;  the  which, 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  51 

t'  /ou  of  Mansoul  shall  peaceably  hear,  well ;  and 
if  not,  you  must  take  what  follows." 

Then  said  the  Lord  Willbewill,  "  I  will  carry 
thy  words  to  my  lord,  and  will  know  what  he 
will  say." 

But  the  trumpeter  soon  replied,  saying,  "  Our 
message  is  not  to  the  giant  Diabolus,  but  to  the 
miserable  town  of  Mansoul;  nor  shall  we  at  all 
regard  what  answer  by  him  is  made,  nor  yet  by 
any  for  him.  We  are  sent  to  this  town,  to  recover 
it  from  under  his  cruel  tyranny,  and  to  persuade 
it  to  submit,  as  in  former  times  it  did,  to  the 
most  excellent  King  Shaddai." 

Then  said  the  Lord  Willbewill,  "  I  will  do 
your  errand  to  the  town." 

The  trumpeter  then  replied,  "  Sir,  do  not  de- 
ceive us,  lest,  in  so  doing,  you  deceive  yourselves 
much  more."  He  added,  moreover,  "  For  we  are 
resolved,  if  in  peaceable  manner  you  do  not  submit 
yourselves,  then  to  make  a  war  upon  you,  and  to 
bring  you  under  by  force.  And  of  the  truth  of 
what  I  now  say,  this  shall  be  a  sign  unto  you, — 
you  shall  see  the  black  flag,  with  its  hot,  burning 
thunderbolts,  set  upon  the  mount  to-morrow,  as 
a  token  of  defiance  against  your  prince,  and  of 
our  resolutions  to  reduce  you  to  your  Lord  and 
rightful  King." 

So,  the  said  Lord  Willbewill  returned  from  off 
the  wall,  and  the  trumpeter  came  into  the  camp. 
When  thfe  trumpeter  was  come  into  the  camp,  the 
captams  and  officers  of  the  mighty  King  Shaddai 
came  together,  to  know  if  he  had  obtained  a  hear- 
ing, and  what  was  the  effect  of  his  errand.  So 
the  trumpeter  told,  saying,  "  When  I  had  sounded 


\J 


52  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

my  trumpet,  and  had  called  aloud  to  the  town  for 
a  hearing,  my  Lord  Willbewill,  the  governor  of 
the  town,  and  he  that  hath  charge  of  the  gates, 
came  up  when  he  heard  me  sound,  and,  looking 
over  the  wall,  he  asked  me  what  I  was,  whence  I 
came,  and  what  was  the  cause  of  my  making  this 
noise.  So  I  told  him  my  errand,  and  by  whose 
authority  I  brought  it.  '  Then,'  said  he,  '  I  will 
tell  it  to' the  governor  and  to  Mansoul ;'  and  then 
I  returned  to  my  lords." 

Then  said  the  brave  Boanerges,  "  Let  us  yet 
for  a  while  lie  still  in  our  trenches,  and  see  what 
these  rebels  will  do." 

Now,  when  the  time  drew  nigh  that  audience 
by  Mansoul  must  be  given  to  the  brave  Boa- 
nerges and  his  companions,  it  was  commanded 
that  all  the  men  of  war,  throughout  the  whole 
camp  of  Shaddai,  should,  as  one  man,  stand  to 
their  arms,  and  make  themselves  ready,  if  the 
town  of  Mansoul  shall  hear,  to  receive  it  forth- 
with to  mercy ;  but  if  not,  to  force  a  subjection. 
So  the  day  being  come,  the  trumpeters  sounded, 
and  that  throughout  the  whole  camp,  that  the 
men  of  war  might  be  in  a  readiness  for  that  which 
then  should  be  the  work  of  the  day.  But  when 
cama.  sou.s  n»ke  they  that  were  in  the  town  of  Man- 
tnEfi$ST?%Z  soul  heard  the  sound  of  the  trumpets 
pel  ministry.  throughout  the  camp  of  Shaddai,  and 

thinking  no  other  but  that  it  must  be  in  order  to 
storm  the  corporation,  they  at  first  were  put  to 
great  consternation  of  spirit ;  but  after  they  a 
little  were  settled  again,  they  also  made  what 
preparation  they  could  for  a  war,  if  they  did 
storm  ;  else,  to  secure  themselves. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  53 

Well,  when  the  utmost  time  was  come,  Boa- 
nerges was  resolved  to  hear  their  answer;  where- 
fore he  sent  out  his  trumpeter  again 
to  summons  Mansoul  to  a  hearing  of 
the  message  that  they  had  brought  from  Shaddai. 
So  he  went  and  sounded,  and  the  townsmen  came 
up,  but  made  Ear-gate  as  sure  as  they  could. 
Now,  when  they  were  come  up  to  the  top  of  the 
wall,  Captain  Boanerges  desired  to  see  the  Lord 
Mayor;  but  my  Lord  Incredulity  was  then  Lord 
Mavor,  for  he  came  in  the  room  of  my  Lord 
Lustings.  So  Incredulity  came  up  and  showed 
himself  over  the  wall ;  but  when  the  Captain 
Boanerges  had  set  his  eyes  upon  him,  he  cried  out 
aloud,  "  This  is  not  he :  where  is  my  Lord  Under- 
standing, the  ancient  Lord  Mayor  of  the  town  of 
Mansoul  ?  for  to  him  I  would  deliver  my  message." 

Then  said  the  giant  (for  Diabolus  was  also 
come  down)  to  the  captain,  "  Mr.  Captain,  you 
have  by  your  boldness  given  to  Mansoul  at  least 
four  summonses  to  subject  herself  to  your  King, 
by  whose  authority  I  know  not,  nor  will  I  dispute 
that  now.  I  ask,  therefore,  what  is  the  reason  of 
all  this  ado,  or  what  would  you  be  at,  if  you  knew 
yourselves  ?" 

Then  Captain  Boanerges,  whose  were  Boaner?e5 obtain 
the  black  colours,  and  whose  scut-  ahearin& 
cheon  was  the  three  burning  thunderbolts,  taking 
no  notice  of  the  giant  or  of  his  speech,  thus  ad- 
dressed himself  to  the  town  of  Mansoul  :  "  Be  it 
known  unto  you,  O  unhappy  and  rebellious  Man- 
soul, that  the  most  gracious  King,  the  great  King 
Shaddai,  my  Master,  hath  sent  me  unto  you  with 
commission"  (and  so  he  showed  to  the  town  his 
6* 


54  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

broad  seal)  "  to  reduce  you  to  his  obedience ;  and 
he  hath  commanded  me,  in  case  you  yield  upon  my 
summons,  to  carry  it  to  you,  as  if  you  were  my 
friends  or  brethren;  but  he  also  hath  bid,  that  if, 
after  summons  to  submit,  you  still  stand  out  and 
rebel,  we  should  endeavour  to  take  you  by  force." 

Then  stood  forth  Captain  Conviction,  and  said, 
(his  were  the  pale  colours,  and  for  a  scutcheon  he 
had  the  book  of  the  law  wide  open,  etc.)  "  Hear, 
O  Mansoul !  Thou,  O  Mansoul,  was  once  famous 
for  innocency,  but  now  thou  art  degenerated  into 
Ro)n  jjj  I0  19_23.  lies    and  deceit.     Thou    hast   heard 

k»l  17,'ia  what  my  brother,  the  Captain  Boa- 
nerges, hath  said;  and  it  is  your  wisdom,  and  will 
be  your  happiness,  to  stoop  to,  and  accept  of  con- 
ditions of  peace  and  mercy  when  offered,  spe- 
cially when  offered  by  one  against  whom  thou 
hast  rebelled,  and  one  who  is  of  power  to  tear 
thee  in  pieces,  for  so  is  Shaddai,  our 

Fsa.  I.  21,22.  Tr.  *  '  , 

King;  nor,  when  he  is  angry,  can 
anything  stand  before  him.  If  you  say  you  have 
not  sinned,  or  acted  rebellion  against  our  King, 
the  whole  of  your  doings,  since  the  day  that  you 
cast  off  his  service,  (and  there  was  the  beginning 
of  your  sin,)  will  sufficiently  testify  against  you. 
What  else  means  your  hearkening  to  the  tyrant, 
and  your  receiving  him  for  your  king?  What 
means  else  your  rejecting  of  the  laws  of  Shaddai, 
and  your  obeying  of  Diabolus  ?  Yea,  what  means 
this  your  taking  up  of  arms  against,  and  the  shut- 
ting of  your  gates  upon  us,  the  faithful  servants 
of  your  King  ?    Be  ruled,  then,  and  accept  of  my 

brother's    invitation,    and    overstand 

Luke  xii.  58, 59.  .  -       '  , 

not    the    time    ot    mercy,  but  agree 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  55 

with  thine  adversary  quickly.  Ah,  Mansoul,  suffer 
not  thyself  to  be  kept  from  mercy,  and  to  be  run 
into  a  thousand  miseries,  by  the  nattering  wiles 
of  Diabolus.  Perhaps  that'  piece  of  deceit  may 
attempt  to  make  you  believe  that  we  seek  our  own 
profit  in  this  our  service  ;  but  know  it  is  obe- 
dience to  our  King,  and  love  to  your  happiness, 
that  is  the  cause  of  this  undertaking  of  ours. 

"  Again  I  say  to  thee,  O  Mansoul,  consider  if 
it  be  not  amazing  grace,  that  Shaddai  should  so 
humble  himself  as  he  doth  :  now  he, 

,  .,1  c      2  Cor.  v.  18— 21. 

by  us,  reasons  with  you,  in  a  way  of 
entreaty  and  sweet  persuasions,  that  you  would 
subject  yourselves  to  him.  Has  he  that  need  of 
you,  that  we  are  sure  you  have  of  him  1  No,  no  ; 
but  he  is  merciful,  and  will  not  that  Mansoul 
should  die,  but  turn  to  him  and  live." 

Then  stood  forth  Captain  Judgment,  whose  were 
the  red  colours,  and  for  a  scutcheon  he  had  the 
burning  fiery  furnace,  and  he  said,  "  O  ye,  the 
inhabitants  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  that  have  lived 
so  long  in  rebellion  and  acts  of  treason  against  the 
King  Shaddai,  know  that  we  come  not  to-day  to 
this  place,  in  this  manner,  with  our  message  of  our 
own  minds,  or  to  revenge  our  own  quarrel ;  it  is 
the  King,  my  Master,  that  hath  sent  us  to  reduce 
you  to  your  obedience  to  him  ;  the  which  if  you 
refuse  in  a  peaceable  way  to  yield,  we  have  com- 
mission to  compel  you  thereto.  And  never  think 
of  yourselves,  nor  yet  suffer  the  tyrant  Diabolus 
to  persuade  you  to  tbink,  that  our  King,  by  his 
power,  is  not  able  to  bring  you  down,  and  to  lay 
you  under  his  feet ;  for  he  is  the  former  of  all 
things,  and  if  he  touches  the   mountains,  they 


Job  xxxvi.  14.  18. 
Psa.  ix.  7. 
Isa.  lxvi.  15. 


56  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

smoke.    Nor  will  the  gate  of  the  King's  clemency 
stand  always  open ;  for  the  day  that  shall  burp 
v\     Mal>  iv  ,.      like  an  oven    is  before  him  ;    yea,  i? 
2  ret.  ii.3.      ilaste th  greatly,  it  slumbereth  not. 
"  O  Mansoul,  is  it  little  in  thine  eyes  that  ouj 
King  doth  offer   thee  mercy,  and    that  after  so 
many  provocations  ?      Yea,  he  still  holdeth  out 
his  golden  sceptre  to  thee,  and  will  not  yet  sufTei 
his  gate  to  be  shut  against  thee :  wilt  thou  pro- 
voke him  to  do  it?     If  so,  consider 
of  what  I  say :   to  thee  it  is  opened 
no  more  for  ever.    If  thou  sayest  thou 
shalt  not  see  him,  yet  judgment  is  before  him ; 
therefore  trust  thou  in  him.     Yea,  because  there 
is  wrath,  beware  lest  he  take  thee  away  with 
nis  stroke ;  then  a  great  ransom  cannot  deliver 
thee.    Will  he  esteem  thy  riches  ?    No,  not  gold, 
nor  all  the  forces  of  strength.      He  hath   pre- 
pared his  throne  for  judgment,  for  he  will  come 
with  fire,  and  with  his  chariots  like  a  whirlwind, 
to  render  his  anger  with  fury,  and  his  rebukes 
with  flames  of  fire.    Therefore,  O  Mansoul,  take 
heed,  lest,  after  thou  hast  fulfilled  the  judgment 
of  the  wicked,  justice  and  judgment  should  take 
hold  of  thee." 

Now,  while  the  Captain  Judgment  was  making 
this  oration  to  the  town  of  Mansoul,  it  was  ob- 
served by  some  that  Diabolus  trembled  ;  but  he 
proceeded  in  his  parable  and  said,  "  0  thou  woful 
town  of  Mansoul,  wilt  thou  not  yet  set  open  thy 
gate  to  receive  us,  the  deputies  of  thy  King,  and 
those  that  would  rejoice  to  see  thee 
Ezek. xx.i.  14.  jjve?  Qan  thine  heart  endure,  or  can 
thy  hands  be  strong  in  the  day  that  he  shall  deal 


THE    HOLY   WAR.  57 

in  judgment  with  thee  ?  I  say,  canst  thou  endure 
to  be  forced  to  drink,  as  one  would  drink  sweet 
wine,  the  sea  of  wrath  that  our  King  has  pre- 
pared for  Diabolus  and  his  angels  ?  Consider, 
betimes,  consider." 

Then  stood  forth  the  fourth  captain,  the  noble 
Captain  Execution,  and  said,  "  O  town  of  Man- 
soul,    once    famous,  but   now  like   the  fruitless 
bough,  once  the  delight  of  the  high  ones,  but  now 
a  den  for  Diabolus,  hearken  also  to  me,  and  to 
the  words  that  I  shall  speak  to  thee  in  the  name 
of  the  great  Shaddai.    Behold,  the  axe 
is  laid  to  the  root  of  the  trees ;  every 
tree,  therefore,  that  bringeth  not  forth  good  fruit,  j^ 
is  hewn  down  and  cast  into  the  fire.  y 

"  Thou,  O  town  of  Mansoul,  hast  hitherto  been 
this  fruitless  tree  ;  thou  barest  nought  but  thorns 
and  briers.  Thy  evil  fruit  bespeaks 
thee  not  to  be  a  good  tree  ;  thy  grapes 
are  grapes  of  gall,  thy  clusters  are  bitter.  Thou 
hast  rebelled  against  thy  King ;  and,  lo  !  we,  the 
power  and  force  of  Shaddai,  are  the  axe  that  is 
laid  to  thy  roots.  What  sayest  thou  ?  Wilt  thou 
turn  ?  I  say  again,  tell  me,  before  the  first  blow  is 
given,  wilt  thou  turn  ?  Our  axe  must  first  be  laid 
to  thy  root  before  it  be  laid  at  thy  root :  it  must 
first  be  laid  to  thy  root  in  a  way  of  threatening, 
before  it  is  laid  at  thy  root  by  way  of  execution ; 
and  between  these  two  is  required  thy  repentance, 
and  this  is  all  the  time  that  thou  hast.  What 
wilt  thou  do  1  Wilt  thou  turn,  or  shall  I  smite  ? 
If  I  fetch  my  blow,  Mansoul,  down  you  go  ;  for  I 
have  commission  to  lay  my  axe  at,  as  well  as  to 
thy  roots,  nor  will  any  thing  but  yielding  to  our 


58  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

King  prevent  doing  of  execution.  What  art  thou 
fit  for,  O  Mansoul,  if  mercy  preventeth  not,  but  to 
be  hewn  down,  and  cast  into  the  fire  and  burned  ? 

"  O  Mansoul,  patience  and  forbearance  do  not 
act  for  ever :  a  year,  or  two,  or  three,  they  may ; 
but  if  thou  provoke  by  a  three  years'  rebellion, 
(and  thou  hast  already  done  more  than  this,)  .then 
what  follows  but,  "  Cut  it  down  ?"  nay, 
"  After  that,  thou  shalt  cut  it  down." 
And  dost  thou  think  that  these  are  but  threaten- 
ings,  or  that  our  King  has  not  power  to  execute 
his  words  ?  O  Mansoul,  thou  will  find  that  in 
the  words  of  our  King,  when  they  are  by  sinners 
made  little  or  light  of,  there  is  not  only  threaten- 
ing, but  burning  coals  of  fire. 

"  Thou  hast  been  a  cumber-ground  long  already, 
and  wilt  thou  continue  so  still  ?  Thy  sin  has 
brought  this  army  to  thy  walls,  and  shall  it  bring 
it  in  judgment  to  do  execution  into  thy  town? 
Thou  hast  heard  what  the  captains  have  said,  but 
as  yet  thou  shuttest  thy  gates.  Speak  out,  Man- 
soul ;  wilt  thou  do  so  still,  or  wilt  thou  accept  of 
conditions  of  peace  ?" 

These  brave  speeches  of  these  four  noble  cap- 
tains, the  town  of  Mansoul  refused  to  hear ;  yet  a 
sound  thereof  did  beat  against  Ear-gate,  though 
the  force  thereof  could  not  break  it  open.  In  fine, 
the  town  desired  a  time  to  prepare  their  answer  to 
these  demands.  The  captains  then  told  them, 
that  if  they  would  throw  out  to  them  one  Ill- 
Pause  that  was  in  the  town,  that  they  might  re- 
ward him  according  to  his  works,  then  they  would 
give  them  time  to  consider ;  but,  if  they  would  not 
cast  him  to  them  over  the  wall  of  Mansoul,  then 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  59 

•hey  would  give  them  none ;  "  for,"  said  they,  "  we 
know  that,  so  long  as  Ill-Pause  draws  breath  in 
Mansoul,  all  good  consideration  will  be  confounded, 
and  nothing  but  mischief  will  come  thereon." 

Then  Diabolus,  who  was  there  present,  being 
}oath  to  lose  his  Ill-Pause,  because  he  was  his 
orator,  (and  yet  be  sure  he  had,  could  the  cap- 
tains have  laid  their  fingers  on  him,)  was  resolved 
at  this  instant  to  give  them  answer  by  himself; 
but  then  changing  his  mind,  he  commanded  the 
then  Lord  Mayor,  the  Lord  Incredulity,  to  do  it, 
saying,  "  My  lord,  do  you  give  these  runagates  an 
answer,  and  speak  out,  that  Mansoul  may  hear 
and  understand  you." 

So  Incredulity,  at  Diabolus'  command,  began 
and  said,  "  Gentlemen,  you  have  here,  as  we  do 
behold,  to  the  disturbance  of  our  prince  and  the 
molestation  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  camped  against 
it :  but  from  whence  you  come,  we  will  not  know  ; 
and  what  you  are,  we  will  not  believe.  Indeed, 
you  tell  us,  in  your  terrible  speech,  that  you  have 
this  authority  from  Shaddai ;  but  by  what  right 
he  commands  you  to  do  it,  of  that  we  shall  yet 
be  ignorant. 

"  You  have  also,  by  the  authority  aforesaid, 
summoned  this  town  to  desert  her  lord,  and,  for 
protection,  to  yield  up  herself  to  the  great  Shaddai, 
your  King;  flatteringly  telling  her,  that  if  she 
will  do  it,  he  will  pass  by  and  not  charge  her  with 
her  past  offences. 

"Further,  you  have  also,  to  the  terror  of  the 
town  of  Mansoul,  threatened  with  great  and  sore 
destructions  to  punish  this  corporation,  if  she  con- 
sents not  to  do  as  your  wills  would  have  her. 


60  THE    HOLY   WAR. 


The  true  picture  ' '  Now,  captains,  from  whence  soever 
of  unbelief.  y0U  come,  an(j  though  your  designs 
be  ever  so  right,  yet  know  ye  that  neither  my 
Lord  Diabolus,  nor  I,  his  servant,  Incredulity, 
nor  yet  our  brave  Mansoul,  doth  regard  either 
your  persons,  message,  or  the  King  that  you  say 
hath  sent  you.  His  power,  his  greatness,  his 
vengeance  we  fear  not ;  nor  will  we  yield  at  all  to 
your  summons. 

"  As  for  the  war  that  you  threaten  to  make 
upon  us,  we  must  therein  defend  ourselves  as  well 
as  we  can ;  and  know  ye,  that  we  are  not  without 
wherewithal  to  bid  defiance  to  you  ;  and,  in  short, 
(for  I  will  not  be  tedious,)  I  tell  you,  that  we  take 
you  to  be  some  vagabond  runagate  crew,  that, 
having  shaken  off  all  obedience  to  your  king,  have 
gotten  together  in  tumultuous  manner,  and  are 
ranging  from  place  to  place  to  see  if,  through  the 
flatteries  you  are  skilled  to  make  on  the  one  side, 
and  threats  wherewith  you  think  to  fright  on  the 
other,  to  make  some  silly  town,  city,  or  country, 
desert  their  place,  and  leave  it  to  you  ;  but  Man- 
soul  is  none  of  them. 

"  To  conclude  :  we  dread  you  not,  we  fear  you 

not,  nor  will  we  obey  your  summons.     Our  gates 

we  keep  shut  upon  you,  our  place  we  will  keep 

you  out  of.     Nor  will  we  long  thus  suffer  you  to 

sit  down  before  us  :  our  people  must  live  in  quiet: 

your   appearance  doth   disturb   them. 

Luke  a.  21.      "Yyherefore  arise  with  bag  and  baggage, 

and  begone,  or  we  will  let  fly  from  the 

Fiesh.        walls  against  you." 

This  oration,  made  by  old  Incredulity,  was 
seconded  by  desperate  Willbewill,  in  words  to  this 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  61 

effect : — "  Gentlemen,  we  have  heard  your  de- 
mands, and  the  noise  of  your  threats,  and  have 
heard  the  sound  of  your  summons ;  but  we  fear 
not  your  force,  we  regard  not  your  threats,  but 
will  still  abide  as  you  found  us.  And  we  com- 
mand you,  that  in  three  days'  time  you  cease  to 
appear  in  these  parts,  or  you  shall  know  what  it 
is  once  to  dare  offer  to  rouse  the  lion  Diabolus 
when  asleep  in  his  town  of  Mansoul." 

The  Recorder,  whose  name  was  Forget-Good, 
he  also  added  as  followeth : — "  Gentlemen,  my 
lords,  as  you  see,  have  with  mild  and  gentle  words 
answered  your  rough  and  angry  speeches  ;  they 
have  moreover,  in  my  hearing,  given  you  leave 
quietly  to  depart  as  you  came  :  wherefore,  take 
their  kindness  and  be  gone.  We  might  have  come 
out  with  force  upon  you,  and  have  caused  you  to 
feel  the  dint  of  our  swords ;  but  as  we  love  ease 
and  quiet  ourselves,  so  we  love  not  to  hurt  or 
molest  others." 

Then  did  the  town  of  Mansoul  shout  for  joy,  as 
if  by  Diabolus  and  his  crew  some  great  advantage 
had  been  gotten  of  the  captains.  They  also  rang  the 
bells,  and  made  merry,  and  danced  upon  the  walls. 

Diabolus  also  returned  to  the  castle,  and  the 
Lord  Mayor  and  Recorder  to  their  place  ;  but  the 
Lord  Willbewill  took  special  care  that  the  gates 
should  be  secured  with  double  guards,  double 
J)olts,  and  double  locks  and  bars ;  and  that  Ear- 
gate  especially  might  the  better  be  looked  to,  for 
that  was  the  gate  in  at  which  the  King's  forces 
sought  most  to  enter.  The  Lord  Willbewill  made 
one  old  Mr.  Prejudice,  an  angry  and  ill-condi- 
tioned fellow,  captain  of  the  ward  at  that  gate, 
7 


62  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

and  put  under  his  power  sixty  men,  called  deaf 
men ;  men  advantageous  for  that  service,  foras- 
much as  they  mattered  no  words  of  the  captains, 
nor  of  the  soldiers. 

Now  when  the  captains  saw  the  answer  of  the 
great  ones,  and  that  they  could  not  get  a  hearing 
from  the  old  natives  of  the  town,  and  that  Man- 
soul  was  resolved  to  give  the  King's  army  battle, 
they  prepared  themselves  to  receive  them,  and  to 
try  it  out  by  the  power  of  the  arm.  And,  first, 
they  made  their  force  more  formidable  against  Ear- 
gate  ;  for  they  knew  that,  unless  they  could  pene- 
trate that,  no  good  could  be  done  upon  the  town. 
This  done,  they  put  the  rest  of  their  men  in  their 
places ;  after  which,  they  gave  out  the  word,  which 
was,  "Ye  must  be  born  again."  Then  they 
sounded  the  trumpet ;  then  they  in  the  town  made 
them  answer,  with  shout  against  shout,  charge 
against  charge,  and  so  the  battle  began.  Now  they 
in  the  town  had  planted  upon  the  tower  over  Ear- 
gate  two  great  guns,  the  one  called  High-mind,  and 
the  other  Heady.  Unto  these  two  guns  they 
trusted  much :  they  were  cast  in  the  castle  by 
Diabolus'  founder,  whose  name  was  Mr.  Puff-up, 
and  mischievous  pieces  they  were.  But  so  vigilant 
and  watchful,  when  the  captains  saw  them,  were 
they,  that  though  sometimes  their  shot  would  go 
by  their  ears  with  a  whiz,  yet  they  did  them  no 
harm.  By  these  two  guns  the  townsfolk  made  no 
question  but  greatly  to  annoy  the  camp  of  Shaddai, 
and  well  enough  to  secure  the  gate ;  but  they  had 
not  much  cause  to  boast  of  what  execution  they 
did,  as  by  what  follows  will  be  gathered 

The  famous  Mansoul  had  also  some  other  small 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  63 

pieces  in  it,  of  the  which  they  made  use  agains 
the  camp  of  Shaddai. 

They  from  the  camp  also  did  as  stoutly,  and 
with  as  much  of  that  as  may  in  truth  be  called 
valour,  let  fly  as  fast  at  the  town  and  at  Ear-gate  , 
for  they  saw  that,  unless  they  could  break  open 
Ear-gate,  it  would  be  but  in  vain  to  batter  the 
wall.  Now  the  King's  captains  had  brought  with 
them  several  slings,  and  two  or  three  battering- 
rams  ;  with  their  slings,  therefore,  they  battered 
the  houses  and  people  of  the  town,  The  sen!enceand 
and  with  their  rams  they  sought  to  Poiverofthe»ord. 
break  Ear-gate  open. 

The  camp  and  the  town  had  several  skirmishes 
and  brisk  encounters,  while  the  captains  with 
their  engines  made  many  brave  attempts  to  break 
open  or  beat  down  the  tower  that  was  over  Ear- 
gate,  and  at  the  said  gate  to  make  their  entrance ; 
but  Mansoul  stood  it  out  so  lustily,  through  the 
rage  of  Diabolus,  the  valour  of  the  Lord  Willbe- 
will,  and  the  conduct  of  old  Incredulity,  the  Mayor, 
and  Mr.  Forget-Good,  the  Recorder,  that  the 
charge  and  expense  of  that  summer's  wars,  on  the 
King's  side,  seemed  to  be  almost  quite  lost,  and 
the  advantage  to  return  to  Mansoul.  But  when 
the  captains  saw  how  it  was,  thev  made  a  fair 
retreat,  and  entrenched  themselves  in  their  winter 
quarters.  Now  in  this  war,  you  must  needs  think 
there  was  much  loss  on  both  sides,  of  which  be 
pleased  to  accept  of  this  brief  account  following. 

The  King's  captains,  when  they  marched  from 
the  court  to  come  up  against  Mansoul  to  war,  as 
they  came  crossing  over  the  country,  they  hap- 
pened to  light  upon  three  young  fellows  that  had 


64  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

a  mind  to  go  for  soldiers  :  proper  men  they  were, 
and  men  of  courage  and  skill,  to  appearance. 
Their  names  were  Mr,  Tradition,  Mr.  Human- 
Wisdom,  and  Mr.  Man's-Invention.  So  they 
came  up  to  the  captains,  and  proffered  their  ser- 
vice to  Shaddai.  The  captains  then  told  them  of 
their  design,  and  bid  them  not  to  be  rash  in  their 
offers  ;  but  the  young  men  told  them  they  had 
considered  the  thing  before,  and  that  hearing  they 
were  upon  their  march  for  such  a  design,  came 
hither  on  purpose  to  meet  them,  that  they  might 
be  listed  under  their  excellencies.  Then  Captain 
Boanerges,  for  that  they  were  men  of  courage, 
listed  them  into  his  company,  and  so  away  they 
went  to  the  war. 

Now,  when  the  war  was  begun,  in  one  of  the 
briskest  skirmishes,  so  it  was,  that  a  company  of 
the  Lord  WillbewilPs  men  sallied  out  at  the  sally- 
port or  postern  of  the  town,  and  fell  in  upon  the 
rear  of  Captain  Boanerges'  men,  where  these  three 
fellows  happened  to  be ;  so  they  took  them  pri- 
soners, and  away  they  carried  them  into  the 
town,  where  they  had  not  lain  long  in  durance, 
but  it  began  to  be  noised  about  the  streets  of  the 
town  what  three  notable  prisoners  the  Lord  Will- 
bewill's  men  had  taken,  and  brought  in  prisoners 
out  of  the  camp  of  Shaddai.  At  length  tidings 
thereof  were  carried  to  Diabolus  to  the  castle,  to 
wit,  what  my  Lord  Willbewill's  men  had  done, 
and  whom  they  had  taken  prisoners. 

Then  Diabolus  called  for  Willbewill,  to  know 
the  certainty  of  this  matter.  So  he  asked  him, 
and  he  told  him.  Then  did  the  giant  send  for  the 
prisoners,  and,  when  they  were  come,  demanded 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  65 

of  them  who  they  were,  whence  they  came,  and 
what  they  did  in  the  camp  of  Shaddai ;  and  they 
told  him.  Then  he  sent  them  to  ward  again.  Not 
many  days  after,  he  sent  for  them  to  him  again, 
and  then  asked  them  if  they  would  be  willing  to 
serve  him  against  their  former  captains.  They 
then  told  him  that  they  did  not  so  much  live  by 
religion  as  by  the  fates  of  fortune ;  and  (hat  since 
his  lordship  was  willing  to  entertain  them,  they 
should  be  willing  to  serve  him.  Now  while  things 
were  thus  in  hand,  there  was  one  Captain  Any- 
thing, a  great  doer,  in  the  town  of  Mansoul ;  and 
to  this  Captain  Anything  did  Diabolus  send  these 
men,  with  a  note  under  his  hand,  to  receive  them 
into  his  company;  the  contents  of  which  letter 
were  thus  : 

"  Anything,  my  darling, — The  three  men  that 
are  the  bearers  of  this  letter  have  a  desire  to  serve 
me  in  the  war :  nor  know  I  better  to  whose  con- 
duct to  commit  them  than  to  thine.  Receive  them, 
therefore,  in  my  name,  and,  as  need  shall  require, 
make  use  of  them  against  Shaddai  and  his  men. 
Farewell." 

So  they  came,  and  he  received  them ;  and  he 
made  two  of  them  Serjeants ;  but  he  made  Mr. 
Man's-Invention  his  armour-bearer.  But  thus 
much  for  this,  and  now  to  return  to  the  camp. 

They  of  the  camp  did  also  some  execution  upon 
the  town  ;  for  they  did  beat  down  the  roof  of  the 
Lord    Mayor's    house,  and    so  laid 

,    .  J  ,  ,  ,      c  The     roof    of    old 

him  more  open  than  he  was  betore.  incredulity*     house 
They  had  almost,  with  a  sling,  slain 
my  Lord  Willbewill  outright;    but   he  made   a 
shift  to  recover  again.     But  they  made  a  notable 
7* 


66  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

slaughter  among  the  aldermen,  for  with  one  only 
shot  they  cut  off  six  of  them  ;  to  wit,  Mr.  Swear- 
ing, Mr.  Lewd,  Mr.  Fury,  Mr.  Stand-to-Lies, 
Mr.  Drunkenness,  and  Mr.  Cheating. 

They  also  dismounted  the  two  guns  that  stood 
upon  the  tower  over  Ear-gate,  and  laid  them  flat 
in  the  dirt.  I  told  you  before  that  the  King's 
noble  captains  had  drawn  off  to  their  winter 
quarters,  and  had  there  entrenched  themselves 
and  their  carriages,  so  as  with  the  best  advantage 
to  their  King,  and  the  greatest  annoyance  to  the 
enemy,  they  might  give  seasonable  and  warm 
alarms  to  the  town  of  Mansoul.  And  this  design 
of  them  did  so  hit,  that  I  may  say  they  did  almost 
what  they  would  to  the  molestation  of  the  corpo- 
ration. For  now  could  not  Mansoul  sleep  securely 
as  before,  nor  could  they  now  go  to  their  de- 
baucheries with  that  quietness  as  in  times  past ; 
for    they   had    from    the   camp   of 

The  effects  of  con-     cii_     J  J    •  i       r  1 

I    victions,  though  com-  Shaddai  such  irequent,   warm,  and 

mon,  if  abiding.  .  n    .  ,  ■. 

terrifying  alarms,  yea,  alarms  upon 
alarms,  first  at  one  gate  and  then  at  another,  and 
again  at  all  the  gates  at  once,  that  they  were 
broken  as  to  former  peace.  Yea,  they  had  their 
alarms  so  frequently,  and  that  when  the  nights 
were  at  longest,  the  weather  coldest,  and  so  con- 
sequently the  season  most  unseasonable,  that  that 
winter  was  to  the  town  of  Mansoul  a  winter  by 
itself.  Sometimes  the  trumpets  would  sound,  and 
sometimes  the  slings  would  whirl  the  stones  into 
the  town.  Sometimes  ten  thousand  of  the  King's 
soldiers  would  be  running  round  the  walls  of 
Mansoul  at  midnight,  shouting  and  lifting  up  the 
voice  for  the  battle.     Sometimes,  again,  some  of 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  67 

them  in  the  town  would  be  wounded,  and  their 
cry  and  lamentable  voice  would  be  heard,  to  the 
great  molestation  of  the  now  languishing  town  of 
Mansoul.  Yea,  so  distressed  with  those  that  laid 
siege  against  them  were  they,  that,  I  dare  say, 
Diabolus,  their  king,  had  in  these  days  his  res^ 
much  broken. 

In  these  days,  as  I  was  informed,  new  thoughts, 
and  thoughts  that  began  to  run  counter  one  to 
another,  began  to  possess  the  minds  of  the  men  of 
the  town  of  Mansoul.  Some  would  say,  "  There 
is  no  living  thus."  Others  would  then  reply,  "  This 
will  be  over  shortly."  Then  would  a  third  stand 
up  and  answer,  "  Let  us  turn  to  the  King  Shaddai, 
and  so  put  an  end  to  these  troubles."  And  a  fourth 
would  come  in  with  a  fear,  saying,  "  I  doubt  he 
will  not  receive  us."  The  old  gentleman  too,  the 
Recorder,  that  was  so  before  Diabolus  took  Man- 
soul, he  also  began  to  talk  aloud,  and  his  words 
were  now  to  the  town  of  Mansoul  as  if  they  were 
great  claps  of  thunder.  No  noise 
now  so  terrible  to  Mansoul  as  was  Conscience  speats- 
his,  with  the  noise  of  the  soldiers  and  shoutings 
of  the  captains. 

Also  things  began  to  grow  scarce  AfamineinMaDS0Ul 
in  Mansoul ;  now  the  things  that  her  Lukexr- "*> !5- 
soul  lusted  after  were  departing  from  her.  Upon 
all  her  pleasant  things  there  was  a  blast,  and 
burning  instead  of  beauty.  Wrinkles  now,  and 
some  showrs  of  the  shadow  of  death,  were  upon 
the  inhabitants  of  Mansoul.  And  now,  O  how 
glad  would  Mansoul  have  been  to  have  enjoyed 
quietness  and  satisfaction  of  mind,  though  joined 
with  the  meanest  condition  in  the  world  ! 


THE    HOLY    WAR. 


The  captains  also,  in  the  deep  of  this  winter, 
did  send  by  the  mouth  of  Boanerges'  trumpeter  a 
summons  to  Mansoul  to  yield  up  herself  to  the 
King,  the  great  King  Shaddai.  They  sent  it  once, 
and  twice,  and  thrice ;  not  knowing  but  that  at 
some  times  there  might  be  in  Mansoul  some  will- 
ingness to  surrender  up  themselves  unto  them, 
might  they  have  but  the  colour  of  an  invitation  to 
do  it  under.  Yea,  so  far  as  I  could  gather,  the 
town  had  been  surrendered  up  to  them  before 
now,  had  it  not  been  for  the  opposition  of  old 
Incredulity,  and  the  fickleness  of  the  thoughts 
of  my  Lord  Willbewill.  Diabolus  also  began  to 
rave ;  wherefore  Mansoul,  as  to  yielding,  was  not 
yet  all  of  one  mind  ;  therefore  they  still  lay  dis- 
tressed under  these  perplexing  fears. 

I  told  you  but  now  that  they  of  the  King's  army 
had  this  winter  sent  three  times  to  Mansoul  to 
submit  herself. 

The  first  time  the  trumpeter  went,  he  went 
with  words  of  peace,  telling  them  that  the  cap- 
tains, the  noble  captains  of  Shaddai,  did  pity  and 
bewail  the  misery  of  the  now  perishing  town  of 
Mansoul,  and  were  troubled  to  see  them  so  much 
to  stand  in  the  way  of  their  own  deliverance.  He 
said  moreover,  that  the  captains  bid  him  tell  them, 
that  if  now  poor  Mansoul  would  humble  herself 
-  and  turn,  her  former  rebellious  and  most  noto- 
rious treasons  should,  by  their  merciful  King,  be 
forgiven  them,  yea,  and  forgotten  too.  And  having 
bid  them  beware  that  they  stood  not  in  their  own 
way,  that  they  opposed  not  themselves,  nor  made 
themselves  their  own  losers,  he  returned  again 
into  the  camp. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  69 

The  second  time  the  trumpeter  went,  he  did 
treat  them  a  little  more  roughly  ;  for  after  sound 
of  trumpet,  he  told  them,  that  their  continuing 
in  their  rebellion  did  but  chafe  and  heat  the  spirit 
of  the  captains,  and  that  they  were  resolved  to 
make  a  conquest  of  Mansoul,  or  to  lay  their  bones 
before  the  town  walls. 

He  went  again  the  third  time,  and  dealt  with 
them  yet  more  roughly  ;  telling  them,  that  now, 
since  they  had  been  so  horribly  profane,  he  did  not 
know,  not  certainly  know,  whether  the  captains 
were  inclining  to  mercy  or  judgment.  "  Only," 
said  he,  "  they  commanded  me  to  give  you  a 
summons  to  open  the  gates  unto  them."  So  he 
returned,  and  went  into  the  camp. 

These  three  summonses,  and  especially  the  last 
two,  did  so  distress  the  town,  that  they  presently 
call  a  consultation,  the  result  of  which  was  this, 
— That  my  Lord  Willbewill  should  go  up  to  Ear- 
gate,  and  there,  with  sound  of  trumpet,  call  to  the 
captains  of  the  camp  for  a  parley.  Well,  the 
Lord  Willbewill  sounded  upon  the  wall ;  so  the 
captains  came  up  in  their  harness,  with  their  ten 
thousands  at  their  feet.  The  townsmen  then  told 
the  captains  that  they  had  heard  and  considered 
their  summons,  and  would  come  to  an  agreement 
with  them,  and  with  their  King  Shaddai,  upon 
such  certain  terms,  articles,  and  propositions  as, 
with  and  by  the  order  of  their  prince,  they  to 
them  were  appointed  to  propound ;  to  wit,  they 
wrould  agree  upon  these  grounds  to  be  one  people 
with  them. 

1 .  If  that  those  of  their  own  company,  as  the 
now  Lord  Mayor  and  their  Mr.  Forget-Good .  with 


70  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

their  brave  Lord  Willbewill,  might  under  Shaddai, 
be  still  the  governors  of  the  town,  castle,  and 
gates  of  Man-soul. 

2.  Provided  that  no  man  that  now  serveth 
under  their  great  giant  Diabolus  be  by  Shaddai 
cast  out  of  house,  harbour,  or  the  freedom  that 
he  hath  hitherto  enjoyed  in  the  famous  town  of 
Mansoul. 

3.  That  it  shall  be  granted  them,  that  they  of 
the  town  of  Mansoul  shall  enjoy  certain  of  their 
rights  and  privileges  ;  to  wit,  such  as  have  for- 
merly been  granted  them,  and  that  they  have  long 
lived  in  the  enjoyment  of,  under  the  reign  of  their 
king  Diabolus,  that  now  is,  and  long  has  been 
their  only  lord  and  great  defender. 

4.  That  no  new  law,  officer,  or  executioner  of 
law  or  office,  shall  have  any  power  over  them, 
without  their  own  choice  and  consent. 

"  These  be  our  propositions,  or  conditions  of 
peace  ;  and  upon  these  terms,"  said  they,  "  we 
will  submit  to  your  King." 

But  when  the  captains  had  heard  this  weak 
and  feeble  offer  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  and  their 
high  and  bold  demands,  they  made  to  them  again, 
by  their  noble  captain,  the  captain  Boanerges,  this 
speech  following : 

"  O  ye  inhabitants  of  the  town  of  Mansoul, 
when  I  heard  your  trumpet  sound  for  a  parley 
with  us,  I  can  truly  say  I  was  glad  ;  but  when 
you  said  you  were  willing  to  submit  yourselves  to 
our  King  and  Lord,  then  I  was  yet  more  glad  ;  but 
when,  by  your  silly  provisos  and  foolish  cavils, 
you  laid  the  stumbling-block  of  your  iniquity 
before  your  own   faces,  then  was  my  gladness 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  71 

turned  into  sorrows,  and  my  hopeful  beginnings 
of  your  return  into  languishing  fainting  fears. 

"  I  count  that  old  Ill-pause,  the  ancient  enemy 
of  Mansoul,  did  draw  up  those  proposals  that  now 
you  present  us  with  as  terms  of  an  agreement ; 
but  thev  deserve  not  to  be  admit- 

,  J  ,    .         ,  n  2  Tim.  ii.  19. 

ted  to  sound  in  the  ear  or  any  man 
that  pretends  to  have  service  for  Shaddai.     We 
do  therefore  jointly,  and  that  with  the   highest 
disdain,  refuse  and  reject   such   things,   as    the 
greatest  of  iniquities. 

"  But,  O  Mansoul,  if  you  will  give  yourselves 
into  our  hands,  or  rather  into  the  hands  of  our 
King,  and  will  trust  him  to  make  such  terms  with 
and  for  you  as  shall  seem  good  in  his  eyes,  (and 
I  dare  say  they  shall  be  such  as  you  shall  find  to 
be  most  profitable  to  you,)  then  we  will  receive  V 
you,  and  be  at  peace  with  you ;  but  if  you  like 
not  to  trust  yourselves  in  the  arms  of  Shaddai 
our  King,  then  things  are  but  where  they  were 
before,  and  we  know  also  what  we  have  to  do." 

Then  cried  out  old  Incredulity,  the  Lord  [Mayor, 
and  said,  "And  who,  being  out  of  the  hands  of 
their  enemies,  as  ye  see  we  are  now,  will  be  so 
foolish  as  to  put  the  staff  out  of  their  own  hands 
into  the  hands  of  they  know  not  who  ?  I,  for  my 
part,  will  never  yield  to  so  unlimited  a  proposi- 
tion. Do  we  know  the  manner  and  temper  of 
their  King  1  It  is  said  by  some  that  unbelief  never  >s 
he  will  be  angry  with  his  subjects  *gg£S*  •„£! 
;f  but  the  breadth  of  an  hair  they  chievous,y- 
chance  to  step  out  of  the  way  ;  and  by  others,  that 
he  requireth  of  them  much  more  than  they  can  per- 
form.    Wherefore,  it  seems,  0  Mansoul,  to  be  thy 


72  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

wisdom  to  take  good  heed  what  thou  dost  in  this 
matter ;  for  if  you  once  yield,  you  give  up  youi 
selves  to  another,  and  so  you  are  no  more  your 
own.  Wherefore,  to  give  up  yourselves  to  an 
unlimited  power,  is  the  greatest  folly  in  the  world  ; 
for  now  you  indeed  may  repent,  but  can  never 
justly  complain.  But  do  you  indeed  know,  when 
you  are  his,  which  of  you  he  will  kill,  and  which 
of  you  he  will  save  alive  ;  or  whether  he  will  not 
cut  off  every  one  of  us,  and  send  out  of  his  own 
country  another  new  people,  and  cause  them  to 
inhabit  this  town  ?" 

This  speech  of  the  Lord  Mayor  undid  all,  and 
threw  flat  to  the  ground  their  hopes  of  an  accord. 
Wherefore  the  captains  returned  to  their  trenches, 
to  their  tents,  and  to  their  men,  as  they  were  ;  and 
the  Mayor  to  the  castle  and  to  his  King. 

Now  Diabolus  had  waited  for  his  return,  for  he 
had  heard  that  they  had  been  at  their  points.  So, 
when  he  was  come  into  the  chamber  of  state, 
'  Diabolus  saluted  him  with — "  Welcome,  my  lord. 
How  went  matters  betwixt  you  to-day  ?"  So  the 
Lord  Incredulity,  with  a  low  congee,  told  him  the 
whole  of  the  matter,  saying,  "  Thus  and  thus  said 
the  captains  of  Shaddai,  and  thus  and  thus  said  I." 
The  which  when  it  was  told  to  Diabolus,  he  was 
very  glad  to  hear  it,  and  said,  "  My  Lord  Mayor, 
my  faithful  Incredulity,  I  have  proved  thy  fidelity 


above  ten  times  already,  but  never  yet  found  thee 

f 

I 

ar  better  than  to  be  Lord  Mayor  of  Mansoul.     1 


false.     I  do  promise  thee,  if  we  rub  over  this 
brunt,  to  prefer  thee  to  a  place  of  honour,  a  place 


will  make  thee  my  universal   deputy,  and  thou 
shalt,  next  to  me,  have  all  nations  under   thy 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  73 

hand;  yea,  and  thou  shalt  lay  bands  upon  them, 
that  they  may  not  resist  thee  ;  nor  shall  any  of  our 
vassals  walk  more  at  liberty,  but  those  that  shall 
be  content  to  walk  in  thy  fetters." 

Now  came  the  Lord  Mayor  out  from  Diabolus, 
as  if  he  had  obtained  a  favour  indeed.  Wherefore 
to  his  habitation  he  goes  in  great  state,  and  thinks 
to  feed  himself  well  enough  with  hopes,  until  the 
time  came  that  his  greatness  should  be  enlarged. 

But  now,  though  the  Lord  Mayor  and  Diabolus 
did  thus  well  agree,  yet  this  repulse  to  the  brave 
captains  put  Mansoul  into  a  mutiny.  For  while 
old  Incredulity  went  into  the  castle  to  congra- 
tulate his  lord  with  what  had  passed,  the  old  Lord 
Mayor,  that  was  so  before  Diabolus 
came  to  the  town,  to  wit,  my  Lord  and  co^ien^begm 
Understanding,  and  the  old  Record-  an^iXYetthe^u'un 
er,  Mr.  Conscience,  getting  intelli- 
gence of  what  had  passed  at  Ear-gate,  (for  you 
must  know  that  they  might  not  be  sufFered  to  be 
at  that  debate,  lest  they  should  then  have  mu- 
tinied for  the  captains ;  but,  I  say,  they  got  intel- 
ligence of  what  had  passed  there,  and  were  much 
concerned  therewith,)  wherefore  they,  getting 
some  of  the  town  together,  began  to  possess  them 
with  the  reasonableness  of  the  noble  captains'  de- 
mands, and  with  the  bad  consequences  that  would 
follow  upon  the  speech  of  old  Incredulity,  the 
Lord  Mayor ;  to  wit,  how  little  reverence  he 
showed  therein  either  to  the  captains  or  to  their 
King ;  also  how  he  implicitly  charged  them  with 
unfaithfulness  and  treachery.  "  For  what  less," 
quoth  they,  "could  be  made  of  his  words,  when 
he  said  he  would  not  yield  to  their  proposition, 
8 


74  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

and  added,  moreover,  a  supposition  that  he  would 
destroy  us,  when  before  he  had  ?ent  us  word  that 
he  would  show  us  mercy  ?"  The  multitude,  being 
now  possessed  with  the  conviction  of  the  evil  that 
a  mutiny  in  Man-  old  Incredulity  had  done,  began  to 
soui.  run    together    by    companies    in    all 

places,  and  in  every  corner  of  the  streets  of  Man 
soul ;  and  first  they  began  to  mutter,  then  to  talk 
openly,  and  after  that  they  run  to  and  fro,  and 
cried  as  they  run,  "  Oh  the  brave  captains  ot 
Shaddai!  would  we  were  under  the  government 
of  the  captains,  and  of  Shaddai  their  King!"  When 
the  Lord  Mayor  had  intelligence  that  Mansoul 
was  in  an  uproar,  down  he  comes  to  appease  the 
people,  and  thought  to  have  quashed  their  heat 
with  the  bigness  and  the  show  of  his  counte- 
nance ;  but  when  they  saw  him,  they  came  run- 
ning upon  him,  and  had  doubtless  done  him  a 
mischief,  had  he  not  betaken  himself  to  house. 
However,  they  strongly  assaulted  the  house  where 
he  was,  to  have  pulled  it  down  about  his  ears ; 
but  the  place  was  too  strong,  so  they  failed  of 
that.  So  he,  taking  some  courage,  addressed 
himself,  out  at  a  window,  to  the  people  in  this 
manner : 

"  Gentlemen,  what  is  the  reason  that  there  is 
here  such  an  uproar  to-day?" 

Then  answered  my  Lord  Understanding,  "  It 
is  even  because  that  thou  and  thy  master  have 
carried  it  not  rightly,  and  as  you  should,  to  the 
captains  of  Shaddai ;  for  in  three  things  you  are 
faulty.  First,  in  that  you  would  not  let  Mr. 
Conscience  and  myself  be  at  the  hearing  of  your 
discourse.  Secondly,  in  that  you  propounded  such 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  ?5 

terms  of  peace  to  the  captains  that  by  no  means 
could  be  granted,  unless  they  had  intended  that 
their  Shaddai  should  have  been  only  a  titular 
prince,  and  that  Mansoul  should  still  have  had 
power  by  law  to  have  lived  in  all  lewdness  and 
vanity  before  him,  and  so  by  consequence  Dia- 
bolus  should  still  here  be  king  in  power,  and  the 
other  only  king  in  name.  Thirdly,  for  that  thou 
didst  thyself,  after  the  captains  had  showed  us 
upon  what  conditions  they  would  have  received 
us  to  mercy,  even  undo  all  again  with  thy  un- 
savoury, unseasonable,  and  ungodly  speech." 

When  old  Incredulity  had  heard  sin  ar,d  the  soul  a, 
this  speech,  he  cried  out,  "  Treason !  odds- 

treason  !  To  your  arms  !  to  your  arms !  O  ye,  the 
trusty  friends  of  Diabolus  in  Mansoul !" 

Und. — "  Sir,  you  may  put  upon  my  words 
what  meaning  you  please  ;  but  I  am  sure  that  the 
captains  of  such  an  high  lord  as  theirs  is,  deserved 
a  better  treatment  at  your  hands." 

Then  said  old  Incredulity,  "  This  is  but  little 
better.  But,  sir,"  quoth  he,  "  what  I  spake  I 
spake  for  my  prince,  for  his  government,  and  the 
quieting  of  the  people,  whom  by  your  unlawful 
actions  you  have  this  day  set  to  mutiny  against 
us." 

Then  replied  the  old  Recorder,  whose  name 
was  Mr.  Conscience,  and  said,  "Sir,  you  o-isrht 
not  thus  to  retort  upon  what  my  Lord  Under- 
standing: hath  said.  It  is  evident  enough  that 
he  hath  spoken  the  truth,  and  that  you  are  an 
enemy  to  Mansoul.  Be  convinced,  then,  of  the 
evil  of  your  saucy  and  malapert  language,  and  of 
the  grief  that  you  have  put  the  captains  to  ;  yea, 


76  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

and  of  the  damages  that  you  have  done  to  Man- 
soul  thereby.  Had  you  accepted  of  the  con- 
ditions, the  sound  of  the  trumpet  and  the  alarm 
of  war  had  now  ceased  about  the  town  of  Man- 
soul  ;  but  that  dreadful  sound  abides,  and  your 
want  of  wisdom  in  your  speech  has  been  the 
cause  of  it." 

Then  said  old  Incredulity,  '•  Sir,  if  I  live,  I  will 
do  your  errand  to  Diabolus,  and  there  you  shall 
have  an  answer  to  your  words.  Meanwhile  we 
will  seek  the  good  of  the  town,  and  not  ask 
counsel  of  you." 

Unci. — "  Sir,  your  prince  and  you  are  both 
foreigners  to  Mansoul,  and  not  the  natives  thereof; 
and  who  can  tell  but  that,  when  you  have  brought 
us  into  greater  straits,  (when  you  also  shall  see 
that  yourselves  can  be  safe  by  no  other  means 
than  by  flight,)  you  may  leave  us  and  shift  for 
yourselves,  or  set  us  on  fire,  and  go  away  in  the 
smoke,  or  by  the  light  of  our  burning,  and  so  leave 
us  in  our  ruins  ?" 

Incred. — "  Sir,  you  forget  that  you  are  under 
a  governor,  and  that  you  ought  to  demean  your- 
self like  a  subject;  and  know  ye,  when  my  lord 
the  king  shall  hear  of  this  day's  work,  he  will 
give  you  but  little  thanks  for  your  labour." 

Now  while  these  gentlemen  were  thus  in  their 
chiding  words,  down  came  from  the  walls  and 
gates  of  the  town  the  Lord  Willbewill,  Mr.  Pre- 
judice, old  Ill-Pause,  and  several  of  the  new-made 
aldermen  and  burgesses,  and  they  asked  the  reason 
of  the  hubbub  and  tumult;  and  with  that  every 
man  began  to  tell  his  own  tale,  so  that  nothing 
could  be  heard  distinctly.     Then  was  a  silence 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  77 

commanded,  and  the  old  fox  Incredulity  began  to 
speak.  "  My  lord,"  quoth  he,  "here  are  a  couple 
of  peevish  gentlemen,  that  have,  as  the  fruit  of 
their  bad  dispositions,  and,  as  I  fear,  through  the 
advice  of  one  Mr.  Discontent,  tumulmously  ga- 
thered this  company  against  me  this  day,  and  also 
attempted  to  run  the  town  into  acts  of  rebellion 
against  our  prince." 

Then  stood  up  all  the  Diabolonians  that  were 
present,  and  affirmed  these  things  to  be  true. 

Now  when  they  that  took  part  with  my  Lord 
Understanding  and  with  Mr.  Conscience  per- 
ceived that  they  were  like  to  come  to  the  worst, 
for  that  force  and  power  was  on  the  other  side, 
they  came  in  for  their  help  and  relief;  so  a  great 
company  was  on  both  sides.  Then  they  on  In- 
credulity's side  would  have  had  the  two  old  gen- 
tlemen presently  away  to  prison  ;  but  they  on  the 
other  side  said  they  should  not.  Then  they  began 
to  cry  up  parties  again :  the  Diabolonians  cried  up 
old  Incredulity,  Forget-Good,  the  new  aldermen, 
and  their  great  one  Diabolus ;  and  the  other  party, 
they  as  fast  cried  up  Shaddai,  the  captains,  his 
laws,  their  mercifulness,  and  applauded  their  con- 
ditions and  ways.  Thus  the  bickerment  went 
awhile  ;  at  last  they  passed  from  words  to  blows, 
and  now  there  were  knocks  on  both  sides.  The 
good  old  gentleman.  Mr.  Conscience,  was  knocked 
down  twice  by  one  of  the  Diabolonians,  whose  name 
was  Mr.  Benumbing;  and  my  Lord  Understanding 
had  like  to  have  been  slain  with  an  arquebus, 
but  that  he  that  shot  did  not  take  his  aim 
aright.  Nor  did  the  other  side  wholly  escape ;  for 
there  was  one  Mr.  Rashhead,  a  Diabolonian,  that 
8* 


78  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

had  his  brains  beaten  out  by  Mr.  Mind,  the  Lord 
Willbe  will's  servant:  and  it  made  me  laugh  to  see 
how  old  Mr.  Prejudice  was  kicked  and  tumbled 
about  in  the  dirt ;  for  though,  a  while  since,  he 
was  made  captain  of  a  company  of  the  Diabolo- 
nians,  to  the  hurt  and  damage  of  the  town,  yet 
now  they  had  got  him  under  their  feet,  and,  I'll 
assure  you,  he  had,  by  some  of  the  Lord  Under- 
standing's party,  his  crown  cracked  to  boot. 
Mr.  Anything  also,  he  became  a  brisk  man  in  the 
broil ;  but  both  sides  were  against  him,  because 
he  was  true  to  none.  Yet  he  had,  for  his  mala- 
pertness,  one  of  his  legs  broken,  and  he  that  did 
it  wished  it  had  been  his  neck.  Much  more 
harm  was  done  on  both  sides,  but  this  must  not 
be  forgotten ;  it  was  now  a  wonder  to  see  my 
Lord  Willbewill  so  indifferent  as  he  was  ;  he  did 
not  seem  to  take  one  side  more  than  another,  only 
it  was  perceived  that  he  smiled  to  see  how  old 
Prejudice  was  tumbled  up  and  down  in  the  dirt 
Also,  when  Captain  Anything  came  halting  up 
before  him,  he  seemed  to  take  but  little  notice 
of  him. 

Now,  when  the  uproar  was  over,  Diabolus 
sends  for  my  Lord  Understanding  and  Mr.  Con- 
science, and  claps  them  both  up  in  prison  as  the 
ringleaders  and  managers  of  this  most  heavy, 
riotous  rout  in  Mansoul.  So  now  the  town  began 
to  be  quiet  again,  and  the  prisoners  were  used 
hardly  ;  yea,  he  thought  to  have  made  them  away, 
but  that  the  present  juncture  did  not  serve  for 
that  purpose,  for  that  war  was  in  all  their  gates. 

But  let  us  return  again  to  our  story.  The  cap- 
tains, when  they  were  gone  back  from  the  gate* 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  79 

and  were  come  into  the  camp  again,  called  a 
council  of  war,  to  consult  what  was  further  for 
them  to  do.  Now,  some  said,  "  Let  us  go  up 
presently,  and  fall  upon  the  town;"  but  the 
greatest  part  thought  rather  better  it  would  be  to 
give  them  another  summons  to  yield  ;  and  the 
reason  why  they  thought  this  to  be  the  best  was,  be- 
cause that,  so  far  as  could  be  perceived,  the  town  of 
Mansoul  now  was  more  inclinable  than  heretofore. 
"And  if,"  said  they,  "while  some  of  them  are 
in  a  way  of  inclination,  we  should  by  ruggedness 
give  them  distaste,  we  may  set  them  further  from 
closing  with  our  summons  than  we  would  be 
willing  they  should." 

Wherefore  to  this  advice  they  agreed,  and 
called  a  trumpeter,  put  words  into  his  mouth,  set 
him  his  time,  and  bid  him  God  speed.  Well,  many 
hours  were  not  expired  before  the  trumpeter  ad- 
dressed himself  to  his  journey.  Wherefore,  coming 
up  to  the  wall  of  the  town,  he  steereth  his  course 
to  Ear-gate,  and  there  sounded,  as  he  was  com- 
manded. They  then  that  were  within  came  out 
to  see  what  was  the  matter,  and  the  trumpeter 
made  them  this  speech  following : 

"  0  hard-hearted  and  deplorable  town  of  Man- 
soul,  how  long  wilt  thou  love  thy  sinful,  sinful 
simplicity  ?  and,  ye  fools,  delight  in  your  scorning? 
As  yet  despise  you  the  offers  of  peace  and  de- 
liverance ?  As  yet  will  ye  refuse  the  golden  offers 
of  Shaddai,  and  trust  to  the  lies  and  falsehoods  of 
Diabolus  1  Think  you,  when  Shaddai  shall  have 
conquered  you,  that  the  remembrance  of  these 
your  carriages  towards  him  will  yield  you  peace 
and  comfort,  or  that,  by  ruffling  language,  you 


80  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

can  make  him  afraid  as  a  grasshopper  ?  Doth  he 
entreat  you  for  fear  of  you  ?  Do  you  think  that 
you  are  stronger  than  he  ?  Look  to  the  heavens, 
and  behold  and  consider  the  stars,  how  high  are 
they.  Can  you  stop  the  sun  from  running  his 
course,  and  hinder  the  moon  from  giving  her 
light?  Can  you  count  the  number  of  the  stars, 
or  stay  the  bottles  of  heaven?  Can  you  call  for 
the  waters  of  the  sea,  and  cause  them  to  cover  the 
face  of  the  ground  ?  Can  you  behold  every  one 
that  is  proud,  and  abase  him,  and  bind  their  faces 
in  secret  ?  Yet  these  are  some  of  the  works  of 
our  King,  in  whose  name  this  day  we  come  up 
unto  you,  that  you  may  be  brought  under  his 
authority.  In  his  name,  therefore,  I  summon  you 
again  to  yield  up  yourselves  to  his  captains." 

At  this  summons  the  Mansoulians  seemed  to 
be  at  a  stand,  and  knew  not  what  answer  to 
make.  Wherefore  Diabolus  forthwith  appeared, 
and  took  upon  him  to  do  it  himself;  and  thus  he 
begins,  but  turns  his  speech  to  them  of  Mansoul. 

"  Gentlemen,"  quoth  he,  "  and  my  faithful 
subjects,  if  it  is  true  what  this  summoner  hath 
said  concerning  the  greatness  of  their  King,  by 
his  terror  you  will  always  be  kept  in  bondage,  and 
so  be  made  to  sneak.  Yea,  how  can  you  now, 
though  he  is  at  a  distance,  endure  to  think  of 
such  a  mighty  one  ?  And  if  not  to  think  of  him 
while  at  a  distance,  how  can  you  endure  to  be  in 
his  presence  ?  I,  your  prince,  am  familiar  with 
you,  and  you  may  play  with  me  as  you  would 
with  a  grasshopper.  Consider,  therefore,  what  is 
£-r  your  profit,  and  remember  the  immunities  that 
1  b?ve  granted  you. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  81 

'*  Farther,  if  all  be  true  that  this  man  hath  said, 
how  comes  it  to  pass  that  the  subjects  of  Shaddai 
are  so  enslaved  in  all  places  where  they  come  ? 
None  in  the  universe  so  unhappy  as  they,  none 
so  trampled  upon  as  they. 

"  Consider,  my  Mansoul :  would  thou  wert  as 
loath  to  leave  me  as  I  am  loath  to  leave  thee. 
But  consider,  I  say,  the  ball  is  yet  at  thy  foot ; 
liberty  you  have,  if  you  know  how  to  use  it ;  yea, 
a  king  you  have  too,  if  you  can  tell  how  to  love 
and  obey  him." 

Upon  this  speech,  the  town  of  Mansoul  did 
again  harden  their  hearts  yet  more  against  the 
captains  of  Shaddai.  The  thoughts  of  his  great- 
ness did  quite  quash  them,  and  the  thoughts  of 
his  holiness  sunk  them  in  despair.  Wherefore, 
after  a  short  consult,  they  (of  the  Diabolonian 
party  they  were)  sent  back  this  word  by  the 
trumpeter,  That,  for  their  parts,  they  were  re- 
solved to  stick  to  their  king,  but  never  to  yield 
to  Shaddai ;  so  it  was  but  in  vain  to  give  them 
any  further  summons,  for  they  had  rather  die  upon 
the  place  than  yield.  And  now  things  seemed  to 
be  gone  quite  back,  and  Mansoul  to  be  out  of 
reach  or  call ;  yet  the  captains,  who  knew  what 
their  Lord  could  do,  would  not  yet  be  beat  out  of 
heart ;  they  therefore  sent  them  another  summons, 
more  sharp  and  severe  than  the  last;  but  the 
oftener  they  were  sent  to,  to  reconcile  to  Shaddai, 
the  further  off  they  were.  "  As  they  called 
them,  so  they  went  from  them — yea, 
though  they  called  them  to  the  Most  High." 

So  they  ceased  that  way  to  deal  with  them  any 
more,  and  inclined  to  think  of  another  way.  The 


\ 


82  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

captains,  therefore,  did  gather  themselves  together, 
to  have  free  conference  among  themselves,  to  know 
what  was  yet  to  be  done  to  gain  the  town,  and  to 
deliver  it  from  the  tyranny  of  Diabolus  ;  and  one 
said  after  this  manner,  and  another  after  that. 
Then  stood  up  the  right  noble  the  Captain  Con- 
viction, and  said,  «  My  brethren,  mine  opinion  is 
this: 

"  First,  that  we  continually  play  our  slings 
into  the  town,  and  keep  it  in  a  continual  alarm, 
molesting  them  day  and  night.  By  thus  doing 
we  shall  stop  the  growth  of  their  rampant  spirit ; 
for  a  lion  may  be  tamed  by  continual  molestation. 

"  Secondly,  this  done,  I  advise  that,  in  the  next 
place,  we  with  one  consent  draw  up  a  petition  to 
our  Lord  Shaddai,  by  which,  after  we  have  showed 
our  King  the  condition  of  Mansoul  and  of  affairs 
here,  and  have  begged  his  pardon  for  our  no  better 
success,  we  will  earnestly  implore  his  Majesty's 
help,  and  that  he  will  please  to  send  us  more  force 
and  power,  and  some  gallant  and  well  spoken 
commander  to  head  them,  that  so  his  Majesty  may 
not  lose  the  benefit  of  these  his  good  beginnings, 
but  may  complete  his  conquest  upon  the  town  of 
Mansoul." 

To  this  speech  of  the  noble  Captain  Conviction 
they  as  one  man  consented,  and  agreed  that  a 
petition  should  forthwith  be  drawn  up,  and  sent 
by  a  fit  man  away  to  Shaddai  with  speed.  The 
contents  of  the  petition  were  thus : 

"  Most  gracious  and  glorious  King,  the  Lord 
of  the  best  world,  and  the  builder  of  the  town  of 
Mansoul,  we  have,  dread  Sovereign,  at  thy  com- 
mandment, put  our  lives  in  jeopardy,  and  at  thy 


THE    HOLY   WAR.  83 

bidding  made  a  war  upon  the  famous  town  of 
Mansoul.  When  we  went  up  against  it,  we  did, 
according  to  our  commission,  first  offer  conditions 
of   peace    unto   it.     But   they,    great 

„ .     l  tii  ii     Mat.  xxii.  5. 

Kinof.  set  light   by  our   counsel,  and  iw.i. 

^  ,  c  c        mu  Zech-  vii-  I0-13 

would  none  of  our  reproof.  I  hey 
were  for  shutting  their  gates,  and  for  keeping 
us  out  of  the  town.  They  also  mounted  their 
guns,  they  sallied  out  upon  us,  and  have  done  us 
what  damage  they  could ;  but  we  pursued  them 
with  alarm  upon  alarm,  requiting  them  with  such 
retribution  as  was  meet,  and  have  done  some  exe- 
cution upon  the  town. 

"  Diabolus,  Incredulity,  and  Willbewill  are  the 
great  doers  against  us  :  now  we  are  in  our  winter 
quarters,  but  so,  as  that  we  do  yet  with  an  high 
hand,  molest  and  distress  the  town. 

"  Once,  as  we  think,  had  we  had  but  one  sub- 
stantial friend  in  the  town,  such  as  would  but  have 
seconded  the  sound  of  our  summons  as  they  ought, 
the  people  might  have  yielded  themselves ;  but 
there  were  none  but  enemies  there,  nor  any  to 
speak  in  behalf  of  our  Lord  to  the  town.  Where- 
fore, though  we  have  done  as  we  could,  yet  Man- 
soul  abides  in  a  state  of  rebellion  against  thee. 

"  Now,  King  of  kings,  let  it  please  thee  to 
pardon  the  unsuccessfulness  of  thy  servants,  who 
have  been  no  more  advantageous  in  so  desirable  a 
work  as  the  conquering  of  Mansoul  is.  And  send, 
Lord,  as  we  now  desire,  more  forces  to  Mansoul, 
that  it  may  be  subdued  ;  and  a  man  to  head  them, 
that  the  town  may  both  love  and  fear. 

"  We  do  not  thus  speak  because  we  are  willing 
to  relinquish  the  wars,  (for  we  are  for  laying  of 


84  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

our  bones  against  the  place,)  but  that  the  town  of 
Mansoul  may  be  won  for  thy  Majesty.  We  also 
pray  thy  Majesty  for  expedition  in  this  matter, 
that,  after  their  conquest,  we  may  be  at  liberty 
to  be  sent  about  other  thy  gracious  designs. 
Amen." 

The  petition,  thus  drawn  up,  was  sent  away 
with  haste  to  the  Kino-  bv  the  hand  of  that  good 
man,  Mr.  Love-to-Mansoul. 

When  this  petition  was  come  to  the  palace  of 
the  King,  who  should  it  be  delivered  to,  but  to  the 
King's  Son  ?  So  he  took  it  and  read  it,  and  be- 
cause the  contents  of  it  pleased  him  well,  he 
mended,  and  also  in  some  things  added  to  the 
petition  himself.  So,  after  he  had  made  such 
amendments  and  additions  as  he  thought  conve- 
nient with  his  own  hand,  he  carried  it  in  to  the 
King;  to  whom  when  he  had  with  obeisance 
delivered  it,  he  put  on  authority,  and  spake  to  it 
himself. 

Now  the  King,  at  the  sight  of  the  petition,  was 
glad  ;  but  how  much  more,  think  you,  when  it  was 
seconded  by  his  Son !  It  pleased  him  also  to  hear 
that  his  servants  who  camped  against  Mansoul 
were  so  hearty  in  the  work,  and  so  steadfast  in 
their  resolves,  and  that  they  had  already  got  some 
ground  upon  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul. 

Wherefore  the  King  called  to  him  Emmanuel, 
his  Son,  who  said,  "  Here  am  I,  my  Father." 
Then  said  the  King,  "  Thou  knowest,  as  I  do 
myself,  the  condition  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  and 
what  we  have  purposed,  and  what  thou  hast  done 
to  redeem  it.  Come  now,  therefore,  my  Son,  and 
prepare  thyself  for  the  war,  for  thou  shalt  go  to 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  85 

my  camp  at  Mansoul.  Thou  shalt  also  there 
prosper  and  prevail,  and  conquer  the  town  of 
Mansoul." 

Then  said  the  King's  Son,  "  Thy  law  is  withip 
my  heart :  I  delight  to  do  thy  will.  This 
is  the  day  that  I  have  longed  for,  and  the 
work  that  I  have  waited  for  all  this  while.  Grant 
me,  therefore,  what  force  thou  shalt  in  thy  wisdom 
think  meet ;  and  I  will  go  and  will  deliver  from 
Diabolus,  and  from  his  power,  thy  perishing  town 
of  Mansoul.  My  heart  has  been  often  pained 
within  me  for  the  miserable  town  of  Mansoul ; 
but  now  it  is  rejoiced,  but  now  it  is  glad."  And 
with  that  he  leaped  for  joy,  saying,  "  I  have  not 
in  my  heart,  thought  anything  too  dear  for  Man- 
soul :  the  day  of  vengeance  is  in  mine  heart 
for  thee,  my  Mansoul ;  and  glad  am  I  that  thou, 
my  father,  hast  made  me  the  Captain  of 

.  J .  ,       '  .  .        .   x         .,.  ,r       .  Heb.  ii.  10. 

their  salvation.     And  I  will  now  begin  to 

plague  all  those  that  have  been  a  plague  to  my  town 

of  Mansoul,  and  will  deliver  it  from  their  hand." 

When  the  King's  son  had  said  thus  to  his 
Father,  it  presently  flew  like  lightning  round 
about  at  court ;  yea,  it  there  became  the  only  talk 
what  Emmanuel  was  to  go  to  do  for  the  famous 
town  of  Mansoul.  But  you  cannot  think  how  the 
courtiers  too,  were  taken  with  this  design  of  the 
Prince  ;  yea,  so  affected  were  they  with  this  work, 
and  with  the  justness  of  the  war,  that  the  highest 
lord  and  greatest  peer  of  the  kingdom  did  covet 
to  have  commission  under  Emmanuel,  to  go  to  help 
to  recover  again  to  Shaddai  the  miserable  town  of 
Mansoul. 

Then  was  it  concluded  that  some  should  go  and 
9 


86  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

carry  tidings  to  the  camp,  that  Emmanuel  was  to 
come  to  recover  Mansoul,  and  that  he  would  bring 
along  with  him  so  mighty,  so  impregnable  a  force, 
that  he  could  not  be  resisted.  But,  oh!  how 
ready  were  the  high  ones  at  court  to  run  to  carry 
these  tidings  to  the  camp  that  was  at  Mansoul. 
Now,  when  the  captains  perceived  that  the 
King  would  send  Emmanuel  his  Son,  and  that 
it  also  delighted  the  Son  to  be  sent  on  this  errand 
by  the  great  Shaddai  his  Father,  they  also,  to 
show  how  they  were  pleased  at  the  thoughts  of 
his  coming,  gave  a  shout  that  made  the  earth 
rend  at  the  sound  thereof.  Yea,  the  mountains 
did  answer  again  by  echo,  and  Diabolus  himself 
did  totter  and  shake. 

For  you  must  know,  that  though  the  town  of 
Mansoul  itself  was  not  much,  if  at  all  concerned 
with  the  project,  (for,  alas  for  them!  they  were 
wofully  besotted,  for  they  chiefly  regarded  their 
pleasure  and  their  lusts,)  yet  Diabolus  their  go- 
vernor was ;  for  he  had  his  spies  continually  abroad, 
who  brought  him  intelligence  of  all  things,  and 
they  told  him  what  was  doing  at  court  against 
him,  and  that  Emmanuel  would  shortly  certainly 
come  with  a  power  to  invade  him.  Nor  was  there 
any  man  at  court,  nor  peer  of  the  kingdom,  that 
Diabolus  so  feared  as  he  feared  this  Prince ;  for  if 
you  remember,  I  showed  you  before,  that  Diabolus 
had  felt  the  weight  of  his  hand  already  ;  so  that, 
since  it  was  he  that  was  to  come,  this  made  him 
the  more  afraid. 

Well,  you  see  how  I  have  told  you  that  the 
King's  Son  was  engaged  to  come  from  the  court 
to  save  Mansoul,  and  that  his  Father  had  made 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  87 

him  the  Captain  of  the  forces.  The  time,  there- 
fore, of  his  setting  forth  being  now  expired,  he 
addressed  himself  for  his  march,  and  taketh  with 
him,  for  his  power,  five  noble  captains  and  their 
forces. 

1 .  The  first  was  that  famous  captain,  the  noble 
Captain  Credence.     His  were  the  red    johni.29. 
colours,  and  Mr.  Promise  bare  them ;    Epb- vL  l6' 
and  for  a  scutcheon  he  had  the  holy  lamb  and  golden 
shield ;  and  he  had  ten  thousand  men  at  his  feet. 

2.  The  second  was  that  famous  captain,  the  Cap- 
tain Good-Hope.  His  were  the  blue  co- 

i    • i        i   i  -\ir       -n  Heb.  vi.  19. 

lours :  his  standard-bearer  was  Mr.  Ex- 
pectation, and  for  a  scutcheon  he  had  the  three  gold- 
en anchors;  and  he  had  ten  thousand  men  at  his  feet. 

3.  The    third   was  that   valiant   captain,    the 
Captain  Charity.     His  standard  bearer    1CoB>JdiL 
was   Mr.  Pitiful :    his   were  the  green 
colours,  and  for  his  scutcheon  he  had  three  naked 
orphans  embraced  in  the  bosom  ;  and  he  had  ten 
thousand  men  at  his  feet. 

4.  The  fourth  was  that  gallant  commander, 
the   Captain  Innocent.     His   standard- 

i  _   .  ,  Matt.  x.  16. 

bearer  was  Mr.  Harmless:  his  were  the 

white  colours,  and  for  his  scutcheon  he  had  the 

three  golden  doves. 

5.  The  fifth  was  the  truly  loyal  and  well  be 
loved  captain,  the  Captain  Patience.  His  standard 
bearer  was  Mr.  Suffer-Long :  his  were  the  black 
colours,  and  for  a  scutcheon  he  had  three  arrows 
through  the  golden  heart. 

These  were  Emmanuel's  captains  ;  these  their 
standard-bearers,  their  colours,  and  their  scut- 
cheons ;  and  these  the  men  under  their  command 


88  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

So,  as  was  said,  the  brave  Prince  took  his  march 

to  go  to  the  town  of  Mansoul.     Captain  Credence 

led  the  van,  and  Captain  Patience 

ad!. the Xrk!nce  brought  up  the  rear;  so  the  other 
three,  with  their  men,  made  up  the 
main  body,  the  Prince  himself  riding  in  his  cha- 
riot at  the  head  of  them. 

But  when  they  set  out  for  their  march,  oh,  how 
the  trumpets  sounded,  their  armour  glittered,  and 
how  their  colours  waved  in  the  wind !  The  Prince's 
armour  was  all  of  gold,  and  it  shone  like  the  sun 
in  the  firmament;  the  captains'  armour  was  of 
proof,  and  was  in  appearance  like  the  glittering 
stars.  There  were  also  some  from  the  court  that 
rode  reformades*  for  the  love  that  they  had  to  the 
King  Shaddai,  and  for  the  happy  deliverance  of 
the  town  of  Mansoul. 

Emmanuel  also,  when  he  had  thus  set  forwards 
to  go  to  recover  the  town  of  Mansoul,  took  with 
him,  at  the  commandment  of  his  Father,  fifty- 
The  hoi)  Bible  con-  four  battering  rams,  and  twelve 
taining t6  books.  glings  tQ  ^Firf stone's  wftftaj*  Every 
one  of  these  was  made  of  pure  gold,  and  these 
they  carried  with  them,  in  the  heart  and  body  of 
their  army,  all  along  as  they  went  to  Mansoul. 

So  they  marched  till  they  came  within  less 
than  a  league  of  the  town,  and  there  they  lay  till 
the  first  four  captains  came  thither  to  acquaint 
them  with  matters.  Then  they  took  their  journey 
to  go  to  the  town  of  Mansoul,  and  unto  Mansoul 
they  came  ;  but  when  the  old  soldiers  that  were 
in  the  camp  saw  that  they  had  new  forces  to  join 
with,  they  again  gave  such  a  shout  before  the 
*  Volunteer  officers. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  89 

walls  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  that  it  pat  Diabolus 
mto  another  fright.  So  they  sat  down  before  the 
town,  not  now  as  the  other  four  captains  did,  to 
wit,  against  the  gates  of  Mansoul  only  ;  but  they 
environed  it  round  on  every  side,  and  beset  it 
behind  and  before  ;  so  that  now,  let  Mansoul  look 
which  way  it  will,  it  saw  force  and  power  lie  in 
siege  against  it.  Besides,  there  were  mounts  cast 
up  against  it.  The  Mount  Gracious  was  on  the 
one  side,  and  Mount  Justice  was  on  the  other. 
Further,  there  were  several  small  banks  and 
advance-grounds,  as  Plain-Truth  Hill  and  No- 
Sin  Banks,  where  many  of  the  slings  were  placed 
against  the  town.  Upon  Mount  Gracious  were 
planted  four,  and  upon  Mount  Justice  were  placed 
as  many,  and  the  rest  were  conveniently  placed 
in  several  parts  round  about  the  town.  Five  of 
the  best  battering-rams,  that  is,  of  the  biggest  of 
them,  were  placed  upon  Mount  Hearken,  a  mount 
cast  up  hard  by  Ear-gate,  with  intent  to  break 
that  open. 

Now  when  the  men  of  the  town  saw  the  mul- 
titude of  the  soldiers  that  were  come  up  against 
the  place,  and  the  rams  and  slings,  and  the  mounts 
on  which  they  were  planted,  together  with  the 
glittering  of  the  armour  and  the  waving  of  their 
colours,  they  were  forced  to  shift,  and  shift,  and 
again  to  shift  their  thoughts;  but  they  hardly 
changed  for  thoughts  more  stout,  but  rather  for 
thoughts  more  faint;  for  though  before,  they 
thought  themselves  sufficiently  guarded,  yet  now 
they  began  to  think  that  no  man  knew  what  would 
be  their  hap  or  lot. 

When  the  good  Prince  Emmanuel  had  thus 
9* 


90  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

beleaguered  Mansoul,  in  the  first  place  he  hangs 
out  the  white  flag,  which  he  caused  to  be  set  up 
among  the  golden  slings  that  were  planted  upon 
Mount  Gracious.  And  this  he  did  for  two  reasons  : 

1.  To  give  notice  to  Mansoul  that  he  could  and 
would   yet  be  gracious   if  they  turned   to  him. 

2.  And  that  he  might  leave  them  the  more  without 
excuse,  should  he  destroy  them,  they  continuing 
in  their  rebellion. 

So  the  white  flag,  with  the  three  golden  doves 
in  it,  was  hung  out  for  two  days  together,  to  give 
them  time  and  space  to  consider;  but  they,  as 
was  hinted  before,  as  if  they  were  unconcerned, 
made  no  reply  to  the  favourable  signal  of  the 
Prince. 

Then  he  commanded,  and  they  set  the  red  flag 
upon  that  mount  called  Mount  Justice.  It  was 
the  red  flag  of  Captain  Judgment,  whose  scut- 
cheon was  the  burning  fiery  furnace  ;  and  this 
also  stood  waving  before  them  in  the  wind  for 
several  days  together.  But  look  how  they  car- 
ried it  under  the  white  flag,  when  that  was  hung 
out,  so  did  they  also  when  the  red  one  was ;  and 
yet  he  took  no  advantage  of  them. 

Then  he  commanded  again  that  his  servants 
should  hang  out  the  black  flag  of  defiance  against 
them,  whose  scutcheon  was  the  three  burning 
thunderbolts;  but  as  unconcerned  was  Mansoul 
at  this  as  at  those  that  went  before.  But  when 
the  Prince  saw  that  neither  mercy  nor  judgment, 
nor  execution  of  judgment,  would  or  could  come 
near  the  heart  of  Mansoul,  he  was  touched  with 
much  compunction,  and  said,  "  Surely  this  strange 
carriage  of  the  town  of  Mansoul  doth  rather  arise 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  91 

horn  ignorance  of  the  manner  and  feats  of  war, 
than  from  a  secret  defiance  of  us,  and  abhorrence 
of  their  own  lives  ;  or  if  they  know  the  manner  of 
the  war  of  their  own,  yet  not  the 

,  'Pi  •  Christ   makes    not 

rites  and  ceremonies  ot  the  wars  in  war  as  the  world 
which    we    are  concerned,  when  I 
make  wars  upon  mine  enemy  Diabolus." 

Therefore  he  sent  to  the  town  of  Mansoul,  to 
let  them  know  what  he  meant  by  those  signs  and 
ceremonies  of  the  flag;  and  also  to  know  of  them 
which  of  the  things  they  would  choose,  whether 
grace  and  mercy,  or  judgment  and  the  execution 
of  j  udgment.  All  this  while,  they  kept  their  gates 
shut  with  locks,  bolts,  and  bars,  as  fast  as  they 
could.  Their  guards  also  were  doubled,  and  their 
watch  made  as  strong  as  they  could.  Diabolus 
also  did  pluck  up  what  heart  he  could,  to  en- 
courage the  town  to  make  resistance. 

The  townsmen  also  made  answer  to  the  Prince's 
messenger,  in  substance  according  to  that  which 
follows  : 

"  Great  Sir, — As  to  what,  by  your  messenger, 
you  have  signified  to  us,  whether  we  will  accept 
of  your  mercy,  or  fall  by  your  justice,  we  are 
bound  by  the  law  and  custom  of  this  place,  and 
can  give  you  no  positive  answer ;  for  it  is  against 
the  law,  government,  and  the  prerogative  royal 
of  our  king,  to  make  either  peace  or  war  without 
him.  But  this  we  will  do, — we  will  petition  that 
our  prince  will  come  down  to  the  wall,  and  there 
give  you  such  treatment  as  he  shall  think  fit  and 
profitable  for  us." 

When  the  good  Prince  Emmanuel  heard  this 
answer,  and  saw  the  slavery  and  bondage  of  the 


92  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

people,  and  how  much  content  they  were  to  abide 
in  the  chains  of  the  tyrant  Diabolus,  it  grieved 
him  at  the  heart ;  and,  indeed,  when  at  any  time 
;  he  perceived  that  any  were  contented  under  the 
slavery  of  the  giant,  he  would  be  affected  with  it. 

But  to  return  again  to  our  purpose.  After  the 
town  had  carried  this  news  to  Diabolus,  and  had 
told  him,  moreover,  that  the  Prince,  that  lay  in 
the  leaguer  without  the  wall,  waited  upon  them 
for  an  answer,  he  refused,  and  huffed  as  well  as 
he  could  ;  but  in  heart  he  was  afraid. 

Then  said  he,  "I  will  go  down  to  the  gates 
myself,  and  give  him  such  an  answer  as  I  think 
fit."  So  he  went  down  to  Mouth-gate,  and  there 
addressed  himself  to  speak  to  Emmanuel,  (but  in 
such  language  as  the  town  understood  not,)  the 
contents  whereof  were  as  follow ; 

"  O  thou  great  Emmanuel,  Lord  of  all  the  world, 
I  know  thee,  that  thou  art  the  Son  of  the  great 
Shaddai !  Wherefore  art  thou  come  to  torment 
me,  and  to  cast  me  out  of  my  possession  ?  This 
town  of  Mansoul,  as  thou  very  well  knowest,  is 
mine,  and  that  by  a  twofold  right.  1.  It  is  mine 
by  right  of  conquest ;  I  won  it  in  the  open  field  : 
and  shall  the  prey  be  taken  from  the  mighty, 
or  the  lawful  captive  be  delivered  ?  2.  This  town 
of  Mansoul  is  mine  also  by  their  subjection. 
They  have  opened  the  gates  of  their  town  unto 
me ;  they  have  sworn  fidelity  to  me,  and  have 
openly  chosen  me  to  be  their  king ;  they  have 
also  given  their  castle  into  my  hands ; 
yea,  they  have  put  the  whole  strength  of 
Mansoul  under  me. 

"  Moreover.this  town  of  Mansoul  hath  disavowed 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  93 

thee  ;  yea,  they  have  cast  thy  law,  thy  name,  thy 
image,  and  all  that  is  thine,  behind  their  back, 
and  have  accepted  and  set  up  in  their  room  my 
law,  my  name,  my  image,  and  all  that  ever  is 
mine.  Ask  else  thy  captains,  and  they  will  tell 
thee  that  Mansoul  hath,  in  answer  to  all  their 
summonses,  shown  love  and  loyalty  to  me,  but 
always  disdain,  despite,  contempt,  and  scorn  to 
thee  and  thine.  Now,  thou  art  the  Just  One  and 
the  Holy,  and  shouldest  do  no  iniquity.  Depart, 
then,  I  pray  thee,  therefore,  from  me,  and  leave 
me  to  my  just  inheritance  peaceably." 

This  oration  was  made  in  the  language  of  Dia- 
bolus  himself;  for  although  he  can,  to  every  man, 
speak  in  their  own  language,  (else  he  could  not 
tempt  them  all  as  he  does,)  yet  he  has  a  language 
proper  to  himself,  and  it  is  the  language  of  the 
infernal  cave,  or  black  pit. 

Wherefore  the  town  of  Mansoul  (poor  hearts  !) 
understood  him  not ;  nor  did  they  see  how  he 
crouched  and  cringed  while  he  stood  before  Em- 
manuel, their  Prince. 

Yea,  they  all  this  while  took  him  to  be  one  of 
that  power  and  force  that  by  no  means  could  be 
resisted.  Wherefore,  while  he  was  thus  entreating 
that  he  might  have  yet  his  residence  there,  and 
that  Emmanuel  would  not  take  it  from  him  by 
force,  the  inhabitants  boasted  even  of  his  valour, 
saying,  "  Who  is  able  to  make  war  with  him  ?" 

Well,  when  this  pretended  king  had  made  an 
end  of  what  he  would  say,  Emmanuel,  the  golden 
Prince,  stood  up  and  spake  ;  the  contents  of  whose 
words  follow. 

"Thou  deceiving  one,"  said  he,  "I  have,  in 


94  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

my  Lather  s  name,  in  mine  own  name,  and  on  the 
behalf  and  for  the  good  of  this  wretched  town  of 
Mansoul,  somewhat  to  say  unto  thee.  Thou  pre- 
tendest  a  right,  a  lawful  right,  to  the  deplorable 
town  of  Mansoul,  when  it  is  most  apparent  to  ab 
my  Father's  court  that  the  entrance  which  thou 
hast  obtained  in  at  the  gates  of  Mansoul  was 
through  thy  lie  and  falsehood ;  thou  beliedst  my 
Father,  thou  beliedst  his  law,  and  so  deceivedst 
the  people  of  Mansoul.  Thou  pretendest  that  the 
people  have  accepted  thee  for  their  king,  their 
captain,  and  right  liege  lord;  but  that  also  was 
by  the  exercise  of  deceit  and  guile.  Now,  if  lying, 
wiliness,  sinful  craft,  and  all  manner  of  horrible 
hypocrisy,  will  go  in  my  Father's  court  (in  which 
court  thou  must  be  tried)  for  equity  and  right, 
then  will  I  confess  unto  thee  that  thou  hast  made 
a  lawful  conquest.  But,  alas  !  what  thief,  what 
tyrant,  what  devil  is  there  that  may  not  conquer 
after  this  sort?  But  I  can  make  it  appear,  O 
Diabolus,  that  thou,  in  all  thy  pretences  to  a  con- 
quest of  Mansoul,  hast  nothing  of  truth  to  say. 
Thinkest  thou  this  to  be  right,  that  thou  didst  put 
the  lie  upon  my  Father,  and  madest  him  (to 
Mansoul)  the  greatest  deluder  in  the  world  ?  And 
what  sayest  thou  to  thy  perverting  knowingly  the 
right  purport  and  intent  of  the  law  ?  Was  it  good 
also  that  thou  madest  a  prey  of  the  innocency  and 
simplicity  of  the  now  miserable  town  of  Mansoul? 
Yea,  thou  didst  overcome  Mansoul  by  promising 
to  them  happiness  in  their  transgressions  against 
my  Father's  law,  when  thou  knowest,  and  couldest 
not  but  know,  hadst  thou  consulted  nothing  but 
thine  own  experience,  that  that  was  the  way  to 


THE    HOLY   WAR.  95 

undo  them.  Thou  hast  also  thyself,  O  thou  master 
of  enmity,  of  spite  defaced  my  Father's  image  in 
Mansoul,  and  set  up  thy  own  in  its  place,  to  the 
great  contempt  of  my  Father,  the  heightening  of 
thy  sin,  and  to  the  intolerable  damage  of  the 
perishing  town  of  Mansoul. 

"  Thou  hast,  moreover,  (as  if  all  these  were 
but  little  things  with  thee,)  not  only  deluded  and 
undone  this  place,  but,  by  thy  lies  and  fraudulent 
carriage,  hast  set  them  against  their  own  deliver- 
ance. How  hast  thou  stirred  them  up  against 
my  Father's  captains,  and  made  them  to  fight 
against  those  that  were  sent  of  him  to  deliver 
them  from  their  bondage  !  All  these  things,  and 
very  many  more,  thou  hast  done  against  thy 
light,  and  in  contempt  of  my  Father  and  of  his 
law,  yea,  and  with  design  to  bring  under  his  dis- 
pleasure for  ever,  the  miserable  town  of  Mansoul. 
I  am  therefore  come  to  avenge  the  wrong  that 
thou  hast  done  to  my  Father,  and  to  deal  with 
thee  for  the  blasphemies  wherewith  thou  hast 
made  poor  Mansoul  blaspheme  his  name.  Yea, 
upon  thy  head,  thou  prince  of  the  infernal  cave, 
will  I  requite  it. 

"  As  for  myself,  0  Diabolus,  I  am  come  against 
thee  by  lawful  power,  and  to  take,  by  strength  of 
hand,  this  town  of  Mansoul  out  of  thy  burning' 
fingers ;  for  this  town  of  Mansoul  is  mine,  O  Dia- 
bolus, and  that  by  undoubted  right,  as  all  shall 
see  that  will  diligently  search  the  most  ancient 
and  most  authentic  records,  and  I  will  plead  my 
title  to  it,  to  the  confusion  of  thy  face. 

"First,  for  the  town  of  Mansoul,  my  Father 
built  and  did  fashion  it  with  his  hand.  The  palace 


96  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

also  that  is  in  the  midst  of  that  town,  he  buil* 
it  for  his  own  delight.  This  town  of  Mansoul, 
therefore,  is  my  Father's,  and  that  by  the  best  of 
titles,  and  he  that  gainsays  the  truth  of  this  must 
lie  against  his  soul. 

"  Secondly,  O  thou  master  of  the  lie,  this  town 
of  Mansoul  is  mine. 
Heb.i.2.  "  !•  For  that  I  am  my  Father!aJieirJ 

johnxvi.is.  ;ys  first-born,  and  the  only  delight  of 
his  heart.  I  am  therefore  come  up  against  thee 
*»n  mine  own  right,  even  to  recover  mine  own 
inheritance  out  of  thine  hand. 

"  2.  But  further,  as  I  have  a  right  and  title  to 
Mansoul  by  being  my  Father's  heir,  so  I  have 

also  by  my  Father's  donation.     His  r? 

was,  and  he  gave'iTme ;  nor  have  I  a1 
any  time  offended  my  Father,  that  he  should  take 
it  from  me,  and  give  it  to  thee.     Nor  have  I  been 

forced,  by  playing  the  bankrupt,  to  sell 

or  set  to  sale  to  thee  my  beloved  town 
of  Mansoul.  Mansoul  is  my  desire,  my  delight, 
and  the  joy  of  my  heart.     But, 

"  3.  Mansoul  is  mine  by  right  of  purchase.  I 
have  bought  it,  O  Diabolus,  I  have  bought  it  to 
myself.  Now,  since  it  was  my  Father's,  and 
mine,  as  I  was  his  heir,  and  since  also  I  have 
made  it  mine  by  virtue  of  a  great  purchase,  it 
followeth  that,  by  all  lawful  right,  the  town  of 
Mansoul  is  mine,  and  that  thou  art  an  usurper, 
a  tyrant,  and  traitor,  in  thy  holding  possession 
thereof.  Now,  the  cause  of  my  purchasing  of  it 
was  this  :  Mansoul  had  trespassed  against  my 
Father ;  now  my  Father  had  said,  that  in  the  day 
Jhat  they  broke  his  law  they  should  die.     Now, 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  97 

it  is  more  possible  for  heaven  and  earth 
to  pa^s  away  than    tor  my  r  ather   to 
break  his  word.     Wherefore,  when  Mansoul  had 
sinned  indeed  by  hearkening  to  thy  lie,  I  put  in 
and   became    a  surety    to    my  Father,  body  for 
body,  and  soul  for  soul,  that  I  would  make  amends 
for  Mansoul* s  transgressions,   and  my  osweetprince 
Father  did  accept  thereof.     So,  when    Emi~1! 
the  time  appointed  was  come,  I  gave  body  for 
body,  soul  for  soul,  life  for  life,  blood  for  blood, 
and  so  redeemed  my  beloved  Mansoul. 

"  4.  Nor  did  I  do  this  by  halves  :  my  Father's 
law  and  justice,  that  were  both  concerned  in  the 
threatening  upon  transgression,  are  both  now 
satisfied,  and  very  well  content  that  Mansoul 
should  be  delivered. 

"  5.  Nor  am  I  come  out  this  day  against  thee, 
but  by  commandment  of  my  Father  ;  it  was  he 
that  safcTunto  me,  '  Go  down  and  deliver  Man- 
soul.' 

"  Wherefore  be  it  known  unto  thee,  O  thou 
fountain  of  deceit,  and  be  it  also  known  to  the 
foolish  town  of  Mansoul,  that  I  am  not  come 
against  thee  this  day  without  my  Father. 

"  And  now,"  said  the  golden-headed  Prince, 
"  I  have  a  word  to  the  town  of  Mansoul."  But  so 
soon  as  mention  was  made  that  he  had  a  word  to 
speak  to  the  besotted  town  of  Mansoul,  the  crates 
were  double-guarded,  and  all  men  commanded  not 
to  give  him  audience.  So  he  proceeded  and  said, 
"  O  unhappy  town  of  Mansoul,  I  cannot  but  be 
touched  with  pity  and  compassion  for  thee.  Thou 
hast  accepted  of  Diabolus  for  thy  king,  and  art 
become  a  nurse  and  minister  of  Diabolonians 
10 


98  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

against  thy  sovereign  Lord.  Thy  gates  thou  hast 
opened  to  him,  but  hast  shut  them  fast  against 
me  ;  thou  hast  given  him  a  hearing,  but  hast 
stopped  thine  ears  to  my  cry.  He  brought  to  thee 
thy  destruction,  and  thou  didst  receive  both  him 
and  it :  I  am  come  to  thee  bringing  salvation,  but 
thou  regardest  me  not.  Besides,  thou  hast,  as 
with  sacrilegious  hands,  taken  thyself,  with  all 
that  was  mine  in  thee,  and  hast  given  all  to  my 
foe,  and  to  the  greatest  enemy  my  Father  has. 
You  have  bowed  and  subjected  yourselves  to  him, 
you  have  vowed  and  sworn  yourselves  to  be  his. 
Poor  Mansoul !  what  shall  I  do  unto  thee?  Shall 
I  save  thee? — shall  I  destroy  thee?  What  shall  I 
do  unto  thee  ?  Shall  I  fall  upon  thee,  and  grind 
thee  to  powder,  or  make  thee  a  monument  of  the 
richest  grace  ?  What  shall  I  do  unto  thee  ? 
Hearken,  therefore  thou  town  of  Mansoul,  hearken 
to  my  word,  and  thou  shalt  live.  I  am  merciful, 
Mansoul,  and  thou   shalt  find  me  so : 

Song  of  Sol.  v.  2.      ,  _    , 

shut  me  not  out  ol  thy  gates. 

"  O  Mansoul,  neither  is   my  commission   nor 

johnxii.47.  inclination  at  all  to  do  thee  hurt.    Why 
Lute  iz.  se.  fliegt  tj1QU  g0  fagt  from  thy  frjen^  an(j 

stickest  so  close  to  thine  enemy  ?  Indeed,  I  would 
have  thee,  because  it  becomes  thee,  to  be  sorry 
for  thy  sin  ;  but  do  not  despair  of  life  ;  this  great 
force  is  not  to  hurt  thee,  but  to  deliver  thee  from 
thy  bondage,  and  to  reduce  thee  to  thy  obedience. 
"My  commission,  indeed,  is  to  make  a  war 
upon  Diabolus  thy  king,  and  upon  all  Diabolonians 
with  him ;  for  he  is  the  strong  man  armed  that 
keeps  the  house,  and  I  will  have  him  out :  his 
spoils  I  must  divide,  his  armour  I  must  take  from 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  9.9 

him,  his  hold  I  must  cast  him  out  of,  and  must 
make  it  a  habitation  for  myself.  And  this,  0 
Mansoul,  shall  Diabolus  know  when  he  shall  be 
made  to  follow  me  in  chains,  and  when  Mansoul 
shall  rejoice  to  see  it  so. 

"I  could,  would  I  now  put  forth  my  might, 
cause  that  forthwith  he  should  leave  you  and 
depart;  but  1  have  it  in  my  heart  so  to  deal  with 
him,  as  that  the  justice  of  the  war  that  I  shall 
make  upon  him  may  be  seen  and  acknowledged 
by  all.  He  hath  taken  Mansoul  by  fraud,  and 
keeps  it  by  violence  and  deceit,  and  I  will  make 
him  bare  and  naked  in  the  eyes  of  all  observers. 

"  All  my  words  are  true.  I  am  mighty  to 
save,  and  will  deliver  rav  Mansoul  out  of  his 
hand." 

This  speech  was  intended  chiefly  for  Mansoul, 
but  Mansoul  would  not  have  the  hearing  of  it. 
They  shut  up  Ear-irate,  they  barricaded  it  up, 
they  kept  it  locked  and  bolted,  they  set  a  guard 
thereat,  and  commanded  that  no  Mansoulonian 
should  ^0  out  to  him,  nor  that  any  from  the  camp 
should  be  admitted  into  the  town.  All  this  they 
did,  so  horribly  had  Diabolus  enchanted  them  to 
do,  and  seek  to  do  for  him,  against  their  rightful 
Lord  and  Prince;  wherefore  no  man,  nor  voice, 
nor  sound  of  man  that  belonged  to  the  glorious 
.  was  to  come  into  the  town. 

So  when  Emmanuel  saw  that  Mansoul  was  thus 
involved  in  sin,  he  calls  his  army  together,  (since 
now  also  his  words  were  despised,)  and  gave  out 
a  commandment  throughout  all  his  host  to  be 
ready  against  the  time  appointed.  Now,  forasmuch 
as  there  was  no  way  lawfully  to  take  the  town  of 


100  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Mansoul,  but  to  get  in  by  the  gates,  and  at  Ear- 
gate  as  the  chief,  therefore  he  commanded  his 
captains  and  commanders  to  bring  their  rams, 
their  slings,  and  their  men,  and  place  them  at 
Eye-gate  and  Ear-gate,  in  order  to  his  taking  the 
town. 

When  Emmanuel  had  put  all  things  in  a  readi- 
ness to  give  Diabolus  battle,  he  sent  again  to 
know  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  if  in  peaceable 
manner  they  would  yield  themselves,  or  whether 
they  were  yet  resolved  to  put  him  to  try  the 
utmost  extremity  ?  They  then,  together  with 
Diabolus  their  king,  called  a  council  of  war,  and 
resolved  upon  certain  propositions  that  should  be 
offered  to  Emmanuel,  if  he  will  accept  thereof,  so 
they  agreed  ;  and  then  the  next  was,  who  should 
be  sent  on  this  errand.  Now,  there  was  in  the 
town  of  Mansoul  an  old  man,  a  Diabolonian,  and 
his  name  was  Mr.  Loth-to-stoop,  a  stiff  man  in 
his  way,  and  a  great  doer  for  Diabolus  :  him, 
therefore,  they  sent,  and  put  into  his  mouth  what 
he  should  say.  So  he  went  and  came  to  the 
camp  to  Emmanuel,  and  when  he  was  come,  a  time 
was  appointed  to  give  him  audience.  So  at  the 
time  he  came,  and,  after  a  Diabolonian  ceremony 
■  or  two,  he  thus  began  and  said,  "  Great  sir,  that 
it  may  be   known  unto   all  men   how 

Tit.  i.  16.  l  x  J 

good-natured  a   prince    my  master  is, 

v    he  hath  sent  me  to  tell  your  Lordship,  that  he  is 

very  willing,  rather  than  go  to  war,  to 

Mark  this !  .  .  '3 

deliver  up  into  your  hands  one  half  of 
the  town  of  Mansoul.  I  am  therefore  to  know 
if  your   Mightiness  will   accept   of  this  propo- 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  101 

Then  said  Emmanuel,  "  The  whole  is  mine  by 
gift  and  purchase,  wherefore  I  will  never  lose  one 
half." 

Then  said  Mr.  Loth-to-stoop,  "Sir,  Maiklllis: 
my  master  hath  said  that  he  will  be  Lukexiii-25- 
content  that  you  shall  be  the  nominal  and  titular 
Lord  of  all,  if  he  may  possess  but  a  part." 

Then  Emmanuel  answered,  "The  whole  is 
mine  really,  not  in  name  and  word  only  ;  where- 
fore I  will  be  the  sole  lord  and  possessor  of  all, 
or  of  none  at  all,  of  Mansoul." 

Then  Mr.  Loth-to-stoop  said  again,  "  Sir,  be- 
hold the  condescension  of  my  master!  Markthisi 
He  says,  that  he  will  be  content,  if  he  Ac,sv-'-5- 
may  but   have    assigned    to  him    some  place  in 
Mansoul,  as  a  place  to  live  privately  in,  and  you 
shall  be  Lord  of  all  the  rest." 

Then  said  the  golden  Prince,  "  All  that  the 
Father  giveth  me  shall  come  to  me ;  and  of  all 
that  he  giveth  me  I  will  lose  nothing — no,  not  a 
hoof  nor  a  hair.  I  will  not,  therefore,  grant  him, 
no,  not  the  least  corner  in  Mansoul  to  dwell  in ;. 
I  will  have  all  to  myself. 

Then  Loth-to-stoop  said  again,  "But,  sir, 
suppose  that  my  lord  should  resign  the  whole 
town  to  you,  only  with  this  proviso,  that  he 
sometimes,  when  he  comes  into  this 
country,  may,  for  old  acquaintance' 
sake,  be  entertained  as  a  wayfaring  man  for  two 
days,  or  ten  days,  or  a  month,  or  so.  May  not 
this  small  matter  be  granted?" 

Then  said  Emmanuel,  "No.  He  came 
as  a  wayfaring  man  to  David,  nor  did 
he  stay  long  with  him,  and  yet  it  had  like  to  have 
10** 


102  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

cost  David  his  soul.  I  will  not  consent  that  he 
ever  should  have  any  harbour  more  there." 

Then  said  Mr.  Loth-to-stoop,  "  Sir,  you  seem 
to  be  very  hard.  Suppose  my  master  should 
yield  to  all  that  your  Lordship  hath  said,  provided 
s^  and  carnal     tnat  his  friends  and  kindred  in  Man- 

iUsts.  soui  may  jiave  liberty  to  trade  in  the 

town,  and  to  enjoy  their  present  dwellings.  May 
not  that  be  granted,  sir." 

Then  said  Emmanuel,  "  No  ;  that  is  contrary 
to  my  Father's  will ;  for  all,  and  all 
coi.iiL'e. "  manner  of  Diabolonians  that  now  are, 
or  that  at  any  time  shall  be  found  in 
Mansoul,  shall  not  only  lose  their  lands  and  liber- 
ties, but  also  their  lives." 

Then  said  Mr.  Loth-to-stoop  again,  "But,  sir, 
Mark  this!  may  not  my  master  and  great  lord,  by 

John x.  s.  letters,   by  passengers,    by  accidental 

opportunities,  and  the  like,  maintain,  if  he  shall 
deliver  up  all  unto  thee,  some  kind  of  old  friend- 
ship with  Mansoul?" 

Emmanuel  answered,  "  No,  by  no  means  ;  for- 
asmuch as  any  such  fellowship,  friendship,  inti- 
macy, or  acquaintance,  in  what  way,  sort,  or  mode 
soever  maintained,  will  tend  to  the  corrupting  of 
Mansoul,  the  alienating  of  their  affections  from 
me,  and  the  endangering  of  their  peace  with  my 
Father." 

Mr.  Loth-to-stoop  yet  added  further,  saying, 
"  But,  great  sir,  since  my  master  hath  many 
Markihisi  friends,  and  those  that  are  dear  to  him, 
Rom.  vi.  12,  is.  in  Mansoul,  may  he  not,  if  he  shall 
depart  from  them,  even  of  his  bounty  and  good 
nature,  bestow  upon  them,  as  he  sees  fit,  some 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  103 

tokens  of  his  love  and  kindness  that  he  had  for 
them,  to  the  end  that  Mansoul,  when  he  is  gone, 
may  look  upon  such  tokens  of  kindness  once  re- 
ceived from  their  old  friend,  and  remember  him 
who  was  once  their  king,  and  the  merry  times 
that  they  sometimes  enjoyed  one  with  another 
while  he  and  they  lived  in  peace  together?" 

Then  said  Emmanuel,  "  No  ;  for  if  Mansoul 
come  to  be  mine,  I  shall  not  admit  of,  nor  consent, 
that  there  should  be  the  least  scrap,  shred,  or  dust 
of  Diabolus  left  behind,  as  tokens  or  gifts  be- 
stowed  upon  any  in  Mansoul,  thereby  to  call  to 
remembrance  the  horrible  communion  that  was 
betwixt  them  and  him." 

"Well,  sir,"  said  Mr.  Loth-to-stoop,  "I  have 
one  thing  more  to  propound,  and  then  I  am  got  to 
the  end  of  my  commission.  Suppose  ^^this: 
that,  when  my  master  is  gone  from  2 Kings L 3-  6' 7- 
Mansoul,  any  that  shall  yet  live  in  the  town 
should  have  such  business  of  high  concerns  to  do, 
that  if  they  be  neglected  the  party  shall  be  un- 
done ;  and  suppose,  sir,  that  nobody  can  help  in 
that  case  so  well  as  my  master  and  lord,  may  not 
now  my  master  be  sent  for  upon  so  urgent  an 
occasion  as  this  ?  Or  if  he  may  not  be  admitted 
into  the  town,  may  not  he  and  the  person  con- 
cerned meet  in  some  of  the  villages  near  Mansoul, 
and  there  lay  their  heads  together,  and  there 
consult  of  matters  ?" 

This  was  the  last  of  those  ensnaring  propo- 
sitions, that  Mr.  Loth-to-stoop  had  to  propound  to 
Emmanuel,  on  behalf  of  his  master  Diabolus  ;  but 
Emmanuel  would  not  grant  it ;  for  he 
said,  "There  can  be  no  case,  or  thing,  1Sam-"v"'- ! 


104  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

or  matter  fall  out  in  Man  soul,  when  thy  n 

shall  be  gone,  that    may  not  be   salved  1>\    cay 

Father;  besides,  it  will  be  a  great  disparagement 

to  my  Father's  wisdom  and  skill,  to   admit  any 

from  Mansoul  to  go  out  to  Diaholus 

up  i.  ,  .      ^    a(jvjce^    wnen    thev  are    ^id,    jn 

every  thing,  by  prayer  and  supplication  to  let 
their  requests  be  made  known  to  my  Father. 
Further,  this,  should  it  be  granted,  would  be  to 
grant  that  a  door  should  be  set  open  for  Diabolus, 
and  the  Diabolonians  in  Mansoul,  to  hatch  and 
plot  and  bring  to  pass  treasonable  designs,  to  the 
grid  of  my  Father  and  me,  and  to  the  utter  de- 
struction of  Mansoul." 

When  Mr.  Loth-to-stoop  had  heard  this  answer, 
he  took  his  leave  of  Emmanuel,  and  departed,  say- 
ing that  he  would  carry  word  to  his  master  con- 
cerning this  whole  affair.  So  he  departed,  and 
came  to  Diabolus  to  Mansoul,  and  told  him  the 
whole  of  the  matter,  and  how  Emmanuel  would 
not  admit,  no,  not  by  any  means,  that  he,  when  he 
was  once  gone  out,  should  for  ever  have  anything 
more  to  do  either  in,  or  with  any  that  are  of  the 
town  of  Mansoul.  When  Mansoul  and  Diabolus 
had  heard  this  relation  of  things,  they  with  one 
consent  concluded  to  use  their  best  endeavour  to 
keep  Emmanuel  out  of  Mansoul,  and  sent  old  Ill- 
Pause,  of  whom  you  have  heard  before,  to  tell  the 
Prince  and  his  captains  so.  So  the  old  gentleman 
came  up  to  the  top  of  Ear-gate,  and  called  to  the 
camp  for  a  hearing,  who  when  they  gave  audience, 
he  said,  "I  have  in  commandment  from  my  high 
lord  to  bid  you  tell  it  to  your  Prince  Emmanuel, 
that  Mansoul  and  their  king  are  resolved  to  stand 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  105 

and  fall  together ;  and  that  it  is  in  vain  for  your 
Prince  to  think  of  ever  having  Mansoul  in  his 
hand,  unless  he  can  take  it  by  force."  So  some 
went  and  told  to  Emmanuel  what  old  Ill-Pause,  a 
Diabolonian  in  Mansoul,  had  said.  Then  said  the 
Prince,  "  I  must  try  the  power  of  my  sword,  for 
I  will  not  (for  all  the  rebellions  and  re-  £  h  .  n 
pulses  that  Mansoul  has  made  against  me) 
raise  my  siege  and  depart,  but  will  assuredly  take 
my  Mansoul,  and  deliver  it  from  the  hand  of  her 
enemy."  And  with  that  he  gave  out  a  command- 
ment that  Captain  Boanerges,  Captain  Conviction, 
Captain  Judgment,  and  Captain  Execution  should 
forthwith  march  up  to  Ear-gate  with  trumpets 
sounding,  colours  flying,  and  with  shouting  for  the 
battle.  Also  he  would  that  Captain  Credence 
should  join  himself  with  them.  Emmanuel,  more- 
over, gave  order  that  Captain  Good-Hope  and 
Captain  Charity  should  draw  themselves  up  before 
Eye-gate.  He  bid  also  that  the  rest  of  his  cap- 
tains and  their  men  should  place  themselves  for 
the  best  of  their  advantage  against  the  enemy 
round  about  the  town  ;  and  all  was  done  as  he  had 
commanded. 

Then  he  bid  that  the  word  should  be  given 
forth,  and  the  word  was  at  that  time,  "Em- 
manuel." Then  was  an  alarm  sounded,  and  the 
battering-rams  were  played,  and  the  slings  did 
whirl  stones  into  the  town  amain,  and  thus  the 
battle  began.  Now  Diabolus  himself  did  manage 
the  townsmen  in  the  war,  and  that  at  every  gate ; 
wherefore  their  resistance  was  the  more  forcible, 
hellish,  and  offensive  to  Emmanuel.  Thus  was  the 
good  Prince  engaged  and  entertained  by  Diabolus 


10G  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

and  Mansoul  for  several  days  together ;  and  a  sight 
worth  seeing  it  was  to  behold  how  the  captains 
of  Shaddai  behaved  themselves  in  this  war. 

And  first  for  Captain  Boanerges,  (not  to  under- 
value the  rest,)  he  made  three  most  fierce  assaults, 
one  after  another,  upon  Ear-gate,  to  the  shaking 
of  the  posts  thereof.  Captain  Conviction,  he  also 
made  up  as  fast  with  Boanerges  as  possibly  he 
could,  and  both  discerning  that  the  gate  began  to 
yield,  they  commanded  that  the  rams  should  still 
be  played  against  it.  Now,  Captain  Conviction, 
going  up  very  near  to  the  irate,  was  with  great 
force  driven  back,  and  received  three  wounds. 
And   those  that  rode  reformades,  they 

Angels.  .  .  .  J 

went  about  to  encourage  the  captains. 

For  the  valour  of  the  two  captains,  made  men- 
tion of  before,  the  Prince  sent  for  them  to  his 
pavilion,  and  commanded  that  a  while  they  should 
rest  themselves,  and  that  with  somewhat  they 
should  be  refreshed.  Care  also  was  taken  for 
Captain  Conviction  that  he  should  be  healed  of 
his  wounds.  The  Prince  also  gave  to  each  of  them 
a  chain  of  gold,  and  bid  them  yet  be  of  good 
courage. 

Nor  did  Captain  Good-Hope  nor  Captain  Cha- 
rity come  behind  in  this  most  desperate  fight,  for 
they  so  well  did  behave  themselves  at  Eye-gate* 
that  they  had  almost  broken  it  quite  open.  These 
also  had  a  reward  from  their  Prince,  a?  also  had 
the  rest  of  the  captains,  because  theydid  valiantly 
round  about  the  town. 

In  this  ena-ajrement  several  of  the  officers  of 
Diabolus  were  slain,  and  some  of  tb«'  townsmen 


Captain  Secure  slain.       p.  107. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  107 

wounded.  For  the  officers,  there  was  one  Captain 
Boasting  slain.  This  Boasting  thought  that  nobody 
could  have  shaken  the  posts  of  Ear-gate,  nor  have 
shaken  the  heart  of  Diabolus.  Next  to  him  there 
was  one  Captain  Secure  slain :  this  Secure  used  to 
say  that  the  blind  and  lame  in  Mansoul  2&m  ^  ^ 
were  able  to  keep  the  gates  of  the  town 
against  Emmanuel's  army.  This  Captain  Secure, 
did  Captain  Conviction  cleave  down  the  head  with 
a  two-handed  sword,  when  he  received  himself 
three  wounds  in  his  mouth. 

Besides  these  there  was  op*»  Captain  Bragman, 
a  very  desperate  fellow,  and  he  was  captain  over 
a  band  of  those  that  threw  firebrands,  arrows,  and 
death :  he  also  received,  by  the  hand  of  Captain 
Good-Hope  at  Eye-gate,  a  mortal  wound  in  the 
breast. 

There  was,  moreover,  one  Mr.  Feeling;  but  he 
was  no  captain,  but  a  great  stickler  to  encourage 
Mansoul  to  rebellion.  He  received  a  wound  in 
the  eye  by  the  hand  of  one  of  Boanerges'  soldiers, 
and  had  by  the  captain  himself  been  slain,  but 
that  he  made  a  sudden  retreat. 

But  I  never  saw  AVillbewill  so  daunted  in  all 
my  life;  he  wras  not  able  to  do  as  he  was  wont, 
and  some  say  that  he  also  received  a  wound  in  the 
leg,  and  that  some  of  the  men  in  the  Prince's 
army  have  certainly  seen  him  limp,  as  he  after- 
wards walked  on  the  wall. 

I  shall  not  give  you  a  particular  account  of  the 
names  of  the  soldiers  that  were  slain  in  the  town, 
for  many  were  maimed,  a"^  wonnded  snd  slain  . 
for  when  they  saw  that  the  ^tte  of  Ear-gate  aid 
shake,  and  Eye-gate  was  well  nigh  broken  quite 


108  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

open,  and  also  that  their  captains  were  slain,  (his 
took  away  the  hearts  of  many  of  the  Diabolonians ; 
they  fell  also  by  the  force  of  the  shot  that  were 
sent  by  the  golden  slings  into  the  midst  of  the 
town  of  Mansonl. 

Of  the  townsmen,  there  was  one  Love-no- 
Good ;  he  was  a  townsman,  but  a  Diabolonian  ; 
he  also  received  his  mortal  wound  in  Mansoul, 
but  he  died  not  very  soon. 

Mr.  Ill-Pause  also,  who  was  the  man  that  came 
along  with  Diabolus  when  at  first  he  attempted 
the  taking  of  Mansoul,  he  also  received  a  grievous 
wound  in  the  head ;  some  say  that  his  brain-pan 
was  cracked.  .  This  I  have  taken  notice  of,  that 
he  was  never  after  this  able  to  do  that  mischief  to 
Mansoul,  as  he  had  done  in  times  past.  Also  old 
Prejudice  and  Mr.  Anything  fled. 

Now,  when  the  battle  was  over,  the  Prince 
commanded  that  yet  once  more  the  white  flag 
should  be  set  upon  Mount  Gracious  in  sight  of 
the  town  of  Mansoul,  to  show  that  yet  Emmanuel 
had  grace  for  the  wretched  town  of  Mansoul. 

When  Diabolus  saw  the  white  flag  hung  out 
again,  and  knowing  that  it  was  not  for  him,  but 
Mansoul,  he  cast  in  his  mind  to  play  another 
prank,  to  wit,  to  see  if  Emmanuel  would  raise  his 
siege  and  begone,  upon  promise  of  reformation. 
So  he  comes  down  to  the  gate  one  evening,  a  good 
while  after  the  sun  was  gone  down,  and  calls  to 
speak  with  Emmanuel,  who  presently  came  down 
to  the  gate,  and  Diabolus  saith  unto  him  : — 

"  Forasmuch  as  thou  makest  it  appear  by  thy 
white  flag,  that  thou  art  wholly  given  to  peace 
and  quiet,  I  thought  meet  to  acquaint  thee  that  we 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  109 

are  ready  to  accept  thereof  upon  terms  which  thou 
mayest  admit. 

"  I  know  that  thou  art  given  to  devotion,  and 
that  holiness  pleaseth  thee  ;  yea,  that  thy  great 
end  in  making  a  war  upon  Mansoul  is,  that  it 
may  be  a  holy  habitation.  Well,  draw  off  thy 
forces  from  the  town,  and  I  will  bend  Mansoul  to 
thy  bow. 

"  First,  I  will  lay  down  all  acts  of  hostility 
against  thee,  and  will  be  willing  to  become  thy 
deputy,  and  will,  as  I  have  formerly  been  against 
thee,  now  serve  thee  in  the  town  of  Mansoul. 
And  more  particularly, 

"  1.  I  will  persuade  Mansoul  to  receive  thee  for 
their  Lord ;  and  I  know  that  they  will  do  it  the 
sooner,  when  they  shall  understand  that  I  am  thy 
deputy. 

"2.  I  will  show  them  wherein  they  have 
erred,  and  that  transgression  stands  in  the  way 
to  life. 

"  3.  I  will  show  them  the  holy  law  unto  which 
they  must  conform,  even  that  which  they  have 
broken. 

"4.  I  will  press  upon  them  the  necessity  of  a 
reformation  according  to  thy  law. 

"  5.  And,  moreover,  that  none  of  these  things 
may  fail,  I  myself,  at  my  own  proper  cost  and 
charge,  will  set  up  and  maintain  a  sufficient 
ministry,  besides  lecturers,  in  Mansoul. 

"  6.  Thou  shalt  receive,  as  a  token  of  our  sub- 
jection to  thee,  year  by  year,  what  thou  shalt 
think  fit  to  lay  and  levy  upon  us,  in  token  of  our 
subjection  to  thee." 

Then  said  Emmanuel  to  him,  "  0  full  of  deceit, 
11 


110  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

how  movable  are  thy  ways  !  How  often  hast  thou 
changed  and  rechanged,  if  so  be  thou  mightest 
still  keep  possession  of  my  Mansoul,  though,  as 
has  been  plainly  declared  before,  I  am  the  right 
heir  thereof!  Often  hast  thou  made  thy  pro- 
posals already,  nor  is  this  last  a  whit  better  than 
they.      And    failing   to   deceive    when 

2  Cor  xi    14 

thou  showedst  thyself  in  thy  black, 
thou  hast  now  transformed  thyself  into  an  angel 
of  light,  and  wouldest,  to  deceive,  be  now  as  a 
minister  of  righteousness. 

11  But  know  thou,  O  Diabolus,  that  nothing 
must  be  regarded  that  thou  canst  propound,  for 
nothing  is  done  by  thee  but  to  deceive.  Thou 
neither  hast  conscience  to  God,  nor  love  to  the 
town  of  Mansoul ;  whence,  then,  should  these  thy 
sayings  arise  but  from  sinful  craft  and  deceit? 
He  that  can  of  list  and  will  propound  what  he 
pleases,  and  that  wherewith  he  may  destroy  them 
that  believe  him,  is  to  be  abandoned,  with  all  that 
he  shall  say.  But  if  righteousness  be  such  a 
beauty-spot  in  thine  eyes  now,  how  is  it  that 
wickedness  was  so  closely  stuck  to  by  thee  be- 
fore ?     But  this  is  by  the  by. 

"  Thou  talkest  now  of  a  reformation  in  Man- 
soul, and  that  thou  thyself,  if  I  will  please,  wilt 
be  at  the  head  of  that  reformation;  all  the  while 
knowing  that  the  greatest  proficiency  that  man 
can  make  in  the  law,  and  the  righteousness 
thereof,  will  amount  to  no  more,  for  the  taking 
away  of  the  curse  from  Mansoul,  than  just  nothing 
at  all ;  for  a  law  being  broken  by  Mansou1  fl 
had  before,  upon  a  supposition  of  the  breach 
thereof,  a  curse  pronounced  against  him  for  it  of 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  1 1  1 

God,  can  never,  by  his  obeying  of  the  law,  deliver 
himself  therefrom ;  (to  say  nothing  of  what  a  re- 
formation is  like  to  be  set  up  in  Mansoul  when 
the  devil  is  become  corrector  of  vice.)  Thou 
knowest  that  all  that  thou  hast  now  said  in  this 
matter,  is  nothing  but  guile  and  deceit;  and  is,  as 
it  was  the  first,  so  is  it  the  last  card  that  thou  hast 
to  play.  Many  there  be  that  do  soon  discern  thee, 
when  thou  showest  them  thy  cloven  foot ;  but  in 
thy  white,  thy  light,  and  in  thy  transformation, 
thou  art  seen  but  of  a  few.  But  thou  shalt  not  do 
thus  with  my  Mansoul,  O  Diabolus  ;  for  I  do  still 
love  my  Mansoul. 

"  Besides,  I  am  not  come  to  put  Mansoul  upon 
works  to  live  thereby  ;  should  I  do  so,  I  should 
be  like  unto  thee  :  but  I  am  come  that  by  me, 
and  by  what  I  have  and  shall  do  for  Mansoul, 
they  may  to  my  Father  be  reconciled,  though  by 
their  sin  they  have  provoked  him  to  anger,  and 
though  by  the  law  they  cannot  obtain  mercy. 

"  Thou  talkest  of  subjecting  of  this  town  to 
good,  when  none  desireth  it  at  thy  hands.  I  am 
sent  by  my  Father  to  possess  it  myself,  and  to 
guide  it  by  the  skilfulness  of  my  hands  into  such 
a  conformity  to  him,  as  shall  be  pleasing  in  his 
sig;ht.  I  will  therefore  possess  it  myself;  I  will 
dispossess  and  cast  thee  out ;  I  will  set  up  mine 
own  standard  in  the  midst  of  them  ;  I  will  also 
govern  them  by  new  laws,  new  officers,  new 
motives,  and  new  ways;  yea,  I  will  pull  down 
this  town,  and  build  it  again ;  and  it  shall  be  as 
though  it  had  not  been,  and  it  shall  then  be  the 
glory  of  the  whole  universe." 

When  Diabolus  heard  this,  and  perceived  that 


112  HE    HOLY    WAR. 

he  was  discovered  in  all  his  deceits,  he  was  con- 
founded, and  utterly  put  to  a  nonplus  ;  but  having 
in  himself  the  fountain  of  iniquity,  rage,  and 
malice  against  both  Shaddai  and  his  Son,  and  the 
beloved  town  of  Mansoul,  what  doth  he  but 
strengthen  himself  what  he  could,  to  give  fresh 
battle  to  the  noble  Prince  Emmanuel?  So,  then, 
now  we  must  have  another  fight  before  the  town 
of  Mansoul  is  taken. 

Come  up,  then,  to  the  mountains,  you  that  love 
to  see  military  actions,  and  behold  by  both  sides 
how  the  fatal  blow  is  given,  while  one  seeks  to 
hold,  and  the  other  seeks  to  make  himself  master 
of  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul. 

Diabolus,  therefore,  having  withdrawn  himself 
from  the  wall  to  his  force  that  was  in  the  heart  of 
the  town  of  Mansoul ;  Emmanuel  also  returned  to 
the  camp  :  and  both  of  them,  after  their  divers 
ways,  put  themselves  into  a  posture  fit  to  give 
battle  one  to  another. 

Diabolus,  as  filled  with  despair  of  retaining  in 
his  hands  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul,  resolved 
to  do  what  mischief  he  could  (if,  indeed,  he  could 
do  any)  to  the  army  of  the  Prince  and  to  the 
famous  town  of  Mansoul ;  for,  alas  !  it  was  not  the 
happiness  of  the  silly  town  of  Mansoul  that  was 
designed  by  Diabolus,  but  the  utter  ruin  and 
overthrow  thereof,  as  now  is  enough  in  view. 
Wherefore  he  commands  his  officers  that  they 
should  then,  when  they  see  that  they  could  hold 
the  town  no  longer,  do  it  what  harm  and  mis- 
chief they  could,  rending  and  tearing 

Mart  is.  26, 27.  J  ,        i-ij  , ,  r*         >» 

men,   women  and  children,      "ror, 
said  he,  "  we  had  better  quite  demolish  the  place, 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  113 

and  leave  it  like  a  ruinous  heap,  than  so  leave  it. 
that  it  may  be  an  habitation  for  Emmanuel." 

Emmanuel  again,  knowing  that  the  next  battle 
would  issue  in  his  being  made  master  of  the  place, 
gave  out  a  royal  commandment  to  all  his  officers, 
high  captains,  and  men  of  war,  to  be  sure  to  show 
themselves  men  of  war  against  Diabolus  and  all 
Diabolonians  ;  but  favourable,  merciful,  and  meek 
to  the  old  inhabitants  of  Mansoul.  "  Bend,  there- 
fore," said  the  noble  Prince,  "the  hottest  front 
of  the  battle  against  Diabolus  and  his  men." 

So  the  day  being  come,  the  command  was  given, 
and  the  Prince's  men  did  bravely  stand  to  their 
arms,  and  did,  as  before,  bend  their  main  force 
against  Ear-gate  and  Eye-gate.  The  word  was 
then,  "  Mansoul  is  won ;"  so  they  made  their  as- 
sault upon  the  town.  Diabolus  also,  as  fast  as  he 
could,  with  the  main  of  his  power,  made  resistance 
from  within;  and  his  high  lords  and  chief  captains 
for  a  time  fought  very  cruelly  against  the  Prince's 
army. 

But  after  three  or  four  notable  charges  by  the 
Prince  and  his  noble  captains,  Ear-gate  was  broken 
open,  and  the  bars  and  bolts  wherewith  it  was 
used  to  be  fast  shut  up  against  the  Prince,  were 
broken  into  a  thousand  pieces.  Then  did  the 
Prince's  trumpets  sound,  the  captains  shout,  the 
town  shake,  and  Diabolus  retreat  to  his  hold. 
Well,  when  the  Prince's  forces  had  broken  open 
the  gate,  himself  came  up  and  did  set  his  throne 
in  it;  also  he  set  his  standard  thereby,  upon  a 
mount  that  before,  by  his  men  was  cast  up,  to  place 
the  mighty  slings  thereon.  The  mount  was  called 
Mount  Hear-well.  There,  therefore,  the  Prince 
11* 


Conscience. 


114  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

abode,  to  wit,  hard  by  the  going  in  at  the  gate. 
He  commanded  also  that  the  golden  slings  should 
yet  be  played  upon  the  town,  especially  against 
the  castle,  because  for  shelter  thither  was  Dia- 
bolus  retreated.  Now,  from  Ear-gate  the  street 
was  straight  even  to  the  house  of  Mr.  Recorder 
that  so  was,  before  Diabolus  took  the  town  ;  and 
hard  by  his  house  stood  the  castle,  which  Diabolus 
for  a  long  time  had  made  his  irksome  den.  The 
captains,  therefore,  did  quickly  clear  that  street 
by  the  use  of  their  slings,  so  that  way  was  made 
up  to  the  heart  of  the  town.  Then  did  the  Prince 
command  that  Captain  Boanerges,  Captain  Con- 
viction, and  Captain  Judgment,  should  forthwith 
march  up  the  town  to  the  old  gentleman's 
gate.  Then  did  the  captains  in  most 
warlike  manner  enter  into  the  town  of  Mansoul, 
and,  marching  in  with  flying  colours,  they  came  up 
to  the  Recorder's  house,  and  that  was  almost  as 
strong  as  was  the  castle.  Battering-rams  they 
took  also  with  them,  to  plant  against  the  castle 
gates.  When  they  were  come  to  the  house  of 
Mr.  Conscience,  they  knocked,  and  demanded  en- 
trance. Now,  the  old  gentleman,  not  knowing,  as 
yet,  fully  their  design,  kept  his  gates  shut  all  the 
time  of  this  fight.  Wherefore  Boanerges  demanded 
entrance  at  his  gates  ;  and  no  man  making  answer, 
he  gave  it  one  stroke  with  the  head  of  a  ram,  and 
this  made  the  old  gentleman  shake,  and  his  house 
to  tremble  and  totter.  Then  came  Mr.  Recorder 
down  to  the  gates,  and,  as  he  could,  with  quivering 
lips  he  asked  who  was  there  ?  Boanerges  an- 
swered, "  We  are  the  captains  and  commanders 
of  the  great  Shaddai  and  of  the  blessed  Emmanuel, 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  115 

his  Son,  and  we  demand  possession  of  your  house 
for  the  use  of  our  noble  Prince."     And  with  that 
the  battering-ram  gave  the  gate   another  shake. 
This  made  the  old  gentleman  tremble  the  more, 
yet  durst  he  not  but  open  the  gate  :    then    the 
King's  forces  marched  in,  namely,  the  three  brave 
captains  mentioned  before.     Now,  the  Recorders 
house  was  a  place  of  much  convenience  for  Em- 
manuel, not  only  because  it  was  near  to  the  castle 
and    strong,    but  also  because  it  was  large,  and 
fronted  the  castle,  the  den  where  now  Diabolus 
was,  for  he  was  now  afraid  to  come  out  of  his 
hold.     As  for  Mr.  Recorder,  the  captains  carried 
it  very  reservedly  to  him ;  as  yet  he  knew  nothing 
of  the  great  designs  of  Emmanuel,  so  that  he  did 
not   know  what  judgment    to    make,    nor  what 
would  be  the  end  of  such  thundering  beginnings. 
It  was  also  presently  noised  in  the  town  how  the 
Recorder's  house  was  possessed,  his  rooms  taken 
up,  and  his  palace  made  the  seat  of  the  war  ;  and 
no  sooner  was  it  noised  abroad,  but  they  took  the 
alarm  as  warmly,  and  gave  it  out  to  others  of  his 
friends  ;    and    you  know,  as    a    snow-ball    loses 
nothing  by  rolling,    so  in  little  time   the  whole 
town  was  possessed,  that  they  must  expect  nothing 
from  the  Prince  but  destruction ;  and  the  ground 
of  the  business  was  this  :  the  Recorder  was  afraid, 
the  Recorder  trembled,  and  the  captains  carried 
it  strangely  to  the  Recorder.     So  many  came  to 
see ;    but  when  they  with    their    own    eyes  did 
behold  the  captains  in  the  palace,  and  their  bat- 
tering-rams ever   playing    at    the  castle  gates  to 
beat  them  down,  they  were  riveted  in  their  fears, 
and  it  made  them  all  in  amaze.     And,  as  I  said, 


lit)  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

the  man  of  the  house  would  increase  all  this  ;  for 

whoever  came  to  him,  or  discoursed 

scie„cee  Vhan0  i.e "Is  with   him,  nothing   would   he'  talk 

of,  tell  them,  or  hear,  but  that  death 

and  destruction  now  attended  Mansoul. 

"  For,"  quoth  the  old  gentleman,  "  you  are  all 
of  you  sensible  that  we  all  have  been  traitors  to 
that  once  despised,  but  now  famously  victorious 
and  glorious  Prince  Emmanuel ;  for  he  now,  as 
you  see,  doth  not  only  lie  in  close  siege  about  us, 
but  hath  forced  his  entrance  in  at  our  gates. 
Moreover  Diabolus  flees  before  him:  and  he  hath, 
as  you  behold,  made  of  my  house  a  garrison 
against  the  castle,  where  he  is.  I,  for  my  part, 
have  transgressed  greatly,  and  he  that  is  clean,  it 
is  well  for  him.  But  I  say  I  have  transgressed 
greatly  in  keeping  silence  when  I  should  have 
spoken,  and  in  perverting  justice  when  I  should 
have  executed  the  same.  True,  I  have  suffered 
something  at  the  hand  of  Diabolus  for  taking  part 
with  the  laws  of  King  Shaddai ;  but  that,  alas  ! 
what  will  that  do  ?  Will  that  make  compensation 
for  the  rebellions  and  treasons  that  I  have  done, 
and  have  suffered,  without  gainsaying,  to  be  com- 
mitted in  the  town  of  Mansoul  ?  Oh  !  I  tremble 
to  think,  what  will  be  the  end  of  this  so  dreadful 
and  so  ireful  a  beginning  !" 

Now,  while  these  brave  captains  were  thus 
busy  in  the  house  of  the  old  Recorder,  Captain 
Execution  was  as  busy,  in  other  parts  of  the  town, 
in  securing  the  back  streets  and  the  walls.  He 
also  hunted  the  Lord  Willbewill  sorely ;  he  suf- 
fered him  not  to  rest  in  any  corner ;  he  pursued 
him  so  hard,  that  he  drove  his  men  from  him,  and 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  117 

made  him  giad  to  thrust  his  head  into  a  hole. 
Also  this  mighty  warrior  did  cut  three  of  the 
Lord  Willbe will's  officers  down  to  the  ground: 
one  was  old  Mr.  Prejudice,  he  that  had  his  crown 
cracked  in  the  mutiny.  This  man  was  made  by 
Lord  Willbewill  keeper  of  Ear-gate,  and  fell  by 
the  hand  of  Captain  Execution.  There  was  also 
one  Mr.  Backward-to-all-but-naught,  and  he  also 
was  one  of  Lord  Willbewill's  officers,  and  was  the 
captain  of  the  two  guns  that  once  were  mounted 
on  the  top  of  Ear-gate  ;  he  also  was  cut  down  to 
the  ground  by  the  hands  of  Captain  Execution. 
Besides  these  two  there  was  another,  a  third,  and 
his  name  was  Captain  Treacherous  ;  a  vile  man 
this  was,  but  one  that  Willbewill  did  put  a  great 
deal  of  confidence  in;  but  him  also  did  this  Cap- 
tain Execution  cut  down  to  the  ground  with  the 
rest. 

He  also  made  a  very  great  slaughter  among 
my  Lord  Willbewill's  soldiers,  killing  many  that 
were  stout  and  sturdy,  and  wounding  many  that 
for  Diabolus  were  nimble  and  active.  But  all 
these  were  Diabolonians  ;  there  wTas  not  a  man,  a 
native  of  Mansoul,  hurt. 

Other  feats  of  war  were  also  likewise  performed 
by  other  of  the  captains,  as  at  Eye-gate,  where 
Captain  Good-Hope  and  Captain  Charity  had  a 
charge,  was  great  execution  done  ;  for  the  Cap- 
tain Good-Hope  with  his  own  hands  slew  one 
Captain  Blindfold,  the  keeper  of  that  gate.  This 
Blindfold  was  captain  of  a  thousand  men,  and 
the}*  were  they  that  fought  with  mauls  ;  he  also 
pursued  his  men,  slew  many,  and  wounded  more, 
and  made  the  rest  hide  their  heads  in  corners  : 


118  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

There  was  also  at  that  gate  Mr.  Ill-Pause,  of 
whom  you  have  heard  before.  He  was  an  old 
man,  and  had  a  beard  that  reached  down  to  his 
girdle  :  the  same  was  he  that  was  orator  to  Dia- 
bolus  :  he  did  much  mischief  in  the  town  of  Man- 
soul,  and  fell  by  the  hand  of  Captain  Good-Hope. 

What  shall  I  say  ?  The  Diabolonians  in  these 
days  lay  dead  in  every  corner,  though  too  many 
yet  were  alive  in  Mansoul. 

Now  the  old  Recorder,  and  my  Lord  Under- 
standing, with  some  others  of  the  chief  of  the 
town,  to  wit,  such  as  knew  they  must  stand  or 
fall  with  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul,  came  to- 
gether upon  a  day,  and,  after  consultation  had, 
did  jointly  agree  to  draw  up  a  petition,  and  to 
send  it  to  Emmanuel,  now  while  he  sat  in  the 
gate  of  Mansoul.  So  they  drew  up  their  petition 
to  Emmanuel,  the  contents  whereof  were  these : — 
That  they,  the  old  inhabitants  of  the  now  deplo- 
rable town  of  Mansoul,  confessed  their  sin,  and 
were  sorry  that  they  had  offended  his  princely 
Majesty,  and  prayed  that  he  would  spare  their 
lives. 

Unto  this  petition  he  gave  no  answer  at  all, 
and  that  did  trouble  them  yet  so  much  the  more. 
Now,  all  this  while  the  captains  that  were  in  the 
Recorder's  house  were  playing  with  the  battering- 
rams  at  the  gates  of  the  castle,  to  beat  them  down. 
So,  after  some  time,  labour,  and  travail,  the  gate 
of  the  castle  that  was  called  Impregnable  was 
beaten  open,  and  broken  into  several  splinters, 
and  so  away  made  to  go  up  to  the  hold  in  which 
Diabolus  had  hid  himself.  Then  were  tidings 
sent  down  to  Ear-gate,  (for  Emmanuel  still  abode 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  il9 

there,)  to  let  him  know  that  a  way  was  made  in 
at  the  gates  of  the  castle  of  Mansoul.  But,  oh  ' 
how  the  trumpets  at  the  tidings  sounded  through- 
out the  Prince's  camp,  for  that  now  the  war  was 
so  near  an  end,  and  Mansoul  itself  of  being  set 
free. 

Then  the  Prince  arose  from  the  place  where  he 
was,  and  took  with  him  such  of  his  men  of  war 
as  were  fittest  for  that  expedition,  and  marched 
up  the  street  of  Mansoul  to  the  old  Recorder's 
house. 

Now,  the  Prince  himself  was  clad  all  in  armour 
of  gold,  and  so  he  marched  up  the  town  with  his 
standard  borne  before  him ;  but  he  kept  his  coun- 
tenance much  reserved  all  the  way  as  he  went,  so 
that  the  people  could  not  tell  how  to  gather  to 
themselves  love  or  hatred  by  his  looks.  Now,  as 
he  marched  up  the  street,  the  townsfolk  came  out 
at  every  door  to  see,  and  could  not  but  be  taken 
with  his  person  and  the  glory  thereof,  but  won- 
dered at  the  reservedness  of  his  countenance  ;  for 
as  yet  he  spake  more  to  them  by  his  actions  and 
works  than  he  did  by  words  or  smiles.  But  also 
poor  Mansoul,  (as  in  such  cases  all  are  apt  to  do,) 
they  interpreted  the  carriage  of  Emmanuel  to 
them,  as  did  Joseph's  brethren  his  to  them,  even 
all  the  quite  contrary  way.  "  For,*'  thought 
they,  "  if  Emmanuel  loved  us,  he  would  show  it 
to  us  by  word  or  carriage  ;  but  none  of  these  he 
doth,  therefore  Emmanuel  hates  us.  Now,  if 
Emmanuel  hates  us,  then  Mansoul  shall  be  slain, 
then  Mansoul  shall  become  a  dunghill."  They 
knew  that  they  had  transgressed  his  Father's  law, 
and   that  against   him,   they  had   been   in  with 


120  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Diabolus,  his  enemy.  They  also  knew  that  the 
Prince  Emmanuel  knew  all  this;  for  they  were  con- 
vinced that  he  was  an  angel  of  God,  to  know  all 
things  that  are  done  in  the  earth ;  and  this  made 
them  think  that  their  condition  was  miserable,  and 
that  the  good  Prince  would  make  them  desolate. 

"  And,"  thought  they,  "  what  time  so  fit  to 
do  this  in  as  now,  when  he  has  the  bridle  of  Man- 
soul  in  his  hand  ?"  And  this  I  took  special  notice 
of,  that  the  inhabitants,  notwithstanding  all  this, 
could  not — no,  they  could  not,  when  they  saw  him 
march  through  the  town,  but  cringe,  bow,  bend, 
and  were  ready  to  lick  the  dust  of  his  feet.  They 
also  wished  a  thousand  times  over,  that  he  would 
become  their  Prince  and  Captain,  and  would  be- 
come their  protection.  They  would  also,  one  to 
another,  talk  of  the  comeliness  of  his  person,  and 
how  much  for  glory  and  valour  he  outstripped  the 
great  ones  of  the  world.  But,  poor  hearts,  as  to 
themselves,  their  thoughts  would  change,  and  go 
upon  all  manner  of  extremes.  Yea,  through  the 
working  of  them  backward  and  forward,  Mansoul 
became  as  a  ball  tossed,  and  as  a  rolling  thing 
before  the  whirlwind. 

Now,  when  he  was  come  to  the  castle  gates,  he 
commanded  Diabolus  to  appear,  and  to  surrender 
himself  into  his  hands.  But,  oh  !  how  loath  was 
the  beast  to  appear  !  how  he  stuck  at  it !  how  he 
shrunk  !  how  he  cringed  !  yet  out  he  came  to  the 
Prince.  Then  Emmanuel  commanded,  and  they 
took  Diabolus  and  bound  him  fast  in  chains,  the 
better  to  reserve  him  to  the  judgment  that  he 
had  appointed  for  him.  But  Diabolus  stood  up  to 
entreat  for  himself  that  Emmanuel  would  not  send 


Diaboloud  stripped  of  his  armour.       p.  121. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  121 

him   into   the   deep,  but  suffer  him  to  depart  out 
of  Mansoul  in  peace. 

When  Emmanuel  had  taken  him  and  bound  him 
in  chains,  lie  led  him  into  the  market-place,  and 
there,  before  Mansoul,  stripped  him  of  his  armour 
in  which  he  boasted  so  much  before.  This  now 
was  one  of  the  acts  of  triumph  of  Emmanuel 
over  his  enemy  ;  and  all  the  while  that  the  giant 
was  stripping,  the  trumpets  of  the  golden  Prince 
did  sound  amain ,  the  captains  also  shouted,  and 
the  soldiers  did  sing  for  joy. 

Then  was  Mansoul  called  upon  to  behold  the 
beginning  of  Emmanuel's  triumph  over  him,  in 
whom  they  so  much  had  trusted,  and  of  whom, 
they  so  much  had  boasted,  in  the  days  when  he 
nattered  them. 

Thus  having  made  Diabolus  naked  in  the  eyes 
of  Mansoul,  and  before  the  commanders  of  the 
Prince,  in  the  next  place,  he  commands  that  Dia- 
bolus should  be  bound  with  chains  to  his 
chariot  wheels.  Then  leaving  some  of  his 
forces,  to  wit,  Captain  Boanerges  and  Captain 
Conviction,  as  a  guard  for  the  castle-gates,  that 
resistance  might  be  made  on  his  behalf,  (if  any 
that  heretofore  followed  Diabolus  should  make 
an  attempt  to  possess  it,)  he  did  ride  in  triumph 
quite  through  the  town  of  Mansoul,  and  so  out 
at  and  before  the  gate  called  Eye-gate,  to  the 
plain  where  his  camp  did  lie. 

But  you  cannot  think,  unless  you  had  been 
there,  as  I  was,  what  a  shout  there  was  in  Emma- 
nuel's camp  when  they  saw  the  tyrant  bound  by 
the  hand  of  their  noble  Prince,  and  tied  to  his 
cliariot  wheels  ! 

12 


122  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Ami  they  said,  "  He  hath  led  captivity  cap- 
tive, he  hath  spoiled  principalities  and  powers. 
Diabolns  is  subjected  to  the  power  of  his  sword, 
and  made  the  object  of  all  derision." 

Those   also   that   rode    reformades, 

and  that  came  down  to  see  the  battle, 
they  shouted  with  that,  greatness  of  voice,  and 

sung  with  such  melodious  notes,  that 

they  caused  them   that  dwell  in  the 

highest  orbs  to  open  their  windows,  put  out  their 

heads,  and  look  down  to  see  the  cause  of  that  glory. 

The  townsmen  also,  so  many  of  them  as  saw 

this  sight,  were,  as  it  were,  while  they  looked, 

betwixt  the    earth    and    the    heavens. 
Mai,souimet"ke°n    True,  they  could  not  tell  what  would 

with  Emmanuel.       i  1  •  /•     i    •  1  1 

be  the  issue  ol  tilings  as  to  them ;  but 
all  things  were  done  in  such  excellent  methods, 
and  I  cannot  tell  how,  but  things  in  the  manage- 
ment of  them  seemed  to  cast  a  smile  towards  the 
town,  so  that  their  eyes,  their  heads,  their  hearts, 
and  their  minds,  and  all  that  they  had,  were  taken 
and  held,  while  they  observed  Emmanuel's  order. 
So,  when  the  brave  Prince  had  finished  this 
part  of  his  triumph  over  Diabolus  his  foe,  he 
turned  him  up  in  the  midst  of  his  contempt  and 
shame,  having  given  him  a  charge  no  more  to  be 
a  possessor  of  Mansoul.  Then  went  he  from  Em- 
manuel, and  out  of  the  midst  of  his  camp,  to 
inherit  the  parched  places  in  a  salt  land, 

Malt.  xii.  43.  ,    .  1      ,  .,    l , . 

seeking  rest,  but  finding  none. 
Now,  Captain  Boanerges  and  Captain  Convic- 
tion were,  both  of  them,  men  of  very  great  ma- 
jesty; their  faces  were  like  the  faces  of  lions,  and 
their  words  like  the  roaring  of  the  sea ;   and  C'iey 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  123 

still  quartered  in  Mr.  Conscience's  house,  of  whom 
mention  was  made  hefore.  When,  therefore,  the 
high  and  mighty  Prince  had  thus  far  finished  his 
triumph  over  Diabolus,  the  townsmen  had  more 
leisure  to  view  and  to  behold  the  actions  of  these 
noble  captains.  But  the  captains  carried  it  witl 
that  terror  and  dread  in  all  that  they  did,  (and 
you  may  be  sure  that  they  had  private  instruc- 
tions so  to  do,)  that  they  kept  the  town  under 
continual  heart-aching,  and  caused  (in  their  ap- 
prehension) the  well-being  of  Mansoul  for  the 
future  to  hang  in  doubt  before  them,  so  that  for 
some  considerable  time  they  neither  knew  what 
rest,  or  ease,  or  peace,  or  hope,  meant. 

Nor  did  the  Prince  himself,  as  yet,  abide  in  the 
town  of  Mansoul,  but  in  his  royal  pavilion  in  the 
camp,  and  in  the  midst  of  his  Father's  forces. 
So,  at  a  time  convenient,  he  sent  special  orders 
to  Captain  Boanerges  to  summons  Mansoul,  the 
whole  of  the  townsmen,  into  the  castle-yard,  and 
then  and  there,  before  their  faces,  to  take  my 
Lord  Understanding,  Mr.  Conscience,  and  that 
notable  one,  the  Lord  Willbewill,  and  put  them 
all  three  in  ward,  and  that  they  should  set  a  strong 
guard  upon  them  there,  until  his  pleasure  con- 
cerning them  was  further  known :  the  which 
orders,  when  the  captains  had  put  them  in  exe- 
cution, made  no  small  addition  to  the  fears  of  the 
town  of  Mansoul;  for  now,  to  their  thinking,  were 
their  former  fears  of  the  ruin  of  Mansoul  con- 
firmed. Now,  what  death  they  should  die,  and 
how  long  they  should  be  in  dying,  was  that  which 
most  perplexed  the.ir  heads  and  hearts ;  yea,  they 
were  afraid  that  Emmanuel  would  command  them 


ISM  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

all  into  the  deep,  the  place  that  the  prince  1  Ma- 
bolus  was  afraid  of,  for  they  knew  that  they  had 
deserved  it.  Also  to  die  by  the  sword  in  the  face 
of  the  town,  and  in  the  open  way  of  disgrace, 
from  the  hand  of  so  good  and  so  holy  a  prince, 
that,  too,  troubled  them  sore.  The  town  was  also 
greatly  troubled  for  the  men  that  were  committed 
to  ward,  for  that  they  were  their  stay  and  their 
guide,  and  for  that  they  believed,  if  those  men 
were  cut  off,  their  execution  would  be  but  the 
beginning  of  the  ruin  of  the  town  of  Mansoul. 
Wherefore,  what  do  they,  but,  together  with  the 
.lien  in  prison,  draw  up  a  petition  to  the  Prince, 
and  sent  it  to  Emmanuel  by  the  hand  of  Mr. 
Would-live.  So  he  went,  and  came  to  the  Prince's 
quarters,  and  presented  the  petition,  the  sum  of 
which  was  this  : — 

"  Great  and  wonderful  Potentate,  victor  over 
Diabolus,  and  conqueror  of  the  town  of  Mansoul, 
we,  the  miserable  inhabitants  of  that  most  woful 
corporation,  do  humbly  beg  that  we  may  find 
favour  in  thy  sight,  and  remember  not  against  us 
former  transgressions,  nor  yet  the  sins  of  the  chief 
of  our  town ;  but  spare  us  according  to  the  great- 
ness of  thy  mercy,  and  let  us  not  die,  but  live  in 
my  sight.  So  shall  we  be  willing  to  be  ;hy  ser- 
vants, and,  if  thou  shalt  think  fit,  to  gather  our 
meat  under  thy  table.     Amen." 

So  the  petitioner  went,  as  was  said,  with  his 
petition  to  the  Prince ;  and  the  Prince  took  it  at 
his  hand,  but  sent  him  away  with  silence.  This 
still  afflicted  the  town  of  Mansoul ;  but  yet,  con- 
sidering that  now  they  must  either  petition  or  die, 
for  now  they  could  not  do  anything  else,  there- 


I 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  125 

fore  they  consulted  again,  and  sent  another  peti- 
tion ;  and  this  petition  was  much  after  the  form 
and  method  of  the  former. 

But  when  the  petition  was  drawn  up,  By  whom 
should  they  send  it  ?  was  the  next  question  ;  for 
they  would  not  send  this  by  him  by  whom  they 
sent  the  first,  for  they  thought  that  the  Prince 
had  taken  some  offence  at  the  manner  of  his  de- 
portment before  him  :  so  they  attempted  to  make 
Captain  Conviction  their  messenger  witli  it ;  but 
he  said  that  he  neither  durst  nor  would  petition 
Emmanuel  for  traitors,  nor  be  to  the  Prince  an 
advocate  for  rebels.  "  Yet  withal,"  said  he,  "  our 
Prince  is  good,  and  you  may  adventure  to  send  it 
by  the  hand  of  one  of  your  town,  provided  he 
went  with  a  rope  about  his  neck,  and  pleaded 
nothing  but  mercy." 

Well,  they  made,  through  fear,  their  delays  as 
long  as  they  could,  and  longer  than  delays  were 
good ;  but  fearing  at  last  the  dangerousness  of 
them,  they  thought,  but  with  many  a  fainting  in 
their  minds,  to  send  their  petition  by  Mr.  Desires- 
awake  ;  so  they  sent  for  Mr.  Desires-awakeA 
Now  he  dwelt  in  a  very  mean  cottage  in  Man-' 
soul,  and  he  came  at  his  neighbours'  request.  So 
they  told  him  what  they  had  done,  and  what  they 
would  do,  concerning  petitioning,  and  that  they 
did  desire  of  him  that  he  would  go  therewith  to 
the  Prince. 

Then  said  Mr.  Desires-awake,  "  "Why  should 
not  I  do  the  best  I  can  to  save  so  famous  a  town 
as  Mansoul  from  deserved  destruction?"     They  ^ 
therefore  delivered   the  petition  to  him,  and  told"-" 
him  how  he  must  address  himself  to  the  Prince. 
12* 


126  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

and  wished  him  ten  thousand  good  speeds.  So  he 
comes  to  the  Prince's  pavilion,  as  the  first,  and 
asked  to  speak  with  his  Majesty.  So  word  was 
carried  to  Emmanuel,  and  the  Prince  came  out  to 
the  man.  When  Mr.  Desires-awake  saw  the 
Prince,  he  fell  flat  with  his  face  to  the  ground, 
and  cried  out,  "  Oh  that  Mansoul  might  live  before 
thee  !"  and  with  that  he  presented  -the  petition  ; 
the  which  when  the  Prince  had  read,  he  turned 
away  for  a  while  and  wept ;  but  refraining  him- 
self, he  turned  again  to  the  man,  who  all  this 
while  lay  crying  at  his  feet,  as  at  the  first,  and 
said  to  him,  "  Go  thy  way  to  thy  place,  and  I 
will  consider  of  thy  requests." 

Now,  you  may  think  that  they  of  Mansoul  that 
had  sent  him,  what  with  guilt,  and  what  with 
fear,  lest  their  petition  should  be  rejected,  could 
not  but  look  with  many  a  long  look,  and  that, 
too,  with  strange  workings  of  heart,  to  see  what 
would  become  of  their  petition.  At  last  they  saw 
their  messenger  coming  back.  So,  when  he  was 
come,  they  asked  him  how  he  fared,  what  Em- 
manuel said,  and  what  was  become  of  the  peti- 
tion. But  he  told  them  that  he  would  be  silent 
till  he  came  to  the  prison,  to  my  Lord  Mayor,  my 
Lord  Willbewill,  and  Mr.  Recorder.  So  he  went 
forwards  towards  the  prison-house,  where  the 
men  of  Mansoul  lay  bound.  But,  oh  !  what  a  mul- 
titude flocked  after,  to  hear  what  the  messenger 
said.  So,  when  he  was  come,  and  had  shown 
himself  at  the  grate  of  the  prison,  my  Lord  Mayor 
himself  looked  as  white  as  a  sheet ;  the  Recorder 
also  did  quake.  But  they  asked  and  said  "  Come, 
good  sir,  what  did  the  great  Prince  say  to  you  ?" 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  12*7 

Then  said  Mr.  Desires-awake,  "  When  I  came  to 
my  Lord's  pavilion,  I  called,  and  he  came  forth. 
So  I  fell  prostrate  at  his  feet,  and  delivered  to 
him  my  petition ;  for  the  greatness  of  his  person, 
and  the  glory  of  his  countenance,  would  not  suffer 
me  to  stand  upon  my  legs.  Now,  as  he  received 
the  petition,  I  cried,  '  Oh  that  Mansoul  might  live 
before  thee !'  So,  when  for  a  while  he  had  looked 
thereon,  he  turned  him  about,  and  said  to  his  ser- 
vant, 'Go  thy  way  to  thy  place  again,  and  I  will 
consider  of  thy  requests.' "  The  messenger  added, 
moreover,  and  said,  "The  Prince  to  whom  you 
sent  me  is  such  a  one  for  beauty  and  glory,  that 
whoso  sees  him  must  both  love  and  fear  him.  I, 
for  my  part,  can  do  no  less  ;  but  I  know  not  what 
will  be  the  end  of  these  things." 

At  this  answer,  they  were  all  at  a  stand,  both 
they  in  prison,  and  they  that  followed  the  mes- 
senger thither  to  hear  the  news  ;  nor  knew  they 
what,  or  what  manner  of  interpretation  to  put 
upon  what  the  Prince  had  said.  Now,  when  the 
prison  was  cleared  of  the  throng,  the  prisoners 
among  themselves  began  to  comment  upon  Em- 
manuel's words.  My  Lord  Mayor  said,  that  the 
answer  did  not  look  with  a  rugged  face;  but 
Willbewill  said  that  it  betokened  evil ;  and  the 
Recorder,  that  it  was  a  messenger  of  death.  Now, 
they  that  were  left,  and  that  stood  behind,  and  so 
could  not  so  well  hear  what  the  prisoners  said, 
some  of  them  catched  hold  of  one  piece  of  a  sen- 
tence, and  some  on  a  bit  of  another ;  some  took 
hold  of  what  the  messenger  said,  and  some  of  the 
prisoners'  judgment  thereon  ;  so  none  had  the 
right  understanding  of  things.     But  you  cannot 


128 


THE    HOLY    WAR. 


imagine  what  work  these  people  made,  and  wha; 
a  confusion  there  was  in  Man  soul  now. 

For  presently  they  that  had  heard  what  was 
said  flew  about  the  town,  one  crying  one  thing, 
and  another  the  quite  contrary ;  and  both  were 
sure  enough  they  told  true;  for  they  did  hear, 
they  said,  with  their  ears  what  was  said,  and 
therefore  could  not  be  deceived.  One  would  say, 
"  We  must  all  be  killed ;"  another  would  say, 
"  We  must  all  be  saved  ;"  and  a  third  would  say 
that  the  Prince  would  not  be  concerned  with  Man- 
soul  ;  and  a  fourth,  that  the  prisoners  must  be 
suddenly  put  to  death.  And,  as  I  said,  every  one 
stood  to  it,  that  he  told  his  tale  the  rightest,  and 
that  all  others  but  he  were  out.  Wherefore  Man- 
soul  had  now  molestation  upon  molestation,  nor 
could  any  man  know  on  what  to  rest  the  sole  of 
his  foot ;  for  one  would  go  by  now,  and  as  he 
went,  if  he  heard  his  neighbour  tell  his  tale,  to  be 
sure  he  would  tell  the  quite  contrary,  and  both 
would  stand  in  it  that  he  told  the  truth.  Nay, 
some  of  them  had  got  this  story  by  the  end,  that 
the  Prince  did  intend  to  put  Mansoul  to  the 
sword.  And  now  it  began  to  be  dark,  wherefore 
poor  Mansoul  was  in  sad  perplexity  all  that  night 
until  the  morning. 

But,  so  far  as  I  could  gather  by  the  best  in- 
formation that  I  could  get,  all  this  hubbub  came 
through  the  words  that  the  Recorder  said  when 
he  told  them  that,  in  his   judgment, 

What  will  guilt  Jo.  ,  -r,    .  ,  JO 

the  Prince  s  answer  was  a  mes- 
senger of  death.  It  was  this  that  fired  the  town 
and  that  began  the  fright  in  Mansoul;  for  Man 
soul  in  former  times  did  use  to  count  that  Mr 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  129 

Recorder  was  a  seer,  and  that  his  sentence  was 
equal  to  the  best  of  orators ;  and  thus  was  Man- 
soul  a  terror  to  itself. 

And  now  did  they  begin  to  feel  what  were  the 
effects  of  stubborn  rebellion,  and  unlawful  resist- 
ance against  their  Prince.  I  say,  they  now  began 
to  feel  the  effects  thereof  by  guilt  and  fear,  that 
now  had  swallowed  them  up;  and  who  more  in- 
volved in  the  one,  but  they  that  were  most  in  the 
other,  to  wit,  the  chief  of  the  town  of  Mansoul  ? 

To  be  brief ;  when  the  fame  of  the  fright  was 
out  of  the  town,  and  the  prisoners  had  a  little 
recovered  themselves,  they  take  to  themselves 
some  heart,  and  think  to  petition  the  Prince  for 
life  again.  So  they  did  draw  up  a  third  petition, 
the  contents  whereof  were  these  : — 

"  Prince  Emmanuel  the  Great,  Lord  of  all 
worlds,  and  Master  of  mercy,  we,  thy  poor, 
wretched,  miserable,  dying  town  of  Mansoul,  do 
confess  unto  thy  great  and  glorious  Majesty,  that 
we  have  sinned  against  thy  Father  and  thee,  and 
are  no  more  worthy  to  be  called  thy  Mansoul,  but 
rather  to  be  cast  into  the  pit.  If  thou  wilt  slay 
us,  we  have  deserved  it.  If  thou  wilt  condemn 
us  to  the  deep,  we  cannot  but  say  thou  art  right- 
eous. We  cannot  complain  whatever  thou  dost, 
or  however  thou  carriest  it  towards  us.  But,  oh ! 
let  mercy  reign,  and  let  it  be  extended  to  us  ! 
Oh !  let  mercy  take  hold  upon  us,  and  free  us  from 
our  transgressions,  and  we  will  sing  of  thy  mercy 
and  of  thy  judgment.     Amen. 

This  petition,  when  drawn  up,  was  designed  to 
be  sent  to  the  Prince  as  the  first ;  p^,.  iUendei  Wl{h 
but  who  should  carry  it  ? — that  was         difficul,v- 


130  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

the  question.  Some  said,  "  Let  him  do  it  that 
went  with  the  first;"  but  others  thought  not  good 
to  do  that,  and  that  because  he  sped  no  better. 
Now,  there  was  an  old  man  in  the  town,  and  his 
name  was  Mr.  Good-Deed ;  a  man  that  bare  only 
the  name,  but  had  nothing  of  the  nature  of  the 
thing.  Now,  some  were  for  sending  him  ;  but 
the  Recorder  was  by  no  means  for  that.  "  For," 
said  he,  "  we  now  stand  in  need  of,  and  are 
pleading  for  mercy  :  wherefore,  to  send  our  pe- 
tition by  a  man  of  this  name,  will  seem  to  cross 
the  petition  itself.  Should  we  make  Mr.  Good- 
Deed  our  messenger,  when  our  petition  cries  for 
mercy  ? 

"  Besides,"  quoth  the  old  gentleman,  "  should 
the  Prince  now,  as  he  receives  the  petition,  ask 
him,  and  say,  '  What  is  thy  name  V  as  nobody 
knows  but  he  will ;  and  he  should  say, '  Old  Good- 
Deed,'  what,  think  you,  would  Emmanuel  say 
but  this  ?  '  Ay !  is  old  Good-Deed  yet  alive  in 
Mansoul  ?  then  let  old  Good-Deed  save  you  from 
your  distresses.'  And  if  he  says  so,  I  am  sure  we 
are  lost ;  nor  can  a  thousand  of  old  Good-Deeds 
save  Mansoul." 

After  the  Recorder  had  given  in  his  reasons 
why  old  Good-Deed  should  not  go  with  this  peti- 
tion to  Emmanuel,  the  rest  of  the  prisoners  and 
chief  of  Mansoul  opposed  it  also,  and  so  old  Good- 
Deed  was  laid  aside,  and  they  agreed  to  send 
Mr.  Desires-awake  again.  So  they  sent  for  him, 
and  desired  him  that  he  would  a  second  time  go 
with  their  petition  to  the  Prince,  and  he  readily 
told  them  he  would.  But  they  bid  him,  that  in 
anywise  he  should  take  heed,  that  in  no  word  or 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  131 

carriage  he  gave  offence  to  the  Prince  ;  "  for  by- 
doing  so,  for  ought  we  can  tell,  you  may  bring 
Mansoul  into  utter  destruction,"  said  they. 

Now  Mr.  Desires-awake,  when  he  saw  that  he 
must  go  on  this  errand,  besought  that  they  would 
grant  that  Mr.  Wet-Eyes  might  go  with  him. 
Now  this  Mr.  Wet-Eyes  was  a  near  neighbour  of 
Mr.  Desires-awake,  a  poor  man,  a  man  of  a  broken 
spirit,  yet  one  that  could  speak  well  to  a  petition; 
so  they  granted  that  he  should  go  with  him. 
Wherefore,  they  address  themselves  to  their  busi- 
ness :  Mr.  Desires-awake  put  a  rope  upon  his  head, 
and  Mr.  Wet-Eyes  went  with  his  hands  wringing 
together.  Thus  they  went  to  the  Prince's  pa- 
vilion. 

Now,  when  they  went  to  petition  this  third 
time,  they  were  not  without  thoughts  that,  by 
often  coming,  they  might  be  a  burden  to  the 
Prince.  Wrherefore,  when  they  were  come  to  the 
door  of  his  pavilion,  they  first  made  their  apology 
for  themselves,  and  for  their  coming  to  trouble 
Emmanuel  so  often ;  and  they  said,  that  they 
came  not  hither  to-day,  for  that  they  delighted  in 
being  troublesome,  or  for  that  they  delighted  to 
hear  themselves  talk,  but  for  that  necessity  caused 
them  to  come  to  his  Majesty.  They  could,  they 
said,  have  no  rest  day  nor  night  because  of  their 
transgressions  against  Shaddai  and  against  Em- 
manuel, his  Son.  They  also  thought  that  some 
misbehaviour  of  Mr.  Desires-awake  the  last  time, 
might  give  distaste  to  his  Highness,  and  so  cause 
that  he  returned  from  so  merciful  a  Prince  empty, 
and  without  countenance.  So,  when  they  had 
made  this  apology,  Mr.  Desires-awake  cast  him- 


132  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

self  prostrate  upon  the  ground,  as  at  the  first. 
at  the  feet  of  the  mighty  Prince,  saying,  "  Oh  ! 
that  Mansoul  might  live  before  thee  !"  and  so  he 
delivered  his  petition.  The  Prince  then,  having 
read  the  petition,  turned  aside  awhile  as  before, 
and  coming  again  to  the  place  where  the  pe- 
titioner lay  on  the  ground,  he  demanded  what  his 
name  was,  and  of  what  esteem  in  the  account  of 
Mansoul,  for  that  he,  above  all  the  multitude  in 
Mansoul,  should  be  sent  to  him  upon  such  an 
errand.  Then  said  the  man  to  the  Prince,  "  O  let 
not  my  Lord  be  angry ;  and  why  inquirest  thou 
after  the  name  of  such  a  dead  dog  as  I  am  ?  Pass 
by,  I  pray  thee,  and  take  not  notice  of  who  I  am, 
because  there  is,  as  thou  very  well  knowest,  so 
great  a  disproportion  between  me  and  thee.  Why 
the  townsmen  chose  to  send  me  on  this  errand  to 
my  Lord,  is  best  known  to  themselves,  but  it  could 
not  be  for  that  they  thought  that  I  had  favour 
with  my  Lord.  For  my  part,  I  am  out  of  charity 
with  myself;  who,  then,  should  be  in  love  with 
me  ?  Yet  live  I  would,  and  so  would  I  that  my 
townsmen  should;  and  because  both  they  and 
myself  are  guilty  of  great  transgressions,  therefore 
they  have  sent  me,  and  I  am  come  in  their  names 
to  beg  of  my  Lord  for  mercy.  Let  it  please  thee, 
therefore,  to  incline  to  mercy ;  but  ask  not  what 
thy  servants  are.'" 

Then  said  the  Prince,  "And  what  is  he  that  is 
become  thy  companion  in  this  so  weighty  a  matter?" 
So  Mr.  Desires-awake  told  Emmanuel  that  he 
was  a  poor  neighbour  of  his,  and  one  of  his  most 
intimate  associates.  "  And  his  name,"  said  he, 
"  may  it  please  your  most  excellent  Majesty,  is 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  133 

Wei-Eyes,  of  the  town  of  Mansoul.  T  know  that 
there  are  many  of  that  name  that  are  naught;  hut 
I  hope  it  will  be  no  offence  to  my  Lord  that  I 
nave  brought  my  poor  neighbour  with  me." 

Then  Mr.  Wet-Eyes  fell  on  his  face  to  the 
ground,  and  made  this  apology  for  his  coming 
with  his  neighbour  to  his  Lord : — 

"  0,  my  Lord,"  quoth  he,  "  what  I  am,  I  know 
not  myself,  nor  whether  my  name  be  feigned  or 
true,  especialh'  when  I  begin  to  think  what  some 
have  said,  That  this  name  was  given  me  because 
Mr.  Repentance  was  my  father.  Good  men 
have  bad  children,  and  the  sincere  do  oftentimes 
beget  hypocrites.  My  mother  also  called  me 
by  this  name  from  the  cradle  ;  but  whether  be- 
cause of  the  moistness  of  my  brain,  or  because 
of  the  softness  of  my  heart,  I  cannot  tell.  I 
see  dirt  in  mine  own  tears,  and  filthiness  in  the 
bottom  of  my  prayers.  But  I  pray  thee  (and  all 
this  while  the  gentleman  wept)  that  thou  wouldest 
not  remember  against  us  our  transgressions, 
nor  take  offence  at  the  unqualifiedness  of  thy 
servants,  but  mercifully  pass  by  the  sin  of  Man- 
soul,  and  refrain  from  the  glorifying  of  thy  grace 
no  longer." 

So  at  his  bidding  they  arose,  and  both  stood 
trembling  before  him,  and  he  spake  to  them  to 
this  purpose : — 

"  The  town  of  Mansoul  hath  grievously  re- 
belled against  my  Father,  in  that  they  have  re- 
jected him  from  being  their  King,  and  did  choose 
to  themselves  for  their  captain,  a  liar,  a  murderer, 
and  a  runagate  slave.  For  this  Diabolus,  your 
pretended  prince,  though  once  so  hichlv  accounted 
~13 


134  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

of  by  you,  made  rebellion  against  my  Father  and 
me,  even  in  our  palace  and  highest  court  there, 
thinking  to  become  a  prince  and  king.  But  being 
there  timely  discovered  and  apprehended,  and  for 
his  wickedness  bound  in  chains,  and  separated  to 
the  pit,  with  those  that  were  his  companions,  he 
offered  himself  to  you,  and  you  have  received 
him. 

"  Now  this  is,  and  for  a  long  time  hath  been, 
a  high  affront  to  my  Father ;  wherefore  my  Father 
sent  to  you  a  powerful  army  to  reduce  you  to  your 
obedience.  But  you  know  how  these  men,  their 
captains  and  their  counsels,  were  esteemed  of  you, 
and  what  they  received  at  your  hand.  You  re- 
belled against  them,  you  shut  your  gates  upon 
them,  you  did  them  battle,  you  fought  them,  and 
fought  for  Diabolus  against  them.  So  they  sent 
to  my  Father  for  more  power,  and  I,  with  my 
men,  are  come  to  subdue  you.  But  as  you  treated 
the  servants,  so  you  treated  their  Lord.  You 
stood  up  in  hostile  manner  against  me,  you  shut 
up  your  gates  against  me,  you  turned  the  deaf  ear 
to  me,  and  resisted  as  long  as  you  could  ;  but  now 
I  have  made  a  conquest  of  you.  Did  you  cry  me 
mercy,  so  long  as  you  had  hopes  that  you  might 
prevail  against  me  ?  But  now  I  have  taken  the 
town,  you  cry ;  but  why  did  you  not  cry  before, 
when  the  white  flag  of  my  mercy,  the  red  flag  of 
justice,  and  the  black  flag  that  threatened  execu- 
tion, were  set  up  to  cite  you  to  it  ?  Now  I  have 
conquered  your  Diabolus,  you  come  to  me  for 
favour;  but  why  did  you  not  help  me  against  the 
mighty?  Yet  I  will  consider  your  petition,  and 
will  answer  it,  so  as  will  be  for  my  glory. 


*:ke  holy  war. 


135 


"  Go,  bid  Captain  Boanerges  and  Captain  Con- 
viction bring  tLe  prisoners  out  to  me  into  the 
ramp  to-morrow,  and  say  you  to  Captain  Judg- 
ment and  Captain  Execution,  '  Stay  you  in  the 
castle,  and  take  good  heed  to  yourselves,  that  you 
Veep  all  quiet  in  Mansoul,  until  you  shall  hear 
further  from  me.'  "  And  with  that,  he  turned  him- 
self from  them,  and  went  into  his  royal  pavilion 
again. 

So  the  petitioners,  having  received  this  answer 
from  the  Prince,  returned,  as  at  the  first,  to  go  to 
their  companions  again.  But  they  had  not  gone 
far,  but  thoughts  began  to  work  in  their  minds, 
that  no  mercy  as  yet  was  intended  by  the  Prince 
to  Mansoul.  '  So  they  went  to  the  place  where  the 
prisoners  lay  bound  ;  but  these  workings  of  mind 
about  what  would  become  of  Mansoul,  had  such 
strong  power  over  them,  that  by  the  time  they 
were  come  unto  them  that  sent  them,  they  were 
scarce  able  to  deliver  their  message. 

But  they  c-me  at  Length  to  the  gates  of  the 
town,  (now  tne  townsmen  with  earnestness  were 
waiting  tor  their  return,)  where  many  met  them, 
to  know  wtrat  answer  was  made  to  the  petition. 
Then  they  cried  out  to  those  that  were  sent, 
«  What  news  from  the  Prince  ?  and  what  hath 
Emmanuel  said?"  But  they  said  that  they  must, 
as  afore,  go  up  to  the  prison,  and  there  deliver 
their  message.  So  away  they  went  to  the  prison, 
with  a  multitude  at  their  heels.  Now,  0r  inquisitive 
when  they  were  come  to  the  gates  of 
the  prison,  they  told  the  first  part  of  Emmanuel's 
speech  to  the  prisoners,  to  wit,  how  he  reflected 
upon  their  disloyalty  to  his  Father  and  himself. 


136  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

and  how  they  had  chosen  and  closed  with  Dia- 
bolus,  had  fought  for  him,  hearkened  to  him,  and 
been  ruled  by  him  ;  but  had  despised  Him  and  his 
men.  This  made  the  prisoners  look  pale  ;  but  the 
messengers  proceeded  and  said,  "  He,  the  Prince, 
said,  moreover,  that  yet  he  would  consider  your 
petition,  and  give  such  answer  thereto  as  would 
stand  with  his  glory."  And  as  these  words  Mere 
spoken,  Mr.  Wet-Eyes  gave  a  great  sigh.  At  this 
they  were  all  of  them  struck  into  their  dumps, 
and  could  not  tell  what  to  say  :  fear  also  possessed 
them  in  a  marvellous  manner,  and  death  seemed 
to  sit  upon  some  of  their  eyebrows.  Now,  there 
was  in  the  company  a  notable,  sharp-witted  fellow, 
a  mean  man  of  estate,  and  his  name  was  old  In- 
quisitive. This  man  asked  the  petitioners  if  they 
had  told  out  every  whit  of  what  Emmanuel  said, 
and  they  answered,  "Verily,  no."  Then  said  In- 
quisitive, "  I  thought  so,  indeed.  Pray,  what  was 
it  more  that  he  said  unto  you  ?"  Then  they  paused 
awhile ;  but  at  last  they  brought  out  all,  saying, 
"  The  Prince  bade  us  bid  Captain  Boanerges 
and  Captain  Conviction  bring  the  prisoners  down 
to  him  to-morrow ;  and  that  Captain  Judgment 
and  Captain  Execution  should  take  charge  of  the 
castle  and  town,  till  they  should  hear  further 
from  him.  They  said  also,  that  when  the  Prince 
had  commanded  them  thus  to  do,  he  immediately 
turned  his  back  upon  them,  and  went  into  his 
royal  pavilion. 

But,  oh !  how  this  return,  and  specially  this 
last  clause  of  it,  that  the  prisoners  must  go  out  to 
the  Prince  into  the  camp,  brake  all  their  loins  in 
pieces  !    Wherefore,  with  one  voice  they  set  up  a 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  137 

cry  that  reached  up  to  the  heavens.  This  done, 
each  of  the  three  prepared  himself  to  die  ;  (and 
the  Recorder  said  unto  them,  "  This 
was  the  thing  that  I  feared;")  for  they 
concluded  that  to-morrow,  by  that  the  sun  went 
down,  they  should  be  tumbled  out  of  the  world. 
The  whole  town  also  counted  of  no  other,  but 
that,  in  their  time  and  order,  they  must  all  drink 
of  the  same  cup.  Wherefore  the  town  of  Mansoul 
spent  that  night  in  mourning,  and  sackcloth  and 
ashes.  The  prisoners  also,  when  the  time  was 
come  for  them  to  go  down  before  the  Prince, 
dressed  themselves  in  mourning  attire,  with  ropes 
upon  their  heads.  The  whole  town  of  Mansoul 
also  showed  themselves  upon  the  wall,  all  clad  in 
mourning  weeds,  if,  perhaps,  the  Prince  with  the 
sight  thereof  might  be  moved  with  compassion. 
But,   oh !    how  the  busv-bodies   that 

.     ,.  ,  Vain  thoughts. 

were  m  the  town  oi  Mansoul  did  now 
concern  themselves  !  They  did  run  here  and  there 
through  the  streets  of  the  town  by  companies, 
crying  out  as  they  ran  in  tumultuous  wise,  one 
after  one  manner,  and  another  the  quite  contrary, 
to  the  almost  utter  distraction  of  Mansoul. 

Well,  the  time  is  come  that  the  prisoners  must 
go  down  to  the  camp,  and  appear  before  the 
Prince.  And  thus  was  the  manner  of  their  going 
down :  Captain  Boanerges  went  with  a  guard 
before  them,  and  Captain  Conviction  came  behind, 
and  the  prisoners  went  down,  bound  in  chains,  in 
the  midst.  So,  I  say,  the  prisoners  went  in  the 
midst,  and  the  guard  went  with  flying  colours 
behind  and  before,  but  the  prisoners  went  with 
drooping  spirits 

13* 


138  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Or,  more  particularly,  thus  : — The  prisoners 
went  down  all  in  mourning;  they  put  ropes  upon 
themselves  ;  they  went  on,  smiting  themselves  on 
the  breasts,  but  durst  not  lift  up  their  eyes  to 
heaven.  Thus  they  went  out  at  the  gate  of  Man- 
soul,  till  they  came  into  the  midst  of  the  Prince's 
army,  the  sight  and  glory  of  which  did  greatly 
heighten  their  affliction.  Nor  could  they  now 
longer  forbear,  but  cry  out  aloud,  "  0  unhappy 
men !  O  wretched  men  of  Mansoul !"  Their  chains, 
still  mixing  their  dolorous  notes  with  the  cries  of 
the  prisoners,  made  the  noise  more  lamentable. 

So,  when  they  were  come  to  the  door  of  the 
Prince's  pavilion,  they  cast  themselves  prostrate 
upon  the  place  ;  then  one  went  in  and  told  his 
Lord  that  the  prisoners  were  come  down.  The 
Prince  then  ascended  a  throne  of  state,  and  sent 
for  the  prisoners  in ;  who,  when  they  came,  did 
tremble  before  him,  also  they  covered  their  faces 
with  shame.  Now,  as  they  drew  near  to  the 
place  where  he  sat,  they  threw  themselves  down 
before  him.  Then  said  the  Prince  to  the  Captain 
Boanerges,  "  Bid  the  prisoners  stand  upon  their 
feet."  Then  they  stood  trembling  before  him,  and 
he  said,  "Are  you  the  men  that  heretofore  were 
the  servants  of  Shaddai  ?"  And  they  said,  "  Yes, 
They  are  upon  Lord,  yes."  Then  said  the  Prince  again, 
their  tmi.  u  Are  y0U  the  men  that  did  suffer 
yourselves  to  be  corrupted  and  denied  by  that 
abominable  one,  Diabolus  ?"  And  they  said,  "  We 
did  more  than  suffer  it,  Lord ;  for  we  chose  it  of 
our  own  mind."  The  Prince  asked  further,  saying, 
"  Could  you  have  been  content  that  your  slavery 
should  have  continued  under  his  tyranny  as  long 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  i39 

as  you  had  lived?"     Then    said  the  prisoners, 
"  Yes,  Lord,  yes  ;  for  his  ways  were  pleasing  to 
our  flesh,  and  we  were  grown  aliens  to  a  better 
state." — "  And  did  you,"  said  he,  "  when  I  came 
up  against  this  town  of  Mansoul,  heartily  wish 
that  I  might  not  have  the  victory  over  you  ?" — 
"  Yes,  Lord,  yes,"   said  they.     Then  said  the 
Prince,  "  And  what  punishment  is  it,  think  you, 
that  you  deserve  at  my  hand,  for  these  and  other 
your  high  and  mighty  sins  ?"     And  they  said, 
"  Both  death  and  the  deep,  Lord  ;  for  we  have 
deserved  no  less."     He  asked  again,  if  they  had 
aught  to  say  for  themselves   why  the  sentence, 
that  they  confessed  that  they  had  deserved,  should 
not  be  passed  upon  them  ?     And  they  said,  "  We 
can  say  nothing,  Lord:  thou  art  just,     ^^ condemn 
for  we  have  sinned."     Then  said  the      ">*»»■•>"■■ 
Prince,  "And  for  what  are  those  ropes  on  your 
heads  ?"     The  prisoners  answered,  "  These  ropes 
are  to  bind  us  withal  to  the  place  of         Sins> 
execution,  if  mercy  be  not  pleasing  in      Prov  V-2Z 
thy  sight."     So  he  further  asked,  if  all  the  men  in 
the  town  of  Mansoul  were  in  this  confession,  as 
they?     And  they  answered,  "All  the     Powersoft 
natives,    Lord ;    but    for  the  Diabolo- 

.  .  ,  Corruptions  and 

mans  that  came  into  our  town  when         fads, 
the  tyrant  got  possession  of  us,  we  can  say  nothing 
for  them." 

Then  the  Prince  commanded  that  a  herald 
should  be  called,  and  that  he  should,  in  the  midst 
and  throughout  the  camp  of  Emmanuel,  proclaim, 
and  that  with  sound  of  trumpet,  that  the  Prince, 
the  Son  of  Shaddai,  had,  in  his  Father's  name,  and 
for  his  Father's  glory,  gotten  a  perfect  conquest 


140  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

and  victory  over  Mansoul ;  and  that  the  prisoners 
should  follow  him,  and  say  Amen.  So,  this  was 
done  as  he  had  commanded.  And  presently  the 
music  that  was  in  the  upper  region  sounded  me- 
lodiously, the  captains  that  were  in  the  camp 
shouted,  and  the  soldiers  did  sing-  songs  of  triumph 
to  the  Prince ;  the  colours  waved  in  the  wind, 
and  great  joy  was  everywhere,  only  it  was  wanting 
as  yet  in  the  hearts  of  the  men  of  Mansoul. 

Then  the  Prince  called  for  the  prisoners,  to  come 
and  to  stand  again  before  him,  and  they  came  -md 
stood  trembling.  And  he  said  unto  them,  "  The 
sins,  trespasses,  iniquities,  that  you,  with  the 
whole  town  of  Mansoul,  have  from  time  to  time 
committed  against  my  Father  and  me,  I  have 
power  and  commandment  from  my  Father,  to 
forgive  to  the  town  of  Mansoul,  and  do  forgive 
you  accordingly."  And  having  so  said,  he  gave 
them,  written  in  parchment,  and  sealed  with  seven 
seals,  a  large  and  general  pardon,  commanding  my 
Lord  Mayor,  my  Lord  Willbewill,  and  Mr.  Re- 
corder, to  proclaim  and  cause  it  to  be  proclaimed 
to-morrow,  by  that  the  sun  is  up,  throughout  the 
whole  town  of  Mansoul. 

Moreover,  the  Prince  stripped  the 

Thrir  rags  are  taken  •  n    ,i  •  l 

from  them.        prisoners  oi  their  mourning  weeds, 
and  gave  them  beauty  for  ashes,  the 
oil  of  joy  for  mourning,  and  the  garment  of  praise 
for  the  spirit  of  heaviness. 

Then    he    gave    to   each    of  the 

Arrange  alteration.      ^^    ^^     q(    ^    ^     prccioug 

stones,  and  took  away  their  ropes,  and  put  chains 
of  gold  about  their  necks,  and  bracelets  on  their 
arms.     Now,  the  prisoners,  when  they  did  hear 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  141 

the  Efracious  words  of  Prince  Emmanuel,  and  had 
beheld  all  that  was  done  unto  them,  fainted  almost 
quite  away;  for  the  grace,  the  benefit,  the  pardon, 
was  sudden,  glorious,  and  so  big,  that  they  were 
not  able,  without  staggering,  to  stand  up  under 
it.  Yea,  my  Lord  Willbewill  swooned  outright; 
but  the  Prince  stepped  up  to  him,  put  his  everlasting 
arms  under  him,  embraced  him,  kissed  him,  and 
bid  him  be  of  good  cheer,  for  all  should  be  per- 
formed according  to  his  word.  He  also  did  kiss, 
and  embrace,  and  smile  upon  the  other  two  that 
were  Willbe will's  companions,  saying,  "  Take 
these  as  farther  tokens  of  my  love,  favour,  and 
compassion  to  you  ;  and  I  charge  you  that  you, 
Mr.  Recorder,  tell  in  the  town  of  Mansoul,  what 
you  have  heard  and  seen." 

Then  were  their  fetters  broken  to 
pieces  before  their  faces,  and  cast 
into  the  air,  and  their  steps  were  enlarged  under 
them.  Then  they  fell  down  at  the  feet  of  the 
Prince,  and  kissed  his  feet,  and  wetted  them  with 
tears :  also  they  cried  out  with  a  mighty  strong 
voice,  saying,  "  Blessed  be  the  glory  of  the  Lord 
from  this  place."  So  they  were  bid  rise  up,  and 
go  to  the  town,  and  tell  to  Mansoul  what  the 
Prince  had  done.  He  commanded  also,  that  one 
with  a  pipe  and  tabor  should  go  and  play  before 
them,  all  the  way  into  the  town  of  Mansoul.  Then 
was  fulfilled,  what  they  never  looked  for,  and  they 
were  made  to  possess  that,  which  they  never 
dreamed  of. 

The  Prince  also  called  for  the  noble  Captain 
Credence,  and  commanded  that  he  and  some  of 
his  officers  should  march  before  the  noble  men  of 


142  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Mansoul,  with  (lying  colours  into  the  town.     He 

gave  also  unto  Captain  Credence  a  charge,  that 

about  that  time   that  the  Recorder  did  read  the 

general  pardon  in  the  town  of  Mansoul,  that  at 

that  very  time,  he  should  with  flying  colours  march 

in  at  Eye-gate,  with  his  ten  thousands  at  his  feet; 

and  that  he  should  so  go,  until  he  came  by  the 

high  street  of  the   town,  up  to  the  castle  gates, 

and  that  himself  should  take  possession  thereof, 

against  his  Lord  came  thither.      He  commanded, 

"^moreover,  that  he  should  bid  Cap- 
ri    faiih    andv^     •  t       l  l     r~%         i     •  T"i 

panisn  meet  to-ether,  tain    Judgment    and  Captain    h,xe- 

iud^nn-iit    and    esceu-  J  i  i  ,  i       i  i      , 

tion  depart  from  the  cutioii  to  leave  the  stronghold  to 
him,  and  to  withdraw  from  Man- 
soul, and  return  into  the  camp  with  speed  unto 
the  Prince. 

And  now  was  the  town  of  Mansoul  also  deli- 
vered from  the  terror  of  the  first  four  captains  and 
their  men. 

Well,  I  told  you  before,  how  the  prisoners  were 
entertained  by  the  noble  Prince  Emmanuel,  and 
how  they  behaved  themselves  before  him,  and 
how  he  sent  them  away  to  their  home  with  pipe 
and  tabor  going  before  them.  And  now  you  must 
think  that  those  of  the  town,  that  had  all  this 
while  waited  to  hear  of  their  death,  could  not  but 
be  exercised  with  sadness  of  mind,  and  with 
thoughts  that  pricked  like  thorns.  Nor  could  their 
thoughts  be  kept  to  any  one  point ;  the  wind 
blew  with  them  all  this  while  at  great  uncer- 
tainties ;  yea,  their  hearts  were  like  a  balance  that 
had  been  disquieted  with  a  shaking  hand.  But  nt 
last,  as  they  with  many  a  long  look,  looked  over 
the  wall  of  Mansoul,  they  thought  that  they  saw 


THE    HOLY    MAR.  143 

some  returning  to  the  town ;  and  thought  again, 
Who  should  they  be  too  ?  Who  should  they  be  ?  At 
last  they  discerned  that  they  were  the  prisoners  ; 
but  can  you  imagine,  how  their  hearts  were  sur- 
prised with  wonder,  specially,  when  they  perceived 
also,  in  what  equipage  and  with  what  honour  they 
were  sent  home.  They  went  down  to  the  camp 
in  black,  but  they  came  back  to  the 

. - — »  i   ■ S -i  A  strange  alteration. 

town  in  white ;  they  went  down  to 
the  camp  in  ropes,  they  came  back  in  chains  of 
gold;  they  went  down  to  the  camp  with  their 
feet  in  fetters,  but  came  back  with  their  steps 
enlarged  under  them  ;  they  went  also  to  the  camp 
looking  for  death,  but  they  came  back  from  thence 
with  assurance  of  life  ;  they  went  down  to  the 
camp  with  heavy  hearts,  but  came  back  again  with 
pipe  and  tabor  playing  before  them.  So  as  soon 
as  they  were  come  to  Eye-gate,  the  poor  and  tot- 
tering town  of  Mansoul  adventured  to  give  a 
shout ;  and  they  gave  such  a  shout  as  made  the 
captains  in  the  Prince's  army  leap  at  the  sound 
thereof.  Alas !  for  them,  poor  hearts !  who  could 
blame  them  ?  since  their  dead  friends  were  come  to 
life  again ;  for  it  was  to  them  as  life  from  the 
dead,  to  see  the  ancients  of  the  town  of  Man- 
soul  shine  in  such  splendour.  They  looked  for 
nothing  but  the  axe  and  the  block ;  but,  behold, 
joy  and  gladness,  comfort  and  consolation,  and 
such  melodious  notes  attending  them,  that  wTas 
sufficient  to  make  a  sick  man  well.         isa.  xxxiii.21. 

So,  when  they  came  up,  they  saluted  each 
other  with,  "Welcome,  welcome!  and  blessed 
be  he  that  has  spared  you  !"  They  added  also, 
"We  see  it  is   well  with  you;    but   how  must 


144  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

it  go  with  the  town  of  Mansoul  ?     And  will  it 
conscience        go  well  with  the  town  of  Mansoul  ?" 

The  understanding       ^  they       Then   answered   them    tQe 

Recorder  and  my  Lord  Mayor,  "  Oh  !  tidings  ! 
glad  tidings !  good  tidings  of  good,  and  of  great 
joy  to  poor  Mansoul !"  Then  they  gave  another 
shout,  that  made  the  earth  to  ring  again.  After  this, 
they  inquired  yet  more  particularly  how  things 
went  in  the  camp,  and  what  message  they  had 
from  Emmanuel  to  the  town.  So  they  told  them 
all  that  had  happened  to  them  at  the  camp,  and 
everything  that  the  Prince  did  to  them.  This 
made  Mansoul  wonder  at  the  wisdom  and  grace 
of  the  Prince  Emmanuel.  Then  they  told  them 
what  they  had  received  at  his  hands  for  the 
whole  town  of  Mansoul,  and  the  Recorder  de- 
oh :  the  j0):  of  pardon  livered  it  in  these  words  :  "  Pardon, 
pardon,  pardon  for  Mansoul !  and 
this  shall  Mansoul  know  to-morrow  !"  Then  he 
commanded,  and  they  went  and  summoned  Man- 
soul to  meet  together  in  the  market-place  to-mor- 
row, there  to  hear  their  general  pardon  read. 

But  who  can  think  what  a  turn,  what  a  change, 
what  an  alteration  this  hint  of  things  did  make 
in  the  countenance  of  the  town  of  Mansoul !  No 
man  of  Mansoul  could  sleep  that  night  for  joy;  in 
every  house  there  was  joy  and  music,  singing  and 
making  merry  :  telling  and  hearing  of  Mansoul's 
happiness,  was  then  all  that  Mansoul  had  to  do : 
and  this  was  the  burden  of  all  their  song :  "  Oh  ! 
more  of  this  at  the  rising  of  the  sun !  more  of  this  to- 
morrow !"  "  Who  thought  yesterday,"  would  one 
say,  "that  this  day  would  have  been  such  a  day 
to  us  ?  And  who  thought,  that  saw  our  prisoners 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  I  15 

go  down  in  irons,  that  they  would  have  returned 
in  chains  of  gold?  Yea,  they  that  judged  them- 
selves, as  they  went  to  be  judged  of  their  judge, 
were  by  his  mouth  acquitted,  not  for  that  they 
were  innocent,  but  of  the  Prince's  mercy,  and 
sent  home  with  pipe  and  tabor.  But  is  this  the 
common  custom  of  princes  ?  Do  they  use  to 
show  such  kind  of  favours  to  traitors?  No;  this 
is  only  peculiar  to  Shaddai,  and  unto  Emmanuel, 
his  Son  !" 

Now  morning  drew  on  apace  ;  wherefore  the 
Lord  Mayor,  the  Lord  Willbewill,  and  Mr.  Re- 
corder came  down  to  the  market-place,  at  the 
time  that  the  Prince  had  appointed,  where  the 
townsfolk  were  waiting  for  them  :  and  when  they 
came,  they  came  in  that  attire  and  in  that  glory, 
that  the  Prince  had  put  them  into  the  day  before, 
and  the  street  was  lightened  with  their  glory.  So 
the  Mayor,  Recorder,  and  my  Lord  Willbewill 
drew  down  to  Mouth-gate,  which  was  at  the 
lower  end  of  the  market-place,  because  that,  of  old 
time,  was  the  place  where  they  used  to  read  public 
matters.  Thither,  therefore,  they  came  in  their 
robes,  and  their  tabrets  went  before  them.  Now, 
the  eagerness  of  the  people  to  know  the  full  of 
the  matter  was  great. 

Then  the  Recorder  stood  up  upon  his  feet, 
and,  first  beckoning  with  his  hand  for  silence,  he 
read  out  with  a  loud  voice  the  pardon.  But  when 
he  came  to  these  words,  "  The  Lord,  Exod.  xxxiv< 
the  Lord  God,  merciful  and  gracious,  Ma,,xi-31- 
pardoning  iniquity,  transgressions,  and  sins  ;  and 
to  them  all  manner  of  sin  and  blasphemy  shall  be 
forgiven,"  etc.,  they  could  not  forbear  leaping  for 
14 


146  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

joy.  For  this  you  must  know,  that  there  was 
conjoined  herewith,  every  man's  name  in  Man- 
soul  ;  also  the  seals  of  the  pardon  made  a  brave 
show . 

When  the  Recorder  had  made  an  end  of  reading 

now  .hey  .read  upon  the  pardon,  the  townsmen  ran  up 

the  flesh.         upon  the  walls  of   the   town,   and 

leaped  and  skipped  thereon  for  joy,  and  bowed 

themselves  seven  times  with  their  faces  towards 

Emmanuel's  pavilion,  and  shouted  out  aloud  for 

joy,  and  said,  "  Let  Emmanuel  live  for  ever  !" 

Lively  a„d  warm     Then  order  was  given  to  the  young 

thoughts.  men  in  ]\|ansoui  that  they  should 

ring  the  bells  for  joy.  So  the  bells  did  ring,  and 
the  people  sing,  and  the  music  sound  in  every 
house  in  Mansoul. 

When  the  Prince  had  sent  home  the  three 
prisoners  of  Mansoul  with  joy,  and  pipe  and 
tabor,  he  commanded  his  captains,  with  all  the 
field  officers  and  soldiers  throughout  his  army, 
to  be  ready  in  that  morning,  that  the  Recorder 
should  read  the  pardon  in  Mansoul,  to  do  his 
further  pleasure.  So  the  morning,  as  I  have 
sliowed,  being  come,  just  as  the  Recorder  had 
made  an  end  of  reading  the  pardon,  Emmanuel 
commanded  that  all  the  trumpets  in  the  camp 
should  sound,  that  the  colours  should  be  displayed, 
half  of  them  upon  Mount  Gracious,  and  half  of 
them  upon  Mount  Justice.  He  commanded  also, 
that  all  the  captains  should  show  themselves  in 
all  their  harness,   and  that   the  soldiers  should 

shout  for  joy.     Nor  was   Captain 
silent  whin  Mansoul  Credence,  though  in  the  castle,  silent 

in  such  a  day ;  but  he,  from  the  top 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  14? 

of  the  hold,  showed  himself  with  sound  of  trumpet 
to  Mansoul  and  to  the  Prince's  camp. 

Thus  have  I  showed  you  the  manner  and  way 
that  Emmanuel  took  to  recover  the  town  of  Man- 
soul  from  under  the  hand  and  power  of  the  tyrant 
Diabolus. 

Now,  when  the  Prince  had  completed  these,  the 
outward  ceremonies  of  his  joy  ;   he  again  com- 
manded that  his  captains  and  soldiers 
should  show  unto  Mansoul  some  feats  piayA™  g^L  be* 

P  ,1  ,111  i     fore  Mansoul. 

ol  war :  so  they  presently  addressed 
themselves  to  this  work.      But,  oh  !  with  what 
agility,  nimbleness,  dexterity,   and    bravery  did 
these  military  men  discover  their  skill  in  feats  of 
war,  to  the  now  gazing  town  of  Mansoul ! 

They  marched,  they  counter-marched ;  they 
opened  to  the  right  and  left ;  they  divided  and  sub- 
divided ;  they  closed, they  wheeled,  made  good  their 
front  and  rear  with  their  right  and  left  wings,  and 
twenty  things  more,  with  that  aptness,  and  then 
were  all  as  they  were  again;  that  they  took,  yea, 
ravished  the  hearts  that  were  in  Mansoul,  to 
behold  it.  But  add  to  this,  the  handling  of  their 
arms,  the  managing  of  their  weapons  of  war,  were 
marvellously  taking  to  Mansoul  and  me. 

When  this  action  was  over,  the  whole  town  of 
Mansoul  came  out  as  one  man,  to  the  Prince  in 
the  camp  to  thank  him,  and  praise  him  for  his 
abundant  favour ;  and  to  beg  that  it  would  please 
his  grace,  to  come  unto  Mansoul  with  his  men,  and 
there  to  take  up  their  quarters  for  ever  :  and  this 
they  did  in  most  humble  manner,  bowing  them- 
selves seven  times  to  the  ground  before  him. 
Then  said  he,  "  All  peace  be  to  you."     So  the 


148  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

town  came  nigh,  and  touched  with  the  hand  the 

top  of  his  golden  sceptre  ;  and  they  said,  "  Oh  ! 

that  the  Prince  Emmanuel,  with  his  captains  and 

men  of  war,  would  dwell  in  Mansoul  for  ever ; 

and  that  his  battering  rams  and  slings  might  be 

lodged  in  her,  for  the  use  and  service  of  the  Prince, 

and  for  the  help  and  strength  of  Mansoul.    For," 

said  they,   "  we  have   room  for  thee,  we  have 

room  for  thy  men,  we  have  also  room  for  thy 

weapons  of  war,  and  a  place  to  make  a  magazine 

say  and  hou  lo  it,  for  thy  carriages.    Do  it,  Emmanuel, 
Mansoui.        an(j  tj10u  g}ia|t  be  Kmg.  an(j  Captain 

in  Mansoul  for  ever.  Yea,  govern  thou  also 
according  to  all  the  desire  of  thy  soul,  and  make 
thou  governors  and  princes  under  thee  of  thy  cap- 
tains and  men  of  war,  and  we  will  become  thy 
servants,  and  thy  laws  shall  be  our  directions." 

They  added,  moreover,  and  prayed  his  Majesty 
to  consider  thereof ;  "for,"  said  they,  "if  now, 
after  all  this  grace  bestowed  upon  us,  thy  miserable 
town  of  Mansoul,  thou  shouldest  withdraw,  thou 
and  thy  captains,  from -us,  the  town  of  Mansoul 
will  die.  "  Yea,"  said  they,  "  our  blessed  Emma- 
nuel, if  thou  shouldest  depart  from  us  now,  now 
thou  hast  done  so  much  good  for  us,  and  showed 
so  much  mercy  unto  us,  what  will  follow,  but  that 
our  joy  will  be,  as  if  it  had  not  been,  and  our 
enemies  will  a  second  time  come  upon  us  with 
more  rage  than  at  the  first !  Wherefore,  we  be- 
seech thee,  0  thou,  the  desire  of  our  eyes,  and  the 
strengtli  and  life  of  our  poor  town,  accept  of  this 
motion,  that  now  we  have  made  unto  our  Lord, 
and  come  and  dwell  in  the  midst  of  us,  and  let 
as  be  thy  people.     Besides,  Lord,  we  do  not 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  149 

know,  but  that  to  this  day  many  Dia- 

...  ,  ii«  •  i       •  Tbeir  fears. 

bolonians  may  be  yet  lurking  m  their 
town  of  Mansoul,  and  they  will  betray  us,  when 
thou  shalt  leave  us,  into  the  hand  of  Diabolus 
again  ;  and  who  knows  what  designs,  plots  or 
contrivances  have  passed  betwixt  them,  about 
these  things  already !  Loath  we  are  to  fall  again 
into  his  horrible  hands.  Wherefore,  let  it  please 
thee  to  accept  of  our  palace  for  thy  place  of  resi- 
dence, and  of  the  houses  of  the  best  men  in  our 
town,  for  the  reception  of  thy  soldiers  and  their 
furniture." 

Then  said  the  Prince,  "  If  I  come  to  your  town, 
will  you  suffer  me  further  to  prosecute  that  which 
is  in  mine  heart,  against  mine  enemies  and  yours  ? 
yea,  will  you  help  me  in  such  undertakings?" 

They  answered,  "  We  know  not  what  we  shall 
do ;  we  did  not  think  once,  that  we  should  have 
been  such  traitors  to  Shaddai,  as  we  have  proved 
to  be.  What,  then,  shall  we  say  to  our  Lord  ? 
Let  him  put  no  trust  in  his  saints ;  let  the  Prince 
dwell  in  our  castle,  and  make  of  our  town  a 
garrison ;  let  him  set  his  noble  captains  and  his 
warlike  soldiers  over  us ;  yea,  let  him  conquer  us 
with  his  love,  and  overcome  us  Avith  his  grace, 
and  then  surely,  shall  he  be  but  with  us,  and  help 
us,  as  he  was  and  did  that  morning  that  our  pardon 
was  read  unto  us.  We  shall  comply  with  this 
our  Lord,  and  with  his  ways,  and  fall  in  with 
his  word  against  the  mighty. 

"  One  word  more,  and  thy  servants  have  done, 

and  in  this  will  trouble  our  Lord  no  more.     We 

know  not  the  depth  of  the  wisdom  of  thee,  our 

Prince.     Who  could  have  thought,  that  had  be^n 

14* 


150 


THE    HOLY    WAR. 


ruled  by  his  reason,  that  so  much  sweet,  as  we  do 
now  enjoy,  should  have  come  out  of  those  hitter 
trials,  wherewith  we  were  tried  at  the  first!  Cut, 
Lord,  let  light  go  before,  and  let  love  come  after : 
yea,  take  us  by  the  hand,  and  lead  us  by  thy 
counsels,  and  let  this  always  abide  upon  us,  that 
all  things  shall  be  for  the  best  for  thy  servants, 
and  come  to  our  Mansoul,  and  do  as  it  pleaseth 
thee.  Or,  Lord,  come  to  our  Mansoul,  do  what 
thou  will,  so  thou  keepest  us  from  sinning,  and 
makest  us  serviceable  to  thy  Majesty." 

Then  said  the  Prince,  to  the  town  of  Mansoul 
again,  "  Go,  return  to  your  houses  in  peace.  I 
wrill  willingly,  in  this,  comply  with  your  desires ;  I 
will  remove  my  royal  pavilion,  I  will  draw  up  my 
forces  before  Eye-gate  to-morrow,  and  so  will 
march  forwards  into  the  town  of  Mansoul.  I  will 
possess  myself  of  your  castle  of  Mansoul,  and  will 
set  my  soldiers  over  you ;  yea,  I  will  yet  do  things 
in  Mansoul,  that  cannot  be  paralleled  in  any  nation, 
country,  or  kingdom  under  heaven." 

Then  did  the  men  of  Mansoul  give  a  shout,  and 
returned  unto  their  houses  in  peace ;  they  also 
told  to  their  kindred  and  friends,  the  good  that 
Emmanuel  had  promised  to  Mansoul.  "  And  to- 
morrow," said  they,  "  he  will  march  into  our 
town,  and  take  up  his  dwelling,  he  and  his  men, 
in  Mansoul." 

Then  went  out  the  inhabitants  of  the  town  of 
Mansoul,  with  haste  to  the  green  trees  and  to  the 
meadows,  to  gather  boughs  and  flowers,  therewith 
to  strew  the  streets  against  their  Prince,  the  Son 
of  Shaddai,  should  come ;  they  also  made  garlands 
and  other  fine  works  to  betoken  how  joyful  they 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  151 

were,  and  should  be  to  receive  their  Emmanuel 
into  Mansoul;  yea,  they  strewed  the  street  quite 
from  Eye-gate  to  the  castle  gate,  the  place  where 
the  Prince  should  be.  They  also  prepared  for  his 
coming,  what  music  the  town  of  Mansoul  would 
afford,  that  they  might  play  before  him  to  the 
palace,  his  habitation. 

So,  at  the  time  appointed,  lie  makes  %his  ap- 
proach to  Mansoul,  and  the  gates  were  set  open 
for  him ;  there  also,  the  ancients  and  elders  of 
Mansoul  met  him,  to  salute  him  with  a  thousand 
welcomes.  Then  he  arose  and  entered  Mansoul, 
he  and  all  his  servants.  The  elders  of  Mansoul 
did  also  go  rejoicing  before  him  till  he  came  to  the 
castle  gates.  And  this  was  the  manner  of  his 
going  up  thither: — He  was  clad  in  his  golden 
armour,  he  rode  in  his  royal  chariot,  the  trumpets 
sounded  about  him,  the  colours  were  displayed, 
his  ten  thousands  went  up  at  his  feet,  and  the 
elders  of  Mansoul  rejoiced  before  him.  And  now 
were  the  walls  of  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul 
filled  with  the  tramplings  of  the  inhabitants  thereof, 
who  went  up  thither  to  view  the  approach  of  the 
blessed  Prince  and  his  royal  army.  Also  the 
casements,  windows,  balconies,  and  tops  of  the 
houses,  were  all  now  filled  with  persons  of  all 
sorts,  to  behold  how  their  town  was  to  be  filled 
with  good. 

Now,  when  he  was  come  so  far  into  the  town  as 
to  the  Recorder's  house,  he  commanded  that  one 
should  go  to  Captain  Credence,  to  know  whether 
the  castle  of  Mansoul  was  prepared  to  entertain 
his  royal  presence,  (for  the  preparation 
of  that  was  left  to   that  captain,)  and 


152  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

word  was  brought  that  it  was.  Then  was  Captain 
Credence  commanded  also  to  come  forth  with  his 
power  to  meet  the  Prince,  the  which  was,  as  he 
had  commanded,  done ;  and  he  conducted 
him  into  the  castle.  This  done,  the 
Prince,  that  night,  did  lodge  in  the  castle  with 
his  mighty  captains  and  men  of  war,  to  the  joy 
of  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

Now,  the  next  care  of  the  townsfolk  was,  how 
the  captains  and  soldiers  of  the  Prince's  army 
should  be  quartered  among  them  ;  and  the  care 
was  not,  how  they  should  shut  their  hands  of  them, 
but  how  they  should  fill  their  houses  writh  them  ; 
for  every  man  in  Mansoul,  now  had  that  esteem 
of  Emmanuel  and  his  men,  that  nothing  grieved 
them  more,  than  because  they  were  not  enlarged 
enough,  every  one  of  them,  to  receive  the  whole 
army  of  the  Prince ;  yea,  they  counted  it  their 
glory  to  be  waiting  upon  them,  and  would,  in 
those  days,  run  at  their  bidding.  At  last  they 
came  to  this  result : — 

1.  That  Captain  Innocency  should  quarter  at 
Mr.  Reason's. 

2.  That  Captain  Patience  should  quarter  at 
Mr.  Mind's.  This  Mr.  Mind  was  formerly  the 
Lord  Willbewill's  clerk,  in  time  of  the  late  re- 
bellion. 

3.  It  was  ordered  that  Captain  Charity  should 
quarter  at  Mr.  Affection's  house. 

4.  That  Captain  Good-Hope  should  quarter  at 
my  Lord  Mayor's.  Now,  for  the  house  of  the 
Recorder,  because  it  was  next  to  the  castle,  and 
because  from  him,  it  was  ordered  by  the  Prince 
that,  if  need  be,  the   alarm  should  be  given  to 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  153 

Mansoul, — it  was  desired  by  him,  that  Captain 
Boanerges  and  Captain  Conviction  should  take 
up  their  quarters  with  him,  even  they  and  all  their 
men. 

5.  As  for  Captain  Judgment  and  Captain  Exe- 
cution, my  Lord  Willbewill  took  them  Rom  vL  ,9. 
and  their  men  to  him,  because  he  was  EPhi,i17- 
to  rule  under  the  Prince,  for  the  good  of  the 
town  of  Mansoul  now,  as  he  had  before  under 
the  tyrant  Diabolus,  for  the  hurt  and  damage 
thereof. 

6.  And  throughout  the  rest  of  the  town,  were 
quartered  Emmanuel's  forces ;  but  Captain  Cre- 
dence, with  his  men,  abode  still  in  the  castle.  So 
the  Prince,  his  captains  and  his  soldiers,  were 
lodged  in  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

Now,  the  ancients  and  elders  of  the  town  of 
Mansoul  thought  that  they  never  should  have 
enough  of  the  Prince  Emmanuel ;  his  person,  his 
actions,  his  words  and  behaviour,  were  so  pleasing, 
so  taking,  so  desirable  to  them.  Wherefore  they 
prayed  him,  that  though  the  castle  of  Mansoul 
was  his  place  of  residence,  (and  they  desired  that 
he  might  dwell  there  for  ever,)  yet  that  he  would 
often  visit  the  streets,  houses,  and  people  of  Man- 
soul. "For,"  said  they,  "dread  Sovereign,  thy 
presence,  thy  looks,  thy  smiles,  thy  words,  are 
the  life,  and  strength,  and  sinews  of  the  town  of 
Mansoul." 

Besides  this,  they  craved  that  they  might  have, 
without  difficulty  or  interruption,  continual  access 
unto  him,  (so  for  that  very  purpose  he  commanded 
that  the  gates  should  stand  open,)  that  they  might 
there  see  the  manner  of  his  doings,  the  fortifica- 


154  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

tions  of  the  place,  and  the  royal  mansion-house  of 
the  Prince. 

When  he  spake,  they  all  stopped 

They  learn  U  him.     .-,  ,i  ■>  i-    - 

their  mouths,  and  gave  audience ; 
and  when  he  walked,  it  was  their  delight  to  imi- 
tate him  in  his  goings. 

Now,  upon  a  time,  Emmanuel  made  a  feast  for 
the  town  of  Mansoul ;  and  upon  the  feasting-day, 
the  townsfolk  were  come  to  the  castle  to  partake 
of  his  banquet ;  and  he  feasted  them  with  all 
manner  of  outlandish  food — food  that  grew  not  in 
the  fields  of  Mansoul,  nor  in  all  the  whole  king- 
dom of  Universe  :  it  was  food  that  came  from  his 
promise  af.er  pro.  Father's  court.  And  so  there  was 
mise'  dish  after  dish  set  before  them,  and 

they  were  commanded  freely  to  eat.     But  still, 
when  a  fresh  dish  was  set  before  them,  they  would 
exoj.  xvi.  i5.      whisperingly    say    to    each    other, 
Brave  entertain-      "What   is  it?"    for  they  wist  not 
n,cut-  what  to  call  it.     They  drank  also  of 

the  water  that  was  made  wine,  and  were  very 
merry  with  him.  There  was  music  also,  all  the 
while  at  the  table  ;  and  man  did  eat 
'  3'  angels'  food,  and  had  honey  given 
him  out  of  the  rock.  So  Mansoul  did  eat  the 
food  that  was  peculiar  to  the  court ;  yea,  they  had 
now  thereof  to  the  full. 

I  must  not  forget  to  tell  you,  that  as  at  this 
table,  there  were  musicians,  so  they  were  not  those 
of  the  country,  nor  yet  of  the  town  of  Mansoul ; 
but  they  were  the  masters  of  the  songs  that  were 
sung  at  the  court  of  Shaddai. 

Now,  after  the  feast  was  over,  Emmanuel  was 
for  entertaining  the  town  of  Mansoul,  with  some 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  155 

curious  riddles  of  secrets  drawn  up 

by  his  Father's   Secretary,   by  the 

skill  and  wisdom  of  Shaddai :  the  like  to  these 

there  is  not  in  any  kingdom.  These 

.  t  ,,  i  .1  T7--  The  holy  Scriptures. 

riddles  were  made    upon  the  King 

Shaddai  himself,  and  upon  Emmanuel  his  Son, 

and  upon  his  wars  and  doings  with  Mansoul. 

Emmanuel  also  expounded  unto  them,  some  of 
those  riddles  himself;  but,  oh!  how  they  were 
lightened  !  They  saw  what  they  never  saw  ;  they 
could  not  have  thought,  that  such  rarities  could 
have  been  couched  in  so  few  and  such  ordinary 
words.  I  told  you  before,  whom  these  riddles  did 
concern  ;  and  as  they  were  opened,  the  people  did 
evidently  see  it  was  so.  Yea,  they  did  gather  that 
the  things  themselves,  were  a  kind  of  a  portraiture, 
and  that  of  Emmanuel  himself;  for  when  they 
read  in  the  scheme,  where  the  riddles  were  writ, 
and  looked  in  the  face  of  the  Prince,  things  looked 
so  like  the  one  to  the  other,  that  Mansoul  could 
not  forbear  but  say,  "  This  is  the  lamb  !  this  is 
the  sacrifice  !  this  is  the  rock !  this  is  the  red 
qqw  !  this  is  the  door  !  and  this  is  the  way  !"  with 
i  great  many  other  things  more. 

And  thus,  he  dismissed  the  town  of  Mansoul. 
But  can  you  imagine,  how  the  people  of  the  cor- 
poration were  taken  with  this  enter-  The  end  of  ,bat  ban.  if 
tainment !     Oh !    they  were    trans-  quet- 

ported  with  joy,  they  were  drowned  with  won- 
derment, while  they  saw  and  understood,  and 
considered,  what  their  Emmanuel  entertained  them  ^ 
withal,  and  what  mysteries  he  opened  to  them. 
And  when  they  were  at  home  in  their  houses, 
and  in  their  most  retired  places,  they  could  not 


156  THE    HOLY    WAR.' 

but  sing  of  him  and  of  his  actions.  Yea,  so  taken 
were  the  townsmen  now,  with  their  Prince,  that 
they  would  sing  of  him  in  their  sleep. 

Now,  it  was  in  the  heart  of  the  Prince  Emma- 
nuel, to  new-model  the  town  of  Mansoul,  and  to 
put  it  into  such  a  condition,  as  might  be  most 
pleasing  to  him,  and  that  might  best  stand  with 
the  profit  and  security  of  the  now  nourishing  town 
of  Mansoul.  He  provided  also  against  insurrec- 
tions at  home,  and  invasions  from  abroad,  such 
love  had  he  for  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul. 

Wherefore,  he  first  of  all  commanded,  that  the 
great  slings  that  were  brought  from  his  Father's 
court,  when  he  came  to  the  war  of  Mansoul, 
should  be  mounted,  some  upon  the  battlements  of 
the  castle,  some  upon  the  towers  ;  for  there  were 
towers  in  the  town  of  Mansoul,  towers  new-built 
by  Emmanuel,  since  he  came  hither.  There  was 
also  an  instrument,  invented  by  Emmanuel,  that 
was  to  throw  stones  from  the  castle  of  Mansoul, 
out  at  Mouth-gate ;  an  instrument  that  could  not 
be  resisted,  nor  that  would  miss,  of  execution. 
Wherefore,  for  the  wonderful  exploits,  that  it  did 
when  used,  it  went  without  a  name  ;  and  it  was 
committed  to  the  care  of,  and  to  be  mouaged  by 
the  brave  captain,  the  Captain  Credeiice,  in  case 
of  war. 

This  done,  Emmanuel  called  the  Lord  Willbe- 
will  to  him,  and  gave  him  in  commandment  to 
take  care  of  the  gates,  the  wall,  and  towers  in 
Mansoul;  also  the  Prince  gave  him  the  militia 
into  his  hand,  and  a  special  charge  to  withstand 
all  insurrections  and  tumults,  that  might  be  made 
in  Mansoul,  against  the  peace  of  our  Lord  the 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  157 

King,  and  the  peace  and  tranquillity  of  the  town 
of  Mansoul.  He  also  gave  him  in  commission, 
that  if  he  found  any  of  the  Diabolonians  lurking 
in  any  corner  of  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul,  lie 
should  forthwith  apprehend  them,  and  stay  them, 
or  commit  them  to  safe  custody,  that  they  may 
be  proceeded  against,  according  to  law. 

Then  he  called  unto  him,  the  Lord  Understand- 
ing, who  was  the  old  Lord  Mayor,  he  that  was  put 
out  of  place  when  Diabolus  took  the  town,  and 
put  him  into  his  former  office  again,  and  it  became 
his  place  for  his  lifetime.  He  bid  him  also,  that 
he  should  build  him  a  palace  near  Eye-gate,  and 
that  he  should  build  it  in  fashion  like  a  tower  for 
defence.  He  bid  him  also,  that  he  should  read  in 
the  Revelation  of  Mysteries  all  the  days  of  his 
life,  that  he  might  know  how  to  perform  his  office 
aright. 

He  also  made  Mr.  Knowledge  the  Recorder, 
not  of  contempt  to  old  Mr.  Conscience,  who  had 
been  Recorder  before,  but  for  that  it  was  in  his 
princely  mind,  to  confer  upon  Mr.  Conscience 
another  employ,  of  which  he  told  the  old  gentle- 
man, he  should  know  more  hereafter. 

Then  he  commanded,  that  the  image  of  Diabolus 
should  be  taken  down  from  the  place  where  it  was 
set  up,  and  that  they  should  destroy  it  utterly, 
^eating  it  into  powder,  and  casting  it  into  the 
wind,  without  the  town  wall ;  and  that  the  image 
of  Shaddai,  his  Father,  should  be  set  up  again, 
with  his  own,  upon  the  castle  gates ;  and  that  it 
should  be  more  fairly  drawn  than  ever, 
forasmuch  as  both  his  Father  and  him- 
self were  come  to  Mansoul  in  more  grace  and 
15 


158  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

mercy  than  heretofore.  He  would  also  that  his 
name  should  be  fairly  engraven  upon  the  front  of 
the  town,  and  that  it  should  be  done  in  the  best 
of  gold,  for  the  honour  of  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

After  this  was  done,  Emmanuel  gave  out  a 
commandment,  that  those  three  great  Diabolonians 
should  be  apprehended,  namely,  the  two  late 
Lord  Mayors,  to  wit,  Mr.  Incredulity,  Mr.  Lust- 
ings,  and  Mr.  Forget-Good,  the  Recorder.  Be- 
sides these,  there  were  some  of  them,  that  Dia- 
bolus  made  burgesses  and  aldermen  in  Mansoul, 
that  were  committed  to  ward  by  the  hand  of  the 
now  valiant  and  now  right  noble,  the  brave  Lord 
Willbewill. 

And  these  were  their  names  ; — Alderman 
Atheism,  Alderman  Hard-Heart,  and  Alderman 
False-Peace.  The  burgesses  were,  Mr.  No-Truth, 
Mr.  Pitiless,  Mr.  Haughty,  with  the  like.  These 
were  committed  to  close  custody,  and  the  gaoler's 
name  was  Mr.  True-Man.  This  True-Man  was 
one  of  those  that  Emmanuel  brought  with  him 
from  his  Father's  court,  when  at  the  first  he  made 
a  war  upon  Diabolus,  in  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

After  this,  the  Prince  g?^re  a  charge  that  the 
three  strongholds,  that  at  the  command  of  Dia- 
bolus, the  Diabolonians  built  in  Mansoul,  should 
be  demolished  and  utterly  pulled  down ;  of  which 
holds  and  their  names,  with  their  captains  and 
governors,  you  read  a  little  before.  But  this  was 
long  in  doing,  because  of  the  largeness  of  the 
places,  and  because  the  stones,  the  timber,  the 
iron,  and  all  rubbish,  was  to  be  carried  without 
the  town 

When  this  was  done,  the  Prince  gave  order  that 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  159 

the  Lord  Mayor  and  aldermen  of  Mansoul  should 
rail  a  court  of  judicature,  for  the  trial  and  execu 
tion  of  the  Diabolonians  in  the  corporation  now 
under  the  charge  of  Mr.  True-Man,  the  gaoler. 

Now,  when  the  time  was  come,  and  the  court 
set,  commandment  was  sent  to  Mr.  True-Man,  the 
goaler,  to  bring  the  prisoners  down  to  the  bar. 
Then  were  the  prisoners  brought  down,  pinioned 
and  chained  together,  as  the  custom  of  the  town 
of  Mansoul  was.  So,  when  they  were  presented 
before  the  Lord  Mayor,  the  Recorder,  and  the 
rest  of  the  honourable  bench,  first,  the  jury  was 
empannelled,  and  then  the  witnesses  sworn.  The 
names  of  the  jury  were  these: — Mr.  Belief,  Mr. 
True-Heart,  Mr.'  Upright,  Mr.  Hate-Bad,  Mr. 
Love-God,  Mr.  See-Truth,  Mr.  Heavenly-Mind, 
Mr.  Moderate,  Mr.  Thankful,  Mr.  Good-Work, 
Mr.  Zeal-for-God,  and  Mr.  Humble. 

The  names  of  the  witnesses  Mere — Mr.  Know- 
Ail.  Mr.  Tell-True,  Mr.  Hate-Lies,  with  my  Lord 
Willbewill  and  his  man,  if  need  were. 

So  the  prisoners  were  set  to  the  bar.  Then  said 
Mr.  Do-Right,  (for  he  was  the  Town-Clerk,) 
"  Set  Atheism  to  the  bar,  gaoler."  So  he  was  set 
to  the  bar.  Then  said  the  Clerk,  "  Atheism,  hold 
up  thy  hand.  Thou  art  here  indicted  by  the  name 
of  Atheism,  (an  intruder  upon  the  town  of  Man- 
soul,) for  that  thou  hast  perniciously  and  doltishly 
taught  and  maintained,  that  there  is  no  God,  and 
so  no  heed  to  be  taken  to  religion.  This  thou 
hast  done  against  the  being,  honour,  and  glory  of 
the  King,  and  against  the  peace  and  safety  of  the 
town  of  Mansoul.  What  sayest  thou?  Art  thou 
guilty  of  this  indictment,  or  not?" 


160  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Atheism.  Not  guilty. 

Crier.  Call  Mr.  Know-AU,  Mr.  Tell-True,  and 
Mr.  Hate-Lies  into  the  court. 

So  they  were  called,  and  they  appeared. 

Then  said  the  Clerk,  "  You,  the  witnesses  for 
the  King,  look  upon  the  prisoner  at  the  bar ;  do 
you  know  him  ?" 

Then  said  Mr.  Know-AU,  "  Yes,  my  lord, 
we  know  him  ;  his  name  is  Atheism ;  he  has 
been  a  very  pestilent  fellow  for  many  years,  in 
the  miserable  town  of  Mansoul." 

Clerk.  You  are  sure  you  know  him? 

Know.  Know  him !  Yes,  my  lord ;  I  have- 
heretofore,  too  often  been  in  his  company,  to  be  at 
this  time  ignorant  of  him.  He  is  a  Diabolonian, 
the  son  of  a.  Diabolonian:  I  knew  his  grandfather 
and  his  father. 

Clerk.  Well  said.  He  stand eth  here  indicted 
by  the  name  of  Atheism,  etc.,  and  is  charged,  that 
he  hath  maintained  and  taught,  that  there  is  no 
God,  and  so  no  heed  need  be  taken  to  any  re- 
ligion. What  say  you,  the  King's  witnesses,  to 
this  ?     Is  he  guilty  or  not? 

Knoiv.  My  lord,  I  and  he  were  once  in  Vil- 
lains' Lane  together,  and  he  at  that  time  did 
briskly  talk  of  divers  opinions  ;  and  then  and  there 
I  heard  him  say,  that,  for  his  part,  he  did  believe 
that  there  was  no  God.  "But,"  said  he,  "I  can 
profess  one,  and  be  as  religious  too,  if  the  com- 
pany I  am  in  and  other  circumstances  shall  put 
me  upon  it." 

Clerk.  You  are  sure  you  heard  him  say  thus  ? 

Knoiv.  Upon  mine  oath,  I  heard  him  say  thus. 

Then  said  the  Clerk,  "  Mr.  Tell-True,  what  say 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  161 

vou  to  the  King's  Judges,  touching  the  prisoner 
at  the  bar?" 

Tell.  My  lord,  I  formerly  was  a  great  com- 
panion of  his,  for  the  which,  I  now  repent  me; 
and  I  have  often  heard  him  say,  and  ihat  with 
very  great  stomachfulness,  that  he  believed  there 
was  neither  God,  angel,  nor  spirit. 

Clerk.  Where  did  vou  hear  him  say  so? 
Ti  II.  In  Blackmouth  Lane  and  in  Blasphemers' 
Row,  and  in  many  other  places  besides. 

Clerk.  Have  you  much  knowledge  of  him  ? 
Tell.  I  know  him  to  be  a  Diabolonian,  the  son 
of  a  Diabolonian,  and  a  horrible  man  to  deny  a 
Deity.  His  father's  name  was  Never-be-Good, 
and  he  had  more  children  than  this  Atheism.  I 
have  no  more  to  say. 

Clerk.  Mr.  Hate-Lies,  look  upon  the  prisoner 
at  the  bar ;  do  you  know  him  ? 

Hate.  My  lord,  this  Atheism  is  one  of  the  vilest 
wretches  that  ever  I  came  near,  or  had  to  do  with 
in  my  life.  I  have  heard  him  say,  that  there  is  no 
God ;  I  have  heard  him  say,  that  there  is  no  world 
to  come,  no  sin,  nor  punishment  hereafter ;  and, 
moreover,  I  have  heard  him  say,  that  it  was  as 
good  to  go  to  a  lewd-house,  as  to  go  to  hear  a 
sermon. 

Clerk.  Where  did  you  hear  him  say  these 
things  1 

Hate,  In  Drunkards'  Row,  just  at  Rascal- 
Lane's  End,  at  a  house  in  which  Mr.  Impiety 
Lived. 

Clerk.  Set  him  by,  gaoler,  and  set  Mr.  Lusting 
to  the  bar.  Mr.  Lustings,  thou  art  here  indicted  by 
the  name  of  Lustings,  (an  intruder  upon  the  town  of 
15* 


162  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Mansoul,)  for  that  thou  hast  devilishly  and  trai- 
torously taught,  by  practice  and  filthy  words,  that 
it  is  lawful  and  profitable  to  man  to  give  way  to 
his  carnal  desires  ;  and  that  thou,  for  thy  part, 
hast  not,  nor  ever  will,  deny  thyself  of  any 
sinful  delight,  as  long  as  thy  name  is  Lustings. 
How  sayest  thou  ?  Art  thou  guilty  of  this  indict- 
ment, or  not  ? 

Then  said  Mr.  Lustings,  "  My  lord,  I  am 
a  man  of  high  birth,  and  have  been  used  to 
pleasures  and  pastimes  of  greatness.  I  have  not 
been  wont  to  be  snubbed  for  my  doings,  but  have 
been  left  to  follow  my  will,  as  if  it  were  law.  And 
it  seems  strange  to  me,  that  I  should  this  day  be 
called  into  question  for  that,  that  not  only  I,  but 
almost  all  men,  do  either  secretly  or  openly  coun- 
tenance, love,  and  approve  of." 

Clerk.  Sir,  we  concern  not  ourselves  with  your 
greatness,  (though  the  higher,  the  better  you 
should  have  been ;)  but  we  are  concerned,  and  so 
are  you  now,  about  an  indictment  preferred  against 
you.  How  say  you  ?  Are  you  guilty  of  it,  or 
not? 

Lust.  Not  guilty. 

Clerk.  Crier,  call  upon  the  witnesses  to  stand 
forth  and  give  their  evidence. 

Crier.  Gentlemen,  you,  the  witnesses  for  the 
King,  come  in  and  give  in  your  evidence  for  our 
Lord  the  King,  against  the  prisoner  at  the  bar. 

Clerk.  Come,  Mr.  Know-All,  look  upon  the 
prisoner  at  the  bar  ;  do  you  know  him  ? 

Know.  Yes,  my  lord,  I  know  him. 

Clerk.  What  is  his  name  1 

Know.  His  name  is  Lustings  :  he  was  the  sow 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  /63 

of  one  Beastly,  and  his  mother  bare  him  in  Flesh 
Street:  she  was  one  Evil-Concupiscence's  daugh- 
ter.    I  knew  all  the  generation  of  them. 

Clerk.  Well  said.  You  have  heard  his  indict- 
ment; whai  say  you  to  it?  Is  he  guilty  of  the 
things  charged  against  him,  or  not? 

Know.  My  lord,  hte  has.  as  he  saith,  been  a 
great  man  indeed,  and  greater  in  wickedness  than 
by  pedigree,  more  than  a  thousandfold. 

Clerk.  But  what  do  you  know  of  his  particular 
actions,  and  especially  with  reference  to  his  in- 
dictment ? 

Know.  I  know  him  to  be  a  swearer,  a  liar,  a 
Sabbath-breaker ;  I  know  him  to  be  an  unclean 
person  ;  I  know  him  to  be  guilty  of  abundance 
of  evils.  He  has  been,  to  my  knowledge,  a  very 
filthy  man. 

Clerk.  But  where  did  he  use  to  commit  his 
wickednesses  ?  in  some  private  corners,  or  more 
open  and  shamelessly  ? 

Know.  All  the  town  over,  my  lord. 

Clerk.  Come,  Mr.  Tell-True,  what  have  you  to 
say  for  our  Lord  the  King,  against  the  prisoner  at 
the  bar? 

Till.  My  lord,  all  that  the  first  witness  has 
said  I  know  to  be  true,  and  a  great  deal  more 
besides. 

Clerk.  Mr.  Lustings,  do  you  hear  what  these 
gentlemen  say? 

Lust.  I  was  ever  of  opinion,  that  the  happiest 
life  that  a  man  could  live  on  earth,  was  to  keep 
himself  back  from  nothing;-  that  he  desired  in  the 
world;  nor  have  I  been  false  at  any  time  to  this 
opinion  of  mine,  but  have  lived  in  the  love  of 


164  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

my  notions  all  my  days.  Nor  was  I  ever  so 
churlish,  having  found  such  sweetness  in  them 
myself,  as  to  keep  the  commendations  of  them 
from  others. 

Then  said  the  Court,  "  There  hath  proceeded 
enough  from  his  own  mouth,  to  lay  him  open  to 
condemnation  ;  wherefore  set  him  by,  gaoler,  and 
set  Mr.  Incredulity  to  the  bar." 

Incredulity  set  to  the  bar. 

Clerk.  Mr.  Incredulity,  thou  art  here  indicted 
by  the  name  of  Incredulity,  (an  intruder  upon  the 
town  of  Mansoul,)  for  that  thou  hast  feloniously 
and  wickedly,  and  that,  when  thou  wert  an  officer 
in  the  town  of  Mansoul,  made  head  against  the 
captains  of  the  great  King  Shaddai,  when  they 
came  and  demanded  possession  of  Mansoul ;  yea, 
thou  didst  bid  defiance  to  the  name,  forces,  and 
cause  of  the  King,  and  didst  also,  as  did  Diabolus 
thy  captain,  stir  up  and  encourage  the  town  of 
Mansoul,  to  make  head  against  and  resist  the  said 
force  of  the  King.  What  sayest  thou  to  this 
indictment  ?     Art  thou  guilty  of  it,  or  not  ? 

Then  said  Incredulity,  "I  know  not  Shaddai; 
I  love  my  old  prince;  I  thought  it  my  duty  to  be 
true  to  my  trust,  and  to  do  what  I  could,  to  pos- 
sess the  minds  of  the  men  of  Mansoul,  to  do  their 
utmost  to  resist  strangers  and  foreigners,  and  with 
might  to  fight  against  them.  Nor  have  I,  nor 
shall  I  change  mine  opinion  for  fear  of  trouble, 
though  you  at  present  are  possessed  of  place  and 
power." 

Then  said  the  Court,  "  The  man,  as  you 
see,  is  incorrigible  ;  he  is  for  maintaining  his  vil- 
lanies  by  stoutness  of  words,  and  his  rebellion 


THE    HOLY    WAR  165 

with  impudent  confidence  ;  and  therefore  set  him 
by,  gaoler,  and  set  Mr.  Forget-Good  to  the  bar.'' 

Forget-Good  set  to  the  bar. 

Clerk.  Mr.  Forget-Good,  thou  art  here  indicted 
by  the  name  of  Forget-Good,  (an  intruder  upon 
the  town  of  Mansoul,)  for  that  thou,  when  the 
whole  affairs  of  the  town  of  Mansoul  were  in  thy 
hand,  didst  utterly  forget  to  serve  them  in  what 
was  good,  and  didst  fall  in  with  the  tyrant  Dia- 
bolus  against  Shaddai  the  King,  against  his  cap- 
tains and  all  his  host,  to  the  dishonour  of  Shaddai, 
the  breach  of  his  law,  and  the  endangering  of  the 
destruction  of  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul.  What 
sayest  thou  to  this  indictment  ?  Art  thou  guilty, 
or  not  guilty  ? 

Then  said  Forget-Good,  "  Gentlemen,  and 
at  this  time  my  judges  ;  as  to  the  indictment,  by 
which  I  stand  of  several  crimes  accused,  before 
you,  pray  attribute  ray  forgetfulness  to  mine  age, 
and  not  to  my  wilfulness  ;  to  the  craziness  of 
my  brain,  and  not  to  the  carelessness  of  my 
mind ;  and  then  I  hope  I  may  be,  by  your  charity, 
excused  from  great  punishment,  though  I  be 
guilty." 

Then  said  the  Court,  "  Forget-Good,  Forget- 
Good,  thy  forgetfulness  of  good  was  not  simply  of 
frailty,  but  of  purpose,  and  for  that  thou  didst 
loathe  to  keep  virtuous  things  in  thy  mind.  What 
was  bad  thou  couldst  retain,  but  what  was  good 
thou  couldst  not  abide  to  think  of;  thy  age, 
therefore,  and  thy  pretended  craziness,  thou  makest 
use  of,  to  blind  the  court  withal,  and  as  a  cloak 
to  cover  thy  knavery.  But  let  us  hear  what  the 
witnesses  have  to  say  for  the  King,  against  the 


166  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

prisoner  at  the  bar.     Is  he  guilty  of  this  indict 
ment,  or  not  ?" 

Hate.  My  lord,  I  have  heard  this  Forget-Good 
say,  that  he  could  never  abide  to  think  of  good- 
ness, no,  not  for  a  quarter  of  an  hour. 

Clerk.  Where  did  you  hear  him  say  so  ? 

Hate.  In  All-base  Lane,  at  a  house  next  door  to 
the  sign  of  the  Conscience  seared  with  a  hot  iron. 

Clerk.  Mr.  Know-All,  what  can  you  say  for  our 
Lord  the  King,  against  the  prisoner  at  the  bar  ? 

Know.  My  lord,  I  know  this  man  well.  He  is  a 
Diabolonian,  the  son  of  a  Diabolonian  ;  his  father's 
name  was  Love-Naught;  and  for  him,  I  have 
often  heard  him  say,  that  he  counted  the  very 
thoughts  of  goodness,  the  most  burdensome  thing 
in  the  world. 

Clerk.  Where  have  you  heard  him  say  these 
words  ? 

Know.  In  Flesh  Lane,  right  opposite  to  the 
church. 

Then  said  the  Clerk,  "  Come,  Mr.  Tell-True, 
give  in  your  evidence  concerning  the  prisoner  at 
the  bar,  about  that  for  which  he  stands  here,  as 
you  see,  indicted  by  this  honourable  Court." 

Tell.  My  lord,  I  have  heard  him  often  say,  he 
had  rather  think  of  the  vilest  thing,  than  of  what 
is  contained  in  the  Holy  Scriptures. 

Clerk.  Where  did  you  hear  him  say  such 
grievous  words  ? 

Tell.  Where  ?  In  a  great  many  places,  parti- 
cularly in  Nauseous  Street,  in  the  house  of  one 
Shameless,  and  in  Filth  Lane,  at  the  sign  of  the 
Reprobate,  next  door  to  the  Descent  into  the  Pit. 

Court.  Gentlemen,  you  have  heard  the  indict- 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  167 

ment,  his  plea,  and  the  testimony  of  the  witnesses. 
Gaoler,  set  Mr.  Hard-Heart  to  the  bar. 

He  is  set  to  the  bar. 

Clerk.  Mr.  Hard-Heart,  thou  art  here  indicted 
by  the  name  of  Hard-Heart,  (an  intruder  upon 
the  town  of  Mansoul,)  for  that  thou  didst,  most 
desperately  and  wickedly,  possess  the  town  of 
Mansoul  with  impenitency  and  obdurateness  ;  and 
didst  keep  them  from  remorse  and  sorrow  for 
their  evils,  all  the  time  of  their  apostasy  from,  and 
rebellion  against,  the  blessed  King  Shaddai.  What 
sayest  thou  to  this  indictment  ?  Art  thou  guilty, 
or  not  guilty  ? 

Hard.  My  lord,  I  never  knew  what  remorse,  or 
sorrow  meant,  in  all  my  life.  I  am  impenetrable, 
I  care  for  no  man  ;  nor  can  I  be  pierced  with 
men's  griefs  ;  their  groans  will  not  enter  into  my 
heart.  Whomsoever  I  mischief,  whomsoever  I 
wrong,  to  me  it  is  music,  when  to  others  mourning. 

Court.  You  see  the  man  is  a  right  Diabolonian, 
and  has  convicted  himself.  Set  him  by,  gaoler, 
and  set  Mr.  False-Peace  to  the  bar. 

False-Peace  set  to  the  bar. 

"  Mr.  False-Peace,  thou  art  here  indicted  by 
the  name  of  False-Peace,  (an  intruder  upon  the 
town  of  Mansoul,)  for  that  thou  didst  most  wick- 
edly and  satanically  bring,  hold,  and  keep  the  town 
of  Mansoul,  both  in  her  apostasy  and  in  her  hell- 
ish rebellion,  in  a  false,  groundless,  and  dangerous 
peace,  and  damnable  security,  to  the  dishonour  of 
the  King,  the  transgression  of  his  law,  and  the 
great  damage  of  the  town  of  Mansoul.  What 
sayest  thou  ?  Art  thou  guilty  of  this  indictment 
or  not?" 


168  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Then  said  Mr.  False-Peace,  "  Gentlemen,  and 
you  now  appointed  to  be  my  judges  ;  I  acknow- 
ledge that  my  name  is  Mr.  Peace ;  but  that  my 
name  is  False-Peace,  I  utterly  deny.  If  youi 
honours  shall  please  to  send  for  any  that  do  inti 
mately  know  me  from  my  birth,  or  for  the  gos- 
sips that  were  at  my  christening,  they  will,  any 
or  all  of  them,  prove  that  my  name  is  not  False- 
Peace,  but  Peace.  Wherefore  I  cannot  plead 
to  this  indictment,  forasmuch  as  my  name  is  not 
inserted  therein ;  and  as  is  my  true  name,  so 
are  also  my  conditions.  I  was  always  a  man 
that  loved  to  live  at  quiet,  and  what  I  loved 
myself,  that  I  thought,  others  might  love  also. 
Wherefore,  when  I  saw  any  of  my  neighbours 
to  labour  under  a  disquieted  mind,  I  endea- 
voured to  help  them  what  I  could ;  and  instances 
of  this  good  temper  of  mine,  many  I  could 
give  :  as, 

"  1.  When,  at  the  beginning,  our  town  of 
Mansoul  did  decline  the  ways  of  Shaddai,  they, 
some  of  them,  afterwards  began  to  have  disquieting 
reflections  upon  themselves,  for  what  they  had 
done ;  but  I,  as  one  troubled  to  see  them  dis- 
quieted, presently  sought  out  means  to  get  them 
quiet  again. 

"2.  When  the  ways  of  the  old  world,  and  of 
Sodom,  were  in  fashion,  if  anything  happened  to 
molest  those  that  were  for  the  customs  of  the 
present  times,  I  laboured  to  make  them  quiet 
again,  and  to  cause  them  to  act  without  molesta- 
tion. 

"  3.  To  come  nearer  home  :  when  the  wars  fell 
out  between  Shaddai  and  Diabolus,  if  at  any  time 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  169 

f  saw  an\  of  the  town  of  Mansoul  afraid  of  de- 
struction, I  often  used,  by  some  way,  device,  in- 
vention, or  other,  to  labour  to  bring  them  to  peace 
again.  Wherefore,  since  I  have  been  always 
a  man  of  so  virtuous  a  temper,  as  some 
peace-maker  is ;  and  if  a  peace-maker  be  so 
deserving-  a  man,  as  some  have  been  bold  to  attest 
he  is;  then  let  me,  gentlemen,  be -accounted  by 
you,  who  have  a  great  name  for  justice  and  equity 
in  Mansoul,  for  a  man  that  deserveth,  not  this 
inhuman  way  of  treatment,  but  liberty,  and  also 
a  license  to  seek  damage  of  those  that  have  been 
my  accusers." 

Then  said  the  clerk,  "  Crier,  make  a  procla- 
mation." 

Crier.  0  yes  !  Forasmuch  as  the  prisoner  at  the 
bar  hath  denied  his  name  to  be  that  which  is  men- 
tioned in  the  indictment,  the  Court  requireth,  that 
if  there  be  any  in  this  place  that  can  give  informa- 
tion to  the  Court,  of  the  original  and  right  name 
of  the  prisoner,  they  would  come  forth  and  give 
in  their  evidence  ;  for  the  prisoner  stands  upon  his 
own  innocency. 

Then  came  two  into  the  court  and  desired  that 
they  might  have  leave  to  speak  what  they  knew 
concerning  the  prisoner  at  the  bar :  the  name  of 
the  one  was  Search-Truth,  and  the  name  of  the 
other  Vouch-Truth.  So  the  Court  demanded  of 
these  men,  if  they  knew  the  prisoner,  and  what 
they  could  say  concerning  him,  "  for  he  stands," 
said  they,  "  upon  his  own  vindication." 

Then  said  Mr.  Search-Truth,  "  My  lord,  I—" 

Court.  Hold !  give  him  his  oath. 

Then  they  sware  him.     So  he  proceeded. 
16 


170  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Search.  My  lord,  I  know,  and  have  known  this 
man,  from  a  child,  and  can  attest,  that  his  name  is 
False-Peace.  I  knew  his  father ;  his  name  was 
Mr.  Flatterer :  and  his  mother,  before  she  was  mar- 
ried, was  called  by  the  name  of  Mrs.  Sooth-Up: 
and  these  two,  when  they  came  together,  lived 
not  long  without  this  son  ;  and  when  he  was 
born,  they  called  his  name  False-Peace.  I  was 
his  playfellow,  only  I  was  somewhat  oldeivthan 
he  ;  and  when  his  mother  did  use  to  call  him  home 
from  his  play,  she  used  to  say,  "  False-Peace, 
False-Peace,  come  home  quick,  or  I'll  fetch  you." 
Yea,  I  knew  him  when  a  babe ;  and  though  I 
was  then  but  little,  yet  I  can  lemember,  that 
when  his  mother  did  use  to  sit  at  the  door  with 
him,  or  did  play  with  him  in  her  arms,  she  would 
call  him,  twenty  times  together,  "  My  little  False- 
Peace  !  my  pretty  False-Peace  !"  and  "  Oh  !  my 
sweet  rogue,  False-Peace  !"  and  again,  "  Oh!  n.j 
little  bird,  False-Peace  !"  and,  "  How  do  I  love 
my  child !"  The  gossips  also  know  it  is  thus, 
though  he  has  had  the  face  to  deny  it  in  open 
court. 

Then  Mr.  Vouch-Truth  was  called  upon  to 
speak  what  he  knew  of  him.  So  they  sware 
him. 

Then  said  Mr.  Vouch-Truth,  "  My  lord,  all 
that  the  former  witness  hatli  said,  is  true.  His 
name  is  False-Peace,  the  son  of  Mr.  Flatterer,  and 
of  Mrs.  Sooth-Up,  his  mother ;  and  I  have,  in  former 
times,  seen  him  angry  with  those  that  have  called 
him  anything  else  but  False-Peace,  for  he  would 
say  that  all  such  did  mock  and  nickname  him ; 
but  this  was  in  the  time,  when  Mr.  False-Peace 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  171 

i   great   man.   and   when  the  Diabolonians 
were  the  brave  men  in  Mansoul." 

Court.  Gentlemen,  you  have  heard  what  these 
two  men  have  sworn  against  the  prisoner  at  the 
bar.  And  now,  Mr.  False-Peace,  to  you:  you 
have  denied  your  name  to  he  False-Peace,  yet  you 
see,  that  these  honest  men  have  sworn,  that  that 
is  your  name.  As  to  your  plea,  in  that  you  are 
quite  besides  the  matter  of  your  indictment,  you 
are  not  by  it.  charged  lor  evil-doing,  because  you 
arc  a  man  ,  or  a  peace-maker  among  youi 

neighbours;  but  for  that  you  did  wickedly  and 
:  ally  bring,  keep,  and  hold  the  town  of 
Mansoul,  both  under  its  apostasy  from,  and  in  it* 
rebellion  against  its  King,  in  a  false,  lying,  and 
damnable  peace,  contrary  to  the  law  of  Shaddai, 
and  to  the  hazard  of  the  destruction  of  the  ther. 
miserable  town  of  Mansoul.  All  that  you  have 
pleaded  for  yourself  is,  that  you  have  denied  youi 
name,  etc.;  but  here,  you  see,  we  have  witnesses 
to  prove  that  you  are  the  man.  For  the  peace 
that  you  so  much  boast  of  making  among  your 
neighbours,  know,  that  peace  that  is  not  a  com- 
panion of  truth  and  holiness,  but  that  which  is 
without  tins  foundation,  is  grounded  upon  a  lie, 
and  is  both  deceitful  and  damnable,  as  also  the 
great  Shaddai  hath  said.  Thy  plea,  therefore, 
has  not  delivered  thee  from  what,  by  the  indict- 
ment thou  art  charged  with,  but  rather  it  doth 
fasten  all  upon  thee/  But  thou  shalt  have  very 
fair  play.  Let  us  call  the  witnesses  that  are  to 
testify  as  to  matter  of  fact,  and  see  what  they  have 
to  say  for  our  Lord  the  King,  against  the  prisons 
at  the  bar. 


172  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Clerk.  Mr.  Know-Ail,  what  say  you  for  our 
Lord  the  King  against  the  prisoner  at  the  bar  ? 

Know.  My  lord,  this  man  hath  of  a  long  time 
made  it,  to  my  knowledge,  his  business  to  keep 
the  town  of  Mansoul  in  a  sinful  quietness  in  the 
midst  of  all  her  lewdness,  nlthiuess,  and  turmoils, 
and  hath  said,  and  that  in  my  hearing,  Come, 
come,  let  us  fly  from  all  trouble,  on  what  ground 
soever  it  comes,  and  let  us  be  for  a  quiet  and 
peaceable  life,  though  it  wantcth  a  good  founda 
tion. 

Clerk.  Come,  Mr.  Hate-Lies,  what  have  you 
to  say? 

Hate.  My  lord,  I  have  heard  him  say,  that 
peace,  though  in  a  way  of  unrighteousness,  is 
better  than  trouble  with  truth. 

Clerk.  Where  did  you  hear  him  say  this  1 

Hate.  I  heard  him  say  it  in  Folly-yard,  at  the 
house  of  one  Mr.  Simple,  next  door  to  the  sign 
of  the  Self-deceiver.  Yea,  he  hath  said  this  to 
my  knowledge  twenty  times  in  that  place. 

Clerk.  We  may  spare  further  witness ;  this 
evidence  is  plain  and  full.  Set  him  by,  gaoler, 
and  set  Mr.  No-Truth  to  the  bar.  Mr.  No-Truth, 
thou  art  here  indicted  by  the  name  of  No-Truth, 
(an  intruder  upon  the  town  of  Mansoul)  for  that 
thou  hast  always,  to  the  dishonour  of  Shaddai, 
and  the  endangering  of  the  utter  ruin  of  the 
famous  town  of  Mansoul,  set  thyself  to  deface, 
and  utterly  to  spoil  all  the  remainders  of  the  law 
and  image  of  Shaddai  that  have  been  found  in 
Mansoul  after  her  deep  apostasy  from  her  king  to 
Diabolus,  the  envious  tyrant.  What  sayest  thou, 
art  thou  guilty  of  this  indictment,  or  not  ? 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  J  73 

No.  Not  guilty,  my  lord. 

Then  the  witnesses  were  called,  and  Mr. 
Know-All  did  first  give  in  his  evidence  against 
him. 

Know.  My  lord,  this  man  was  at  the  pulling 
down  of  the  image  of  Shaddai ;  yea,  this  is  he 
that  did  it  with  his  own  hands.  I  myself  stood 
by  and  saw  him  do  it,  and  he  did  it  at  the  com- 
mandment of  Diabolus.  Yea,  this  Mr.  No-Truth 
did  more  than  this,  he  did  also  set  up  the  horned 
image  of  the  beast  Diabolus  in  the  same  place. 
This  also  is  he  that,  at  the  bidding  of  Diabolus, 
did  rend  and  tear,  and  cause  to  be  consumed,  all 
that  he  could  of  the  remainders  of  the  law  of  the 
King,  even  whatever  he  could  lay  his  hands  on  in 
Mansoul. 

Clerk.  Who  saw  him  do  this  besides  yourself? 

Hate.  I  did,  my  lord,  and  so  did  many  more 
besides  ;  for  this  was  not  done  by  stealth,  or  in  a 
corner,  but  in  the  open  view  of  all;  yea,  he  chose 
himself  to  do  it  publicly,  for  he  delighted  in  the 
doing  of  it.  - 

Clerk.  Mr.  No-Truth,  how  could  you  have  the 
face  to  plead  not  guilty,  when  you  were  so  mani- 
festly the  doer  of  all  this  wickedness? 

No.  Sir,  I  thought  I  must  say  something,  and 
as  my  name  is,  so  I  speak  :  I  have  been  advan- 
taged thereby  before  now,  and  did  not  know  but 
by  speaking  no  truth,  I  might  have  reaped  the 
same  benefit  now. 

Clerk.    Set    him    by,    gaoler,    and    set    Mr. 

Pitiless  to  the  bar.     Mr.  Pitiless,  thou  art  here 

indicted  by   the  name   of  Pitiless,   (an   intruder 

upon  the  town  of  Mansoul,)  for  that  thou  didst 

16* 


174  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

most  traitorously  and  wickedly  shut  up  all  bowels 
of  compassion,  and  wouldest  not  suffer  poor  Man- 
soul  to  condole  her  own  misery,  when  she  had 
apostatized  from  her  rightful  King,  but  didst 
evade,  and  at  all  times  turn  her  mind  awry  from 
those  thoughts  that  had  in  them  a  tendency  to 
lead  her  to  repentance.  What  sayest  thou  to  this 
indictment?     Guilty,  or  not  guilty? 

"  Not  guilty  of  pitilessness :  all  I  did,  was  to 
cheer-up,  according  to  my  name,  for  my  name  is 
not  Pitiless,  but  Cheer-Up ;  and  I  could  not 
abide  to  see  Mansoul  inclined  to  melancholy." 

Clerk.  How  !  Do  you  deny  your  name,  and  say 
it  is  not  Pitiless,  but  Cheer-Up  ?  Call  for  the  wit- 
nesses.   What  say  you,  the  witnesses,  to  this  plea? 

Know.  My  lord,  his  name  is  Pitiless ;  so  he 
hath  written  himself  in  all  papers  of  concern 
wherein  he  has  had  to  do.  But  these  Diabolonians 
love  to  counterfeit  their  names :  Mr.  Covetousness 
covers  himself  with  the  name  of  Good-Hus- 
bandry, or  the  like;  Mr.  Pride  can,  when  need  is, 
call  himself  Mr.  Neat,  Mr.  Handsome,  or  the  like ; 
and  so  of  all  the  rest  of  them. 

Clerk.  Mr.  Tell-True,  what  say  you  ? 

Tell.  His  name  is  Pitiless,  my  lord.  I  have 
known  him  from  a  child,  and  he  hath  done  all 
that  wickedness,  whereof  he  stands  charged  in 
the  indictment ;  but  there  is  a  company  of  them 
that  are  not  acquainted  with  the  danger  of  damning, 
therefore  they  call  all  those  melancholy,  that  have 
serious  thoughts  how  that  state  should  be  shunned 
by  them. 

Clerk.  Set  Mr.  Haughty  to  the  bar,  gaoler. 
Mr.  Haughty,  thou  art  here  indicted  by  the  name 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  175 

of  Haughty,  (an  intruder  upon  the  town  of  Man 
soul,)  for  that  thou  didst  most  traitorously  and 
devilishly  teach  the  town  of  Mansoul,  to  carry  it 
loftily  and  stoutly  against  the  summons  that  was 
given  them  by  the  captains  of  the  King  Shaddai. 
Thou  didst  also  teach  the  town  of  Mansoul  to 
speak  contemptuously  and  vilifyingly  of  their 
great  King  Shaddai ;  and  didst  moreover  en- 
courage, both  by  words  and  examples,  Mansoul, 
to  take  up  arms  both  against  the  King  and  his 
son  Emmanuel.  How  sayest  thou,  art  thou 
guilty  of  this  indictment,  or  not  ? 

Haughty.  Gentlemen,  I  have  always  been  a  man 
of  courage  and  valour,  and  have  not  used  when 
under  the  greatest  clouds,  to  sneak  or  hang  down 
the  head  like  a  bulrush ;  nor  did  it  at  all,  at  any 
time,  please  me  to  see  men  veil  their  bonnets  to 
those  that  have  opposed  them  ;  yea,  though  their 
adversaries  seemed  to  have  ten  times  the  advan- 
tage of  them.  I  did  not  use  to  consider  who  was 
my  foe,  nor  what  the  cause  was,  in  which  I  was 
engaged.  It  was  enough  to  me,  if  I  carried  it 
bravely,  fought  like  a  man,  and  came  off  a  victor. 

Court.  Mr.  Haughty,  you  are  not  here  indicted 
for  that  you  have  been  a  valiant  man,  nor  for 
your  courage  and  stoutness  in  times  of  distress, 
but  that  you  have  made  use  of  this  your  pre- 
tended valour,  to  draw  the  town  of  Mansoul  into 
acts  of  rebellion,  both  against  the  great  King,  and 
Emmanuel  his  Son.  This  is  the  crime  and  the 
thing  wherewith  thou  art  charged  in  and  by  the 
indictment. 

But  he  made  no  answer  to  that. 

Now  when  the  Court  had  thus  far  proceeded 


176  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

against  the  prisoners  at  the  bar,  then  they  put 
them  over  to  the  verdict  oi"  their  jury,  to  whom 
they  did  apply  themselves  after  this  manner: 

"  Gentlemen  of  the  jury,  You  have  been  here, 
and  have  seen  these  men  ;  you  have  heard  their 
indictments,  their  pleas,  and  what  the  witnesses 
have  testified  against  them  :  now  what  remains, 
is,  that  you  do  forthwith  withdraw  yourselves  to 
some  place,  where  without  confusion  you  may 
consider  of  what  verdict,  in  a  way  of  truth  and 
righteousness,  you  ought  to  bring  in  for  the  King 
against  them,  and  so  bring  it  in  accordingly." 

Then  the  jury,  to  wit,  Mr.  Belief,  Mr.  True- 
Heart,  Mr.  Upright,  Mr.  Hate-Bad,  Mr.  Love-God, 
Mr.See-Truth.Mr.Heavenly-Mind,  Mr.Moderate, 
Mr.  Thankful,  Mr.  Humble,  Mr.  Good-Work,  and 
Mr.  Zeal-for-God,  withdrew  themselves  in  order  to 
their  work.  Now  when  they  were  shut  up  by 
themselves,  they  fell  to  discourse  among  them- 
selves, in  order  to  the  drawing  up  of  their  verdict. 

And  thus  Mr.  Belief  (for  he  was  the  foreman) 
began:  "Gentlemen,"  quoth  he,  "for  the  men, 
the  prisoners  at  the  bar,  for  my  part,  I  believe 
that  they  all  deserve  death."  "  Very  right,"  said 
Mr.  True-Heart ;  "  I  am  wholly  of  your  opinion." 
"  Oh  what  a  mercy  is  it,"  said  Mr.  Hate-Bad, 
"  that  such  villains  as  these  are  apprehended  !" 
"  Ay  !  ay  !"  said  Mr.  Love-God,  "  this  is  one  of  the 
joyfullest  days  that  ever  I  saw  in  my  life."  Then 
said  Mr.  See-Truth,  "  I  know,  that  if  we  judge 
them  to  death,  our  verdict  shall  stand  before 
Shaddai  himself."  "  Nor  do  I  at  all  question  it," 
said  Mr.  Heavenly-Mind;  he  said,  moreover, 
"  When  all  such  beasts  as  these  are  cast  out  of 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  177 

Mansoul,  what  a  goodly  town  will  it  be  then  !" 
"  Then,"  said  Mr.  .Moderate, k-  it  is  not  my  manner 
to  pass  my  judgment  with  rashness  ;  but  ior  these, 
their  crimes  are  so  notorious,  and  the  witness  so 

palpable,  that  that  man  must  be  wilfully  blind 
who  saith  the  prisoners  ought  not  to  die." 
"  Blessed  be  God,"  said  Mr.  Thankful,  '•  that  the 
traitors  are  in  safe  custody  !"  "And  I  join  with 
you  in  this  upon  my  bare  knees,"  said  Mr. 
Humble.  "  I  am  glad  also,"  said  Mr.  Good-Work. 
Then  said  the  warm  and  true-hearted  Mr.  Zeal- 
for-God,  ''Cut  them  ofT;  they  have  been  the  plague, 
and  have  sought  the  destruction  of  Mansoul." 

Thus,  therefore,  being  all  agreed  in  their  verdict, 
they  come  instantly  into  the  Court. 

Clerk.  Gentlemen  of  the  jury,  answer  all  to 
your  names  :  Mr.  Belief,  one  :  Mr.  True-Heart, 
two  :  Mr.  Upright,  three  :  Mr.  Hate-Bad,  four : 
Mr. Love-God,  five  :  Mr. See-Truth,  six:  Mr.Hea- 
venly-Mind,  seven:  Mr.  Moderate,  eight :  Mr. 
Thankful,  nine  :  Mr.  Humble,  ten  :  Mr.  Good- 
Work,  eleven  :  and  Mr.  Zeal-for-God,  twelve. 
Good  men  and  true,  stand  together  in  your  ver- 
dict :  are  you  all  agreed  1 

Jury.  Yes,  my  lord. 

Clerk.  Who  shall  speak  for  you  ? 

Jury.  Our  foreman. 

Clerk.  You,  the  gentlemen  of  the  jury,  being 
empannelled  for  our  Lord  the  King,  to  serve  here 
in  a  matter  of  life  and  death,  have  heard  the  trials 
of  each  of  these  men,  the  prisoners  at  the  bar : 
what  say  you  ?  are  they  guilty  of  that,  and  those 
crimes  for  which  they  stand  here  indicted,  or  are 
they  not  guilty  ? 


178  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Foreman.  Guilty,  my  lord. 

Clerk.  Look  to  your  prisoners,  gaoler. 

This  was  clone  in  the  morning,  and  in  the  after- 
noon,, they  received  the  sentence  of  death  accord- 
ing to  the  law. 

The  gaoler,  therefore,  having  received  such  a 
charge,  put  them  all  in  the  inward  prison,  to  pre- 
serve them  there  till  the  day  of  execution,  which 
was  to  be  the  next  day  in  the  morning. 

But  now  to  see  how  it  happened,  one  of  the 
prisoners,  Incredulity  by  name,  in  the  interim 
betwixt  the  sentence  and  the  time  of  execution, 
brake  prison,  and  made  his  escape,  and  gets  him 
away  quite  out  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  and  lay 
lurking  in  such  places  and  holes  as  he  might, 
until  he  should  again  have  opportunity  to  do  the 
town  of  Mansoul  a  mischief,  for  their  thus  handling 
him  as  they  did. 

Now  when  Mr.  Trueman,  the  gaoler,  perceived 
that  he  had  lost  his  prisoner,  he  was  in  a  heavy 
taking,  because  that  prisoner  was,  to  speak  on, 
the  very  worst  of  all  the  gang :  wherefore  first  he 
goes  and  acquaints  my  Lord  Mayor,  Mr.  Recorder, 
and  my  Lord  Willbewill,  with  the  matter,  and  to 
get  of  them  an  order  to  make  search  for  him 
throughout  the  town  of  Mansoul.  So  an  order 
Nowduii.y      he  got,  and  search  was  made,  but  no 

found  in  Mansoul.      guc]1  man  coul J    now  be  foUlld    ill    all 

the  town  of  Mansoul. 

All  that  could  be  gathered  was,  that  lie  had 
lurked  awhile  about  the  outside  of  the  town, 
and  that  here  and  there,  one  or  other  had  a  glimpse 
of  him,  as  he  did  make  his  escape  outof  Mansoul; 
one  or  two  also  did   affirm,  that  they  saw  him 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  170 

without  the  town,  going  apace  quite  over  the  plain 
Now  when  he  was  quite  gone,  it  was  affirmed  by 
one  Mr.  Did-See,  that  he  tanged  all     Hei!6l)net0 
over  dry  places,  till  he  met  with  Dia-       oiafoius, 
bolus,  his  friend,  and  where  should  they  meet  one 
another,  but  just  upon  Hell-gate  hill. 

But  oh  !  what  a  lamentable  story  did  the  old 
gentleman  tell  to  Diabolus,  concerning  what  sad 
alteration  Emmanuel  had  made  in  Mansoul ! 

As,  first,  how  Mansoul  had,  after  some  delays, 
received  a  general  pardon  at  the  hands  of  Em- 
manuel, and  that  they  had  invited  him  into  the 
town,  and  that  they  had  given  him  the  castle  for 
his  possession.  He  said,  moreover,  that  they  had 
called  his  soldiers  into  the  town,  coveted  who 
should  quarter  the  most  of  them  ;  they  also  en- 
tertained him  with  the  timbrel  and  song.  "  But 
that,"  said  Incredulity,  "  which  is  the  sorest 
vexation  to  me  is,  that  he  hath  pulled  down,  0 
father,  thy  ima^e,  and  set  up  his  own  ;  pulled 
down  thy  officers,  and  set  up  his  own.  Yea,  and 
Willbewill,  that  rebel,  who,  one  would  have 
thought,  should  never  have  turned  from  us,  he  is 
now  in  as  great  favour  with  Emmanuel,  as  ever 
he  was  with  thee.  But  besides  all  this,  this 
Willbewill  has  received  a  special  commission  from 
his  master  to  search  for,  to  apprehend,  and  to  put 
to  death  all,  and  all  manner  of  Diabolonians  that 
he  shall  find  in  Mansoul:  yea,  and  this  Willbe- 
will has  taken  and  committed  to  prison  already 
eight  of  my  Lord's  most  trusty  friends  in  Man- 
soul.  Nay  further,  my  Lord,  with  grief  I  speak 
it,  they  have  been  all  arraigned,  condemned,  and 
I  doubt  not  before  this,  executed  in  Mansoul.     I 


180  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

told  my  Lord  of  eight,  and  myself  was  the  ninth, 
who  should  assuredly  have  drunk  of  the  same  cup, 
but  that  through  craft,  I,  as  thou  seest,  have  made 
mine  escape  from  them. 

When  Diabolus  had  heard  this  lamentable  story, 
he  yelled,  and  snuffed  up  the  wind  like  a  dragon, 
and  made  the  sky  to  look  dark  with  his  roaring ; 
he  also  sware  that  he  would  try  to  be  revenged 
on  Mansoul  for  this.  So  they,  both  he  and  his  old 
friend  Incredulity,  concluded  to  enter  into  great 
consultation,  how  they  might  get  the  town  of 
Mansoul  again. 

Now,  before  this   time,   the  day  was  come  in 

Rom.viii.is-     which  the  prisoners  in  Mansoul  were 

vi.  12-14.      t0  be  executed.    So  they  were  brought 

to  the  cross,  and  that  by  Mansoul,  in  most  solemn 

manner;  for  the  Prince  said  that  this  should  be 

done  by  the  hand  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  "  that 

I  may  see,"  said  he,  "  the  forwardness  of  my 

now  redeemed  Mansoul  to  keep  my 

word,  and  to  do  my  commandments  ; 

and  that  I  may  bless  Mansoul  in  doing  this  deed. 

Proof  of  sincerity  pleases  me  well ;  let  Mansoul 

therefore  first  lay  their  hands  upon  these  Diabo- 

lonians  to  destroy  them." 

So  the  town  of  Mansoul  slew  them,  according 
to  the  word  of  their  Prince  ;  but  when  the 
prisoners  were  brought  to  the  cross  to  die,  you 
can  hardly  believe  what  troublesome  work  Man- 
soul had  of  it,  to  put  the  Diabolonians  to  death  ; 
for  the  men  knowing  that  they  must  die,  and  every 
one  of  them  having  implacable  enmity  in  their 
hearts  to  Mansoul,  what  did  they,  but  took  courage 
at  the  cross,  and  there  resisted  the  men  of  the 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  181 

town   of  Mansoul?      Wherefore    the  The assisUnce of 

men  of  Mansoul   were  forced   to  cry      ",orc gr,ce- 
out  for  help,   to   the   captains   and   men  of  war. 
Now  the   great  Shaddai   had  a  secretary  in  the 
town,  and  he  was  a  great  lover  of  the  men  of  Man- 
soul,  and  he  was  at  the  place  of  execution  also ; 
so  he,  hearing  the  men  of  Mansoul  cry  out  against 
the  stragglings  and  unraliness  of  the  prisoners, 
rose   up  from  his  place,  and  came  and   put  his 
hands  upon  the  hands  of  the  men   of 
Mansoul.     So  they  crucified  the  Dia- 
bolonians  that  had  been  a  plague,  a  grief,  and  an 
offence  to  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

Now,  when  this  good  work  was  done,  the 
Prince  came  down  to  see,  to  visit,  and  to  speak 
comfortably  to  the  men  of  Mansoul,  and  to 
strengthen  their  hands  in  such  work.  And  he  said 
to  them,  that  by  this  act  of  theirs  he  had  proved 
them,  and  found  them  to  be  lovers  of  his  person, 
observers  of  his  laws,  and  such  as  had  also  respect 
to  his  honour.  He  said,  moreover,  (to  show  them 
that  they,  by  this  should  not  be  losers,  nor  their 
town  weakened  by  the  loss  of  them,)  that  he 
would  make  them  another  captain,  and  that  of 
one  of  themselves.  And  that  this  captain  should 
be  the  ruler  of  a  thousand,  for  the  good  and  benefit 
of  the  now  flourishing  town  of  Mansoul. 

So  he  called  one  to  him,  whose  name  was 
Waiting,  and  bid  him,  "  Go  quickly  up  to  the  castle 
gate,  and  inquire  there  for  one  Mi.  Experience, 
that  waiteth  upon  that  noble  captain,  the  Captain 
Credence,  and  bid  him  come  hither  to  me."  So 
the  messenger  that  waited  upon  the  good  Prince 
Emmanuel,  went  and  said  as  he  was  commanded. 
17 


182  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Now  the  young  gentleman  was  waiting  to  see  the 
captain  train  and  muster  his  men  in  the  castle 
yard.  Then  said  Mr.  Waiting  to  him,  "Sir,  the 
Prince  would  that  you  should  come  down  to  his 
highness  forthwith."  So  he  brought  him  down  to 
Emmanuel,  and  he  came  and  made  obeisance 
before  him.  Now  the  men  of  the  town  knew 
Mr.  Experience  well,  for  he  was  born  and  bred 
in  Mansoul ;  they  also  knew  him  to  be  a  man 
of  conduct,  of  valour,  and  a  person  prudent 
in  matters ;  he  was  also  a  comely  person, 
well  spoken,  and  very  successful  in  his  under- 
takings. 

Wherefore  the  hearts  of  the  townsmen  were 
transported  with  joy,  when  they  saw  that  the 
Prince  himself  was  so  taken  with  Mr.  Experience, 
that  he  would  needs  make  him  a  captain  over  a 
band  of  men. 

So,  with  one  consent,  they  bowed  the  knee  before 
Emmanuel,  and  with  a  shout  said,  "  Let  Emmanuel 
live  for  ever !"  Then  said  the  Prince  to  the  young 
gentleman,  whose  name  was  Mr.  Experience,  "I 
have  thought  good  to  confer  upon  thee  a  place  of 
trust  and  honour  in  this  my  town  of  Mansoul." 
Then  the  young  man  bowed  his  head  and  wor- 
shipped. "  It  is,"  said  Emmanuel,  "  that  thou 
shouldest  be  a  captain,  a  captain  over  a  thousand 
men  in  my  beloved  town  of  Mansoul."  Then 
said  the  captain,"  "  Let  the  King  live."  So  the 
Prince  gave  out  orders  forthwith  to  the  King's 
secretary,  that  he  should  draw  up  for  Mr.  Ex- 
perience a  commission  to  make  him  a  captain 
over  a  thousand  men  ;  "  and  let  it  be  brought  to 
me,"  said  he,  "that  I  may  set  to  my  seal."  So  it  was 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  183 

done  a?  it  was  commanded.  The  commission  was 
drawn  up,  brought  to  Emmanuel,  and  lie  set  his 

seal  thereto.     Then,  by  the  hand  of  Mr.  Waiting 
he  sent  it  away  to  the  captain. 

Now  so  soon  as  the  captain  had  received  his 
commission,  he  sonndeth  his  trumpet  for  volun- 
teers, and  young  men  come  to  him  apaee  ;  yea, 
the  greatest  and  chief  men  in  the  town  sent 
their  sons  to  be  listed  under  his  command.  Tims 
Captain  Experience  came  under  command  to  Em- 
manuel, for  the  good  of  the  town  of  Mansoul. 
He  had  for  his  lieutenant  one  Mr.  Skilful,  and 
for  his  cornet  one  Mr.  Memory.  His  under- 
officers  T  need  not  name.  His  colours  were  the 
white  colours  for  the  town  of  Mansoul  ;  and  his 
scutcheon  was  the  dead  lion  and  dead  ls„r,.xvii. 
bear.  So  the  Prince  returned  to  his  36,37, 
royal  palace  again. 

Now  when  he  was  returned  thither,  the  elders 
of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  to  wit,  the  Lord  Mayor, 
the  Recorder,  and  the  Lord  Willbewill,  went  to 
congratulate  him,  and  in  special  way  to  thank  him 
for  his  love,  care,  and  tin;  tender  compassion 
which  he  showed  to  his  ever  obliged  town  of 
Mansoul.  So  after  a  while,  and  some  sweet  com- 
munion between  them,  the  townsmen  having 
solemnly  ended  their  ceremony,  returned  to  their 
place  again'. 

Emmanuel  also  at  this  time  appointed  them  a 
day,  wherein  he  would  renew  their  charter,  yea, 
wherein  he  would  renew  and  enlarge  it,  mending 
several  faults  therein,  that  Mansoul's  yoke  might 
be  yet  more  easy.  And  this  he  did  „,,,.  viil  ;3. 
without  any  desire  of  theirs,  even  of  Mlt  x,'2*~ 


184  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

his  own  frankness  and  noble  mind.  So  when  he 
had  sent  for  and  seen  their  old  one,  he  laid  it  by, 
and  said,  "  Now  that  which  decayeth  and  waxeth 
old  is  ready  to  vanish  away."  He  said,  moreover, 
"  The  town  of  Mansoul  shall  have  another,  a 
better,  a  new  one,  more  steady  and  firm  by  far.' 
An  epitome  hereof  take  as  follows : — 

"  Emmanuel,  Prince  of  Peace,  and  a  great  lover 
of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  I  do  in  the  name  of  my 
Father,  and  of  mine  own  clemency,  give,  grant, 
and  bequeath  to  the  beloved  town  of  Mansoul, 
Heb  viij  l2.  "  First.  Free,  full,  and  everlasting 

i  John  i.  9.  forgiveness  of  all  wrongs,  injuries, 
and  offences  done  by  them  against  my  Father, 
me,  their  neighbour,  or  themselves. 
jni.n  xvii.  s.  u.  "  Second.  I  do  give  them  the  holy 
2Cor  vii.  i.  |aw  alKj  my  testament,  with  all  that 
therein  is  contained,  for  their  everlasting  comfort 
and  consolation. 

"  Third.     I  do  also  give  them  a  portion  of  the 
self-same  grace  and  goodness  that  dwells 

2  Pet.  i.  4.  .  „    ?i         )'     i         j  1 

in  my  Father  s  heart  and  mine. 

"Fourth.  I   do  give,  grant,  and  bestow  upon 

them  freely,  the  world  and  what  is  therein,  for 

their  good  ;  and  they  shall  have   that 

i cor.  in. 21, 22.    p0wer  over  tnemj  .IS  slia.ll  stand  with 

the  honour  of  my  Father,  my  glory,  and  their 
comfort :  yea,  I  grant  them  the  benefits  of  life  and 
death,  and  of  things  present,  and  things  to  come. 
This  privilege,  no  other  city,  town,  or  corpora- 
tion, shall  have,  but  my  Mansoul  only. 
h*.  x  is,  2o.  "Fifth.  I  do  give  and  grant  them 

Matt. vii.  t.        leave,  and  free  access   to  me  in   my 
palace  at  all   seasons — to   my  palace   above   or 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  185 

be.ow — there  to  make  known  their  wants  to  me, 
and  I  give  them,  moreover,  a  promise  that  I  will 
hear  and  redress  all  their  grievances. 

"Sixth.  I  do  give,  granj  to.  and  invest  the 
town  of  Mansoul  with  full  power  and  authority 
to  seek  out,  take,  enslave,  and  destroy  all,  and 
all  manner  of  Diaholonians  that  at  any  time,  from 
whencesoever,  shall  be  found  straggling  in  or 
about  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

"  Seventh.  I  do    further  grant  to    my  beloved 
town  of  Mansoul,  that  they  shall  have  authority 
not  to  suffer  any  foreigner,  or  stranger, 
or  their  seed,  to  be  free  in,  and  of  the 
blessed  town  of  Mansoul,  nor  to  share 
in  the  excellent  privileges  thereof.     But  that  all 
the  grants,  privileges,  and  immunities  that  I  be- 
stow upon  tiie  famous  town  of  Mansoul,  shall  be 
for   those   the    old    natives,  and   true   inhabitants 
thereof;  to  them,  I  say,  and  to  their  right  seed 
after  them. 

"  But  all  Diaholonians.  of  what  sort,  birth, 
country,  or  kingdom  soever,  shall  be  debarred  a 
share  therein." 

So  when  the  town  of  Mansoul  had  received  at 
the  hand  of  Emmanuel  their  gracious  charter, 
(which  in  itself  is  infinitely  more  large  than  by 
this  lean  epitome  is  set  before  you,)  they  carried 
it  to  audience,  that  is,  to  the  market- 
place, and  there  Mr.  Recorder  read  it    jn-.<ml:s& 

f  '  _         „         ,  .  Heb.  viii.  10. 

m  the  presence  ot  all  the  people. 
Th«  being  done,  it  was  had  back  to  the  castle 
gates,  and  there  fairly  engraven  upon  the  doors 
thereof,  and  laid  in  letters  of  gold,  to  the  end 
that  the  town  of  Mansoul,  with  all  the  people 
17* 


186  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

thereof,  might  have  it  always  in  their  view,  or 
might  go  where  they  might  see  what  a  blessed 
freedom  their  Prince  had  bestowed  upon  them, 
that  their  joy  might  be  increased  in  themselves, 
and  their  love  renewed  to  their  great  and  good 
Emmanuel. 

But  what  joy,  what  comfort,  what  consolation, 
think  you,  did  now  possess  the  hearts  of  the 
men  of  Mansoul !  The  bells  rung,  the  minstrels 
played,  the  people  rejoiced,  the  captains  shouted, 
the  colours  waved  in  the  wind,  and  the  silver 
trumpets  sounded;  and  the  Diabolonians  now 
were  glad  to  hide  their  heads,  for  they  looked 
like  them  that  had  been  long  dead. 

When  this  was  over,  the  Prince  sent  again  for 
the  elders  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  and  communed 
with  them  about  a  ministry  that  he  intended  to 
establish  among  them ;  such  a  ministry  that 
might  open  unto  them,  and  that  might  instruct 
them  in  the  things  that  did  concern  their  present 
and  future  state. 
jer.x.23.  "For,"  said  he,  "you,  of  yourselves, 

i  cor.  ii.  14.  uniess  y0U  ]iave  teachers  and  guides, 
will  not  be  able  to  know,  and,  if  not  to  know,  to 
be  sure  not  to  do,  the  will  of  my  Father." 

At  this  news,  when  the  elders  of  Mansoul 
The  common  brought  it  to  the  people,  the  whole 
good  thoughts.  town  came  running  together,  (for  it 
pleased  them  well,  as  whatever  the  Prince  now 
did,  pleased  the  people,)  and  all  with  one  consent 
implored  his  Majesty,  that  he  would  forthwith 
establish  such  a  ministry  among  them  as  might 
teach  them  both  law  and  judgment,  statute  and 
commandment;  that  they  might  be  documented 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  187 

in  pill  good  and  wholesome  things.  So  he  told 
them  that  he  would  grant  them  their  requests, 
and  would  establish  two  among  them ;  one  that 
was  of  his  Father's  court,  and  one  that  was  a 
native  of  Mansoul. 

"  He  that  is  from  the  court,"  said  he,  "is  a  person 
of  no   loss   quality   and   dignity   than  my  Father 
and  I ;  and  he  is  the  Lord  Chief  Secre-  The  MoIy  Splrit 
tary  of  my  Father's  house:  for  he  is,  ?(£,.»  lb. 
and  always  has  been,  the  chief  dictator  John  i-  '■ 
of  all  my  Father's  laws,  a  person  altogether  well 
skilled  in  all  mysteries,  and  knowledge  of  mys-    < 
teries,  as    is    my    Father,    or  myself.      Indeed 
he  is  one  with  us  in  nature,  and  also  as  to  loving 
of,  and  being  faithful  to,  and  in  the  eternal  con- 
cerns of  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

11  And  this  is  he,"  said  the  Prince,  "  that  must  be 
your  chief  teacher;  for  it  is  he,  and  he  only,  that 
can  teach  you  clearly  in  all  high  and  supernatural 
things.  He,  and  he  only,  it  is  that  knows  the  ^ 
ways  and  methods  of  my  Father  at  court,  nor 
can  any  like  him  show  how  the  heart  of  my 
Father  is  at  all  times,  in  all  things,  upon  all  oc- 
casions towards  Mansoul ;  for  as  no  man  knows 
the  things  of  a  man,  but  that  spirit  of  a  man 
which  is  in  him,  so  the  things  of  my  Father 
knows  no  man,  but  this  his  high  and  mighty 
Secretary.  Nor  can  any,  as  he,  tell  Mansoul  how 
and  what  they  shall  do,  to  keep  themselves  in 
the  love  of  my  Father.  He  also  it  is,  that  can 
bring  lost  things  to  your  remembrance, 

l,i.  .11  Ai    •  John   xiv.   26. 

and     that     can    tell     you     things    to      «i.  is. 

come.     This  teacher,  therefore,  must 

of  necessity  have  the  pre-eminence,  both  in  your 


188  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

affections  and  judgment,  before  your  other 
teacher;  his  personal  dignity,  the  excellency  o{ 
his  teaching,  also  the  great  dexterity  that  he  :  ith 
to  help  you  to  make  and  iraw  up  petitions  to  my 
Father  for  your  help  and  to  his  pleasing,  must 
lay  obligations  upon  you  to  love  him,  fear  him, 
and  to  take  heed  that  you  grieve  him  not. 

"  This  person  can  put  life  and  vigour 
i  TheS?.  i.  5,  e.     into  all  he  says ;  yea,  and  can  also  put  it 

Actsxxi.  10,  11.        •      ,  /  /  rm    • 

jnneio.  into    your    heart.      J  his    person    can 

EoaLyHuk       make  seers  of  you,  and  can  make  you 

17.29.  '  tell  what  shall  be  hereafter.  By  this 
in.  uiii.  io.  person  you  must  frame  all  your  peti- 
tions to  my  Father  and  me  ;  and  with- 
out his  advice  and  counsel  first  obtained,  let 
nothing  enter  into  the  town  or  castle  of  Mansoul, 
for  that  may  disgust  and  grieve  this  noble  person. 
"  Take  heed,  I  say,  that  you  do  not  grieve  this 
minister  ;  for  if  you  do,  he  may  fight  against 
you  ;  and  should  he  once  be  moved  by  you  to  set 
himself  against  you  in  battle  array,  that  will 
distress  you  more  than  if  twelve  legions  should 
from  my  Father's  court  be  sent  to  make  war  upon 
you. 

"  But,  as  I  said,  if  you  shall  hearken  unto  him, 
and  shall  love  him  ;  if  you  shall  devote  yourselves 

cor.  xiii.  i4.      to  his  teaching,  and  shall  seek  to  have 
Rom.  v.5.  converse  and  to  maintain  communion 

with  him,  you  shall  find  him  ten  times  better  than 
is  the  whole  world  to  any;  yea,  he  will  shed  abroad 
the  love  of  my  Father  in  your  hearts,  and  Mansoul 
will  be  the  wisest,  and  most  blessed  of  all  people." 
Then,  did  the  Prince  call  unto  him  the  old 
gentleman,  who  before  had  been  the  Recorder  of 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  189 

Maiisoul,  Mr.  Conscience  by  name,  and  told  him, 
That,  forasmuch  as  he  was  well  skilled  in  the  law 
and  government  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  and  was 
also  well  spoken,  and  could  pertinently  deln 
them  his  Master's  will  in  a!1  terrene  and  domestic 
matters,  therefore  he  would  also  make  him  a 
minister  for,  in,  and  to,  the  goodly  town  of  Man- 
soul,  in  all  the  law,  statutes,  and  judgments  of 
the  famous  town  of  Mansoul.  "And  thou  must," 
said  the  Prince,  "  confine  thyself  to  the  teaching  of 
moral  virtues,  to  civil  and  natural  duties  ;  hut  thou 
must  not  attempt  to  presume  to  be  a  revealer  of 
those  high  and  supernatural  mysteries  that  are 
kept  close  in  the  bosom  of  Shaddai,  my  Father ; 
for  those  things  knows  no  man,  nor  can  any  reveal 
them  but  my  Father's  Secretary  only. 

"  Thou  art  a  native  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  but 
the  Lord  Secretary  is  a  native  with  my  Father ; 
wherefore,  as  thou  hast  knowledge  of  the  laws 
and  customs  of  the  corporation,  so  he  of  the 
things  and  will  of  my  Father. 

"  Wherefore,  0  Mr.  Conscience,  although  I 
have  made  thee  a  minister  and  a  preacher  to  the 
town  of  Mansoul,  yet  as  to  the  things  which  the 
Lord  Secretary  knoweth,  and  shall  teach  to  this 
people,  there  thou  must  be  his  scholar  and  a 
learner,  even  as  the  rest  of  Mansoul  are. 

"  Thou  must  therefore  in  all  high  and  super- 
natural things,  go  to  him  for  information  and 
knowledge;  for  though  there  be  a  spirit 

b,   .'  ....  l  Job  xxxii.  8. 

m  man,  this  person  s  inspiration  must 
give    him    understanding.      Wherefore,    0    thou 
Mr.    Recorder,  keep   low    and   be   humble,  and 
remember  that  the  Diabolonians    that  kept   not 


190  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

their  first  charge,  but  left  their  own  standing,  are 
now  made  prisoners  in  the  pit.  Be  therefore 
content  with  thy  station. 

"  I  have  made  thee  my  Father's  vicegerent  on 
earth,  in  such  things  of  which  I  have  made  men- 
^  tion  before :  and  thou,  take  thou  power  to  teach 
:  them  to  Mansoul,  yea,  and  to  impose  them  with 
whips  and  chastisements,  if  they  shall  not  will- 
ingly hearken  to  do  thy  commandments. 

"  And,  Mr.  Recorder,  because  thou  art  old,  and 
through  many  abuses  made  feeble  ;  therefore  I 
give  thee  leave  and  license  to  go  when  thou  wilt  to 
my  fountain,  my  conduit,  and  there  to  drink  freely 
of  the  blood  of  my  grape,  for  my  con- 
duit doth  always  run  wine.  Thus  doing, 
thou  shalt  drive  from  thine  heart  and  stomach  all 
foul,  gross,  and  hurtful  humours.  It  will  also 
lighten  thine  eyes,  and  will  strengthen  thy  me- 
mory for  the  reception  and  keeping  of  all  that 
the  King's  most  noble  secretary  teacheth." 

When  the  Prince  had  thus  put  Mr.  Recorder 
(that  once  so  was)  into  the  place  and  office  of  a 
minister  to  Mansoul,  and  the  man  had  thankfully 
accepted  thereof;  then  did  Emmanuel  address 
himself  in  a  particular  speech  to  the  townsmen 
themselves. 

"  Behold,"  said  the  Prince  to  Mansoul,  "my  love 
and  care  towards  you ;  I  have  added  to  all  that  is 
past,  this  mercy,  to  appoint  you  preachers  ;  the 
most  noble  Secretary  to  teach  you  in  all  high  and 
sublime  mysteries  ;  and  this  gentleman,"  pointing 
to  Mr.  Conscience,  "  is  to  teach  you  in  all  things 
human  and  domestic,  for  therein  lieth  his  work. 
He  is  not.,  by  what  I  have  said,  debarred  of  telling 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  191 

to  Mansoi.il  any  thing  that  he  hath  heard  and 
received  at  the  mouth  of  the  lord  high  Secretary  ; 
only  he  shall  not  attempt  to  presume  to  pretend 
to  be  a  revealer  of  those  high  mysteries  himself; 
for  the  breaking  of  them  up,  and  the  discovery  of 
them  to  Mansoul  lieth  only  in  the  power,  author- 
ity, and  skill  of  the  lord  high  Secretary  himself. 
Talk  of  them  he  may,  and  so  may  the  rest  of  the 
town  of  Mansoul ;  yea,  and  may,  as  occasion  gives 
them  opportunity,  press  them  upon  each  other,  for 
the  benefit  of  the  whole.  These  things,  therefore, 
I  would  have  you  observe  and  do,  for  it  is  for 
your  life,  and  the  lengthening  of  your  days. 

•'And  one  thing  more  to  my  beloved  Mr. 
Recorder,  and  to  all  the  town  of  Mansoul — You 
must  not  dwell  in,  nor  stay  upon  any  thing  of  that 
which  he  hath  in  commission  to  teach  you,  as  to 
your  trust  and  expectation  of  the  next  world ;  (of 
the  next  world  I  say,  for  I  purpose  to  give 
another  to  Mansoul,  when  this  with  them  is 
worn  out;)  but  for  that  you  must  wholly  and 
solely  have  recourse  to,  and  make  stay  upon  his 
doctrine,  that  is  your  Teacher  after  the  first  order. 
Yea,  Mr.  Recorder  himself  must  not  look  for  life 
from  that  which  he  himself  revealeth  ;  his  depend- 
ence for  that  must  be  founded  in  the  doctrine  of 
the  other  preacher.  Let  Mr.  Recorder  also  take 
heed  that  he  receive  not  any  doctrine,  or  point  of 
doctrine,  that  is  not  communicated  to  him  by  his 
superior  Teacher,  nor  yet  within  the  precincts  of 
his  own  formal  knowledge." 

Now,  after  the  Prince  had  thus  settled  things 
in  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul,  he  proceeded  to 
give  to  the  elders  of  the  corporation  a  necessary 


192  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

caution,  to  wit,  how  they  should  cany  it  to  the 
high  and  noble  captains  that  he  had,  from  his 
Father's  court,  sent  or  brought  with  him,  to  the 
famous  town  of  Mansoul. 

"  These  captains,"  said  he,  "  do  love  the  town 
of  Mansoul,  and  they  are  picked  men,  picked  out 

of  abundance,  as  men  that  best  suit, 
from  common    and  that  will   most  faithfully  serve  in 

the  wars  of  Shaddai  against  the  Dia- 
bolonians,  for  the  preservation  of  the  town  of 
Mansoul.  I  charge  you,  therefore,"  said  he,  "  O  ye 
inhabitants  of  the  now  nourishing  town  of  Man- 
soul, that  you  carry  it  not  ruggedly  or  untowardly 
to  my  captains,  or  their  men ;  since,  as  I  said, 
they  are  picked  and  choice  men, — men  chosen 
out  of  many,  for  the  good  of  the  town  of  Mansoul. 
I  say,  I  charge  you,  that  you  carry  it  not  unto- 
wardly to  them  :  for  though  they  have  the  hearts 
satan  cannot  and  faces  of  lions,  when  at  any  time 
^T«we     they   shall  be    called   forth   to   engage 

ourwiva.n.ay.      ^   fi^   ^^     t]ie   Ring's   foeS,   and   tllC 

enemies  of  the  town  of  Mansoul ;  yet  a  little  dis- 
countenance cast  upon  them  from  the  town  of 
Mansoul,  will  deject  and  cast  down  their  faces, 
will  weaken  and  take  away  their  courage.  Do 
not,  therefore,  0  my  beloved,  carry  it  unkindly 
to  my  valiant  captains  and  courageous 
men  of  war,  but  love  them,  nourish 
them,  succour  them,  and  lay  them  in  your  bosoms ; 
and  they  will  not  only  fight  for  yon,  but  cause  to 
fly  from  you,  all  those  the  Diabolonians  that  seek, 
and  will,  if  possible,  be  your  utter  destruction. 

"  If,  therefore,  any  of  them  should  at  any  time 
be  sick  or  weak,  and  so  not  able  to  perform  that 


i  xiv.  3. 
2. 

The-,  v.  14. 


THE    HOIA     WAR.  193 

office  of  love,  which,  with  all  their  hearts  iliey 
are  willing  to  do,  (and  will  do  also  when  well  and 
in  health,)  slight  them  not,  nor  despise  them,  but 
rather  strengthen  them,  and  encourage  Heb.xii.  12. 
them,  though  weak  and  ready  to  die,  \H:,y 
for  they  are  your  fence,  and  your 
guard,  your  wall,  your  gates,  your  locks,  and 
your  bars.  And  although,  when  they  are  weak, 
tluy  can  do  but  little,  but  rather  need  to  be 
helped  by  you,  than  that  you  should  then  expect 
great  things  from  them,  yet,  when  well,  you 
know  what  exploits,  what  feats  and  warlike 
achievements  they  are  able  to  do,  and  will  per- 
form for  you. 

"  Besides,  if  they  be  weak,  the  town  of  Man- 
soul  cannot  be  strong;  if  they  be  strong,  then 
Mansoul  cannot  be  weak  :  your  safety,  therefore, 
doth  lie  in  their  health,  and  in  your  counte- 
nancing them.  Remember  also,  that  if  they  be 
sick,  they  catch  that  disease  of  the  town  of  Man- 
soul  itself. 

"  These  things  I  have  said  unto  you,  because  I 
love  your  welfare  and  your  honour  :  observe, 
therefore,  O  my  Mansoul,  to  be  punctual  in  all 
things  that  I  have  given  in  charge  unto  you,  and 
that  not  only  as  a  town  corporate,  and  so  to  your 
officers  and  guard,  and  guides  in  chief,  but  to  you. 
as  you  are  a  people  whose  well-being,  as  single 
persons,  depends  on  the  observation  of  the  orders 
and  commandments  of  their  Lord. 

"  Next,  O  my  Mansoul,  I  do  warn  you  of  that, 

of  which,  notwithstanding  that  reformation  that 

at  present  is  wrought  among  you,  you  have  need 

to  be  warned  about :  wherefore  hearken  diligently 

18 


194  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

unto  me.  I  am  now  sure,  and  you  will  know  here- 
after, that  there  are  yet  some  of  the  Diabolonians 
remaining"  in  the  town  of  Mansoul ;  Diabolonians 
that  are  sturdy  and  implacable,  and  that  do 
already  while  I  am  with  you,  and  that  will  yet 
more  when  I  am  from  you,  study,  plot,  contrive, 
invent,  and  jointly  attempt  to  bring  you  to  deso- 
lation, and  so  to  a  state  far  worse  than  that  of  the 
Egyptian  bondage ;  they  are  the  avowed  friends  of 
1  iabolus,  therefore  look  about  you.  They  used 
heretofore  to  lodge  with  their  Prince  in 
''  '  the  castle,  when  Incredulity  was  the 
Lord  Mayor  of  this  town ;  but  since  my  coming 
hither,  they  lie  more  in  the  outsides,  and  walls,  and 
have  made  themselves  dens,  and  caves, 
and  holes,  and  strongholds  therein. 
Wherefore,  O  Mansoul !  thy  work,  as  to  this,  will 
be  so  much  the  more  difficult  and  hard  ;  that  is,  to 
take,  mortify,  and  put  them  to  death,  according  to 
the  will  of  my  Father.  Nor  can  you  utterly  rid 
yourselves  of  them,  unless  you  should  pull 
Christ  wouh       down   the    walls    of  your   town,    the 

nut  have  us  de-  .  •> 

.troy oBweivM,      which  1  am  bv  no  means  willniff  you 

therehy  tc  de-  J  in 

stroy  our  sins.  should.  Do  you  ask  me,  What  shall  we 
do  then  1  Why,  be  you  diligent,  and  quit  you 
like  men ;  observe  their  holds ;  find  out  their 
haunts ;  assault  them,  and  make  no  peace  with 
them.  Wherever  they  haunt,  lurk,  or  abide,  and 
what  terms  of  peace  soever  they  offer  you,  abhor, 
and  all  shall  be  well  betwixt  you  and  me.  And 
that  you  may  the  better  know  them,  from  those 
that  are  the  natives  of  Mansoul,  I  will  give  you 
this  brief  schedule  of  the  names  of  the  chief 
of  them ;  and  they  are  these  that  follow ; — The 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  195 

Lord  Adultery,  the  Lord  Murder,  the  Lord  Anger, 
the  Lord  Lasciviousness,  the  Lord  Deceit,  the 
Lord  Evil-Eye,  Mr.  Drunkenness,  Mr.  Revel- 
ling, Mr.  Idolatry,  Mr.  Witchcraft,  Mr.  Va- 
riance, Mr.  Emulation,  Mr.  Wrath,  Mr.  Strife, 
Mr.  Sedition,  and  Air.  Heresy.  These  are  some 
of  the  chief,  0  Mansoul !  of  those  that  will  seek  to 
overthrow  thee  for  ever.  These,  I  say,  are 
the  skulkers  in  Mansoul;  but  look  thou  well 
into  the  law  of  thy  King,  and  there  thou  shalt 
find  their  physiognomy,  and  such  other  charaeter- 
istical  notes  of  them,  by  which  they  certainly 
may  be  known. 

"These,  O  my  Mansoul,  (and  I  would  gladly 
that  you  should  certainly  know  it,)  if  they  be 
suffered  to  run  and  range  about  the  town  as  they 
would,  will  quickly,  like  vipers,  eat  out  your 
bowels;  yea,  poison  your  captains,  cut  the  sinews 
of  your  soldiers,  break  the  bars  and  bolts  of  your 
ijates,  and  turn  your  now  most  flourishing:  Man- 
soul into  a  barren  and  desolate  wilderness,  and 
ruinous  heap.  Wherefore,  that  you  may  take 
courage  to  yourselves  to  apprehend  these  villains 
wherever  you  find  them,  I  give  to  you,  my 
Lord  'Mayor,  my  Lord  Willbewill,  and  Mr. 
Recorder,  witli  all  the  inhabitants  of  the  town  of 
Mansoul,  full  power  and  commission  to  seek  out, 
to  take,  and  to  cause  to  be  put  to  death  by  the 
cross,  all,  and  all  manner  of  Diabolonians,  when 
and  wherever  you  shall  find  them  to  lurk  within, 
or  to  range  without,  the  walls  of  the  town  of 
Mansoul. 

"  I  told  you  before,  that  I  had  placed  a  stand- 
ing ministry  among  you  ;  not  that  you  have  but 


196  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

More  preachers,  these  with  you,  for  my  first  four 
mmsouk8'*"  captains  who  came  against  the  master 
and  lord  of  the  Diabolonians  that  was  in  Man- 
soul,  they  can,  and  if  need  he,  and  if  they  be 
required,  will  not  only  privately  inform,  but  pub- 
licly preach  to  the  corporation  both  good  and 
wholesome  doctrine,  and  such  as  shall  lead  you 
in  the  way.  Yea,  they  will  set  up  a  weekly,  yea, 
if  need  be,  a  daily  lecture  in  thee,  O  Mansoul ! 
and  will  instruct  thee  in  such  profitable  lessons, 
that,  if  heeded,  will  do  thee  good  at  the  end.  And 
take  good  heed,  that  you  spare  not  the  men  that 
you  have  a  commission  to  take  and  crucify. 

"  Now,  as  I  have  set  before  your  eyes  the 
vagrants  and  runagates  by  name,  so  I  will  tell 
you,  that  among  yourselves  some  of  them  shall 
creep  in  to  beguile  you,  even  such  as  would 
seem,  and  that  in  appearance  are,  very  rife  and 
hot  for  religion.  And  they,  if  you 
watch  not,  will  do  you  a  mischief,  such 
an  one,  as  at  present,  you  cannot  think  of. 

"These,  as  I  said,  will  show  themselves  to 
you  in  another  hue  than  those  under  description 
before.  Wherefore,  Mansoul,  watch  and  be  sober, 
and  suffer  not  thyself  to  be  betrayed." 

When  the  Prince  had  thus  far  new  modelled 
the  town  of  Mansoul,  and  had  instructed  them  in 
such  matters  as  were  profitable  for  them  to 
know,  then  he  appointed  another  day  in  which 
lie  intended,  when  the  townsfolk  came  together, 
to  bestow  a  further  badge  of  honour  upon  the 
(own  of  Mansoul, — a  badge  that  should  dis- 
Ann»her  priv.ege  tinguish  them  from  all  the  people 
for  MaU:oUi.      kin(]reds,  and  tongues  that  dwell  in  the 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  197 

kingdom  of  Universe.  Now  it  was  not  long 
before  the  day  appointed  was  come,  and  the 
Prince  and  the  people  met  in  the  king's  palace, 
where  first  Emmanuel  made  a  short  speech  unto 
them,  and  then  did  for  them  as  he  had  said,  ami 
unto  them  as  he  had  promised. 

"  My  Mansoul,"  said  he,  "  that  which  I  now 
am  about  to  do,  is  to  make  you  known  to  the 
world  to  be  mine,  and  to  distinguish  you  also  in 
your  own  eyes,  from  all  false  traitors  that  may 
creep  in  among  you." 

Then  he  commanded  that  those  that  waited  upon 
him  should  go  and  bring  forth  out  of 
his  treasury,  those  white  and  glistering 
robes  "that  I,"  said  he,  "have  provided  and  laid  up 
in  store  for  my  Mansoul."  So  the  white 
garments    were     fetched    out    of    his 
treasury,  and  laid  forth  to  the  eyes  of  the  people. 
Moreover,  it  was  granted  to  them  that  they  should 
take  them  and  put  them  on,  "  according,"  said  he, 
"  to  your  size  and  stature."  So  the  people  were  put 
into  white,  into  tine  linen,  white  and  clean. 

Then  said  the  Prince  unto  them,  "  This,  O 
Mansoul,  is  my  livery,  and  the  badge  by  which 
mine  are  known  from  the  servants  of  others. 
Yea,  it  is  that  which  I  grant  to  all  that  are  mine, 
and  without  which  no  man  is  permitted  to  see  my 
face.  Wear  them,  therefore,  for  my  sake,  who 
gave  them  unto  you  ;  and  also  if  you  would  be 
known  by  the  world  to  be  mine." 

But  now  !  can  you  think  how  Mansoul  shone  ? 
it  was  fair  as  the  sun,  clear  as  the  moon,  and  ter- 
rible as  an  army  with  banners. 

The    Prince    added   further,   and    said,    "  No 
18* 


198  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

prince,  potentate,  or   mighty  one    of  Universe, 
Thatwhiehdis.  giveth  this  livery  but  myself :  behold, 
louT'^rom  ot'h"r  therefore,  as  I  said  before,  you  shall  be 
p-opie.  known  by  it  to  be  mine. 

"And  now,"  said  he,  "  I  have  given  you  my 
livery,  let  me  give  you  also  in  commandment  con- 
cerning them  ;  and  be  sure  that  you  take  good 
heed  to  my  words. 

"  First.  Wear  them  daily,  day  by 
day,    lest   you    should   at   sometimes 
appear  to  others  as  if  you  were  none  of  mine. 

"  Second.  Keep  them  always  white;  for 
if  they  be  soiled,  it  is  dishonour  to  me. 
"  Third.  Wherefore  gird    them    up  from    the 
ground,  and  let  them  not  lag  with  dust  and  dirt. 

"  Fourth.  Take  heed  that  you  lose  them  not, 
lest  you  walk  naked,  and  they  see  your  shame. 

"  Fifth.  But  if  you  should  sully  them,  if  you 
should  defile  them,  the  which  I  am  greatly  un- 
willing you  should,  and  the  prince  Diabolus  will 
be  glad  if  you  would,  then  speed  you  to  do  that 
which  is  written  in  my  law,  that  yet 
you  may  stand,  and  not  fall  before  me, 
and  before  my  throne.     Also,  this  is  the  way  to 
cause  that  I  may  not  leave  you,  nor, 
forsake  you  while  here,  but  may  dwell 
in  this  town  of  Mansoul  for  ever." 

And  now  was  Mansoul,  and  the  in- 
■tatl  of°Man-  habitants  of  it,  as  the  signet  upon 
Emmanuel's  right  hand.  Where  was 
there  now  a  town,  a  city,  a  corporation,  that  could 
compare  with  Mansoul!  A  town  redeemed  from  the 
hand,  and  from  the  power  of  Diabolus  !  A  town 
that  the  King  Shaddai   loved,  and  that  he  sent 


TIIK    HOLY    WAR.  199 

Emmanuel  to  regain  from  the  Prince  of  the  infernal 
cave;  yea,  a  town  thai  Emmanuel  loved  to  dwell 
in,  and  that  he  chose  {'or  his  royal  habitation  ;  a 
town  that  he  fortified  for  himself,  and  made 
strong  by  the  force  of  his  army.  What  shall  I 
say,  Mansoul  has  now  a  most  excellent  Prince, 
golden  captains  and  men  of  war,  weapons  proved, 
and  garments  as  white  as  snow.  Nor  are  these 
benefits  to  be  counted  little,  but  great;  can  the 
town  of  Mansoul  esteem  them  so,  or  improve 
them  to  that  end  and  purpose  for  which  they  are 
bestowed  upon  them  ? 

When  the  Prince  had  thus  completed  the  mo- 
delling of  the  town,  to  show  that  he  had  great 
delight  in  the  work  of  his  hands,  and  took  plea- 
sure" in  the  good  that  he  had  wrought  for  the 
famous  and  flourishing  Mansoul,  he  commanded, 
and  they  set  his  standard  upon  the  battlements  of 
the  castle.     And  then, 

First.  He  gave  them  frequent  visits;  not  a  day  now 
but  the  elders  of  Mansoul  must  come  to  him,  or  he  to 
them,  unto  his  palace.    Now  they  must 
walk  and  talk  together,  of  all  the  great 
things  that  he  nad  done,  and  yet  further  promised 
to  do  for  the  town  of  Mansoul.  This  would  he  often 
do  with    the  Lord    Mayor,  my  Lord    Un,,crs,andiDg. 
Willbewill,  and  the  honest  subordinate       Th£Wi"- 
preacher,  Mr.  Conscience,  and  Mr.  Recorder.  But 
oh,  how  graciously,   how    lovingly,    how    cour- 
teously, and  tenderly  did  this  blessed  Prince  now 
carry  it  towards  the  town  of  Mansoul!    In  all  the 
streets,  gardens,  orchards,  and  other  places  where 
he  came,  to  be  sure  the  poor  should        , 
have   his   blessing    and   benediction  ;       "KUi 


200  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

yea,  he  would  kiss  them,  and  if  they  were  ill, 
he  would  lay  hands  on  them,  and  make  them 
well.  The  captains,  also,  he  would  daily,  yea, 
sometimes  hourly  encourage  with  his  presence 
and  goodly  words.  For  you  must  know  that  a 
smile  from  him  upon  them  would  put  more  vigour, 
more  life,  and  stoutness  into  them,  than  would 
any  thing  else  under  heaven. 

The  Prince  would  now  also  feast  them,  and  be 

with  them  continually  :  hardly  a  week  would  pass, 

but  a  banquet  must  be  had  betwixt  him 

and  them.     You  may  remember  that, 

some  pages  before,  we  made  mention  of  one  feast 

that  they  had  together  ;  but  now  to  feast  them  was 

a  thing  more  common :  every  day  with  Mansoul 

was  a  feast-day  now.     Nor  did  he,  when  they 

returned  to  their  places,  send  them  empty  away ; 

either  they   must  have  a  ring,  a  gold 

4^en/™ken  chain,    a   bracelet,    a   white    stone,    or 

"okenTbeaut^  something ;    so  dear  was   Mansoul   to 

don!ken  of  par   him  now;  so  lovely  was  Mansoul  in  his 

eyes. 

Second.  When  the  elders  and  townsmen 
did  not  come  to  him,  he  would  send  in  much 
plenty  of  provision  unto  them  ;  meat  that  came 
from  court,  wine  and  bread  that  were  pre- 
pared for  his  Father's  table  ;  yea,  such  delicates 
would  he  send  unto  them,  and  therewith  would 
so  cover  their  table,  that  whoever  saw  it  con- 
fessed that  the  like  could  not  be  seen  in  any 
kingdom. 

Third.  If  Mansoul  did  not  frequently  visit 
him,  as  he  desired  they  should,  he  would  walk 
out  to  them,   knock  at  their  doors,   and  desire 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  201 

entrance,  that  amity  might  be  maintained  betwixt 
their  and  him  ;  if  they  did  hear  and  open  to  him, 
as  commonly  they  would,  if  they  were  at  home, 
then  would  he  renew  his  former  love,  The da„ger of 
and    confirm    it  too    with    some    new  JSSSE^iev. 
tokens,  and  signs  of  continued  favour.    "' • 20- s°ns  *• 2- 

And  was  it  not  now  amazing  to  behold,  that  in 
that  very  place  where  sometimes  Diabolus  had  his 
abode,  and  entertained  his  Diabolonians  to  the 
almost  utter  destruction  of  Mansoul,  the  Prince 
of  princes  should  sit  eating  and  drinking  with 
them,  while  all  his  mighty  captains,  men  of  war, 
trumpeters,  with  the  singing-men,  and  singing- 
women  of  his  Father,  stood  round  about  to  wait 
upon  them  !  Now  did  Mansoul's  cup  run  over, 
now  did  her  conduits  run  sweet  wine,  Mansoul 
now  did  she  eat  the  finest  of  the  •  glory- 
wheat,  and  drink  milk  and  honey  out  of  the  rock  ! 
Now,  she  said,  How  great  is  his  goodness  !  for 
since  I  found  favour  in  his  eyes,  how  honourable 
have  I  been  ! 

The  blessed  Prince  did  also  ordain  a  new  officer 
in  the  town,  and  a  goodly  person  he  was, 

i   •  hi        s-\      lJ      n  ,!•  Col.  iii.  15. 

his  name  was  Mr.  God  s-Peace  :  this 
man  was  set  over  my  Lord  Willbewill,  my  Lord 
Mayor,  Mr.  Recorder,  the  subordinate  preacher, 
Mr.  Mind,  and  over  all  the  natives  of  the  town 
of  Mansoul.  Himself  was  not  a  native  of  it,  but 
came  with  the  Prince  Emmanuel  from  the  court. 
He  was  a  great  acquaintance  of  Captain  Credence 
and  Captain   Good-Hope ;    some    say 

,  r     ,   .  1T  r    ^      *  •     •  R™1-  «•  l3- 

they  were  kin,  and  I  am  of  that  opinion 

too.     This  man,  as  I  said,  was  made  governor  of 

the  town  in  general,  especially  over  the  castle,  and 


202  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Captain  Credence  was  to  help  him  there.  And  I 
made  great  observation  of  it,  that  so  long  as  all 
things  went  in  Mansoul  as  this  sweet-natured 
gentleman  would,  the  town  was  in  most  happy 
condition.  Now  there  were  no  jars,  no  chiding, 
no  interferings,  no  unfaithful  doings  in  all  the 
town  of  Mansoul ;  every  man  in  Mansoul  kept 
close  to  his  own  employment.  The  gentry,  the 
officers,  the  soldiers,  and  all  in  place  observed 
Hoi;  concep.  their  order.  And  as  for  the  women  and 
thoughts.  children  of  the  town,  they  followed 
their  business  joyfully ;  they  would  work  and 
sing,  work  and  sing,  from  morning  till  night:  so 
that  quite  through  the  town  of  Mansoul  now, 
nothing  was  to  be  found  but  harmony,  quiet- 
ness, joy,  and  health.  And  this  lasted  all  that 
summer. 

But  there  was  a  man  in  the  town  of  Mansoul, 
and  his  name  was  Mr.  Carnal-Security;  this  man 
did,  after  all  this  mercy  bestowed  on  this  corpo- 
ration, bring  the  town  of  Mansoul  into  great  and 
grievous  slavery  and  bondage.  A  brief  account 
of  him  and  of  his  doings  take  as  folio weth  : — 

When  Diabolus  at  first  took  possession  of  the 
town  of  Mansoul,  he  brought  thither,  with  him- 
self, a  great  number  of  Diabolonians,  men  of  his 
own  conditions.  Now  among  these,  there  was 
one  whose  name  was  Mr.  Self-Conceit,  and  a 
notable  brisk  man  he  was,  as  any  that  in  those 
days  did  possess  the  town  of  Mansoul.  Diabolus, 
then  perceiving  this  man  to  be  active  and  bold, 
sent  him  upon  many  desperate  designs,  the  which 
he  managed  better,  and  more  to  the  pleasing  of 
hi*  lord,  than  most  that  came  with  him  from  the 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  203 

dens  could  do.  Wherefore,  finding  him  so  fit 
for  his  purpose,  he  preferred  him,  and  made  him 
next  to  the  greal   Lord  Willbewill,  of  whom  we 

have  written  so  much  before.  Now  the  Lord 
Willbewill,  being  in  those  days  very  well  pleased 
with  him,  and  with  his  achievements,  gave  him 
his  daughter,  the  Lady  Fear-Nothing,  to  wife.  \" 
Now,  of  my  Lady  Fear-Nothing,  did  this  .Air. 
Self-Conceit  beget  this  gentleman,  Mr.  Carnal- 
Security.  Wherefore  there  being  then  in  Mansoul 
those  strange  kinds  of  mixtures,  it  was  hard  for 
them,  in  some  cases,  to  find  out  who  were  natives, 
who  not;  for  Mr.  Carnal-Security  sprang  from 
my  Lord  Willbewill  by  the  mother's  side,  though 
he  had  for  his  father  a  Diabolonian  by  nature. 

Well,  this  Carnal-Security  took  much  after  his 
father  and  mother ;  he  was  self-conceited,  he 
feared  nothing,  he  was  also  a  very  busy  man  ; 
nothing  of  news,  nothing  of  doctrine,  nothing  of 
alteration,  or  talk  of  alteration,  could  at  any  time 
be  on  foot  in  Mansoul.  but  be  sure  Mr.  Carnal- 
Security  would  be  at  the  head  or  tail  of  it :  but, 
to  be  sure,  he  would  decline  those  that  he  deemed 
the  weakest,  and  stood  always  with  them,  in  his 
way  of  standing,  that  he  supposed  were  the 
strongest  side. 

Now,  when  Shaddai  the  mighty,  and  Emma- 
nuel his  Son,  made  war  upon  Mansoul,  to  take  it, 
this  Mr.  Carnal-Security  was  then  in  town, 
and  was  a  great  doer  among  the  people,  en- 
couraging them  in  their  rebellion,  putting  them 
upon  hardening  themselves  in  their  resisting 
the  King's  forces  ;  but  when  he  saw  that  the 
town  of  Mansoul  was  taker,  and  converted  to  the 


204  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

use  of  the  glorious  Prince  Emmanuel ;  and  when 
he  also  saw  what  was  become  of  Diabolus,  and 
how  he  was  unroosted,  and  made  to  quit  the 
castle  in  the  greatest  contempt  and  scorn ;  and 
that  the  town  of  Mansoul  was  well  lined  with 
captains,  engines  of  war,  and  men,  and  also  pro- 
vision ;  what  doth  he  but  slyly  wheel  about  also ; 
and  as  he  had  served  Diabolus  against  the  good 
Prince,  so  he  feigned  that  he  would  serve  the 
Prince  against  his  foes. 

And  having  got  some  little  smattering  of 
Emmanuel's  things  by  the  end,  being  bold,  he 
ventures  himself  into  the  company  of  the  towns- 
men, and  attempts  also  to  chat  among  them. 
Now  he  knew  that  the  power  and  strength  of  the 
How  Mr.  car-  town  of  Mansoul  was  great,  and  that 
gSe^ery  it  could  not  but  be  pleasing  to  the 
of Muwiii.  people,  if  he  cried  up  their  might  and 
their  glory.  Wherefore  he  beginneth  his  tale 
with  the  power  and  strength  of  Mansoul,  and 
affirmed  that  it  was  impregnable ;  now  magni- 
fying their  captains,  and  their  slings,  and  their 
rams ;  then  crying  up  their  fortifications  and 
strongholds  ;  and,  lastly,  the  assurances  that  they 
had  from  their  Prince,  that  Mansoul  should  be 
happy  for  ever.  But  when  he  saw  that  some  of 
the  men  of  the  town  were  tickled  and  taken  with 
his  discourse,  he  makes  it  his  business,  and  walk- 
ing from  street  to  street,  house  to  house,  and 
man  to  man,  he  at  last  brought  Mansoul  to  dance 
after  his  pipe,  and  to  grow  almost  as  carnally 
secure  as  himself;  so  from  talking,  they  went  to 
feasting,  and  from  feasting  to  sporting ;  and  so  to 
some  other  matters.     Now  Emmanuel  was  yet  in 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  205 

the  town  of  Mansoul,  and  he  wisely  observed 
their  doings.  My  Lord  Mayor,  my  Lord  "Willbe- 
will,  and  Mr.  Recorder,  were  also  all  taken  with 
the  words  of  this  tattling  Diabolonian  gentleman; 
forgetting  that  their  Prince  had  given  them  warn- 
ing  before,  to  take  heed  that  they  were  not 
beguiled  with  any  Diabolonian  sleight;  he  had 
further  told  them,  that  the  security  of  the  now 
nourishing  town  of  Mansoul  did  not  so  in.  not  grace 
much  lie  in  her  present  fortifications  ^"improwd, 

■i    r  i  .  r  l       .      ,hal  preserves 

and  iorce,  as  in  her  so  using  ol  what  ihe »oui  riom 
she  had,  as  might  oblige  her  Emmanuel  dugm. 
to  abide  within  her  castle.  For  the  right  doc- 
trine of  Emmanuel  was,  that  the  town  of  Man- 
soul should  take  heed,  that  they  forgot  not  his 
Father's  love  and  his ;  also,  that  they  should  so 
demean  themselves,  as  to  continue  to  keep  them- 
selves therein.  Now  this  was  not  the  way  to  do 
it,  namely,  to  fall  in  love  with  one  of  the  Diabo- 
lonians,  and  with  such  an  one  too  as  Mr.  Carnal- 
Security  was,  and  to  be  led  up  and  down  by  the 
nose  by  him :  they  should  have  heard  their 
Prince,  feared  their  Prince,  loved  their  Prince, 
and  have  stoned  this  naughty  pack  to  death,  and 
taken  care  to  have  walked  in  the  ways  of  their 
Prince's  prescribing;  for  then  should  their  peace 
have  been  as  a  river,  when  their  righteousness  had 
been  like  the  waves  of  the  sea. 

Now  when  Emmanuel  perceived,  lhat  through, 
the  policy  of  Mr.  Carnal-Security,  the  hearts  of 
the  men  of  Mansoul  were  chilled  and  abated  in 
their  practical  love  to  him, 

Eirst.JHe  bemoans  them,  and   condoles  thei*  \^ 
state"~wlth  the  Secretary,  saying^"  Oh  that  ro\ 
19 


200  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

peopre  had  hearkened  unto  me,  and  that  Mansoul 
had  walked  in  my  ways !  I  would  have  fed  them 
with  the  finest  of  the  wheat ;  and  with  honey  out 
of  the  rock  would  I  have  sustained  them."  This 
done,  he  said  in  his  heart,  "I  will  return  to 
the  court,  and  go  to  my  palace,  till  Mansoul 
shall  consider  and  acknowledge  their  offence." 
And  he  did  so,  and  the  cause  and  manner 
of  his  going  away  from  them  was,  that  Mansoul 
declined  him,  as  is  manifest  in  these  particu- 
lars. 

"  1.  They  left  off  their  former  way 

The  way  of  Man-        P       ...  ,   . n ,     '.        ,   / 

soul*  backslid-  ol  visiting  him,  they  came  not  to  his 
royal  palace  as  afore. 

"2.  They  did  not  regard,  nor  yet  take  notice, 
that  he  came  or  came  not  to  visit  them. 

"3.  The  love-feasts  that  had  wont  to  be  be- 
tween their  Prince  and  them,  though  he  made 
them  still,  and  called  them  to  them,  yet  they 
neglected  to  come  to  them,  or  to  be  delighted 
with  them. 

"  4.  They  waited  not  for  his  counsels,  but  began 
to  be  headstrong  and  confident  in  themselves,  con- 
cluding that  now  they  were  strong  and  invincible, 
and  that  Mansoul  was  secure,  and  beyond  all 
reach  of  the  foe,  and  that  her  state  must  needs  be 
unalterable  for  ever." 

Now,  as  was  said,  Emmanuel  perceiving  that 
by  the  craft  of  Mr.  Carnal-Security,  the  town  of 
Mansoul  was  taken  off  from  their  dependence 
upon  him,  and  upon  his  Father  by  him,  and  set 
upon  what,  by  them,  was  bestowed  upon  it;  he 
first,  as  I  said,  bemoaned  their  state,  then  he  used 
means  to  make  them  understand   that  the  way 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  207 

that  they  wont  on  in  was  dangerous  :   for  he  sent 

my  Lord  High  Secretary  to  them,  to  forbid  them 

such  ways  ;  but  twice,  when  he  came  to  them,  he 

found   them   at   dinner   in   Mr.  Carnal-Security's 

parlour;  and  perceiving  also  that  they  were  not 

willing  to  reason  about  matters  concerning  theii 

good,  he  took  grief  and  went  his  way; 

the   which   when   he   had  told  to  the  Hn\l  Hilt  U 

Prince    Emmanuel,    he    took    offence 

and  was  grieved  also,  and  so  made  provision  to 

return  to  his  Father's  court. 

Now,  the  methods  of  his  withdrawing,  as  I  was 
saying  before,  were  thus  : — 

"  1.  Even  while  he   was  yet  with  christ  with'dmri 
them    in    Mansoul,    he   kept    himself  ■*•»■*— 
close,  and  more  retired  than  formerly. 

"2.  His  speech  was  not  now,  if  he  came  in 
their  company,  so  pleasant  and  familiar  as  for- 
merly. 

"  3.  Nor  did  he,  as  in  times  past,  send  to  Man- 
soul,  from  his  table,  those  dainty  bits  which  he 
was  wont  to  do. 

"  4.  Nor  when  they  came  to  visit  him,  as  now 
and  then  they  would,  would  he  be  so  easily  spoken 
with,  as  they  found  him  to  be  in  times  past.  They 
might  now  knock  once,  yea,  twice,  but  he  would 
seem  not  at  all  to  regard  them ;  The  W0Ikin5  of 
whereas  formerly  at  the  sound  0f  tbeiraBfec,ions- 
their  feet  he  would  up  and  run,  and  meet  them 
half-way,  and  take  them  too,  and  lay  them  in  his 
bosom." 

But  thus  Emmanuel  carried  it  now,  and  by 
this  his  carriage  he  sought  to  make  them  bethink 
themselves,  and  return  to  him.     But,  alas  !  they 


208  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

did  not  consider,  they  did  not  know  his  ways,  they 
regarded  not,  they  were  not  touched  with  these, 
nor  with  the  true  remembrance  of  former  favours. 

Wherefore  what  does  he  but  in  private 
Hos-Vfis. '        manner   withdraw   himself,  first  from 

his  palace,  then  to  the  gate  of  the  town, 
and  so  away   from   Mansoul   he  goes,  till  they 

should  acknowledge  their  offence,  and 

He  1S  gone.      more  earnestly  seek    his    face.      Mr. 

God's-Peace  also  laid  down  his  commission,  and 

would  for  the  present  act  no  longer  in  the  town 

of  Mansoul. 

Thus  they  walked  contrary  to  him,  and  he 
again,  by  way  of  retaliation,  walked  contrary  to 
them.  But,  alas  !  by  this  time  they  were  so 
hardened  in  their  way,  and  had  so  drunk  in  the 

doctrine  of  Mr.  Carnal-Security,  tha>, 

the  departing  of  their  Prince  touched 
them  not,  nor  was  he  remembered  by  them  wher> 
gone ;  and  so,  of  consequence,  his  absence  not 
condoled  by  them. 

Now,  there  was  a  day  wherein  this  old  gentle- 
man, Mr.  Carnal-Security,  did  again  make  a  feast 
for  the  town  of  Mansoul;  and  there  was  at  that 
a  trick  put  upon  time  in  the  town  one  Mr.  Godly-Fear, 
her' goTs'"}oFethe  one  now  but  little  set  by,  though  for- 
there  Tike  "a  merly  one  of  great  request.  This  man, 
.tranger.  old   Carnal-Security,  had  a  mind,   if 

possible,  to  gull,  and  debauch,  and  abuse,  as  he 
did  the  rest,  and  therefore  he  now  bids  him  to 
the  feast  with  his  neighbours.  So  the  day  being 
come,  they  prepare,  and  he  goes  and  appears  with 
the  rest  of  the  guests ;  and  being  all  set  at  the 
table,  they  did  eat  and   drink,  and  were  merry 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  209 

even  all,  but  this  one  man :  for  Mr.  Godly-Fear  sat 
like  a  stranger,  and  did  neither  eat,  nor  was 
merry.     The  which,  when   .Mr.  Carnal-Security 

perceived,  he  presently  addressed  himself  in  a 
speech  thus  to  him  : — 

"  Mr.  Godly-Fear,  are  you  not  well  ?  You  seem 
to  be  ill  of  body  or  mind,  or  both.  I  have  a 
cordial  of  Mr.  Forget-Good's  making-,  the  which, 
sir,  if  you  will  take  a  dram  of,  I  hope  it  may 
make  you  bonny  and  blithe,  and  so  make  you 
more  fit  for  us,  feasting  companions." 

Unto  whom  the  good  old  gentleman  discreetly 
replied,  "  Sir,  I  thank  you  for  all  things  courteous 
and  civil ;  but  for  your  cordial,  I  have  no  list 
thereto.  But  a  word  to  the  natives  of  Man- 
soul  :  You,  the  elders  and  chief  of  Mansoul, 
to  me  it  is  strange  to  see  you  so  jocund  and 
merry,  when  the  town  of  Mansoul  is  in  such 
woeful  case." 

Then  said  Mr.  Carnal-Security,  "  You  want 
sleep,  good  sir,  I  doubt.  If  you  please,  lie 
down,  and  take  a  nap,  and  we  meanwhile  will  be 
merry." 

Then  said  the  good  man  as  follows :  "  Sir, 
if  you  were  not  destitute  of  an  honest  heart,  you 
could  not  do,  as  you  have  done,  and  do." 

Then  said  Mr.  Carnal-Security,  "  Why?" 

Godly.  Nay,  pray  interrupt  me  not.  It  in 
true,  the  town  of  Mansoul  was  strong,  and,  with 
a  proviso,  impregnable;  but  you,  the  townsmen, 
have  weakened  it,  and  it  now  lies  obnoxious  to 
its  foes;  nor  is  it  a  time  to  flatter,  or  be  silent; 
it  is  you,  Mr.  Carnal-Security,  that  have  wilily 
stripped  Mansoul,  and  driven  her  glorv  from 
19* 


210  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

her ;  you  have  pulled  down  her  towers,  you  have 
broken  down  her  gates,  you  have  spoiled  her 
locks  and  bars. 

And  now,  to  explain  myself:  from  that  time 
that  my  lords  of  Mansoul  and  you,  sir,  grew  so 
great,  from  that  time,  the  Strength  of  Mansoul  has 
been  offended,  and  now  he  is  arisen  and  is  gone. 
If  any  shall  question  the  truth  of  my  words,  I 
will  answer  him  by  this,  and  such  like  questions. 
"  Where  is  the  Prince  Emmanuel?  When  did  a 
man  or  woman  in  Mansoul  see  him  ?  When  did 
you  hear  from  him,  or  taste  any  of  his  dainty 
bits  ?"  You  are  now  a  feasting  with  this  Dia- 
bolonian  monster,  but  he  is  not  your  Prince.  I 
say,  therefore,  though  enemies  from  without,  had 
you  taken  heed,  could  not  have  made  a  prey  of 
you,  yet,  since  you  have  sinned  against  your 
Prince,  your  enemies  within  have  been  too  hard 
for  you. 

Then  said  Mr.  Carnal-Security,  "  Fie  !  fie ! 
Mr. Godly-Fear,  fie!  Will  you  never  shake  off  your 
timorousness  ?  Are  you  afraid  of  being  sparrow- 
blasted  ?  Who  hath  hurt  you  ?  Behold,  I  am  on 
your  side  ;  only  you  are  for  doubting,  and  I  am 
for  being  confident.  Besides,  is  this  a  time  to 
be  sad  ?  A  feast  is  made  for  mirth  ;  why,  then, 
do  you  now,  to  your  shame  and  our  trouble, 
break  out  into  such  passionate  melancholy  lan- 
guage, when  you  should  eat  and  drink,  and  be 
merry  ?" 

Then  said    Mr.   Godly-Fear   again,    "  I    may 

well  be  sad,  for  Emmanuel  is  gone  from  Mansoul. 

T  say  again,  he  is  gone,  and  you,  sir,  are  the 

nan  that  has  driven  him  away  ;  yea,  he  is  gone, 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  211 

without  so  much  as  acquainting  the  nobies  of 
Mansoul  with  his  going  ;  and  if  that  is  not  a 
sign  of  his  anger,  I  am  not  acquainted  with  the 
methods  of  godliness. 

"And  now,  my  lords  and  gentlemen,  for  my 
speech  is  still  to  you,  your  gradual  declining  from 
him  did  provoke  him  gradually  to  depart  from 
you,  the  which  he  did  for  some  time,  if  perhaps 
you  would  have  been  made  sensible  thereby, 
and  have  been  renewed  by  humbling  yourselves ; 
but  when  he  saw  that  none  would  regard,  nor  lay 
these  fearful  beginnings  of  his  anger  and  judgment 
to  heart,  he  went  away  from  this  place  ;  and  this 
I  saw  with  mine  eye.  Wherefore  now,  while  you 
boast,  your  strength  is  gone  ;  you  are  like  the  man 
that  had  lost  his  locks,  that  before  did  wave 
about  his  shoulders.  You  may,  with  this  lord 
of  your  feast,  shake  yourselves,  and  conclude  to 
do  as  at  other  times  ;  but  since  without  him  you 
can  do  nothing,  and  he  is  departed  from  you, 
turn  your  feast  into  a  sigh,  and  your  mirth  into 
lamentation." 

Then  the  subordinate  preacher,  old  Mr.  Con- 
science by  name,  he  that  of  old  was  Recorder  of 
Mansoul,  being  startled  at  what  was  said,  began 
to  second  it  thus  : — 

"Indeed,  my  brethren,"  quoth  he,  "I  fear 
that  Mr.  Godly-Fear  tells  us  true  :  I,  for  my 
part,  have  not  seen  my  Prince  a  long  season.  I 
cannot  remember  the  day,  for  my  part ;  nor  can 
I  answer  Mr.  Godly-Fear's  question.  I  doubt,  I 
am  afraid,  that  it  is  all  naught  with  Mansoul." 

Godly.  Nay,  I  know  that  you  shall  not  find 
him  in  Mansoul,  for  he  is  departed  and  gone  ; 


212  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

yea,  and  gone  for  the  faults  of  the  elders,  and 
for  that  they  rewarded  his  grace  with  unsufFerable 
unkindness. 
They  ar  an         Then  did  the  subordinate  preached 

ashas-.  look,  as  if  he  would  fall  down  dead  at 
the  table  ;  also,  all  there  present,  except  the  man 
of  the  house,  began  to  look  pale  and  wan.  Hut 
having  a  little  recovered  themselves,  and  jointly 
agreeing  to  believe  Mr.  Godly-Fear  and  his  say- 
ings, they  began  to  consult  what  was  best  to  be 
done,  (now  Mr.  Carnal-Security  was  gone  into 
his  withdrawing-room,  for  he  liked  not  such 
dumpish  doings,)  both  to  the  man  of  the  house 
for  drawing  them  into  evil,  and  also  to  recover 
Emmanuel's  love. 

And,  with  that,  that  saying  of  their  Prince 
came  very  hot  into  their  minds,  which  he  had 
bidden  them  do  to  such  as  were  false  prophets, 
that  should  arise  to  delude  the  town  of  Mansoul. 
So  they  took  Mr.  Carnal-Security  (concluding 
that  he  must  be  he)  and  burned  his  house  upon 
him  with  fire ;  for  he  also  was  a  Diabolonian  by 
nature. 

So  when  this  was  passed  and  over,  they  bespeed 
themselves  to  look  for  Emmanuel  their 
Prince;  and  they  sought  him,  but  they 
found  him  not.  Then  were  they  more  confirmed 
in  the  truth  of  Mr.  Godly-Fear's  sayings,  and 
began  also  severely  to  reflect  upon  themselves, 
for  their  so  vile  and  ungodly  doings  ;  for  they 
concluded  now  that  it  was  through  them,  that 
their  Prince  had  left  them. 

Then  they  agreed  and  went  to  my  Lord 
Secretary,    (him  whom   before   they  refused  to 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  213 

hear — him   whom    they    bad    grieved  Th..y  aI.|lly 
with  their  cluing^,)    to  know  of  him, 
for  he  was  a  seer,  and  could  tell  where  SJj 
Emmanuel  was,  and  how  they   might  ^iv.'aa 
direct  a  petition  to  him.    But  the  Lord  ' J hc5' v' l9' 
Secretary  would  not  admit  them  to  a  conference 
about   this  matter,  nor  would  admit  them   to  his 
royal   place  of  abode,  nor  come  out  to  them,  to 
show  them  his  lace  or  intelligence. 

And  now  was  it  a  day  gloomy  and  dark,  a  day 
of  clouds  and  of  thick  darkness  with  MansouL 
Now  they  saw  that  they  had  been  foolish,  and 
began  to  perceive  what  the  company  and  prattle 
of  Mr.  Carnal-Security  had  done,  and  what  despe- 
rate damage  his  swaggering  words  had  brought 
poor  Mansoul  into.  But  what  further  it  was 
likely  to  cost  them,  that  they  were  ignorant  of. 
Now  Mr.  Godly-Fear  began  again  to  be  in  repute 
with  the  men  of  the  town ;  yea,  they  were  ready 
to  look  upon  him  as  a  prophet. 

Well,  when    the   sabbath    day   was    Athumiering 
come,  they  went  to  hear  their  subor-       ser"""- 
dinate  preacher ;    but  oh,   how   he   did  thunder 
and  lighten  this  day  !    His  text  was  that 

Jon    'i    £ 

in  the  prophet  Jonah,  "They  that  ob- 
serve lying  vanities  forsake  their  own  mercy." 
But  there  was  then  such  power  and  authority  in 
that  sermon,  and  such  a  dejection  seen  in  the 
countenances  of  the  people  that  day,  that  the  like 
hath  seldom  been  heard  or  seen.  The  people, 
when  sermon  Mas  done,  were  scarce  able  to  go  to 
their  homes,  or  to  betake  themselves  to  their 
employs   the   week   after;    they  were 

11  J  Hos.  v.  13. 

so  sermon-smitten,  and  also  so  sermon- 


214  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

sick  by  being  smitten,  that  they  knew  not  what 
to  do. 

He  did  not  only  show  to  Mansoul  their  sin,  but 
did  tremble  before  them,  under  the  sense  of  his 
The  subordinate  own»  su^  crJing  out  of  himself,  as  he 
KL«ird°s'ehhi8  preached  to  them,  "  Unhappy  man  that 
^ishisdwm.  I  am!  that  I  should  do  so  wicked  a 
EMS"'1  thing!  That  I,  a  preacher!  whom 
ntv"  the    Prince    did    set    up    to    tcacli    to 

Mansoul  his  law,  should  myself  live  senseless  and 
sottishly  here,  and  be  one  of  the  first  found  in 
transgression  !  This  transgression  also  fell  within 
my  precincts :  I  should  have  cried  out  against  the 
wickedness;  but  I  let  Mansoul  lie  wallowing  in  it, 
until  it  had  driven  Emmanuel  from  its  borders  !" 
With  these  things  he  also  charged  all 
the  lords  and  gentry  of  Mansoul,  to 
the  almost  distracting  of  them. 

About  this  time  also,  there  was  a  great  sick- 
ness in  the  town  of  Mansoul,  and  most  of  the  in- 
habitants were  greatly  afflicted.  Yea,  the  captains 
also,  and  men  of  war  were  brought  thereby  to  a 
languishing  condition,  and  that  for  a  long  time 
together;  so  that  in  case  of  an  invasion,  nothing 
could  to  purpose  now  have  been  done,  either  by 
the  townsmen,  or  field  officers.  Oh,  how  many 
pale  faces,  weak  hands,  feeble  knees, 

Heb.  xii.  12,  13.        1        ,       . 

Rev.  hi.  i.         and  staggering  men,  were  now  seen  to 

Isa   iii    24  ^o  o 

sin  doih  cau.e     walk   the   streets  of  Mansoul !     Here 

to  lie  weak,  lioth  ,  ■.  I 

body u..d soul,      were  groans,  there  pants,  and  yonder 

and  graces.  ,  i  i  l  c    •" 

lay  those  that  were  ready  to  land. 
The  garments,  too,  which  Emmanuel  had  given 
them  were  but  in  a  sorry  case;  some  were  rent, 
some  were   torn,   and   all  in   a  nasty  condition; 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  215 

some  also  did  hang  so  loosely  upon  them,  iliat  the 
next  bush  they  came  at,  was  ready  to  pluck 
them  off. 

After  some  time  spent  in  this  sad  and  desolate 
condition,  the  subordinate  preacher  called  for  a 
day  of  fasting,  and  to  humble  themselves  for 
being  so  wicked  against  the  great  Shaddai,  and 
his  Son.  And  he  desired  that  Captain  Boanerges 
would  preach.  So  he  consented  to  do  it ;  and  the 
day  being  come,  and  his  text  was  this,  "Cut  it 
down,  why  cumbereth  it  the  ground  ?"  And 
a  very  smart  sermon  he  made  upon  the  place. 
First,  he  showed  what  was  the  occasion  of  the 
words,  namely,  because  the  fig-tree  was  barren ; 
then  he  showed  what  was  contained  in  the  sen- 
tence, namely,  repentance,  or  utter  desolation.  He 
then  showed  also,  by  whose  authority  this  sen- 
tence was  pronounced,  and  that  was  by  Shaddai 
himself.  And,  lastly,  he  showed  the  reasons  of 
the  point,  and  then  concluded  his  sermon.  But  he 
was  very  pertinent  in  the  application,  insomuch 
that  he  made  poor  Mansoul  tremble.  For  this 
sermon,  as  well  as  the  former,  wrought  much 
upon  the  hearts  of  the  men  of  Mansoul ;  yea,  it 
greatly  helped  to  keep  awake  those  that  were 
roused  by  the  preaching  that  went  before.  So  that 
now,  throughout  the  whole  town,  there  was  little 
or  nothing  to  be  heard  or  seen,  but  sorrow,  and 
mourning,  and  woe. 

Now,  after  sermon,  they  got  together  and 
consulted  what  was  best  to  be  done.  "  But,"  said 
the  subordinate  preacher,  "  I  will  do  nothing  of 
mine  own  head,  without  advising  with  my  m  l<i;h- 
bour,    Mr.   Godly-Fear.      For  if  he   had   afore 


216  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

understood  more  of  the  mind  of  our  Prince  than 
we,  I  do  not  know  but  he  also  may  now,  oven 
now  we  are  turning  again  to  virtue." 

So  they  called  and  sent  for  Mr.  Godly-Fear, 
and  he  forthwith  appeared.  Then  they  desired, 
that  he  would  further  show  his  opinion  about 
what  they  had  best  to  do.  Then  said  the  old 
gentleman  as  followeth:  "It  is  my  opinion  that 
this  town  of  Mansoul  should,  in  this  day  of  her 
distress,  draw  up  and  send  an  humble  petition  to 
their  offended  Prince  Emmanuel,  that  he,  in  his 
favour  and  grace,  will  turn  again  unto  you,  and 
not  keep  anger  for  ever." 

When  the  townsmen  had  heard  this  speech, 
they  did,  with  one  consent  agree  to  his  advice ; 
so  they  did  presently  draw  up  their  request,  and 
the  next  was,  But  who  shall  carry  it  ?  At  last 
they  did  all  agree  to  send  it  by  my  Lord  Mayor. 
So  he  accepted  of  the  service,  and  addressed  him- 
self to  his  journey;  and  went  and  came  to  the 
court  of  Shaddai,  whither  Emmanuel  the  Prince 
of  Mansoul  was  gone.  But  the  gate 
was  shut,  and  a  strict  watch  kept 
thereat;  so  that  the  petitioner  was  forced  to  stand 
without  for  a  great  while  together.  Then  he  desired 
that  some  would  go  in  to  the  Prince  and  tell  him 
who  stood  at  the  gate,  and  what  his  business  was. 
So  one  went  and  told  to  Shaddai,  and  to  Emma- 
nuel his  Son,  that  the  Lord  Mayor  of  the  town  of 
Mansoul  stood  without  at  the  gate  of  the  King's 
court,  desiring  to  be  admitted  into  the  presence 
of  the  Prince,  the  King's  Son.  He  also  told  what 
was  the  Lord  Mayor's  errand,  both  to  the  King 
and  his  Son  Emmanuel.     But  the  Prince  would 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  217 

not  come  down,  nor  admit  that  the  gate  should  be 
opened  to  him,  but  sent  him  an  answer  to  this 
effect:  fa  They  have  turned  their  back 
unto  me,  and  not  their  face ;  but  now 
in  the  time  of  their  trouble  they  say  to  me,  Arise, 
and  save  us.     But  can  they  not  now  go  to  Mr. 
Carnal-Security,  to  whom  they  went  when  they 
turned  from  me,  and  make  him  their  leader,  their 
lord,  and  their  protection  now  in  their     A  dreadful 
trouble  ;  why  now  in  their  trouble  do      answer- 
they  visit  me,  since  in  their  prosperity  they  went 
astray  ?" 

The  answer  made  my  Lord  Mayor  look  black 
in  the  face  ;  it  troubled,  it  perplexed, 
it  rent  him  sore.  And  now  he  began 
again  to  see  what  it  was,  to  be  familiar  with  Dia- 
bolonians,  such  as  Mr.  Carnal-Security  was. 
When  he  saw  that  at  court,  as  yet,  there  was 
little  help  to  be  expected,  either  for  himself  or 
friends  in  Mansoul,  he  smote  upon  his  breast,  and 
returned  weeping,  and  all  the  way  bewailing  the 
lamentable  state  of  Mansoul. 

Well,  when  he  was  come  within  sight  of  the 
town,  the  elders  and  chief  of  the  people  of  Man- 
soul went  out  at  the  gate  to  meet  him,  and  to 
salute  him,  and  to  know  how  he  sped  at  court. 
But  he  told  them  his  tale  in  so  doleful  a  manner, 
that  they  all  cried  out,  and  mourned,  and  wept. 
Wherefore  they  threw  ashes  and  dust  upon  their 
heads,  and  put  sackcloth  upon  their  loins,  and 
went  crying  out  through  the  town  of  Mansoul ; 
die  which,  when  the  rest  of  the  townsfolk  saw, 
they  all  mourned  and  Avept.  This,  therefore, 
was  a  day  of  rebuke  and  trouble,  and  of  an- 
20 


218  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

guish,  to  the  town  of  Mansoul,  and  also  of  great 
distress. 

After  some  time,  when  they  had  somewhat 
refrained  themselves,  they  came  together  to  con- 
sult again  what  by  them  was  yet  to  be  done ; 
and  they  asked  advice,  as  they  did  before,  of  that 
reverend  Mr.  Godly-Fear,  who  told  them  that 
there  was  no  way  better  than  to  do  as  they  had 
done,  nor  would  he  that  they  should  be  dis- 
couraged at  all  with  that  they  had  met  with 
at  court;  yea,  though  several  of  their  petitions 
should  be  answered  with  nought  but  silence 
or  rebuke  :  "  For,"  said  he,  "  it  is  the  way  of  the 

fwise  Shaddai,  to  make  men  wait  and  to  exercise 
1  patience,  and  it  should  be  the  way  of  them  in 
want,  to  be  willing  to  stay  his  leisure." 
see  now  what       Then  they  took  courage,  and  sent  again, 
backesildin50fa  and  again,  and  again,  and  again;   for 

saint  awakened.    t]lere  wag   nQt  nQW  Qne   fay^  nQr   an   l10Ur 

that  went  over  Mansoul's  head,  wherein  a  man 
might  not  have  met  upon  the  road  one  or  other 
riding  post,  sounding  the  horn  from  Mansoul  to 
Groaning  de-  the  court  of  the  King  Shaddai :  and 
s,res-  all  with  letters  petitionary  in  behalf 
of,  and  for  the  Prince's  return  to  Mansoul.  The 
road,  I  say,  was  now  full  of  messengers,  going 
and  returning,  and  meeting  one  another ;  some 
from  the  court,  and  some  from  Mansoul ;  and 
this  was  the  work  of  the  miserable  town  of 
Mansoul,  all  that  long,  that  sharp,  that  cold  and 
tedious  winter. 

Now  if  you  have  not  forgot,  you  may  yet 
remember  that  I  told  you  before,  that  after 
Emmanuel  had  taken  Mansoul,  yea,  and  after  that 


Two  Diabolonians  conspiring  against  the  peace  of  Mansoul.        p.  219. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  219 

he  had  new  modelled  the  town,  there  remained 
in  several  lurking  places  of  the  corporation  many 
of  the  old  Diabolonians,  that  either  came  with 
the  tyrant,  when  he  invaded  and  took  the  town, 
or  that  had  there,  by  reason  of  unlawful  mix- 
tures, their  birth,  and  breeding,  and  bringing  up. 
And  their  holes,  dens,  and  lurking  places  were 
in,  under,  or  about  the  wall  of  the  town.  Some 
of  their  names  are  the  Lord  Adultery,  the  Lord 
Murder,  the  Lord  Anger,  the  Lord  Lascivious- 
ness,  the  Lord  Deceit,  the  Lord  Evil-Eye,  the 
Lord  Blasphemy,  and  that  horrible  villain,  the 
old  and  dangerous  Lord  Covetousness.  These,  vJ 
as  I   told   you,   with   many  more,  had  yet  their  % 

abode  in  the  town  of  Mansoul,  and  that,  after  that  '   Av 
Emmanuel  had  driven  their  prince  Diabolus  out 
of  the  castle. 

^Against  these,  the  good  Prince  did  grant  av'  \ 
commission  to  the  Lord  Willbewill  and  others, 
yea,  to  the  whole  town  of  Mansoul,  to  seek,  take, 
secure,  and  destroy  any  or  all  that  they  could  lay 
hands  on,  for  that  they  were  Diabolonians  by 
nature,  enemies  to  the  Prince,  and  those  that 
sought  to  ruin  the  blessed  town  of  Mansoul.  13 ut 
the  town  of  Mansoul  xlid.no t  pursue  this  warrant, 
but  neglected  to  look  after,  to  apprehend,  to 
secure,  and  to  destroy  these  DTaholonians.  Where 
fore,  what  do  these  villains,  but  bv  decrees  take 
courage  to  put  forth  their  heads,  and  to  show 
themselves  to  the  inhabitants  of  the  town.  Yea, 
and  as  I  was  told,  some  of  the  men  of  Man  oul 
grew  too  familiar  with  some  of  them,  to  the  sor- 
row of  the  corporation,  as  you  yet  will  hear  more 
of  in  time  and  place. 


'St 


220  I'HE    HOLY    WAR. 

Well,  when  the  Diabolonian  lords  that  were 
left,  perceived  that  Mansoul  had,  through  sinning, 
offended  Emmanuel  their  Prince,  and  that  he  had 
withdrawn  himself  and  was  gone,  what  do  they, 
but  plot  the  ruin  of  the  town  of  Mansoul.  So 
upon  a  time  they  met  together  at  the  hold  of 
one  Mr.  Mischief,  who  was  also  a  Diabolonian, 
and  there  consulted  how  they  might  deliver  up 
Mansoul  into  the  hands  of  Diabolus  again.  Now 
some  advised  one  way,  and  some  another,  every 
man  according  to  his  own  liking.  At  last  my 
Lord  Lasciviousness  propounded,  whether  it  might 
not  be  best,  in  the  first  place,  for  some  of  those 
that  w^ere  Diabolonians  in  Mansoul  to  adventure 
to  offer  themselves  for  servants  to  some  of  the 
natives  of  the  town ;  "  for,"  said  he,  "  if  they  so  do, 
and  Mansoul  shall  accept  of  them,  they  may 
for  us,  and  for  Diabolus  our  lord,  make  the 
taking  of  the  town  of  Mansoul  more  easy  than 
otherwise  it  will  be."  But  then  stood  up  the  Lord 
Murder,  and  said,  "  This  may  not  be  done  at  this 
time  ;  for  Mansoul  is  now  in  a  kind  of  a  rage, 
because  by  our  friend  Mr.  Carnal-Security,  she  hath 
been  once  ensnared  already,  and  made  to  offend 
against  her  Prince  ;  and  how  shall  she  reconcile  her- 
self unto  her  lord  again,  but  by  the  heads  of  these 
men  ?  Besides,  we  know  that  they  have  in  com- 
mission to  take  and  slay  us  wherever  they  shall 
find  us ;  let  us  therefore  be  wise  as  foxes  :  when  we 
are  dean,  we  can  do  them  no  hurt;  but  while  we 
live,  we  may."  Thus,  when  they  had  tossed  the 
matter  to  and  fro,  they  jointly  agreed  that  a  letter 


Tl  <  y  sei  d  to 
W  'or  advice. 


should     forthwith    be    sent    away    to 
Diabolus  in  their  name,  by  which  the 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  221 

state  of  the  town  of  Mansoul  should  be  showed 
him,  and  how  much  it  is  under  the  frowns  of 
their  Prince.  «  We  may  also,"  said  some,  "  let 
him  know  our  intentions',  and  ask  of  him  his  ad- 
vice in  the  case." 

So  a  letter  was  presently  framed,  the  contents 
of  which  were  these  : — 

"  To  our  great  lord,  the  Prince  Diabolus,  dwell- 
ing- below  in  the  infernal  cave  : — 

"  O  great  father,  and  mighty  Prince  Diabolus, 
we,  the  true  Diabolonians  yet  remaining  in  the 
rebellious  town  of  Mansoul,  having  received  our 
beings  from  thee,  and  our  nourishment  at  thy 
hands,  cannot  with  content  and  quiet  endure  to 
behold,  as  we  do  this  day,  how  thou  art  dis- 
praised, disgraced,  and  reproached  among  the 
inhabitants  of  this  town  ;  nor  is  thy  long  absence 
at  all  delightful  to  us,  because  greatly  to  our 
detriment. 

"  The  reason  of  this  our  writing  unto  our  lord, 
is  for  that  we  are  not  altogether  without  hope 
that  this  town  may  become  thy  habitation  again; 
for  it  is  greatly  declined  from  its  Prince  Emma- 
nuel ;  and  he  is  uprisen,  and  is  departed  from 
them :  yea,  and  though  they  send,  and  send,  and 
send,  and  send  after  him  to  return  to  them,  yet 
can  they  not  prevail,  nor  get  good  words  from 
him. 

"  There  has  been  also  of  late,  and  is  yet  re- 
maining, a  very  great  sickness  and  fain  tings 
among  them ;  and  that  not  only  upon  the  poorer 
sort  of  the  town,  but  upon  the  lords,  captains, 
and  chief  gentry  of  the  place,  (we  only  who  are 
of  the  Diabolonians  by  nature  remain  well,  lively 
20* 


<222  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

and  strong,)  so  that  through  their  great  trans- 
gression on  the  one  hand,  and  their  dangerous 
sickness  on  the  other,  we  judge  they  lie  open  to 
thy  hand  and  power.  If,  therefore,  it  shall  stand 
with  thy  horrible  cunning,  and  with  the  cunning 
of  the  rest  of  the  princes  with  thee,  to  come  and 
make  an  attempt  to  take  Mansoul  again,  send  us 
word,  and  we  shall  to  our  utmost  power  be  ready 
to  deliver  it  into  thy  hand.  Or  if  what  we  have 
said  shall  not  by  thy  fatherhood  be  thought  best 
and  most  meet  to  be  done,  send  us  thy  mind  in  a 
few  words,  and  we  are  all  ready  to  follow  thy 
counsel  to  the  hazarding  of  our  lives,  and  what 
else  we  have. 

"  Given  under  our  hands    the   day  and  date 

above-written,  after  a  close  consultation  at 

the  house  of  Mr.  Mischief,  who  yet  is  alive, 

and  hath  his  place  in  our  desirable  town  of 

Mansoul. 

When  Mr.  Profane   (for  he  was  the  carrier) 

was  come  with  his  letter  to  Hell-Gate  Hill,  he 

knocked  at  the  brazen  gates  for  entrance.     Then 

did  Cerberus,  the  porter,  for  he  is  the  keeper  of 

that   gate,  open    to    Mr.   Profane,   to   whom   he 

delivered  his  letter,  which  he  had  brought  from 

the  Diabolonians  in  Mansoul.     So  he  carried  it 

in,  and  presented  it  to  Diabolus  his  lord,  and  said, 

"  Tidings,    my    lord,   from    Mansoul,    from    our 

trusty  friends  in  Mansoul." 

Then  came  together  from  all  places  of  the  den, 
Beelzebub,  Lucifer,  Apollyon,  with  the  rest  of 
the  rabblement  there  to  hear  what  news  from 
Mansoul.  So  the  letter  was  broken  up  and  read, 
and  Cerberus  he  stood  by.     When  the  letter  was 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  223 

openlv  read,  and  the  contents  thereof  spread  into 
all  the  corners  of  the  den,  command  was  given 
that,  without  let  or  stop,  dead-man's  bell  should 
be  rung  for  joy.  So  the  bell  was  rung,  and  the 
princes  rejoiced  that  Mansoul  was  likely  to  come  to 
ruin.  Now,  the  clapper  of  the  bell  went.  "  The 
town  of  Mansoul  is  coming  to  dwell  with  us  ; 
make  room  for  the  town  of  Mansoul."  This  bell 
therefore  they  did  ring,  because  they  did  hope 
that  they  should  have  Mansoul  again. 

Now,  when  they  had  performed  this  their 
horrible  ceremony,  they  got  together  again  to 
consult  what  answer  to  send  to  their  friends  in 
Mansoul ;  and  some  advised  one  thing  and  some 
another:  but  at  length,  because  the  business  re- 
quired haste,  they  left  the  whole  business  to  the 
prince  Diabolus,  judging  him  the  most  proper 
lord  of  the  place.  So  he  drew  up  a  letter  as  he 
thought  fit,  in  answer  to  what  Mr.  Profane  had 
brought,  and  sent  it  to  the  Diabolonians  that  did 
dwell  in  Mansoul,  by  the  same  hand  that  had 
brought  theirs  to  him ;  and  these  were  the  con- 
tents thereof: — 

"To  our  offspring,  the  high  and  mighty  Dia- 
bolonians   that   yet   dwell    in    the   town   of 
Mansoul,  Diabolus,  the  great  prince  of  Man- 
soul, wisheth  a  prosperous  issue  and  con- 
clusion   of  those    many  brave    ent-rprizes, 
conspiracies  and  designs  that  you,  of  your 
love  and  respect  to  our  honour,  have  in  your 
hearts  to  attempt  to  do  against  Mansoul. 
"Beloved    children    and    disciples,    my    Lord 
Adultery,    Murder,  and  the   rest,  we  have  here, 
m  our  desolate  den,  received,  to  our  highest  joy 


v      224  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

and  content,  your  welcome  letter,  by  the  hand  of 
our  trusty  Mr.  Profane;  and  to  show  how  accept- 
able your  tidings  were,  we  rang  out  our  bell  for 
gladness ;  for  we  rejoiced  as  much  as  we  could, 
when  we  perceived  that  yet  we  had  friends  in 
Mansoul,  and  such  as  sought  our  honour  and 
revenge  in  the  ruin  of  the  town  of  Mansoul.  We 
also  rejoiced  to  hear  that  they  are  in  a  degene- 
rated condition,  and  that  they  have  offended  their 
Prince,  and  that  he  is  gone.  Their  sickness  also 
pleaseth  us,  as  does  also  your  health,  might,  and 
strength.  Glad  also  would  we  be,  right  horribly 
beloved,  could  we  get  this  town  into  our  clutches 
again.  Nor  will  we  be  sparing  of  spending  our 
wit,  our  cunning,  our  craft,  and  hellish  inven- 
tions to  bring  to  a  wished  conclusion  this  your 
brave  beginning  in  order  thereto. 

"  And  take  this  for  your  comfort,  (our  birth, 
and  our  offspring,)  that  shall  we  again  surprise 
it  and  take  it,  we  will  attempt  to  put  all  your 
foes  to  the  sword,  and  will  make  you  the  great 
lords  and  captains  of  the  place.  Nor  need  you 
fear,  if  ever  we  get  it  again,  that  we  after  that 
shall  be  cast  out  any  more  ;  for  we  will  come 
>  with  more  strength,  and  so  lay  far  more  fast  hold 
than  at  first  we  did.  (  Besides,  it  is  the  law 
>  of  that  Prince  that  now  thev  own, 

/'Matt.  xii.  43— 45.-     ,  .  -  .  j       • 

that  if  we  get  them  a  second  time, 
they  shall  be  ours  forever.  J 

"  Do  you,  therefore,  our  trusty  Diabolonians, 
yet  more  pry  into,  and  endeavour  to  spy  out  the 
weakness  of  the  town  of  Mansoul.  We  also  would 
that  you  yourselves  do  attempt  to  weaken  them 
more  and  more.     Send  us  word  also  by  what 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  225 

means  you  think  we  had  best  to  attempt  the 
regaining  thereof:  namely,  whether  by  persuasion 
to  a  vain  and  loose  life  ;  or,  whether  by  tempting 
them  to  doubt  and  despair;  or,  whether  by  blow- 
ing up  of  the  town  by  the  gunpowder  of  pride 
and  self-conceit.  Do  you  also,  0  ye  brave  Dia- 
bolonians,  and  true  sons  of  the  pit,  be  always  in 
a  readiness  to  make  a  most  hideous  assault  within, 
when  we  shall  be  ready  to  storm  it  without. 
Now  speed  you  in  your  project,  and  we  in  our 
desires,  to  the  utmost  power  of  our  gates,  which 
is  the  wish  of  your  great  Diabolus,  Mansoul's 
enemy,  and  him  that  trembles  when  he  thinks  of 
judgment  to  come.  All  the  blessings  of  the  pit 
be  upon  you,  and  so  we  close  up  our  letter. 
"  Given  at  the  pit's  mouth,  by  the  joint  consent 
of  all  the  princes  of  darkness,  to  be  sent,  to 
the  force  and  power  that  we  have  yet  remain- 
ing in  Mansoul,  by  the  hand  of  Mr.  Profane, 
by  me,  Diabolus." 
This  letter,  as  was  said,  was  sent  to  Mansoul, 
to  the  Diabolonians  that  yet  remained  there,  and 
that  yet  inhabited  the  wall,  from  the 
dark  dungeon  of  Diabolus,  by  the  hand 
of  Mr.  Profane,  by  whom  they  also  in  Mansoul 
sent  theirs  to  the  pit.  Now,  when  this  Mr. 
Profane  had  made  his  return,  and  was  come  to 
Mansoul  again,  he  went  and  came  as  he  was  wont 
to  the  house  of  Mr.  Mischief,  for  there  was  the  con- 
clave, and  the  place  where  the  contrivers  were  met. 
Now,  when  they  saw  that  their  messenger  was  re- 
turned safe  and  sound,  they  were  greatly  Lrh>  I  led 
thereat.  Then  he  presented  them  with  his  letter 
which  he  had  brought  from  Diabolus  for  them; 


226  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

the  which,  when  they  had  read  and  considered, 
did  much  augment  their  gladness.  They  asked 
him  after  the  welfare  of  their  friends,  as  how  their 
Lord  Diabolus,  Lucifer,  and  Beelzebub  did,  with 
the  rest  of  those  of  the  den.  To  which  this 
Profane  made  answer,  "  Well,  well,  my  lords ; 
they  are  well,  even  as  well  as  can  be  in  their 
place.  They  also,"  said  he,  "did  ring  for  joy  at 
the  reading  of  your  letter,  as  you  well  perceived 
when  you  read  it." 

Now,  as  was  said,  when  they  had  read  their 
letter,  and  perceived  that  it  encouraged  them  in 
their  work,  they  fell  to  their  way  of  contriving 
again,  namely,  how  they  might  complete  their 
Diabolonian  design  upon  Mansoul.  And  the 
first  thing  that  they  agreed  upon  was  to  keep 
all  things  from  Mansoul  as  close  as  they  could. 
"  Let  it  not  be  known,  let  not  Mansoul  be  acquaint- 
ed with  what  we  design  against  it."  The  next 
thing  was,  how,  or  by  what  means,  they  should 
try  to  bring  to  pass  the  ruin  and  overthrow  of 
Mansoul;  and  one  said  after  this  manner,  and 
another  said  after  that.  Then  stood  up  Mr.  De- 
ceit, and  said,  "  My  right  Diabolonian  friends, 
our  lords,  and  the  high  ones  of  the  deep  dungeon, 
do  propound  unto  us  these  three  ways. 

"  1.  Whether  we  had  best  to  seek  its  ruin  by 
making  Mansoul  loose  and  vain. 

"2.  Or  whether  by  driving  them  to  doubt  and 
despair. 

Take  heeo,  Mao-        "3.  Or  whether    by  endeavouring 
soul!         to  blow  them  up   by  the  gunpowder 
of  pride  and  self-conceit. 

"Now  I  think,  if   we  shall    tempt    them  tc 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  227 

pride,  that  may  do  something;  and  if  we  tempt 
them  to  wantonness,  that  may  help.  But,  in  my 
mind,  if  we  could  drive  them  into  desperation, 
that  would  knock  the  nail  on  the  head ;  for  then 
we  should  have  them,  in  the  first  place,  question 
the  truth  of  the  love  of  the  heart  of  their  Prince 
towards  them,  and  that  will  disgust  him  much. 
This,  if  it  works  well,  will  make  them  leave  off 
quickly  their  way  of  sending  petitions  to  him  ; 
then  farewell  earnest  solicitations  for  help  and 
supply ;  for  then  this  conclusion  lies  naturally 
before  them,  '  As  good  do  nothing,  as  do  to  no 
purpose.'  "  So  to  Mr.  Deceit  they  unanimously 
did  consent. 

Then  the  next  question  was,  But  Take  heed)  Man. 
how  shall  we  do  to  bring  this  our  E0Ul! 
project  to  pass  ?  and  it  was  answered  by  the 
same  gentleman, — that  this  might  be  the  best 
way  to  do  it;  "  Even  let,"  quoth  he,  "  so  many 
of  our  friends  as  are  willing  to  venture  them- 
selves, for  the  promoting  of  their  prince's  cause, 
disguise  themselves  with  apparel,  change  their 
names,  and  go  into  the  market  like  far  country-men, 
and  proffer  to  let  themselves  for  servants  to  the 
famous  town  of  Mansoul,  and  let  them  pretend  to 
do  for  their  masters  as  beneficially  as  may  be ; 
for  by  so  doing  they  may,  if  Mansoul  shall  hire 
them,  in  little  time  so  corrupt  and  defile  the  cor- 
poration, that  her  now  Prince  shall  be  not  only 
further  offended  with  them,  but  in  conclusion  shall 
spue  them  out  of  his  mouth.  And  when  this  is 
done,  our  prince  Diabolus  shall  prey  upon  them 
with  ease:  yea,  of  themselves  they  Take heedi m^. 
shall  fall  into' the  mouth  of  the  eater."         sou,,, 


228  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

This  project  was  no  sooner  propounded,  but 
was  as  highly  accepted,  and  forward  were  all 
Diabolonians  now  to  engage  in  so  delicate  an 
enterprise  ;  but  it  was  not  thought  fit  that  all 
should  do  thus  ;  wherefore  they  pitched  upon  two 
or  three,  namely,  the  Lord  Covetousness,  the  Lord 
Lasciviousness,  and  the  Lord  Anger.  The  Lord 
Covetousness  called  himself  by  the  name  of 
Prudent-Thrifty  ;  the  Lord  Lasciviousness  called 
lake  heed,  Man-  himself  by  the  name  of  Harmless- 
bouh  Mirth;  and  the  Lord  Anger  called 
himself  by  the  name  of  Good-Zeal. 

So  upon  a  market-day  they  came  into  the  mar- 
ket-place, three  lusty  fellows  they  were  to  look 
on,  and  they  were  clothed  in  sheep's-russet,  which 
was  also  now  in  a  manner  as  white  as  were  the 
white  robes  of  the  men  of  Mansoul.  Now  the 
rake  heed,  Man  men  could  speak  the  language  of  Man- 
soul!  soul  well.  So  when  they  were  come 
into  the  market-place,  and  had  offered  to  let  them- 
selves to  the  townsmen,  the y  were  presently 
taken  up ;  for  they  asked  but  little  wages,  and 
promised  to  do  their  masters  great  service. 

Mr.  Mind  hired  Prudent-Thrifty,  and  Mr. 
Godly-Fear  hired  Good-Zeal.  True,  this  fellow 
Harmless-Mirth  did  hang  a  little  in  hand,  and 
could  not  so  soon  get  him  a  master  as  the  others 
did,  because  the  town  of  Mansoul  was  now  in 
Lent ;  but  after  a  while,  because  Lent  was  almost 
Take  heed,  Man-  out>  the  Lord  Willbewill  hired  Harm- 
80Ul!  less-Mirth  to  be  both  his  waiting  man 
and  his  lacquey  :  and  thus  they  got  them  masters. 

These  villains  now  being  got  thus  far  into  the 
Louses  of  the  men  of  Mansoul,  quickly  began  to 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  229 

do  great  mischief  therein;  for  being  filthy,  arch, 
and  sly,  they  quickly  corrupted  the  families  where 
they  were;  yea,  they  tainted  their  masters  much, 
especially  this  Prudent-Thrifty,  and  him  they  cal] 
Harmless-Mirth.  True,  he  that  went  under  the 
visor  of  Good-Zeal,  was  not  so  well  liked  of  his 
master;  for  he  quickly  found  that  he  was  but 
a  counterfeit  rascal ;  the  which  when  the  fellow 
perceived,  with  speed  he  made  his  escape  from 
the  house,  or  I  doubt  not  but  his  master  had  hanged 
him. 

Well,  when  these  vagabonds  had  thus  far 
carried  on  their  design,  and  had  corrupted  the 
town  as  much  as  they  could,  in  the  next  place 
they  considered  with  themselves  at  what  time 
their  prince  Diabolus  without,  and  themselves 
within  the  town,  should  make  an  attempt  to 
seize  upon  Mansoul ;  and  they  all  agreed  upon 
this,  that  a  market-day  would  be  best  Adayofw0ridir 
for  that  work;  for  why?  then  will  cumber- 
the  townsfolk  be  busy  in  their  ways  :  and  always 
take  this  for  a  rule,  When  people  are  most  busy 
in  the  world,  they  least  fear  a  surprise.  "  We 
also  then,"  said  they,  "  shall  be  able  with  less 
suspicion  to  gather  ourselves  together  for  the  work 
of  our  friends  and  lords  ;  yea,  and  in  such  a  day, 
if  we  shall  attempt  our  work,  and  miss  Take  hee,  MaD. 
it,  we  may,  when  they  shall  give 
us  the  rout,  the  better  hide  ourselves  in  the 
crowd,  and  escape." 

These  things  being  thus  far  agreed  upon  by 
them,  they  wrote  another  letter  to  Diabolus,  and 
sent  it  by  the  hand  of  Mr.  Profane,  the  contents 
of  which  were  these  : — 

2- 


230  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

"The   lords   of  Looseness  send  to  the  great 
and  high  Diabolus  from  our  dens,     Look  ,0  if  Ma0. 
caves,  holes,  and  strongholds,  in 
and  about  the  wall  of  the  town  of  Mansoul, 
greeting : 
"Our   great  lord,    and   the  nourisher   of  our 
lives,   Diabolus, — how   glad  we  were  when  we 
heard  of  your  fatherhood's  readiness  to  comply 
with   us,    and   help   forward   our  design   in  our 
attempts  to  ruin  Mansoul,  none  can  tell  but  those 
Bom.vii.ai.     who,  as  we  do,  set  themselves  against 
Gai.  v.  17.        au  appearance  0f  good,  when  and  where- 
soever we  find  it. 

"  Touching  the  encouragement  that  your  great- 
ness is  pleased  to  give  us  to  continue  to  devise, 
contrive,  and  study  the  utter  desolation  of  Man- 
soul, that  we  are  not  solicitous  about;  for  we 
know  right  well  that  it  cannot  but  be  pleasing  and 
profitable  to  us  to  see  our  enemies,  and  them  that 
seek  our  lives,  die  at  our  feet,  or  fly  before  us. 
We  therefore  are  still  contriving,  and  that  to 
the  best  of  our  cunning,  to  make  this  work 
most  facile  and  easy  to  your  lordships,  and  to 
us. 

Look  to  it,  Man-  "First,  we  considered  of  that  most 
soul!  hellishly  cunning,  compacted,  three- 
fold project,  that  by  you  was  propounded  to  us  in 
your  last;  and  have  concluded,  that  though  to 
blow  them  up  with  the  gunpowder  of  pride  would 
do  well,  and  to  do  it  by  tempting  them  to  be 
loose  and  vain  will  help  on,  yet  to  contrive  to 
bring  them  into  the  gulf  of  desperation,  wre  think 
will  do  best  of  all.  Now  we,  who  are  at  your 
beck,  have  thought  of  two  ways  to  do  this  ;  first, 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  231 

we,  for  our  parts,  will  make  them  as  vile  as  we 
can,  and  then  you  with  us,  at  a  time  appointed, 
shall  be  ready  to  fall  upon  them  with  the  utmost 
force.  And  of  all  the  nations  that  are  at  your 
whistle,  we  think  that  an  army  of  doubters  may 
be  the  most  likely  to  attack  and  overcome  the 
town  of  Mansoul. "  Thus  shall  we  overcome  these 
enemies,  else  the  pit  shall  open  her  Take  ^  MlB. 
mouth  upon  them,  and  desperation 
shall  thrust  them  down  into  it.  We  have 
also,  to  effect  this  so  much  by  us  desired  design, 
sent  already  three  of  our  "trusty  Diabolonians 
among  them  ;  they  are  disguised  in  garb,  they 
have  changed  their  names,  and  are  now  accepted 
of  them;  namely,  Covetousness,  Lasciviousness, 
and  Anger.  The  name  of  Covetousness  is  changed 
to  Prudent-Thrifty,  and  him  Mr.  Mind  has  hired, 
and  is  almost  become  as  bad  as  our  friend.  Las- 
civiousness has  changed  his  name  to  Harmless- 
Mirth,  and  he  is  got  to  be  the  Lord  WillbewilPs 
lacquey ;  but  he  has  made  his  master  very  wanton. 
Anffer  changed  his  name  into  Good-Zeal,  and 
was  entertained  by  Mr.  Godly-Fear;  but  the 
peevish  old  gentleman  took  pepper  in  the  nose, 
and  turned  our  companion  out  of  his  house.  Nay, 
he  has  informed  us  since,  that  he  ran  away  from 
him,  or  else  his  old  master  had  hanged  him  up 
for  his  labour. 

"Now  these  have  much  helped  for-  u,^ ,„ it, Man- 
ward  our  work  and  design  upon  Man- 
soul  ;  for  notwithstanding  the  spite  and  quarrel- 
some temper  of  the  old  gentleman  last  mentioned, 
the  other  two  ply  their  business  well,  and  are 
likely  to  ripen  the  work  apace. 


23ki  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

"  Oui  next  project  is,  that  it  be  concluded  that 
you  come  upon  the  town  upon  a  market-day,  and 
that  when  they  are  upon  the  heat  of  their 
business  ;  for  then,  to  be  sure,  they  will  be  most 
secure,  and  least  think  that  an  assault  will  be 
Take  heed,  Man  niade  upon  them.  They  will  also  at 
such  a  time  be  less  able  to  defend  them- 
selves, and  to  offend  you  in  the  prosecution  of 
our  design.  And  we  your  trusty  (and  we  are 
sure  your  beloved)  ones  shall,  when  you  shall 
make  your  furious  assault  without,  be  ready  to 
second  the  business  within.  So  shall  we,  in  all 
likelihood,  be  able  to  put  Man  soul  to  utter  confu- 
sion, and  to  swallow  them  up  before  they  can 
come  to  themselves.  If  your  serpentine  heads, 
most  subtile  dragons,  and  our  highly  esteemed 
lords,  can  find  out  a  better  way  than  this,  let  us 
quickly  know  your  minds. 

"To  the  monsters  of  the  infernal  cave,  from 
the  house  of  Mr.  Mischief  in  Mansoul,  by  the 
hand  of  Mr.  Profane." 

Now  all  the  while  that  the  raffing1  runagates 
and  hellish  Diabolonians  were  thus  contriving  the 
ruin  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  they  (namely,  the 
poor  town  itself)  were  in  a  sad  and  woeful  case  ; 
partly  because  they  had  so  grievously  offended 
Shaddai  and  his  Son,  and  partly  because  that  the 
enemies  thereby  got  strength  within  them  afresh  ; 
and  also  because,  though  they  had  by  many 
petitions  made  suit  to  the  Prince  Emmanuel,  and 
to  his  Father  Shaddai  by  him,  for  their  pardon 
and  favour,  yet  hitherto  obtained  they  not  one 
smile ;  but  contrariwise,  through  the  craft  and 
subtility  of  the  domestic  Diabolonians,  their  cloud 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  233 

was  made  to  grow  blacker  and  blacker,  and  their 
Emmanuel  to  stand  at  further  distance. 

The  sickness  also  did  still  greatly  rage  in  Man- 
soul,  both  among  the  captains  and  the  inhabitants 
of  the  town ;  and  their  enemies  only  were  now 
lively  and  strong,  and  likely  to  become  the  head, 
whilst  Mansoul  was  made  the  tail. 

By  this  time  the  letter  last-mentioned,  that  was 
written  by  the  Diabolonians  that  yet  lurked  in 
the  town  of  Mansoul,  was  conveyed  to  Diabolus 
in  the  black  den,  by  the  hand  of  Mr.  Profane. 
He  carried  the  letter  by  Hell-Gate  Hill  as  afore, 
and  conveyed  it  by  Cerberus,  to  his  lord. 

But  when  Cerberus  and  Mr.  Profane  did  meet, 
they  were  presently  as  great  as  beggars,  and  thus 
they  fell  into  discourse  about  Mansoul,  and  about 
the  project  against  her. 

"  Ah  !  old  friend,"  quoth  Cerberus,  "  art  thou 
come  to  Hell-Gate  Hill  again  !  By  St.  Mary,  I  am 
glad  to  see  thee  !" 

Prof.  Yes,  my  lord,  I  am  come  again  about 
the  concerns  of  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

Cerb.  Prithee,  tell  me  what  condition  is  that 
town  of  Mansoul  in  at  present  ? 

Prif.  In  a  brave  condition,  my  lord,  for  us, 
and  for  my  lords,  the  lords  of  this  place,  I  trow  ; 
for  they  are  greatly  decayed  as  to  godliness,  and 
that  is  as  well  as  our  heart  can  wish  ;  their  Lord 
is  greatly  out  with  them,  aud  that  doth  also  please 
us  well.  We  have  already  also  a  foot  in  their 
dish,  for  our  Diabolonian  friends  are  laid  in  their 
bosoms,  and  what  do  we  lack,  but  to  be  masters 
of  the  place  !  Besides,  our  trusty  friends  in  Man- 
soul are  daily  plotting  to  betray  it  to  the  lords 
21* 


234  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

of  this  town  ;  also  the  sickness  rages  bitterly 
among  thein ;  and  that  which  makes  up  all,  we 
hope  at  last  to  prevail." 

Then  said  the  dog  of  Hell-Gate,  "  No  time 
like  this  to  assault  them.  I  wish  that  the 
enterprise  he  followed  close,  and  that  the  success 
desired  may  be  soon  effected :  yea,  I  wish  it  for 
the  poor  Diabolonians'  sakes,  that  live  in  the 
continual  fear  of  their  lives  in  that  traitorous  town 
of  Mansoul." 

Pr  f.  The  contrivance  is  almost  finished,  the 
lords  in  Mansoul,  that  are  Diabolonians,  are  at  it 
day  and  night,  and  the  other  are  like  silly  doves, 
they  want  heart  to  be  concerned  with  their  state, 
and  to  consider  that  ruin  is  at  hand.  Besides,  you 
may,  yea,  must  think,  when  you  put  all  things 
together,  that  there  are  many  reasons  that  prevail 
with  Diabolus  to  make  what  haste  he  can. 

Cerb.  Thou  hast  said  as  it  is ;  I  am  glad  things 
are  at  this  pass.  Go  in,  my  brave  Profane,  to  my 
lords,  they  will  give  thee  for  thy  welcome  as  good 
a  coranto*  as  the  whole  of  this  kingdom  will 
afford.     I  have  sent  thy  letter  in  already. 

Then  Mr.  Profane  went  into  the  den,  and 
his  lord  Diabolus  met  him,  and  saluted  him 
with,  "  Welcome,  my  trusty  servant:  I  have 
been  made  glad  with  thy  letter."  The  rest  of 
the  lords  of  the  pit  gave  him  also  their  saluta- 
tions. Then  Profane,  after  obeisance  made  to 
them  all,  said,  "  Let  Mansoul  be  given  to  my 
lord  Diabolus,  and  let  him  be  her  king  for  ever." 
And  with  that,  the  hollow  belly  and  yawning 
gorge  of  hell  gave  so  loud  and  hideous  a  groan, 
*  A  lively,  sprightly  dance. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  235 

(for  that  is  the  music  of  that  place,)  that  it  made 
the  mountains  about  it  totter,  as  if  they  would  fall 
in  pieces. 

Now,  after  they  had  read  and  considered  the 
letter,  they  consulted  what  answer  to  return;  and 
the  first  that  did  speak  to  it  was  Lucifer. 

Then  said  he,  "  The  first  project  of  the  Dia- 
bolonians  in  Mansoul  is  likely  to  be  lucky,  and 
to  take ;  namely,  that  they  will,  by  all  the 
ways  and  means  they  can,  make  Mansoul  yet 
more  vile  an  1  filthy:  no  way  to  destroy  a  soul 
like  this.  Our  old  friend  Balaam  Num0.s„j.  16. 
went  this  way  and  prospered  many  Rev- ii- 14- 
years  ago ;  let  this  therefore  stand  with  us 
for  a  maxim,  and  be  to  Diabolonians  for  a 
general  rule  in  all  ages  ;  for  nothing  can  make 
this  to  fail  but  grace,  in  which  I  would  hope 
that  this  town  has  no  share.  But  whether 
to  fall  upon  them  on  a  market-day,  Cuniberments  m 
because  of  their  cumber  in  business,  dangerous. 
that  I  would  should  be  under  debate.  And  there 
is  more  reason  why  this  head  should  be  debated, 
than  why  some  other  should ;  because  upon  this, 
will  turn  the  whole  of  what  we  shall  attempt. 
If  we  time  not  our  business  well,  our  whole  pro- 
ject may  fail.  Our  friends,  the  Diabolonians,  say 
that  a  market-day  is  best;  for  then  will  Man- 
soul be  most  busy,  and  have  fewest  thoughts  of 
a  surprise.  But  what  if  also  they  should  double 
their  guards  on  those  days  ?  (and 
methinks  nature  and  reason  should  They  had  need  d0  "• 
teach  them  to  do  it  ;)  and  what*  if  they 
should  keep  such  a  watch  on  those  days  as 
the  necessity  of  their  present  case  doth  require  ? 


236  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

yea,  what  if  their  men  should  be  always  in 
arms  on  those  days  ?  then  you  may,  my  lords, 
be  disappointed  in  your  attempts,  and  may  bring 
our  friends  in  the  town  to  utter  danger  of  unavoid- 
able ruin." 

Then  said  the  great  Beelzebub,  "  There  is 
something  in  what  my  lord  hath  said ;  but  his 
conjecture  may,  or  may  not  fall  out.  Nor  hath 
my  lord  laid  it  down  as  that  which  must  not  be 
receded  from  ;  for  I  know  that  he  said  it  only  to 
provoke  to  a  warm  debate  thereabout.  Therefore 
we  must  understand,  if  we  can,  whether  the  town 
of  Mansoul  has  such  sense  and  knowledge  of  her 
)  til  a  lesson  for  decayed  state,  and  of  the  design  that 
christians.  we  have  on  f00t  against  her,  as  doth 
provoke  her  to  set  watch  and  ward  at  her  gates, 
and  to  double  them  on  market-days.  But  if, 
after  inquiry  made,  it  shall  be  found  that  they 
are  asleep,  then  any  day  will  do,  but  a  market- 
day  is  best;  and  this  is  my  judgment  in  this 
case." 

Then  quoth  Diabolus,  "  How  should  we  know 
this  ?"  and  it  was  answered,  "  Inquire  about  it 
at  the  mouth  of  Mr.  Profane."  So  Profane  was 
called  in,  and  asked  the  question,  and  he  made 
his  answer  as  follows  : — 

■Prof.  My  lords,  so  far  as  I  can  gather,  this 
is  at  present  the  condition  of  the  town  of  Mansoul : 
they  are  decayed  in  their  faith  and  love  ;  Em- 
manuel, their  Prince,  has  given  them  the  back; 
they  send  often  by  petition  to  fetch  him  again, 
but  he  maketh  not  haste  to  answer  their  request, 
nor  is  there  much  reformation  among  them.    . 

Blab.  I  am  glad  that  they  are  backward  in 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  237 

a  reformation,  but  yet  I  am  afraid  of  their  peti- 
tioning. However,  their  looseness  of  life  is  a  sign 
that  there  is  not  much  heart  in  what  they  do,  and 
without  the  heart,  things  are  little  worth.  But 
go  on,  my  masters  ;  I  will  divert  you,  my  lords, 
no  longer. 

Bee/.  If  the  case  be  so  with  Mansoul,  as 
Mr.  Profane  has  described  it  to  be,  it  will  be 
no  great  matter  what  day  we  assault  it;  not 
their  prayers,  nor  their  power  will  do  them  much 
service. 

When  Beelzebub  had  ended  his  oration,  then 
Apollyon  did  begin.  «  My  opinion,"  DreadfuIaJvice 
said  he,  "concerning  this  matter,  is,  against Ma"soul- 
that  we  go  on  fair  and  softly,  not  doing  things 
in  a  hurry.  Let  our  friends  in  Mansoul  go  on 
still  to  pollute  and  defile  it  by  seeking  to  draw  it 
yet  more  into  sin,  (for  there  is  nothing  like  sin 
to  devour  Mansoul.)  If  this  be  done,  and  it  takes 
effect,  Mansoul,  of  itself,  will  leave  off  to  watch, 
to  petition,  or  anything  else  that  should  tend  to 
her  security  and  safety  ;  for  she  will  forget  her 
Emmanuel,  she  will  not  desire  his  company  ;  and 
can  she  be  gotten  thus  to  live,  her  Prince  will 
not  come  to  her  in  haste.  Our  trusty  friend, 
Mr.  Carnal-Security,  with  one  of  his  tricks  did 
drive  him  out  of  the  town  ;  and  why  may  not  my 
Lord  Covetousness,  and  my  Lord  Lasciviousness, 
by  what  they  may  do,  keep  him  out  of  the  town? 
And  this  I  will  tell  you,  (not  because  you  know 
it  not,)  that  two  or  three  Diabolonians,  if  enter- 
tained and  countenanced  by  the  town  of  Mansoul, 
will  do  more  to  the  keeping  of  Emmanuel  from 
them,  and  towards  making  the  town  of  Mansoul 


238  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

your  own,  than  can  an  army  of  a  legion  that 
should  be  sent  out  from  us  to  withstand  him. 
Let,  therefore,  this  first  project  that  our  friends 
in  Mansoul  have  set  on  foot,  be  strongly  and 
Dregful  advice  diligently  carried  on  with  all  cunning 
against  Mansoui.   an(j  craft  imagmaDie  ;    and  let  them 

send  continually,  under  one  guise  or  another, 
more  and  other  of  their  men  to  play  with  the 
people  of  Mansoul ;  and  then,  perhaps,  we  shall 
not  need  to  be  at  the  charge  of  making  a  war 
upon  them  ;  or  if  that  must  of  necessity  be  done, 
yet  the  more  sinful  they  are,  the  more  unable,  to 
be  sure,  they  will  be  to  resist  us,  and  then  the 
more  easily  we  shall  overcome  them.  And  be- 
sides, suppose  (and  that  is  the  worst  that  can 
be  supposed)  that  Emmanuel  should  come  to 
them  again,  why  may  not  the  same  means,  or 
the  like,  drive  him  from  them  once  more  ?  Yea, 
why  may  he  not,  by  their  lapse  into  that  sin 
again,  be  driven  from  them  for  ever,  for  the  sake 
of  which  he  was  at  the  first  driven  from  them 
for  a  season  ?  And  if  this  should  happen,  then 
away  go  with  him,  his  battering  rams,  his  slings, 
his  captains,  his  soldiers,  and  he  leaveth  Mansoul 
naked  and  bare.  Yea,  will  not  this  town,  when 
she  sees  herself  utterly  forsaken  of  her  Prince, 
of  her  own  accord  open  her  gates  again  unto  you, 
and  make  of  you  as  in  the  days  of  old  ?  But  this 
must  be  done  by  time,  a  few  days  will  not  effect 
so  great  a  work  as  this." 

So  soon  as  Apollyon  had  made  an  end  of  speak- 
ing, Diabolus  began  to  blow  out  his  own  malice, 
and  to  plead  his  own  cause ;  and  he  said,  "  My 
lords,  and  powers  of  the  cave,  my  true  and  trusty 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  239 

friends,  I  have  with  much  impatience,  as  becomes 
me,  given  ear  to  your  long  and  tedious  orations. 
But  my  furious  gorge,  and  empty  paunch,  so 
lusteth  after  a  re-possession  of  my  famous  town  of 
Mansoul,  that  whatever  comes  out,  I  can  wait  no 
longer  to  see  the  events  of  lingering  projects.  I 
must,  and  that  without  further  delay,  seek,  by  all 
means  I  can,  to  fill  my  insatiable  gulf  with  the 
soul  and  body  of  the  town  of  Mansoul.  ^  ,0  „  Man. 
Therefore  lend  me  your  heads,  your  80uK 
hearts,  and  your  help,  now  I  am  going  to  recover 
my  town  of  Mansoul." 

When  the  lords  and  princes  of  the  pit  saw  the 
flaming  desire  that  was  in  Diabolus  to  devour  the 
miserable  town  of  Mansoul,  they  left  off  to  raise 
any  more  objections,  but  consented  to  lend  him 
what  strength  they  could  :  though  had  Apollyon's 
advice  been  taken,  they  had  far  more  fearfully 
distressed  the  town  of  Mansoul.  But,  I  say, 
they  were  willing  to  lend  him  what  strength 
they  could,  not  knowing  what  need  they  might 
have  of  him,  when  they  should  engage  for  them- 
selves. Wherefore,  they  fell  to  advising  about 
the  next  thing  propounded,  namely,  what  sol- 
diers they  were,  and  also  how  many,  with  whom 
Diabolus  should  go  against  the  town  of  Man- 
soul to  take  it;  and  after  some  debate,  it  was 
concluded,  according  as  in  the  letter  the  Dia- 
bolonians  had  suggested,  that  none  were  more  fit 
for  that  expedition  that  an  army  of  terrible 
doubters.  They  therefore  concluded  to  send 
against  Mansoul  an  army  of  sturdy  doubters. 
The  number  thought  fit  to  be  employed  in  that 
service  was  between  twenty  and  thirty  thousand 


240  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

So  then  the  result  of  that  great  council  of  those 
high  and  mighty  lords  was — ThatDiabolus  should 
even  now,  out  of  hand,  beat  up  his  drum  for  men 
in  the  land  of  Doubting,  which  land  lieth  upon 
the  confines  of  the  place  called  Hell-Gate  Hill,  for 
men  that  might  be  employed  by  him  against  th6 
miserable  town  of  Mansoul.  It  was  also  con- 
cluded, that  these  lords  themselves  should  help 
him  in  the  war,  and  that  they  would  to  that  end 
head  and  manage  his  men.  So  they  drew  up  a 
letter,  and  sent  back  to  the  Diabolonians  that 
lurked  in  Mansoul,  and  that  waited  for  the  back- 
coming  of  Mr.  Profane,  to  signify  to  them  into 
what  method  and  forwardness  they  at  present  had 
put  their  design.  The  contents  whereof  now 
follow  : — 

"From  the  dark  and  horrible  dungeon  of  hell, 
Diabolus,  with  all  the  society  of  the  princes 
of  darkness,   sends  to  our  trusty  ones,   in 
and  about  the  walls  of  the  town  of  Mansoul, 
now  impatiently  waiting  for  our  most  devil- 
ish   answer   to   their   venomous    and   most 
poisonous  design  against  the  town  of  Man- 
soul. 
"Our  native  ones,  in  whom  from  day  to  day  we 
boast,  and  in  whose  actions  all  the  year  long  we 
do  greatly  delight  ourselves, — we  received  your 
welcome,  because  highly  esteemed  letter,  at  the 
hand  of  our  trusty  and  greatly  beloved,  the  old 
gentleman,   Mr.  Profane.     And  do  give  you  to 
understand,  that  when  we  had  broken  it  open,  and 
had  read  the  contents  thereof,  to  your  amazing 
memory  be  it  spoken,  our  yawning  hollow-bellied 
place,  where  we  are,  made  so  hideous  and  yelling 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  241 

a  noise  for  joy,  that  the  mountains  that  stand 
round  about  Hell-Gate  Hill,  had  like  to  have  been 
shaken  to  pieces  at  the  sound  thereof. 

"  We  could  also  do  no  less  than  admire  your 
faithfulness  to  us,  with  the  greatness  of  that  sub- 
tility  that  now  hath  showed  itself  to  be  in  your 
heads,  to  serve  us  against  the  town  of  Mansoul. 
For  you  have  invented  for  us  go  excellent  a 
method  for  our  proceeding  against  that  rebel- 
lious people,  a  more  effectual  cannot  be  th< 
of  by  all  the  wits  of  hell.  The  proposals,  there- 
fore, which  now,  at  last,  you  have  sent  us,  since 
we  saw  them,  we  have  done  little  else  but  highly 
approve  and  admire  them. 

"  Nay,  we  shall,  to  encourage  you  in  the  pro- 
fundity of  your  craft,  let  you  know,  that  at  a  full 
assembly  and  conclave  of  our  princes  and  princi- 
palities of  this  place,  your  project  was  discoursed 
and  tossed  from  one  side  of  our  cave  to  the  other 
by  their  mightinesses  ;  but  a  better,  and  as  was  by 
themselves  judged,  a  more  fit  and  proper  way  by 
all  their  wits,  could  not  be  invented  to  surprise, 
take,  and  make  our  own,  the  rebellious  town  of 
Mansoul. 

"  Wherefore,  in  fine,  all  that  was  said  that 
varied  from  what  you  had  in  your  letter  pro- 
pounded, fell  of  itself  to  the  ground,  and  yours 
only  was  stuck  to  by  Diabolus,  the  prince  ;  yea, 
his  gaping  gorge  and  yawning  paunch  was  on  "fire 
to  put  your  invention  into  execution. 

"  We  therefore  give  you  to  understand  that  our 

stout,  furious,  and  unmerciful  Diabolus,  is  raising, 

for  your  relief,  and  the  ruin  of  the  rebellious  town 

of  Mansoul,  more  than  twenty  thousand  doubters 

22 


242  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

to  come  against  that  people.  They  are  all  stout 
and  sturdy  men,  and  men  that  of  old  have  been 
accustomed  to  war,  and  that  can  therefore  well 
endure  the  drum.  I  say,  he  is  doing-  this  work 
of  his  with  all  the  possible  speed  he  can ;  for  his 
heart  and  spirit  is  engaged  in  it.  We  desire, 
therefore,  that,  as  you  have  hitherto  stuck  to  us, 
and  given  us  b»th  advice  and  encouragement  thus 
far,  you  still  will  prosecute  our  design ;  nor  shall 
you  lose,  but  be  gainers  thereby ;  yea,  we  intend 
to  make  you  the  lords  of  Mansoul. 

"One  thing  may  not  by  any  means  be  omitted, 
that  is,  those  with  us  do  desire  that  every  one  of 
you  that  are  in  Mansoul  would  still  use  all  your 
power,  cunning,  and  skill,  with  delusive  per- 
suasions, yet  to  draw  the  town  of  Mansoul  into 
more  sin  and  wickedness,  even  that  sin  may  be 
finished  and  bring  fortli  death. 

"  For  thus  it  is  concluded  with  us,  that  the  more 
vile,  sinful,  and  debauched  the  town  of  Mansoul 
is,  the  more  backward  will  be  their  Emmanuel  to 
come  to  their  help,  either  by  presence,  or  other 
relief;  yea,  the  more  sinful,  the  more  weak,  and 
so  the  more  unable  will  they  be  to  make  resist- 
ance, when  we  shall  make  oui  assault  upon  them 
to  swallow  them  up.  Yea,  that  may  cause  that 
Take  heed,  Man-  their  mighty  Shaddai  himself  may  cast 
80011  them  out  of  his  protection;  yea,  and 
send  for  his  captains  and  soldiers  home,  with  his 
slings  and  rams,  and  leave  them  naked  and  bare ; 
and  then  the  town  of  Mansoul  will,  of  itself,  open 
to  us,  and  fall  as  the  fig  into  the  mouth  of  the 
eater.  Yea,  to  be  sure  we  then,  with  a  great  deal 
of  ease,  shall  come  upon  her  anc.  os'^rcome  her. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  243 

"As  to  the  time  of  out  coming  upon  Mansoul. 
we,  as  yet,  have  not  fully  resolved  upon   that, 
though  at  present  some  of  us  think  as  you,  that  a 
market-day,  or  a  market-day  at  night,  will  certainh 
be   the   best.     However,  do  you  be  ready,  and 
when  you  shall  hear  our  roaring  drum     ^^  g 
without,  do  you  be  as  busy  to  make  the 
most  horrible  confusion  within.     So  shall  Man- 
soul  ccrtainlv  be  distressed  before  and  behind,  and 
shall  not  know  which  way  to  betake  herself  for 
help.      My  Lord  Lucifer,  my  Lord  Beelzebub,  my 
Lord  Apollyon,  my  Lord  Legion,  with  the  rest 
salute  you.  as  does  also  my  Lord  Diabolus  ;   and 
we  wish  both  you.  with  all  that  you  do,  or  shall 
possess,  the  very  self-same  fruit  and  success  for  their 
doing,  as  we  ourselves  at  present  enjoy  for  ours. 
»  From  our  dreadful  confines  in  the  most,  fearful 
pit,  we  salute  you,  and  so  do  those   many 
lesions  here  with  us,  wishing  you  may  be  as 
hellishly  prosperous  as  we  desire  to  be  our- 
selves. '  By  the  letter  carrier,  Mr.  Profane." 
Then  Mr.  Profane  addressed  himself  for  his 
return    to   Mansoul.  with    his    errand    from    the 
horrible  pit  to  the  Diabolonians  that  dwelt  in  that 
town.     So  he  came  up  the  stairs  from   the    deep 
to  the  mouth  of  the  cave  where  Cerberus  was. 
Now  when  Cerberus  saw  him,  he    asked    how 
matters  did  go  below,  about  and  against  the  town 
of  Mansoul. 

Pmf.  Things  so  as  well  as  we  can  expect.  The 
letter  that  I  carried  thither  was  highly  approved, 
and  well  liked  by  all  my  lords,  and  I  am  return- 
ins:  to  tell  our  "Diabolonians  so.  I  have  an  answer 
to°it  here  in  my  bosom,  that  I  am  sure  will  make 


244  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

our  masters  that  sent  me  glad ;  for  the  contents 
thereof  are  to  encourage  them  to  pursue  their 
design  to  the  utmost,  and  to  be  ready  also  to  fall 
on  within,  when  they  shall  see  my  Lord  Diabolus 
beleaguering  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

Cerb.  But  does  he  intend  to  go  against  them 
himself? 

Prof.  Does  he  !  Ay !  and  he  will  take  along 
with  him  more  than  twenty  thousand,  all  sturdy 
Doubters,  and  men  of  war,  picked  men,  from  the 
land  of  Doubting,  to  serve  him  in  the  expedition. 

Then  was  Cerberus  glad,  and  said,  "  And  are 
there  such  brave  preparations  making  to  go 
against  the  miserable  town  of  Mansoul?  And 
would  I  might  be  put  at  the  head  of  a  thousand 
of  them,  that  I  might  also  show  my  valour  against 
the  famous  town  of  Mansoul." 

Prof.  Your  wish  may  come  to  pass ;  you  look 
like  one  that  has  mettle  enough,  and  my  lord  will 
have  with  him  those  that  are  valiant  and  stout. 
But  my  business  requires  haste. 

Cerb.  Ay,  so  it  does.  Speed  thee  to  the  town 
of  Mansoul,  with  all  the  deepest  mischiefs  that 
this  place  can  afford  thee.  And  when  thou  shalt 
come  to  the  house  of  Mr.  Mischief,  the  place 
where  the  Diabolians  meet  to  plot,  tell  them 
that  Cerberus  doth  wish  them  his  service,  and 
that  if  he  may,  he  will  with  the  army  come  up 
against  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul. 

Prof.  That  I  will.  And  I  know  that  my  lords 
that  are  there  will  be  glad  to  hear  it,  and  to  see 
you  also. 

So  after  a  few  more  such  kind  of  compliments, 
Mr.  Profane  took   his   leave  of  his  friend  Cer 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  245 

bems ;  and  Cerberus  again,  with  a  thousand  of  their 
pit-wishes,  bid  him  haste,  with  all  speed,  to  his 
masters.  The  which  when  he  had  heard,  he  made 
obeisance,  and  began  to  gather  up  his  heels  to  run. 

Thus,  therefore,  he  returned,  and  went  and 
came  to  Mansoul ;  and  going,  as  afore,  to  the  house 
of  Mr.  Mischief,  there  he  found  the  Diabolonians 
assembled,  and  waiting  for  his  return.  Now  when 
he  was  come,  and  had  presented  himself,  he  also 
delivered  to  them  his  letter,  and  adjoined  this 
compliment  to  them  therewith  :  "  My  lords,  from 
the  confines  of  the  pit,  the  high  and  mighty  prin- 
cipalities and  powers  of  the  den  salute  you  here, 
the  true  Diabolonians  of  the  town  of  Mansoul. 
Wishing  you  always  the  most  proper  of  their 
benedictions,  for  the  great  service,  high  attempts, 
and  brave  achievements  that  you  have  put  your- 
selves upon,  for  the  restoring  to  our  prince  Dia- 
bolus  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul." 

This  was    therefore   the    present  state  of  the 
miserable  town  of  Mansoul :    she  had  offended\ 
her  Prince,  and  he  was  gone;  she  had  encouraged 
the  powers  of  hell,  by  her  foolishness,  to  come 
against  her  to  seek  her  utter  destruction. 

True,  the  town  of  Mansoul  was  somewhat  made 
sensible  of  her  sin,  but  the  Diabolonians  were 
gotten  into  her  bowels  ;  she  cried,  but  Emmanuel 
was  gone,  and  her  cries  did  not  fetch  him  as  yet 
again.  Besides,  she  knew  not  now  whether  ever 
or  never,  he  would  return  and  come  to  his  Man- 
soul again  ;  nor  did  they  know  the  power  and 
industry  of  the  enemy,  nor  how  forward  they 
were  to  put  in  execution  that  plot  of  hell  that  they 
had  devised  against  her. 

22* 


246  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

They  did,  indeed,  still  send  petition  after 
petition  to  the  Prince,  but  he  answered  all  with 
silence.  They  did  neglect  reformation,  and  that 
was  as  Diabolus  would  have  it ;  for  he  knew,  if 
they  regarded  iniquity  in  their  heart,  their  King 
would  not  hear  their  prayer ;  they  therefore  did 
still  grow  weaker  and  weaker,  and  were  as  a 
rolling  thing  before  the  whirlwind.  They  cried 
to  their  King  for  help,  and  laid  Diabolonians  in 
their  bosoms  :  what  therefore  should  a  King  do  to 
them?  Yea,  there  seemed  now  to  be  a  mixture 
in  Mansoul :  the  Diabolonians  and  the  Man- 
soulians  would  walk  the  streets  together.  Yea, 
they  began  to  seek  their  peace ;  for  they  thought 
that,  since  the  sickness  had  been  so  mortal  in 
Mansoul,  it  was  in  vain  to  go  to  handygripes  with 
them.  Besides,  the  weakness  of  Mansoul  was 
the  strength  of  their  enemies ;  and  the  sins  of 
Mansoul,  the  advantage  of  the  Diabolonians.  The 
foes  of  Mansoul  did  also  now  begin  to  promise 
themselves  the  town  for  a  possession :  there  was 
no  great  difference  now  betwixt  Mansoulians  and 
Diabolonians  :  both  seemed  to  be  masters  of  Man- 
soul. Yea,  the  Diabolonians  increased  and  grew, 
but  the  town  of  Mansoul  diminished  greatly. 
Good  though*.,  There  were  more  than  eleven  thou- 
fi0i3gpood      sand  men,  women,  and  children,  that 

desires.  fc^  j^   t]ie   gickness   jn   MailSOul. 

But  now,  as  Shaddai  would  have  it,  there  was 
one  whose  name  was  Mr.  Pry  well,  a  great  lover  of 
the  people  of  Mansoul.  And  he,  as  his  manner 
was,  did  go  listening  up  and  down  in  Mansoul  to 
see,  and  to  hear,  if  at  any  time  he  might, 
whether  there  was  any  design  against  it  or  no. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  247 

For  he  was  always  a  jealous  man,  ana  i 
some  mischief  sometime  would  befall  it,  cither 
from  the  Diabolonians  within,  or  from 
power  without.  Now  upon  a  time  it  so  hap- 
pened, as  Mr.  Prywell  went  listening  here  and 
there,  that  he  lighted  upon  a  place  called  Vile- 
hill,  in  Mansoul,  where  Diabolonians  used  to 
meet;  so  hearing  a  muttering,  (you  must  know 
that  it  was  in  the  night,)  he  softly  drew  near  to 
hear  ;  nor  had  he  stood  long  under  the  house-end, 
(for  there  stood  a  house  there,)  but  he  heard  one 
confidently  affirm,  that  it  was  not,  or  would  not 
be  long  before  Diabolus  should  possess  himself 
again  of  Mansoul ;  and  that  then  the  Diabolonians 
did  intend  to  put  all  Mansoulians  to  the  sword, 
and  would  kill  and  destroy  the  King's  captains, 
and  drive  all  his  soldiers  out  of  the  town.  He  said, 
moreover,  that  he  knew  there  were  above  twenty 
thousand  fighting  men  prepared  by  Diabolus  for 
the  accomplishing  of  this  design,  and  that  it  would 
not  be  months  before  they  all  should  see  it. 

When  Mr.  Prywell  had  heard  this  story, 
he  did  quickly  believe  it  was  true  :  wherefore 
he  went  forthwith  to  my  Lord  Mayor's  house, 
and  acquainted  him  therewith  ;  who,  Underitanding 
sending  for  the  subordinate  preacher,  ConscieDCe- 
brake  the  business  to  him ;  and  he  as  soon 
gave  the  alarm  to  the  town  ;  for  he  was  now 
the  chief  preacher  in  Mansoul,  because,  as  yet, 
my  Lord  Secretary  was  ill  at  ease.  And  this 
was  the  way  that  the  subordinate  preacher  did 
take  to  alarm  the  town  therewith.  The  same 
hour  he  caused  the  lecture  bell  to  be  rung ;  so  the 
people  came  together :  he  gave  them  then  a  short 


248  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

exhortation  to  watchfulness,  and  made  Mr.  Prv- 
well's  news  the  argument  thereof.  "  For,"  said 
he,  "  an  horrible  plot  is  contrived  against  Man- 
soul,  even  to  massacre  us  all  in  a  day,  nor  is  this 
story  to  be  slighted;  for  Mr.  Pry  well  is  the 
author  thereof.  Mr.  Pry  well  was  always  a  lover 
of  Mansoul,  a  sober  and  judicious  man,  a  man 
that  is  no  tattler,  nor  raiser  of  false  reports,  but 
one  that  loves  to  look  into  the  very  bottom  of 
matters,  and  talks  nothing  of  news,  but  by  very 
solid  arguments.  I  will  call  him,  and  you  shall 
hear  him  your  own  selves." 

So  he  called  him,  and  he  came  and  told 
his  tale  so  punctually,  and  affirmed  its  truth 
with  such  ample  grounds,  that  Mansoul  fell  pre- 
sently under  a  conviction  of  the  truth  of  what  he 
said.  The  preacher  did  also  back  him,  saying, 
"  Sirs,  it  is  not  irrational  for  us  to  believe  it,  for 
we  have  provoked  Shaddai  to  anger,  and  have 
sinned  Emmanuel  out  of  the  town ;  we  have  had 
too  much  correspondence  with  Diabolonians,  and 
have  forsaken  our  former  mercies  :  no  marvel 
then,  if  the  enemy  both  within  and  without 
should  design  and  plot  our  ruin  ;  and  what  time 
like  this  to  do  it  ?  The  sickness  is  now  in 
the    town,   and    we   have   been  made 

Good  desires.  wea],  thereby.  Many  a  good  mean- 
ing man  is  dead,  and  the  Diabolonians  of  late 
grow  stronger  and  stronger. 

"  Besides,"  quoth  the  subordinate  preacher, 
"  I  have  received  from  this  good  truth-teller 
this  one  inkling  further,  that  he  understood  by 

They  take  the     those  that  he  overheard,  that  several 
aurm.        letters  have  lately  passed  between  the 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  249 

furies  and  the  Diabolonians  in  order  to  our  de- 
struction." When  Mansoul  heard  all  this,  and  not 
being  able  to  gainsay  it,  they  lift  up  their  voice 
and  wept.  Mr.  Prywell  did  also,  in  the  presence 
of  the  townsmen,  confirm  all  that  their  subordi- 
nate preacher  had  said.  Wherefore  they  now 
set  afresh  to  bewail  their  folly,  and  to  a  doubling 
of  petitions  to  Shaddai  and  his  Son.  They 
also  brake  the  business  to  the  captains,  high 
commanders,  and  men  of  war  in  the  town  of 
Mansoul,  entreating  them  to  use  the  means  to 
be  strong,  and  to  take  good  courage  ;  and 
that  they  would  look  after  their  harness,  and  \y 
make  themselves  ready  to  give  Diabolus  battle 
by  night  and  by  day,  should  he  come,  as  they 
are  informed  he  will,  to  beleaguer  the  town  of  >^ 
Mansoul.  >J\ 

When    the    captains    heard   this,    they    being 
always  true  lovers  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  what      f 
do  they,  but  like  so  many  Samsons  they  shake 
themselves,  and    come    together  to    consult   and 
contrive    how  to  defeat   those  bold    and   hellish 
contrivances  that  were  upon  the  wheel    by  the 
means  of  Diabolus  and  his  friends,  against  the  now     I 
sickly,  weakly,  and  much-impoverished  town  of      '• 
Mansoul;  and  they  agreed  upon  these  following-,/* 
particulars  : — 

1.  That  tlie^gates  of  Mansoul  should  be  kept 
shut,  and  made  fast  with  bars  and 
locks,  and  that  all  persons  that  went 
out,  or  came  in,  should  be  very  strictly  examined 
by  the  captains  of  the  guards,  '«  to  the  end,"  said 
they,  "that  those  that  are  managers  of  the  plot 
amongst  us,  may,  either  coming  or  going,  be  taken ;  y 


Heb.  xii.  15,  16. 


250  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

and  that  we  may  also  find  out  who  are 

lam.  iii.  40.         -  J.  n 

the   great   contrivers,  amongst  us,  of 
our  ruin." 

2.  The  next  thing  was,  that  a  strict  search 
should  be  made  for  all  kind  of  Diabolonians 
throughout  the  whole  town  of  Mansoul;  and  that 
every  man's  house  from  top  to  bottom  should  be 

looked  into,  and  that,  too,  house  by 
house,  that  if  possible  a  further  disco- 
very might  be  made  of  all  such  among  them  as 
had  a  hand  in  these  designs. 

3.  It  was  further  concluded  upon,  that  where- 
m_  soever  or  with  whomsoever,  any  of  the 

a£p!\.26.  Diabolonians  were  found,  that  even 
those  of  the  town  of  Mansoul  that 
had  given  them  house  and  harbour,  should,  to  their 
shame,  and  the  warning  of  others,  take  penance 
in  the  public  square. 

5.  It  was,  moreover,  resolved,  by  the  famous 
tOAvn  of  Mansoul,  that  a  public  fast,  and  a  day  of 
humiliation  should  be  kept  throughout  the  whole 
corporation,  to  the  justifying  of  their  Prince,  the 
abasing  of  themselves  before  him  for  their  trans- 
joeii.  u.  gressions  against  him,  and  against 
,il5'16-  Shaddai,  his  Father.  It  was  further 
resolved,  that  all  such  in  Mansoul  as  did  not  on 
that  day  endeavour  to  keep  that  fast,  and  to  hum- 
ble themselves  for  their  faults,  but  that  should 
mind  their  worldly  employments,  or  be  found 
wandering  up  and  down  the  streets,  should  be 
taken  for  Diabolonians,  and  should  suffer  as  Dia- 
bolonians, for  such  their  wicked  doings. 

5.  It  was    further  concluded    then, 
that  with  what  speed,  and  with  what 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  251 

warmth  of  mind  they  could,  they  would  renew 
their  humiliation  lor  sin,  and  their  petitions  to 
Shaddai  lor  help ;  they  also  resolved,  to  send 
tidings  to  the  court  of  all  that  Mr.  Pry  well  had 
told  them. 

6.  It  was  also  determined,  that  thanks  should 
be  given  by  the  town  of  Mansoul  to  Mr.  Prywell, 
for  his  diligent  seeking  of  the  welfare  of  their 
town  :  and  further,  that  forasmuch  as  he  was  so 
naturally  inclined  to  seek  their  good,  and  also  to 
undermine  their  foes,  they  gave  him  a  commission 
of  scoutmaster-general,  for  the  good  of  the  town 
of  Mansoul. 

When  the  corporation,  with  their  captains,  had 
thus  concluded,  they  did  as  they  had  said ;  they 
shut  up  their  gates,  they  made  for  Diabolonians 
strict  search,  they  made  those  with  whom  any 
were  found  to  take  penance  in  the  public  square  : 
they  kept  their  fast,  and  renewed  their  petitions 
to  their  Prince,  and  Mr.  Prywell  managed  his 
charge  and  the  trust  that  Mansoul  had  put  in  his 
hands,  with  creat  conscience  and  good  fidelity ; 
for  he  gave  himself  wholly  up  to  his  employ,  and 
that  not  only  within  the  town,  but  he  went  out 
to  pry,  to  see,  and  to  hear. 

And  not  many  days  after,  he  provided  for  his 
journey,  and  went  towards  Hell-Gate  Hill,  into 
the  country  where  the  Doubters  were,  where  he 
heard  of  all  that  had  been  talked  of  in  Mansoul, 
and  he  perceived  also  that  Diabolus  was  almost 
ready  for  his  march,  etc.  So  he  came  back  with 
speed,  and,  calling  the  captains  and  elders  of 
Mansoul  together,  he  told  them  where  he  had 
been,  what  he  had  heard,  and  what  he  had  seen 


252  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Particularly,  he  told  them  that  Diabolus  was 
almost  ready  for  his  march,  and  that  he  had  made 
old  Mr.  Incredulity,  that  once  brake  prison  in 
Mansoul,  the  general  of  his  army ;  that  his  army 
consisted  all  of  Doubters,  and  that  their  number 
was  above  twenty  thousand.  He  told,  moreover, 
that  Diabolus  did  intend  to  bring  with  him  the 
chief  princes  of  the  infernal  pit,  and  that  he  would 
make  them  chief  captains  over  his  Doubters.  He 
told  them,  moreover,  that  it  was  certainly  true 
that  several  of  the  black  den  would,  with  Diabolus, 
ride  reformades  to  reduce  the  town  of  Mansoul  to 
the  obedience  of  Diabolus,  their  prince. 

He  said,  moreover,  that  he  understood  by  the 
Doubters,  among  whom  he  had  been,  that  the 
reason  why  old  Incredulity  was  made  genera]  of 
the  whole  army,  was  because  none  truer  than  lie 
to  the  tyrant ;  and  because  he  had  an  implacable 
spite  against  the  welfare  of  the  town  of  Mansoul, 
Besides,  said  he,  he  remembers  the  affronts  that 
MansouL  has  given  him,  and  he  is  resolved  to  be 
revenged  of  them. 

But  the  black  princes  shall  be  made  high 
commanders,  only  Incredulity  shall  be  over  them 
all,  because,  which  I  had  almost  forgot,  he  can 
more  easily,  and  more  dexterously,  beleaguer 
the  town  of  Mansoul,  than  can  any  of  the  princes 
besides. 

Now,  when  the  captains  of  Mansoul,  with  the 
elders  of  the  town,  had  heard  the  tidings  that 
Mr.  Prywell  did  bring,  they  thought  it  expedient, 
without  further  delay,  to  put  into  execution  the 
laws  against  the  Diabolonians,  which  their  prince 
had  made  for  them,  and  given  them  in  command- 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  253 


?;    \f 


men'  to  manage  against  them.  Wherefore,  forth 
with  a  diligent  and  impartial  search  Rt.fnni,Mi( 
was  made  in  all  houses  in  Mansoul,  for  "*«<■■»■ 
all  and  all  manner  of  Diabolonians.  Now,  in  the 
house  of  Mr.  Mind,  and  in  the  house  of  the  great 
Lord  Willbewill,  were  two  Diabolonians  found. 
In  Mr.  Mind's  house  was  one  Lord  Covetous- 
ness  found  ;  but  he  had  changed  his  name  to 
Prudent-Thrifty.  In  my  Lord  Willbewill's  house 
one  Lasciviousness  was  found  :  but  he  had  changed 
his  name  to  Harmless-Mirth.  These  two  Ihe 
captains  and  elders  of  the  town  of  Mansoul  took 
and  committed  them  to  custody  under  the  hand 
of  Mr.  T  mem  an,  the  gaoler;  and  this  man 
handled  them  so  severely,  and  loaded  them  so 
well  with  irons,  that  in  time,  they  both  fell  into  a 
very  deep  consumption,  and  died  in  the  prison- 
house  ;  their  masters  also,  according  to  the  agree- 
ment of  the  captains  and  elders,  were  brought  to 
take  penance  in  the  public  square,  to  their  shame, 
and  for  a  warning  to  the  rest  of  the  town  of  Man- 
soul. 

Now,  this  was  the  manner  of  penance  in  those  . 
days  :   the  persons  offending  being  made  sensible 
of  the  evil  of  their  doings,  were   enjoined  open 
confession  of  their  faults,  and  a  strict  amendment 
of  their  lives. 

After  this,  the  captains  and  elders  of  Man- 
soul sought  yet  to  find  out  more  Diabolonians, 
wherever  they  lurked,  whether  in  dens,  caves, 
holes,  vaults,  or  where  else  they  could,  in  or 
about  the  wall  or  town  of  Mansoul.  But  though 
they  could  plainly  see  their  footing,  and  so  follow 
them  by  their  track  and  smell  to  their  holds,  even 
23 


254  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

to  the  mouths  of  their  caves  and  dens,  yet  lake 
them,  hold  them,  and  do  justice  upon  them,  they 
could  not;  their  ways  were  so  crooked,  their 
holds  so  strong,  and  they  so  quick  to  take  sanc- 
tuary there. 

But  Mansoul  did  now  with  so  stiff  an  hand 
rule  over  the  Diabolonians  that  were  left,  that 
they  were  glad  to  shrink  into  corners  :  time  was 
when  they  durst  walk  openly,  and  in  the  day  ;  but 
now  they  were  forced  to  embrace  privacy  and  the 
night;  time  was  when  a  Mansoulian  wras  their 
companion  ;  but  now  they  counted  them  deadly 
enemies.  This  good  change  did  Mr.  PrywelPs 
intelligence  make  in  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul. 

By  this  time  Diabolus  had  finished  his  army, 
which  he  intended  to  bring  with  him  for  the  ruin 
of  Mansoul ;  and  had  set  over  them  captains  and 
other  field  officers,  such  as  liked  his  furious 
stomach  best ;  himself  was  lord  paramount,  Incre- 
dulity was  general  of  his  army,  their  highest 
captains  shall  be  named  afterwards  ;  but  now  for 
their  officers,  colours,  and  scutcheons. 

1 .  Their  first  captain  was  Captain  Rage.  He  was 
captain  over  the  election  doubters  ;*  his  were  the  red 
colours  ;  his  standard-bearer  was  Mr.  Destructive, 
and  the  great  red  dragon  he  had  for  his  scutcheon. 

2.  The  second  captain  was  Captain  Fury:  he 
was  captain  over  the  vocation  doubters  ;  his  stand- 
ard-bearer was  Mr.  Darkness,  his  colours  were 
those  that  were  pale,  and  he  had  for  his  scutcheon 
the  fiery  flying  serpent, 

3.  The  third  captain  was  Captain  Damna- 
tion :  he  was  captain  over  the  grace  doubters : 

*  See  note  at  page  332. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  255 

his    were    the   red   colours,    Mr     No-Life    bare 
them,  and  he  had  for  his  scutcheon     M:ltf-  xxii  ,3 
the  black  den.  ■*■*'*  L" 

4.  The  fourth  captain  was  the  Cap- 

,     •        T  •    ,  ,  ,  l  Prov.  xxvii.  20. 

tain  Insatiable  :  he  was  captain  over 
the  faitli  doubters  ;  his  were  the  red  colours,  Mr. 
Devourer  bare  them,  and  he  had  for  a  scutcheon 
the  yawn  inn:  jaws. 

5.  The  fifth  captain  was  Captain      Ps1  xi  6 
Brimstone:  he  was  captain  over  the      Rev-^v- ». 
perseverance    doubters  ;    his  also   were   the   red 
colours,  Mr.  Burning  bare  them,  and  his  scutcheon 
was  the  blue  and  stinking  flame. 

6.  The  sixth  captain  was  Captain  Torment :  he 
was  captain  over  the  resurrection  doubters  ;  his 
colours  were  those  that  were  pale,  Mr.  Gnaw  was 
his  standard-bearer,   and   he  had  the      aiaitix.**, 
black  worm  for  his  scutcheon.  46'48- 

7.  The  seventh  captain  was  Captain  No-Ease; 
he  was  captain  over  the  salvation  doubters  ;  his 
were  the   red  colours,  Mr.   Restless  bare  them, 
and  his   scutcheon   was   the  ghastly      bot.w.iij 
picture  of  death.  vi-8- 

8.  The  eighth  captain  was  the  Cap- 
tain Sepulchre  :  he  was  captain  over 

the  glory  doubters ;  his  also  were  the  pale 
colours,  Mr.  Corruption  was  his  standard-bearer, 
and  lie  had  for  his  scutcheon  a  scull,  and  dead 
men's  bones. 

9.  The  ninth  captain  was  Captain  Past-Hope :  he 
v/as  captain  of  those  that  are  called  the  felicity  doubt- 
ers,  his  standard-bearer  was  Mr.  Despair  ;  his  also 
were  the  red  colours,  ami  his  scutcheon    ,  Tim.  iv  2. 
was  a  hot  iron  and  the  hard  heart.  Rom-  "■ 5- 


256  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

These  were  his  captains,  and  these  were  their 
forces,  these  were  their  standards,  these  were  their 
colours,  and  these  were  their  scutcheons.  Now, 
over  these  did  the  great  Diabolus  make  superior  cap- 
tains, and  they  were  in  number  seven :  as,  namely, 
the  Lord  Beelzebub,  the  Lord  Lucifer,  the  Lord 
Legion,  the  Lord  Apollyon,  the  Lord  Python,  the 
Lord  Cerberus,  and  the  Lord  Belial ;  these  seven 
he  set  over  the  captains,  and  Incredulity  was 
lord-general,  and  Diabolus  was  king.  The  re- 
formades  also,  such  as  were  like  themselves, 
were  made  some  of  them  captains  of  hundreds, 
and  some  of  them  captains  of  more.  And  thus 
was  the  army  of  Incredulity  completed. 

So  they  set  out  at  Hell-gate  Hill,  for  there 
they  had  their  rendezvous,  from  whence  they 
came  with  a  straight  course  upon  their  march 
toward  the  town  of  Mansoul.  Now,  as  was 
hinted  before,  the  town  had,  as  Shaddai  would 
have  it,  received  from  the  mouth  of  Mr.  Prywell, 
the  alarm  of  their  coming  before.  Wherefore, 
they  set  a  strong  watch  at  the  gates,  and  had  also 
doubled  their  guards :  they  also  mounted  their 
slings  in  good  places,  where  they  might  con- 
veniently cast  out  their  great  stones,  to  the  an- 
noyance of  the  furious  enemy. 

Nor  could  those  Diabolonians  that  were  in  the 
town  do  the  hurt  as  was  designed  they  should ; 
for  Mansoul  was  now  awake.  But  alas  !  poor 
people,  they  were  sorely  affrighted  at  the  first 
appearance  of  their  foes,  and  at  their  sitting  down 
before  the  town,  especially  when  they  heard  the 

i  Pet.  v.  8.  roaring  of  their  drum.  This,  to  speak 
truth  was  amazingly  hideous  to  hear ;  it  frighted 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  257 

all  men  seven  miles  round,  if  they  were  but  awake 
and  heard  it.  The  streaming  of  their  colours  was 
also  terrible  and  dejecting  to  behold. 

When  Diabolus  was  come  up  against  the  town, 
first  he  made  his  approach  to  Ear-gate,  and  gave 
it  a  furious  assault,  supposing,  as  it  seems,  that 
his  friends  in  Mansoul  had  been  ready  to  do  the 
work  within  ;  but  care  was  taken  of  that  before, 
by  the  vigilance  of  the  captains.  AVherefore 
missinir  of  the  help  that  he  expected  from 
and  finding  his  army  warmly  attended  with 
the  stones  that  the  slingers  did  sling,  (for  that  I 
will  say  for  the  captains,  that  considering  the 
weakness  that  was  yet  upon  them,  by  rea~son  of 
the  long  sickness  that  had  annoyed  the  town  of 
Mansoul,  they  did  gallantly  behave  themselves.) 
he  was  forced  to  make  some  retreat  from  Mansoul, 
and  to  entrench  himself  and  his  men 
in  the  field  without  the  reach  of  the 
slings  of  the  town. 

Now  having  entrenched  himself,  he  did  erst  up 
four  mounts  against  the  town:  the  first  he  called 
Mount  Diabolus  putting  his  own  name  thereon, 
the  more  to  affright  the  town  of  Mansoul ;  the 
other  three  he  called  thus,  Mount  Alecto,  Mount 
Megara,  and  Mount  Tisiphone  ;  for  these  are  the 
names  of  the  dreadful  furies  of  hell.  Thus  he 
began  to  play  his  name  with  Mansoul,  and  to 
serve  it,  as  doth  the  lion  his  prey,  even  to  make 
it  fall  before  his  terror.  But,  as  I  said,  the 
captains  and  soldiers  resisted  so  stoutly,  and  did 
do  such  execution  with  their  stones,  that  they 
made  him,  though  against  stomach,  to  retreat; 
wherefore  Mansoul  began  to  take  courage. 
^23* 


258  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Now  upon  Mount  Diabolus,  which  was  raised 
on  the  north  side  of  the  town,  there  did  the  tyrant 
set  up  his  standard,  and  a  fearful  thing  it  was  to 
behold  ;  for  he  had  wrought  in  it  by  devilish  art, 
after  the  manner  of  a  scutcheon,  a  flaming'  llamc 
fearful  to  behold,  and  the  picture  of  Mansoul 
burning  in  it. 

When  Diabolus  had  thus  done,  he  commanded 
that  his  drummer  should  every  night  approach 
the  walls  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  and  so  to  beat 
a  parley ;  the  command  was  to  do  it  at  nights, 
for  in  the  day  time  they  annoyed  him  with  their 
slings  ;  for  the  tyrant  said,  that  he  had  a  mind  to 
parley  with  the  now  trembling  town  of  Mansoul, 
and  he  commanded  that  the  drums  should  beat 
every  night,  that  through  weariness  they  might 
at  last,  if  possible,  (at  the  first  they  were  unwill- 
ing,) be  forced  to  do  it. 

So  this  drummer  did  as  commanded :  he  arose, 
and  did  beat  his  drum.  But  when  his  drum  did  go, 
^  one  looked  toward  the  town  of  Mansoul,  (f  Be- 
hold darkness  and  sorrow,  and  the  light 
was  darkened  in  the  heaven  thereof.^) 
No  noise  was  ever  heard  upon  earth  more  terrible, 
except  the  voice  of  Shaddai  when  he  speaketh. 
But  how  did  Mansoul  tremble  !  It  now  looked  for 
nothing  but  forthwith  to  be  swallowed  up. 

When  this  drummer  had  beaten  for  a  parley, 
he  made  this  speech  to  Mansoul :  "  My  master 
has  bid  me  tell  you,  that  if  you  will  willingly 
submit,  you  shall  have  the  good  of  the  earth  ;  but 
if  you  shall  be  stubborn,  he  is  resolved  to  take 
you  by  force."  But,  by  the  time  he  had  done 
beating  his  drum,   the  people  of  Mansoul  had 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  259 

betaken  themselves  to  the  captains  that  were  in 
the  castle,  so  that  there  was  none  to  regard,  nor 
to  give  this  drummer  an  answer ;  so  he  pro- 
1  no  further  that  night,  but  returned  again 
to  his  master  to  the  camp. 

When  Diabolus  saw,  that  by  drumming,  he 
could  not  work  out  Mansoul  to  his  will,  the  next 
night  he  sendeth  his  drummer  without  his  drum, 
still  to  let  the  townsmen  know  that  he  I 
mind  to  parley  with  them.  But  when  all  came 
to  all,  his  parley  was  turned  into  a  summons  to 
the  town  to  deliver  up  themselves  :  but  they 
gave  him  neither  heed  nor  hearing ;  for  they 
remembered  what  at  first  it  cost  them  to  hear 
him  a  few  words. 

The  next  night  he  sends  again,  and  then  who 
should  be  his  messenger  to  Mansoul  but  the 
terrible  Captain  Sepulchre;  so  Captain  Sepulchre 
came  up  to  the  walls  of  Mansoul,  and  made  this 
oration  to  the  town  : — 

"  O  ye  inhabitants  of  the  rebellious  town  of 
Mansoul !  I  summon  you  in  the  name  of  the 
Prince  Diabolus,  that,  without  any  more  ado,  you 
set  open  the  gates  of  your  town,  and  admit  the 
great  lord  to  come  in.  But  if  you  shall  still 
rebel,  when  we  have  taken  to  us  the  town  by 
force,  we  will  swallow  you  up  as  the  grave; 
wherefore,  if  you  will  hearken  to  my  summons 
say  so,  and  if  not,  then  let  me  know. 

"  The  reason  of  this  my  summons,"  quoth  he, 
"  is,  for  that  my  lord  is  your  undoubted  prince  and 
lord,  as  you  yourselves  have  formerly  owned. 
Nor  shall  that  assault  that  was  given  to  my  lord, 
when  Emmanuel  dealt  so  dishonourably  by  him, 


260  THE    HOLY    War. 

prevail  with  him  to  lose  his  right,  and  to  forbea! 
to  attempt  to  recover  his  own.  Consider,  then, 
O  Mansoul,  with  thyself,  wilt  thou  show  thyself 
peaceable,  or  no?  If  thou  shall  quietly  yield  up 
thyself,  then  our  old  friendship  shall  be  renewed  ; 
but  if  thou  shalt  yet  refuse  and  rebel,  then  expect 
nothing  but  fire  and  sword." 

When  the  languishing  town  of  Mansoul  had 
heard  this  summoner  and  his  summons,  they 
were  yet  more  put  to  their  dumps,  but  made  to 
the  captain  no  answer  at  all ;  so  away  he  went  as 
he  came. 

*\    But,  after  some  consultation  among 

Mansoul  seeking     ,1  ■■  ■■  •    i  r     t       •     m 

au  fro... the Hoiy  themselves,  as  also  with  some  of  their* 
p'r"-  '    captains,  they  applied  themselves  afresh 

to  the  Lord  Secretary  for  counsel  and  advice  from 
him  ;  for  this  Lord  Secretary  was  their  chief 
preacher,  (as  also  is  mentioned  some  pages  before,) 
only  now  he  was  ill  at  ease ;  and  of  him  they 
begged  favour  in  these  two  or  three  things. 

1.  That  he  would  look  comfortably  upon  them, 
and  not  keep  himself  so  much  retired  from  them 
as  formerly.  Also,  that  he  would  be  prevailed 
with  to  give  them  a  hearing,  while  they  should 
make  known  their  miserable  condition  to  him 
But  to  this  he  told  them  as  before,  "  that  as  yet 
he  was  but  ill  at  ease,  and  therefore  could  not  do 
as  he  had  formerly  done." 

2.  The  second  thing  that  they  desired  was, 
that  he  would  be  pleased  to  give  them  his  advice 
about  their  now  so  important  affairs,  for  that 
Diabolus  was  come  and  set  down  before  the  town, 
with  no  less  than  twenty  thousand  doubters. 
They  said,  moreover,  that  both  he  and  his  captains 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  261 

were    cruel    men,  and    that   they   were  afraid  of 
them.     But  to  this  he  said,  "  You  must     K„,rstotbe 
look  to  the  law  of  the  Prince,  and  there 
see  what  is  laid  upon  you  to  do." 

3.  Then  they  desired  that  his  Highness  would 
help  them  to  frame  a  petition  to  Shaddai,  and 
unto  Emmanuel  his  Son,  and  that  he  would  set 
his  own  hand  thereto  as  a  token  that  he  was  one 
with  them  in  it:  "For,"  said  they,  '-my  Lord, 
many  a  one  have  we  sent,  but  can  get  no  answer 
of  peace;  but  now,  surely,  one  with  thy  hand 
unto  it  may  obtain  good  for  Mansoul." 

But  all  the  answer  that  he  gave  to  this  was, 
"  that  they  had  offended  their  Emmanuel,  and 
had  also  grieved  himself,  and  that  therefore  they 
must  as  yet  partake  of  their  own  devices." 

This  answer  of  the  Lord  Secretary  fell  like  a 
millstone  upon  them  ;  yea,  it  crushed  them  so 
that  they  could  not  tell  what  to  do  ;  yet  they 
durst  not  comply  with  the  demands  of  Diabolus, 
nor  with  the  demands  of  his  captain. 
So  then  here  were  the  straits  that  the 
town  of  Mansoul  was  betwixt,  when  the  enemy 
came  upon  her:  her  foes  were  ready  to  swallow 
her  up,  and  her  friends  did  forbear  to  help 
her. 

Then  stood  up  my  Lord  Mayor,  whose  name 
was  my  Lord  Understanding,  and  he  began  to 
pick  and  pick,  until  he  had  picked  comfort  out  of 
that  seemingly  bitter  saying  of  the  Lord  Secre- 
tary;  for  thus  he  descanted  upon  it:  "  First,"  said 
he,  "  this  unavoidably  follows  upon  the  saying  of 
my  Lord,  '  that  we  must  yet  suffer  for  our  si 
Secondly,  "But,"  quoth  he,  "the  word-  yet'  sounds 


<ib%  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

as  if  at  last  we  should  be  saved  from  our  enemies ; 
and  that  after  a  few  more  sorrows,  Emmanuel  will 
come  and  be  our  help."  Now  the  Lord  Mayor 
was  the  more  critical  in  his  dealing  with  the 
Secretary's  words,  because  my  lord  was  more  than 
a  prophet,  and  because  none  of  his  words  were 
such,  but  that  at  all  times,  they  were  most  exactly 
significant;  and  the  townsmen  were  allowed  to 
pry  into  them,  and  to  expound  them  to  their  best 
advantage. 

So  they  took  their  leave  of  my  lord,  and 
returned,  and  went,  and  came  to  the  captains,  to 
whom  they  did  tell  what  my  Lord  high  Secretary 
had  said ;  who,  when  they  had  heard  it,  were  all 
of  the  same  opinion  as  was  my  Lord  Mayor  him- 
self. The  captains,  therefore,  began  to  take  some 
courage  unto  them,  and  to  prepare  to  make 
some  brave  attempt  upon  the  camp  of  the 
enemy,  and  to  destroy  all  that  were  Diabolo- 
nians,  with  the  roving  doubters  that  the  tyrant 
had  brought  with  him  to  destroy  the  poor  town 
of  Mansoul. 

So  all  betook  themselves  forthwith  to  their 
places — the  Captains  to  theirs,  the  Lord  Mayor 
to  his,  the  subordinate  preacher  to  his,  and  my 
Lord  Willbewill  to  his.  The  captains  longed  to 
be  at  some  work  for  their  prince ;  for  they  de- 
lighted in  warlike  achievements.  The  next  day, 
therefore,  they  came  together  and  consulted;  and 
after  consultation  had,  they  resolved  to  give  an 
answer  to  the  captain  of  Diabolus  with  slings  ; 
and  so  they  did  at  the  rising  of  the  sun  on  the 
morrow  ;  for  Diabolus  had  adventured  to  come 
nearer  again,  but  the  sling-stones  were  to  him  and 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  263 

his  like  hornets.  For  as  there  is  nothing  to  the 
town  of  Mansoul  so  terrible  as  the  roaring  of 
Diabolus's  drum,  so  there  is  nothing  to  Diabolus 
so  terrible  as  the  well  playing  of 
Emmanuel's  slings.  Wherefore  Dia-  Scrip,ure ,ruths- 
~~1x>lus  was  forced  to  make  another  retreat,  vet 
further  off  from  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul. 
Then  did  the  Lord  Mayor  of  Mansoul  cause  the 
bells  to  be  rung,  "  and  that  thanks  should  be  sent 
to  the  Lord  high  Secretary  by  the  mouth  of  the 
subordinate  preacher;  for  that  by  his  words 
the  captains  and  elders  of  Mansoul  had  been 
strengthened  against  Diabolus." 

AY  he  n  Diabolus  saw  that  his  captains  and  sol- 
diers, high  lords  and  renowned,  were  frightened, 
and  beaten  down  by  the  stones  that  came  from 
the  golden  slings  of  the  Prince  of  the  town  of 
Mansoul,  he  bethought  himself,  and  said,  "  I  will 
try  to  catch  them  by  fawning,  I  will  try  to  natter 
them  into  my  net." 

Wherefore,  after  a  while,  he  came  down  again 
to  the  Avail,  not  now  with  his  drum,  nor  with 
Captain  Sepulchre  ;  but  having  all  besugared  his 
lips,  he  seemed  to  be  a  very  sweet-mouthed, 
peaceable  prince,  designing  nothing  for  humour's 
sake,  nor  to  be  revenged  on  Mansoul  for  injuries 
by  them  done  to  him  ;  but  the  -welfare,  and  good, 
and  advantage  of  the  town  and  people  therein,  was 
now,  as  he  said,  his  only  design.  Wherefore, 
after  he  had  called  for  audience,  and  desired  that 
the  townsfolk  would  give  it  to  him,  he  proceeded 
in  his  oration,  and  said  : — 

"  Oh,  the  desire  of  my  heart,  the  famous  town 
if  Mansoul!  how  many  nights  have  I  watched, 


264  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

ipet.v.  s.  ana*   now  many  weary  steps   have  ] 

Rev.  xii.  10.  taken,  if  perhaps  I  might  do  thee  good  ! 
Far  be  it,  far  be  it  from  me  to  desire  to  make 
a  war  upon  you  ;  if  ye  will  but  willingly  and 
quietly   deliver   up   yourselves   unto   me.     You 

know  that  you  were  mine  of  old. 
Lute'iv.'b,'?.'       Remember  also,  that  so  long  as  you 

enjoyed  me  for  your  lord,  and  I  enjoyed 
you  for  my  subjects,  you  wanted  for  nothing 
of  all  the  delights  of  the  earth,  that  I,  your 
lord  and  prince,  could  get  for  you,  or  that  I 
could  invent  to  make  you  bonny  and  blithe 
withal.  Consider,  you  never  had  so  many  hard, 
dark,  troublesome  and  heart-afflicting  hours,  while 
you  were  mine,  as  you  have  had  since  you  revolted 
from  me ;  nor  shall  you  ever  have  peace  again, 
until  you  and  I  become  one  as  before.  But,  be 
but  prevailed  with  to  embrace  me  again,  and  I 
Take  heed,  Man-  will  grant,  yea,  enlarge  your  old  char- 
soui  i  ter  w^h  abundance  of  privileges  ;  so 
that  your  license  and  liberty  shall  be  to  take, 
hold,  enjoy,  and  make  your  own,  all  that  is  plea- 
sant from  the  east  to  the  west.  Nor  shall  any  of 
those  incivilities,  wherewith  you  have  offended 
me,  be  ever  charged  upon  you  by  me,  so  long  as 
the  sun  and  moon  endure.     Nor   shall  any  of 

those  dear  friends  of  mine  that  now, 

for  the  fear  of  you,  lie  lurking  in  dens, 
and  holes,  and  caves  in  Mansoul,  be  hurtful  to 
you  any  more  ;  yea,  they  shall  be  your  servants, 
The  pleasure  of  and  shall  minister  unto  you  of  their 
sin>  substance,  and  of  whatever  shall  come 

to  hand.  I  need  speak  no  more  ;  you  know 
them,   and    have    sometime    since    been    much 


TPxE    HOLY    WAR.  2G5 


delighted  in  their  company.     Why,  then,  should 
we  abide  at  such  odds  ?  Let  us  renew 
our  old  acquaintance    and    friendship 


No  .  no ! no !  not 
upon  pain  of 
eierual    clainna- 


"  Bear  with  your  friend  ;  I  take  the  liberty  at 
this  time  to  speak  thus  freely  unto  you.  The 
love  that  I  have  to  you  presses  me  to  do  it,  as 
also  does  the  zeal  of  my  heart  for  my  friends  with 
you :  put  me  not  therefore  to  further  trouble,  nor 
yourselves  to  further  fears  and  frights.  Have  you 
I  will,  in  a  way  of  peace  or  war ;  nor  do  you 
flatter  yourselves  with  the  power  and  force  of 
your  captains,  or  that  your  Emmanuel  will  shortly 
come  in  to  your  help  ;  for  such  strength  will  do 
you  no  pleasure. 

"  I  am  come  against  yos  with  a  stout  and 
valiant  army,  and  all  the  chief  princes  of  the  den 
are  even  at  the  head  of  it.  Besides,  my  captains 
are  swifter  than  eagles,  stronger  than  lions,  and 
more  greedy  of  prey  than  are  the  evening  wolves. 
What  is  Og  of  Bashan  !  what  is  Goliath  of  Gath  ! 
and  what  are  an  hundred  more  of  them,  to  one  of 
the  least  of  my  captains !  How,  then,  shall  Man- 
soul  think  to  escape  my  hand  and  force  ?" 

Diabolus  having  thus  ended  his  flattering, 
fawning,  deceitful,  and  lying  speech,  to  the  famous 
town  of  Mansoul,  the  Lord  Mayor  replied  to  him 
as  follows : — 

"  O  Diabolus,  prince  of  darkness,  and  master 
of  all  deceit;  thy  lying  flatteries  we  have  had 
and  made  sufficient  probation  of,  and  have  tasted 
too  deeply  of  that  destructive  cup  already.  Should 
we  therefore  again  hearken  unto  thee,  and  so 
break  the  commandments  of  our  great  Shadda' 
24 


266  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

to  join  in  affinity  with  thee,  would  not  our 
Prince  reject  us,  and  cast  us  off  forever?  And, 
being  cast  off  by  him,  can  the  place  that  he  has 
prepared  for  thee,  be  a  place  of  rest  for  us  ? 
Besides,  O  thou  that  art  empty  and  void  of  all 
truth,  we  are  rather  ready  to  die  by  thy  hand, 
than  to  fall  in  with  thy  flattering  and  lying  de- 
ceits." 

When  the  tyrant  saw  that  there  was  little  to 
be  got  by  parleying  with  my  Lord  Mayor,  he 
fell  into  an  hellish  rage,  and  resolved  that  again, 
with  his  army  of  doubters,  he  would  another  time 
assault  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

So  he  called  for  his  drummer,  who  beat  up  for 
his  men  (and  while  he  did  beat,  Mansoul  did 
shake)  to  be  in  a  readiness  to  give  battle  to  the 
corporation :  then  Diabolus  drew  near  with  his 
army,  and  thus  disposed  of  his  men.  Captain 
Cruel  and  Captain  Torment,  these  he  drew  up 
and  placed  against  Feel-gate,  and  commanded 
them  to  sit  down  there  for  the  war.  And  he  also 
appointed  that,  if  need  were,  Captain  No-Ease 
should  come  in  to  their  relief.  At  Nose-gate  he 
placed  the  Captain  Brimstone  and  Captain  Se- 
pulchre, and  bid  them  look  well  to  their  ward, 
on  that  side  of  the  town  of  Mansoul.  But  at 
Eye-gate  he  placed  that  grimfacecl  one,  the  Captain 
Past-Hope,  and  there  also  now  he  did  set  up  his 
terrible  standard. 

Now  Captain  Insatiable,  he  was  to  look  to  the 
carriages  of  Diabolus  and  was  also  appointed 
to  take  into  custody  those  persons  and  things, 
that  should  at  any  time  as  prey  be  taken  from  the 
enemy. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  207 

Now,  Mouth-gate,  the  inhabitants  of  Mansou 
kept  for  a  sally-port;  wherefore  that  they  kept 
Strong  ;  for  that  was  it,  by  and  out  at  which,  the 
townsfolk  did  send  their  petitions  to  Emmanuel 
their  Prince.  That  also  was  the  gate  from  the  top 
of  which  the  captains  did  play  their  slings  at  the 
enemies  ;  for  that  gate  stood  somewhat  ascending, 
so  that  the  placing  of  them  there,  and  the  letting 
of  them  fly  from  that  place  did  much  execution 
against  the  tyrant's  army.  Wherefore,  for  these 
causes,  with  others,  Diabolus  sought,  if  possible, 
to  land  up  Mouth-gate  with  dirt. 

Now,  as  Diabolus  was  busy  and  industrious  in 
preparing  to  make  his  assault  upon  the  town  of 
Mansoul  without,  so  the  captains  and  soldiers  in 
the  corporation  were  as  busy  in  preparing  within  ; 
they  mounted  their  slings,  they  set  up  their 
banners,  they  sounded  their  trumpets,  and  put 
themselves  in  such  order,  as  was  judged  most 
for  the  annoyance  of  the  enemy,  and  for  the 
advantage  of  Mansoul,  and  gave  to  their  soldiers 
orders  to  be  ready  at  the  sound  of  the  trumpet 
for  war.  The  Lord  Willbewill  also,  he  took  the 
charge  of  watching  against  the  rebels  within,  and 
to  do  what  he  could  to  take  them  while  without, 
or  to  stifle  them  within  their  caves,  dens,  and 
holes  in  the  town-wall  of  Mansoul.  And,  to  speak 
the  truth  of  him,  ever  since  he  took  penance  for 
his  fault,  he  has  showed  as  much  honesty  and 
bravery  of  spirit,  as  any  in  Mansoul ;  for  he 
took  one  Jolly,  and  his  brother  Griggish,  the  two 
sons  of  his  servant  Harmless-Mirth,  (for  to  that 
day,  though  the  father  was  committed  to  ward, 
the  sons  had  a  dwelling  in  the  house  of  my  lord,) 


268  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

— I  say,  he  took  them,  and  with  his  own  hands  put 
them  to  death.  And  this  was  the  reason  why 
he  hanged  them  up:  after  their  father  was  put 
into  the  hands  of  Mr.  True-man  the  gaoler,  they, 
his  sons,  began  to  play  his  pranks,  and  to  be 
ticking  and  toying  with  the  daughters  of  their 
lord;  nay,  it  was  jealoused  that  they  were  too 
familiar  with  them,  the  which  was  brought  to  his 
lordship's  ear.  Now  his  lordship  being  unwilling 
unadvisedly  to  put  any  man  to  death,  did  not 
suddenly  fall  upon  them,  but  set  watch  and  spies 
to  see  if  the  thing  was  true  ;  of  the  which  he  was 
soon  informed,  for  his  two  servants,  whose  names 
were  Find-out  and  Tell-All,  caught  them  toge- 
ther in  uncivil  manner  more  than  once  or  twice, 
and  went  and  told  their  lord.  So  when  my  Lord 
Willbewill  had  sufficient  ground  to  believe  the 
thing  was  true,  he  takes  the  two  young  Dia- 
bolonians,  (for  such  they  were,  for  their  father 
was  a  Diabolonian  born,)  and  has  them  to  Eye- 
gate,  where  he  raised  a  very  high  cross,  just  in 
the  face  of  Diabolus,  and  of  his  army,  and  there 
he  hanged  the  young  villains,  in  defiance  to  Cap- 
tain Past-Hope,  and  of  the  horrible  standard  of 
the  tyrant. 

Now  this  Christian  act  of  the  brave 
si.?risaCaSi'"rof  Lord  Willbewill  did  greatly  abash  Cap- 
hope  of  uie.      ^.^  past_jj0pej  discouraged  the  army 

of  Diabolus,  put  fear  into  the  Diabolonian  runa- 
gates in  Mansoul,  and  put  strength  and  courage 
into  the  captains  that  belonged  to  Emmanuel,  the 
Prince ;  for  they  without  did  gather,  and  that 
by  this  very  act  of  my  Lord,  that  Mansoul  was 
resolved  to  fight,  and  that  the  Diabolonians  within 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  269 

die  town  could  not  do  such  things  as  Diabolus 
had  hopes  they  would.  Nor  was  this  the  only 
proof  of  the  brave  Lord  Willbewill's  honesty  to 
the  town,  nor  of  his  loyalty  to  his  Prince,  as  will 
afterwards  appear. 

Now,  when  the  children  of  Prudent-Thrifty, 
who  dwelt  with  Mr.  Mind,  (for  Thrift  left  child- 
ren with  Mr.  Mind,  when  he  was  also  committed 
to  prison,  and  their  names  were  Gripe  and  Rake- 
All ;) — I  say,  when  his  children  perceived  how 
the  Lord  Willbewill  had  served  them  that  dwelt 
with  him,  what  do  they,  but,  lest  they  should 
drmk  of  the  same  cup,  endeavour  to  make  their 
escape.  But  Mr.  Mind,  being  wary  of  it,  took 
them  and  put  them  in  hold  in  his  house  till  morn- 
ing, (for  this  was  done  over  night ;)  and  remem- 
bering that  by  the  law  of  Mansoul,  all  Diabolonians 
were  to  die,  (and  to  be  sure  they  were  at  least  by 
father's  side  such,  and  some  say  by  mother's  side 
too,)  what  does  he,  but  takes  them  and  puts  them 
in  chains,  and  carries  them  to  the  self-same  place 
where  my  lord  hanged  his  two  before,  and  there 
he  hanged  them. 

The  townsmen  also  took  great  encouragement 
at  this  act  of  Mr.  Mind,  and  did  what  they  could 
to  have  taken  some  more  of  these  Diabolonian 
troublers  of  Mansoul ;  but  at  that  time,  the  rest 
lav  so  squat  and  close,  that  they  could  not  be 
apprehended ;  so  they  set  against  them  a  diligent 
watch,  and  went  every  man  to  this  place. 

I   told   you  a  little  before,   that  Diabolus    and 

his  army  were  somewhat  abashed  and  discouraged 

at  the   sight  of  what  my  Lord  Willbewill  did, 

when  he  hanged  up  those  two  voung  Diabolo 

24* 


270  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

mans ;  but  his  discouragement  quickly  turned 
itself  into  furious  madness  and  rage  against  the 
town  of  Mansoul,  and  fight  it  he  would.  Also 
the  townsmen  and  captains  within,  they  had  their 
hopes  and  their  expectations  heightened,  believing 
at  last,  the  day  would  be  theirs ;  so  they  feared 
them  the  less.  Their  subordinate  preacher,  too, 
made  a  sermon  about  it ;  and  he  took  that  theme 
for  his  text,  "  Gad,  a  troop  shall  over- 
come him  :  but  he  shall  overcome  at 
the  last."  Whence  he  showed,  that  though  Man- 
soul  should  be  sorely  put  to  it  at  the  first,  yet  the 
victory  should  most  certainly  be  Mansoul's  at 
the  last. 

So   Diabolus    commanded   that   his   drummer 
should  beat  a  charge  against  the  town ;  and  the 

DO  7 

captains  also  that  were  in  the  town  sounded  a 
charge  against  them,  but  they  had  no  drum  :  they 
were  trumpets  of  silver  with  which  they  sounded 
against  them.  Then  they  which  were  of  the 
camp  of  Diabolus  came  down  to  the  town  to  take 
it,  and  the  captains  in  the  castle,  with  the  slingers 
with  heart  and  at  Mouth-gate,  played  upon  them 
mouth.  amain.  And  now  there  was  nothing 
heard  in  the  camp  of  Diabolus  but  horrible  rage 
and  blasphemy ;  but  in  the  town  good  words, 
prayer,  and  singing  of  psalms.  The  enemy  replied 
with  horrible  objections,  and  the  terribleness  of 
their  drum  ;  but  the  town  made  answer  with  the 
slapping  of  their  slings,  and  the  melodious  noise 
of  their  trumpets.  And  thus  the  fight  lasted  for 
several  days  together,  only  now  and  then  they 
had  some  small  intermission,  in  the  which  the 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  271 

townsmen  refreshed  themselves,  and  the  captains 
made  ready  for  another  assault. 

The  captains  of  Emmanuel  were  clad  in  silver 
armour,  and  the  soldiers  in  that  which  was  of 
proof;  the  soldiers  of  Diabolus  were  clad  in  iron, 
which  was  made  to  give  place  to  Emmanuel's 
engine-shot.  In  the  town,  some  were  hurt,  and 
some  were  greatly  wounded.  Now,  the  worst  of 
it  was,  a  surgeon  was  scarce  in  Mansoul,  for 
that  Emmanuel  at  present  was  absent.  Howbeit, 
with  the  leaves  of  a  tree,  the  wounded  Re,. x^l2. 
were  kept  from  dying;  yet  their  Psa- "xviii- 5- 
wounds  did  greatly  putref}r,  and  some  did  griev- 
ously stink.  Of  the  townsmen,  these  were 
wounded,  namely,  my  Lord  Reason ;  he  was 
wounded  in  the  head.  Another  that  was  wounded, 
was  the  brave  Lord  Mayor ;  he  was  wounded  in 
the  eye.  Another  that  was  wounded  was  Mr. 
Mind  ;  he  received  his  wound  about  the  stomach. 
The  honest  subordinate  preacher  also,  he  received 
a  shot  not  far  off  the  heart ;  but  none  of  these 
were  mortal. 

Many  also  of  the  inferior  sort  were      Bopefai 
not  only  wounded,  but  slain  outright.       thouslits- 

Now,  in  the  camp  of  Diabolus,  were  wounded 
and  slain  a  considerable  number ;  for  instance, 
Captain  Rasfe,  he  was  wounded,  and  so  was  Cap- 
tain Cruel.  Captain  Damnation  was  made  to  retreat, 
and  to  intrench  himself  further  off  of  Mansoul.  The 
standard  also  of  Diabolus  was  beaten  down,  and 
his  standard-bearer,  Captain  Much-Hurt,  had  his 
brains  beat  out  with  a  sling-stone,  to  the  no  little 
grief  and  shame  of  his  prince  Diabolus. 

Many  also  of  the  doubters  were  slain  outright, 


272  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

though  enough  of  them  were  left  alive  to  make 
Mansoul  shake  and  totter.  Now  the  victory  that 
day  being  turned  to  Mansoul,  did  put  great  valour 
into  the  townsmen  and  captains,  and  did  cover 
Diabolus's  camp  with  a  cloud,  but  withal  it  made 
them  far  more  furious.  So  the  next  day  Mansoul 
rested,  and  commanded  that  the  bells  should  be 
rung  ;  the  trumpets  also  joyfully  sounded,  and  the 
captains  shouted  round  the  town. 

My  Lord  Willbewill  also  was  not  idle,  but  did 
notable  service  within  against  the  domestics,  or 
the  Diabolonians  that  were  in  the  town,  not  only 
by  keeping  them  in  awe,  for  he  lighted  on  one 
at  last  whose  name  was  Mr.  Anything,  a  fellow 
of  whom  mention  was  made  before ;  for  it  was 
he,  if  you  remember,  that  brought  the  three 
fellows  to  Diabolus,  whom  the  Diabolonians  took 
out  of  Captain  Boanerges'  companies,  and  that 
persuaded  them  to  list  themselves  under  the 
tyrant,  to  fight  against  the  army  of  Shaddai.  My 
Lord  Willbewill  did  also  take  a  notable  Diabo- 
lonian,  whose  name  was  Loose-Foot:  this  Loose- 
Foot  was  a  scout  to  the  vagabonds  in  Mansoul, 
and  that  did  use  to  carry  tidings  out  of  Mansoul 
to  the  camp,  and  out  of  the  camp  to  those  of  the 
enemies  in  Mansoul.  Both  these  my  lord  sent 
away  safe  to  Mr.  True-Man,  the  gaoler,  with  a 
commandment  to  keep  them  in  irons ;  for  he 
intended  then  to  have  them  out  to  be  crucified, 
when  it  would  be  for  the  best  to  the  corpora- 
tion, and  most  for  the  discouragement  of  the  camp 
of  the  enemies. 

My  Lord  Mayor  also,  though  he  could  nol  stir 
about  so  much  as  formerly,  because  of  the  wouno 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  273 

that  he  lately  received,  yet  gave  he  out  orders  to 
all  that  were  the  natives  of  Mansoul,  to  look 
to  their  watch,  and  stand  upon  their  guard,  and, 
as  occasion  should  offer,  to  prove  themselves  men. 

Mr.  Conscience,  the  preacher,  he  also  did  his 
utmost  to  keep  all  his  good  documents  alive  upon 
the  hearts  of  the  people  of  Mansoul. 

Well,  awhile  after,  the  captains  and  stout  ones 
of  the  town  of  Mansoul  agreed  and  resolved  upon 
a  time  to  make  a  sally  out  upon  the  camp  of  Dia- 
bolus,  and  this  must  be  done  in  the  night;  and 
there  was  the  folly  of  Mansoul,  (for  the  night  is 
always  the  best  for  the  enemy,  but  the  worst  for 
Mansoul  to  fight  in,)  but  yet  they  would  do  it, 
their  courage  was  so  high  ;  their  last  victory  also 
still  stuck  in  their  memories. 

So  the  night  appointed  being  come, 
the  Prince's  brave  captains  cast  mMTeUl  %£& 
lots,  who  should  lead  the  van  in  c*mp" 
this  new  and  desperate  expedition,  against  Dia- 
bolus,  and  against  his  Diabolonian  army ;  and 
the  lot  fell  to  Captain  Credence,-  to  Captain  Ex- 
perience, and  to  Captain  Good-Hope  to  lead  the 
forlorn  hope.  (This  Captain  Experience,  the 
Prince  created  such,  when  himself  did  reside  in 
the  town  of  Mansoul.)  So,  as  I  said,  they  made 
their  sally  out  upon  the  army  that  lay  in  the  si«Lre 
against  them ;  and  their  hap  was  to  fall  in  with 
the  main  body  of  their  enemies.  Now  Diabolus 
and  his  men  being  expertly  accustomed  to  night- 
work,  took  the  alarm  presently,  and  were  as 
ready  to  give  them  battle,  as  if  they  had  sent 
them  word  of  their  coming.  Wherefore  to  it  they 
went  amain,  and  blows  were  hard  on  every  side ; 


274  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

the  hell  drum  also  was  beat  most  furiously,  while 
the  trumpets  of  the  Prince  most  sweetly  sounded. 
And  thus  the  battle  was  joined;  and  Captain  In- 
satiable looked  to  the  enemy's  carriages,  and 
waited  when  he  should  receive  some  prey. 

The  Prince's  captains  fought  it  stoutly,  beyond 
what  indeed  could  be  expected  they  should ;  they 
wounded  many ;  they  made  the  whole  army  of 
Diabolus  to  make  a  retreat.  But  I  cannot  tell 
how,  but  the  brave  Captain  Credence,  Captain 
Good-Hope,  and  Captain  Experience,  as  they  were 
upon  the  pursuit,  cutting  down,  and  following 
hard  after  the  enemy  in  the  rear,  Captain  Credence 
stumbled  and  fell,  by  which  fall  he  caught  so  great 
a  hurt,  that  he  could  not  rise  till  Captain  Expe- 
rience did  help  him  up,  at  which  their  men  were 
put  in  disorder.  The  captain  also  was  so  fnll  of 
pain,  that  he  could  not  forbear  but  to  cry  out 
aloud  :  at  this,  the  other  two  captains  fainted,  sup- 
posing that  Captain  Credence  had  received  his 
mortal  wound ;  their  men  also  were  more  dis- 
ordered, and  had  no  list  to  fight.  Now  Diatolus 
being  very  observing,  though  at  this  time  as  yet 
he  was  put  to  the  worst,  perceiving  that  a  halt 
was  made  among  the  men  that  were  the  purs>  ers, 
what  does  he,  but,  taking  it  for  granted  thai  the 
captains  were  either  wounded  or  dead,  he  tie  re- 
fore  makes  at  first  a  stand,  then  faces  about,,  md 
so  comes  up  upon  the  Prince's  army  with  as  nrich 
of  his  fury,  as  hell  could  help  him  to  ;  and  his  bap 
was  to  fall  in  just  among  the  three  captains,  Cap 
tain  Credence,  Captain  Good-Hope,  and  Captain 
Experience,  and  did  cut,  wound,  and  pierce  them 
so  dreadfully,  that  what  through  discouragement. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  275 

what  through  disorder,  and  what  through  the 
U'ounds  that  now  they  had  received,  and  also  the 
Joss  of  much  blood,  they  scarce  were  able, 
though  they  had  for  their  power  the  three  best 
hands  in  Mansoul,  to  get  safe  into  the  hold 
again. 

Now,  when  the  body  of  the  Prince's 

,  ,  ,,  .     •  Satan  «ometimes 

army  saw  how  these  three  captains  n,akcS5aintseat 
were  put  to  the  worst,  they  thought  it 
their  wisdom  to  make  as  safe  and  good  a  retreat 
as  they  could,  and  so  returned  by  the  sally-port 
again ;  and  so  there  was  an  end  of  this  present 
action.  But  Diabolus  was  so  flushed  with  this 
night's  work,  that  he  promised  himself,  in  few 
Jays,  an  easy  and  complete  conquest  over  the 
town  of  Mansoul ;  wherefore,  on  the  day  follow- 
ing, he  comes  up  to  the  sides  thereof  with  great 
boldness,  and  demands  entrance,  and  that  forth- 
with they  deliver  themselves  up  to  his  govern- 
ment. The  Diabolonians,  too,  that  were  within, 
they  began  to  be  somewhat  brisk,  as  we  shall 
show  afterward. 

But  the  valiant  Lord  Mayor  replied,  that  what 
he  got  he  must  get  by  force  ;  for  as  long  as  Em- 
manuel their  Prince,  was  alive,  (though  he  at 
present  was  not  so  with  them  as  they  wished,) 
they  should  never  consent  to  yield  Mansoul  up 
to  another. 

And  with  that,  the  Lord  Willbewill  stood  up, 
and  said,  "  Diabolus,  thou  master  of  the  den,  and 
enemy  to  all  that  is  good,  we  poor  inhabitants  of 
the  town  of  Mansoul,.  are  too  well  acquainted 
with  thy  rule  and  government,  and  with  the  end 
of    those    miners    that    for    certain    will    follow 


276  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

submitting  to  thee,  to  do  it.  Wherefore,  thong 
while  Ave  were  without  knowledge,  we  sufTere* 
thee  to  take  us,  (as  the  bird  that  saw  not  tht 
snare,  fell  into  the  hands  of  the  fowler,)  yet  since 
wo  have  been  turned  from  darkness  to  light,  we 
have  also  been  turned  from  the  power  of  Satan  to 
God.  And  though  through  thy  subtlety,  and  also 
the  subtlety  of  the  Diabolonians  within,  we  have 
sustained  much  loss,  and  also  plunged  ourselves 
into  much  perplexity,  yet  give  up  ourselves,  lay 
down  our  arms,  and  yield  to  so  horrid  a  tyrant  as 
thou,  we  shall  not ;  die  upon  the  place  we  choose 
rather  to  do.  Besides,  we  have  hopes  that  in 
time,  deliverance  will  come  from  court  unto  us, 
and  therefore  we  yet  will  maintain  a  war  against 
thee." 

This  brave  speech  of  the  Lord  Willbewill,  with 
that  also  of  the  Lord  Mayor,  did  somewhat  abate 
the  boldness  of  Diabolus,  though  it  kindled  the 
fury  of  his  rage.  It  also  succoured  the  townsmen 
and  captains  ;  yea,  it  was  as  a  plaster  to  the  brave 
Captain  Credence's  wound ;  for  you  must  know 
that  a  brave  speech  now  (when  the  captains  of 
the  town  with  their  men  of  war  came  home  routed, 
and  when  the  enemy  took  courage  and  boldness 
at  the  success  that  he  had  obtained  to  draw  up 
to  the  walls,  and  demand  entrance,  as  he  did)  was 
in  season,  and  also  advantageous. 

The  Lord  Willbewill  also  did  play  the  man 
within  ;  for  while  the  captains  and  soldiers  were 
m  the  field,  he  was  in  arms  in  the  town,  and 
wherever  by  him  there  was  a  Diabolonian  found, 
they  were  forced  to  feel  the  weight  of  his  heavy 
hand,  and  also  the  edge  of  his  penetrating  sword : 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  277 

Many  therefore  of  the  Diabolonians  he  wounded, 
as  the  Lord  Cavil,  the  Lord  Brisk,  the  Lord 
Pragmatic,  and  the  Lord  Murmur;  several  also 
o(  the  meaner  sort  he  did  sorely  maim  ;  though 
[hen-  cannot  at  this  time  an  account  be  given  you 
of  any  that  he  slew  outright.  The  cause,  or  rather 
the  advantage  that  my  Lord  Willbewill  had  at 
this  time  to  do  thus,  was  for  that  the  captains 
were  gone  out  to  fight  the  enemy  in  the  field. 
"  For  now,"  thought  the  Diaboloniana  within,  "is 
our  time  to  stir  and  make  an  uproar  in  the  town." 
What  do  they  therefore,  but  quickly  get  themselves 
into  a  body,  and  fall  forthwith  to  hunicaning  in 
Mansoul,  as  if  now,  nothing  but  whirlwind  and 
tempest  should  be  there.  Wherefore,  as  I  said,  he 
takes  this  opportunity  to  fall  in  among  them  with 
his  men,  cutting  and  slashing  with  courage  that 
was  undaunted  ;  at  which  the  Diabolonians  with 
all  haste  dispersed  themselves  to  their  holds,  and 
my  lord  to  his  place  as  before. 

This  brave  act  of  my  lord  did  somewhat  revenge 
the  wrong  done  by  Diabolus  to  the  captains,  and 
also  did  let  them  know  that  Mansoul 
was  not  to  be  parted  with,  for  the  loss     wih'SfcJlS! 
of  a  victory  or   two ;    wherefore   the 
wing  of  the  tyrant  was  clipped  again,  as  to  boast- 
ing,— I  mean  in  comparison  of  what  he  would  have 
done,  if  the   Diabolonians  had  put  the  town  to 
the  same  plight  to  which   he  had  put  the  cap- 
tains. 

Well,  Diabolus  yet  resolves  to  have  the  other 

bout  with  Mansoul ;  "  For,"  thought  he,  "  since  I 

beat  them  once,  I  may  beat  them  twice."  Wherefore 

he  commanded  his  men  to  be  ready  at  such  an 

25 


278  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

He  tries  what  he  nour  of  the  night,  to  make  a  fresh 
sense^and'Teiing  assault  upon  the  town  ;  and  he  gave  it 
of  .he  elms,,,,,  °  out  in  special  that  they  should  bend 
all  their  force  against  Feel-gate,  and  attempt  to 
break  into  the  town  through  that.  The  word  that 
then  he  did  give  to  his  officers  and  soldiers  was 
Hell-fire.  "  And,"  said  he,  "  if  we  break  in  upon 
them,  as  I  wish  we  do,  either  with  some,  or  with 
all  our  force,  let  them  that  break  in  look  to  it, 
that  they  forget  not  the  word.  And  let  nothing 
be  heard  in  the  town  of  Mansoul  but,  '  Hell-fire  ! 
Hell-fire  !  Hell-fire  !' "  The  drummer  was  also  to 
beat  without  ceasing,  and  the  standard-bearers 
were  to  display  their  colours ;  the  soldiers,  too, 
were  to  put  on  what  courage  they  could,  and  to 
see  that  they  played  manfully  their  parts  against 
the  town. 

So  when  night  was  come,  and  all  things  by  the 
tyrant  made  ready  for  the  work,  he  suddenly 
makes  his  assault  upon  Feel-gate,  and  after  he  had 
awhile  struggled  there,  he  throws  the  gate  wide 
open :  for  the  truth  is,  those  gates  were  but 
weak,  and  so  most  easily  made  to  yield.  When 
Diabolus  had  thus  far  made  his  attempt,  he  placed 
his  captains  (namely,  Torment  and  No-Ease)  there; 
so  he  attempted  to  press  forward,  but  the  Prince's 
captains  came  down  upon  him,  and  made  his  en- 
trance more  difficult  than  he  desired.  And,  to 
speak  truth,  they  made  what  resistance  they  could; 
when  these  Dut  me  three  of  their  best  and  most 
Ireee  dS.b53  valiant  captains  being  wounded,  and 
reifdoTr  u.t     by  their  wounds  made  much  incapable 

townofMansout-       Q'f    ^^     fa     ^^     fa%    gervice    ^gy 

would,  (and  all  the  rest  having  more  than  their 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  279 

bands  full  of  the  doubters,  and  their  captains  that 
did  follow  Diabolus,)  they  were  overpowered 
with  force,  nor  could  they  keep  them  out  of  the 
town.  Wherefore  the  Prince's  men  and  their 
captains  betook  themselves  to  the  castle,  as  to 
the  stronghold  of  the  town  :  and  this  they  did 
parti v  for  their  own  security,  partly  for  the  se- 
curity of  the  town,  and  partly,  or  rather  chiefly, 
to  preserve  to  Emmanuel  the  prerogative-royal 
of  Mansoul :  for  so  was  the  castle  of  Mansoul. 
The  captains  therefore  being  fled  into  the 
castle,  the  enemy  without  much  resistance  pos- 
sess themselves  of  the  rest  of  the  town,  and 
spreading  themselves  as  they  went  into  every 
corner,  they  cried  out  as  they  marched,  accord- 
ing to  the  command  of  the  tyrant,  "  Hell-fire  ! 
Hell-fire  !  Hell-fire  !"  so  that  nothing  for  a  while 
throughout  the  town  of  Mansoul  could  be  heard 
but  the  direful  noise  of  "  Hell-fire  !"  together 
with  the  roaring  of  Diabolus's  drum.  And  now 
did  the  clouds  hang  black  over  Man-  The sad  fruits 
soul,  nor  to  reason,  did  anything  but  ol  *l'"^cy- 
ruin  seem  to  attend  it.  Diabolus  also  quartered 
his  soldiers  in  the  houses  of  the  inhabitants  of 
the  town  of  Mansoul.  Yea,  the  subordinate 
preacher's  house  was  as  full  of  these  outlandish 
doubters,  as  ever  it  could  hold,  and  so  was  my 
Lord  Mayor's,  and  my  Lord  Willbewill's  also. 
Yea,  where  was  there  a  corner,  a  cottage,  a 
barn,  or  a  hocrstye,  that  now  was  not  full  of 
these  vermin?  Yea,  they  turned  the  men  of  the 
town  out  of  their  houses,  and  would  lie  in  their 
beds   and  sit  at   their   tables   themselves.      Ah, 


280  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

poor  Mansoul !  now  thou  feelest  the  fruits  of  sin, 
and  what  venom  was  in  the  nattering  words  of 
Mr.  Carnal-Security  !  They  made  great  havoc 
of  whatever  they  laid  their  hands  on  ;  yea,  they 
fired  the  town  in  several  places  ;  many 
GoodGaUndt'tender  young  children  also  were  by  them 
thoughts.  jas}ie(j  in  pieces  ;  for  you  must  needs 
think  that  it  could  not  now  be  otherwise  ;  for 
what  conscience,  what  pity,  what  bowels  of 
compassion  can  any  expect  at  the  hands  of 
outlandish  doubters?  Many  in  Mansoul  that 
were  women,  both  young  and  old,  they  abused, 
so  that  they  swooned,  and  many  of  them  died, 
and  so  lay  at  the  top  of  every  street,  and  in  all 
by-places  of  the  town. 

And  now  did  Mansoul  seem  to  be  nothing  but 
a  den  of  dragons,  an  emblem  of  hell,  and  a  place 
of  total  darkness.  Now  did  Mansoul  lie  almost 
like  the  barren  wilderness  ;  nothing  but  nettles, 
briars,  thorns,  weeds,  and  stinking  things  seemed 
now  to  cover  the  face  of  Mansoul.  I  told  you 
befoie,  how  that  these  Diabolonian  doubters 
turned  the  men  of  Mansoul  out  of  their 
beds,  and  now  I  will  add,  they  wounded 
them,  they  mauled  them,  yea,  and  almost  brained 
many  of  them.  Many,  did  I  say,  yea  most,  if  not 
all  of  them.  Mr.  Conscience  they  so  wounded, 
yea,  and  his  wounds  so  festered,  that  he  could 
have  no  ease  day  nor  night,  but  lay  as  if  conti- 
nually upon  a  rack  ;  but  that  Shaddai  rules  all, 
certainly  they  had  slain  him  outright.  Mr.  Lord 
Mayor  they  so  abused,  that  they  almost  put  out 
his  eyes ;  and  had  not  my  Lord  Willbewill  got 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  281 

into  the  castle,  they  intended  to  have  chopped 
him  all  to  pieces;  for  they  did  look  upon  him, 
as  his  heart  now  stood,  to  be  one  of  Sa!aiJ  lus  a  par. 
the  very  worst  that  was  in  Mansoul  ''""^T'Lncti. 
against  Diabolus  and  his  crew.  And  fiedwil1- 
indeed  he  hath  showed  himself  a  man,  and  more 
of  his  exploits  you  will  hear  of  afterwards. 

Now,  a  man  might  have  walked  for  days 
together  in  Mansoul,  and  scarcely  have  seen  one 
in  the  town  that  looked  like  a  religious 
man.  Oh,  the  fearful  state  of  Mansoul  T  ousht' 
now  !  Now  every  corner  swarmed  with  outlandish 
doubters  ;  red-coats  and  black-coats  walked  the 
town  by  clusters,  and  filled  up  all  the  houses  with 
hideous  noises,  vain  songs,  lying  stories, 

j        ,  ,  ,  ,     °         J        °  .     The  soul    full  of 

and  blasphemous  language  against  idle  thoughts  and 
Shaddai  and  his  Son.  Now  also  those  blasphea 
Diabolonians  that  lurked  in  the  walls  and  dens 
and  holes  that  were  in  the  town  of  Mansoul,  came 
forth  and  showed  themselves ;  yea,  walked  with 
open  face  in  company  with  the  doubters  that 
were  in  Mansoul.  Yea,  they  had  more  boldness 
now  to  walk  the  streets,  to  haunt  the  houses,  and 
to  show  themselves  abroad,  than  had  any  of  the 
honest  inhabitants  of  the  now  woful  town  of 
Mansoul. 

But  Diabolus  and  his  outlandish  men  were  not 
at  peace  in  Mansoul ;  for  they  were  not  there 
entertained  as  were  the  captains  and  forces  of 
Emmanuel :  the  townsmen  did  browbeat  them 
what  they  could ;  nor  did  they  partake  of  any 
of  the  necessaries  of  Mansoul,  but  that  which 
they  seized  on  against  the  townsmen's  will : 
what  they  could,  they  hid  from  them,  and 
25* 


282  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

what  they  could  not,  they  had  with  an  ill-will. 
They,  poor  hearts  !  had  rather  have  had  their  room 
than  their  company;  but  they  were  at  present 
their  captives,  and  their  captives,  for 
the  present,  they  were  forced  to  be. 
But,  I  say,  they  discountenanced  them  as  much 
as  they  were  able,  and  showed  them  all  the  dis- 
like that  they  could. 

The  captains  also  from  the  castle  did  hold  them 
in  continual  play  with  their  slings,  to  the  chafing 
and  fretting  of  the  minds  of  the  enemies.  True, 
Diabolus  made  a  great  many  attempts  to  have 
broken  open  the  gates  of  the  castle,  but  Mr. 
Godly-Fear  was  made  the  keeper  of  that;  and  he 
was  a  man  of  that  courage,  conduct,  and  valour, 
that  it  was  in  vain,  as  long  as  life  lasted  within 
him,  to  think  to  do  that  work,  though  mostly 
desired ;  wherefore  all  the  attempts  that  Diabolus 
made  against  him  were  fruitless.  I  have  wished 
sometimes  that  that  man  had  had  the  whole  rule 
of  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

Well,  this  was  the  condition  of  the  town  of 
Mansoul  for  about  two  years  and  a  half:  the 
body  of  the  town  was  the  seat  of  war,  the  people 
of  the  town  were  driven  into  holes,  and  the  glory 
of  Mansoul  was  laid  in  the  dust.  What  rest,  then, 
could  be  to  the  inhabitants,  what  peace  could 
Mansoul  have,  and  what  sun  could  shine  upon  it? 
Had  the  enemy  lain  so  long  without  in  the  plain 
against  the  town,  it  had  been  enough  to  have 
famished  them :  but  now,  when  they  shall  be 
within,  when  the  town  shall  be  their  tent,  their 
trench  and  fort  against  the  castle  that  was  in  the 
town ;  when  the  town  shall  be  against  the  town, 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  283 

and  shall  serve  to  be  a  defence  to  the  enemies  of 
her  strength  and  life :  I  say,  when  they  shall 
make  use  of  the  forts,  and  town-holds  to  secure 
themselves  in,  even  till  they  shall  take,  spoil, 
and  demolish  the  castle, — this  was  ter- 
rible !  and  yet  this  was  now  the  state 
of  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

After  the  town  of  Mansoul  had  been  in  this  sad 
and  lamentable  condition,  for  so  long  a  time  as  I 
have  told  you,  and  no  petitions  that  they  pre- 
sented their  Prince,  all  this  while,  could  prevail, 
the  inhabitants  of  the  town,  namely,  the  elders 
and  chief  of  Mansoul,  gathered  together,  and, 
after  some  time  spent  in  condoling  their  mise- 
rable state  and  this  miserable  judgment  coming 
upon  them,  they  agreed  together  to  draw  up 
yet  another  petition,* and  to  send  it  away  to  Em- 
manuel for  relief.  But  Mr.  Godly-Fear  stood 
up  and  answered,  that  he  knew  that  his  Lord  the 
Prince  never  did,  nor  ever  would  receive  a  peti- 
tion for  these  matters,  from  the  hand  of  any 
one,  unless  the  Lord  Secretary's  hand  was  to 
it;  "and  this,"  quoth  he,  "is  the  reason  that  you 
prevailed  not  all  this  while."  Then  they  said 
they  would  draw  up  one,  and  get  the  Lord  Se- 
cretary's hand  unto  it.  But  Mr.  Godly-Fear 
answered  again,  that  he  knew  also  that  the  Lord 
Secretary  would  not  set  his  hand  to  any  petition 
that  himself  had  not  an  hand  in  composing-  and 
drawing  up.  "  And  besides,"  said  he,  "  the  Prince 
doth  know  my  Lord  Secretary's  hand  from  all  the 
hands  in  the  world ;  wherefore  he  cannot  be  de- 
ceived by  any  pretence  whatever.  Wherefore  my 
advice  is,  that  you  go  to  my  Lord,  and  implore 


284  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

,him  to  lend  you  his  aid."  (Now  he  did  yet  abide 
in  the  castle,  where  all  the  captains  and  men  at 
arms  were.) 

So  they  heartily  thanked  Mr.  Godly-Fear, 
took  his  counsel,  and  did  as  he  had  bidden  them. 
So  they  went  and  came  to  my  Lord,  and  made 
known  the  cause  of  their  coming  to  him ;  namely, 
that  since  Mansoul  was  in  so  deplorable  a  con- 
dition, his  Highness  would  be  pleased  to  under- 
take to  draw  up  a  petition  for  them  to  Emmanuel, 
the  Son  of  the  mighty  Shaddai,  and  to  their  King 
and  his  Father. 

Then  said  the  Secretary  to  them,  '» What 
petition  is  it  that  you  would  have  me  draw  up 
for  you  ?"  But  they  said,  "  Our  Lord  knows  best 
the  state  and  condition  of  the  town  of  Mansoul ; 
and  how  we  are  backslidden  and  degenerated 
from  the  Prince :  thou  also  knowest  who  is  come 
up  to  war  against  us,  and  how  Mansoul  is  now 
the  seat  of  war.  My  Lord  knows,  moreover,  what 
barbarous  usages  our  men,  women,  and  children 
have  suffered  at  their  hands  ;  and  how  our  home- 
bred Diabolonians  do  walk  now  with  more  bold- 
ness than  dare  the  townsmen  in  the  streets  of 
Mansoul.  Let  our  Lord  therefore,  according  to 
the  wisdom  of  God  that  is  in  him,  draw  up  a 
petition  for  his  poor  servants  to  our  Prince  Em- 
manuel." "  Well,"  said  the  Lord  Secretary,  "I 
will  draw  up  a  petition  for  you,  and  will  also  set  my 
hand  thereto."  Then  said  they,  "  But  when 
shall  we  call  for  it,  at  the  hands  of  our  Lord  ?" 
But  he  answered,  "  Yourselves  must  be  present 
at  the  doing  of  it ;  yea,  you  must  put  your  desires 
to  it.     True,  the  hand  and  pen  shall  be  mine,  but 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  285 

the  ink  and  paper  must  be  yours  ;  else  ho w  can  you 
say  it  is  your  petition  ?  Nor  have  I  need  to  peti- 
tion for  myself,  because  I  have  not  offended." 

He  also  added  as  followeth  :  "  No  petition  goes 
from  me  in  my  name  to  the  Prince,  and  so  to  his 
Father  by  him,  but  when  the  people  that  are 
chiefly  concerned  therein  do  join  in  heart  and 
soul  in  the  matter,  for  that  must  be  inserted 
therein." 

So  they  did  heartily  agree  with  the  sentence 
of  the  Lord,  and  a  petition  was  forthwith  drawn 
up  for  them.  But  now,  who  should  carry  it  ?  that 
was  next.  But  the  Secretary  advised  that  Cap- 
tain Credence  should  carry  it;  for  he  was  a  well- 
spoken  man.  They  therefore  called  for  him,  and 
propounded  to  him  the  business.  "  Well,"  said 
the  captain,  "  I  gladly  accept  of  the  motion  ;  and 
though  I  am  lame,  I  will  do  this  business  for  you, 
witlv  as  much  speed,  and  as  well  as  I  can." 

The  contents  of  the  petition  were  to  this 
purpose : — 

"  O  our  Lord,  and  Sovereign  Prince  Emmanuel, 
the  potent,  the  long-suffering  Prince  !  Grace  is 
poured  into  thy  lips,  and  to  thee  belong  mercy 
and  forgiveness,  though  we  have  rebelled  against 
thee.  We,  who  are  no  more  worthy  to  be  called 
thy  Mansoul,  nor  yet  fit  to  partake  of  common 
benefits,  do  beseech  thee,  and  thy  Father  by  thee, 
to  do  away  our  transgressions.  We  confess  that 
thou  mightest  cast  us  away  for  them ;  but  do  it 
not  for  thy  name's  sake  :  let  the  Lord  rather  take 
an  opportunity,  at  our  miserable  condition,  to  let 
out  his  bowels  and  compassions  to  us.  We  are 
compassed  on  every  side,  Lord;  our  own  back- 


286  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

slidings  reprove  us  ;  our  Diabolonians  within  our 
town  fright  us ;  and  the  army  of  the  angel  of 
the  bottomless  pit  distresses  us.  Thy  grace  can 
be  our  salvation,  and  whither  to  go  but  to  thee 
we  know  not. 

"  Furthermore,  O  gracious  Prince,  we  have 
weakened  our  captains,  and  they  are  discouraged, 
sick,  and,  of  late,  some  of  them  grievously  worsted 
and  beaten  out  of  the  field  by  the  power  and 
force  of  the  tyrant.  Yea,  even  those  of  our 
captains,  in  whose  valour  we  did  formerly  use  to 
put  most  of  our  confidence,  they  are  as  wounded 
men.  Besides,  Lord,  our  enemies  are  lively,  and 
they  are  strong ;  they  vaunt  and  boast  themselves, 
and  do  threaten  to  part  us  among  themselves  for 
a  booty.  They  are  fallen  also  upon  us,  Lord, 
with  many  thousand  doubters,  such  as  with 
whom  we  cannot  tell  what  to  do ;  they  are  all 
grim-looked  and  unmerciful  ones,  and  they  bid 
defiance  to  us  and  thee. 

"  Our  wisdom  is  gone,  our  power  is  gone, 
because  thou  art  departed  from  us  ;  nor  have  we 
what  Ave  may  call  ours  but  sin,  shame,  and  con- 
fusion of  face  for  sin.  Take  pity  upon  us,  O 
Lord,  take  pity  upon  us,  thy  miserable  town  of 
Mansoul,  and  save  us  out  of  the  hands  of  our 
enemies.     Amen." 

This  petition,  as  was  said  afore,  was  handed 
by  the  Lord  Secretary,  and  carried  to  the  court 
by  the  brave  and  most  stout  Captain  Credence. 
Now  he  carried  it  out  at  Mouth-gate,  (for  that, 
as  I  said,  was  the  sally-port  of  the  town,)  and  he 
went  and  came  to  Emmanuel  with  it.     Now  how 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  287 

it  came  out,  I  do  not  know  ;  but  for  certain  it  did, 
and  that  so  far  as  to  reach  the  ears  of  Diabolus. 
Thus  I  conclude,  because  that  the  tyrant  had  it 
presently  by  the  end,  and  charged  the  town  of 
Mansoul  with  it,  saying,  "  Thou  rebellious  and 
stubborn-hearted  Mansoul,  I  will  make  S:lt;,n  cannot 
thee  to  leave  off  petitioning.  Art  thou  ablJe ' rnyer- 
yet  for  petitioning  ?  I  will  make  thee  to  leave." 
Yea,  he  also  knew  who  the  messenger  was  that 
carried  the  petition  to  the  Prince,  and  it  made 
him  both  to  fear  and  rage. 

Wherefore  he  commanded  that  his  drum  should 
be  beat  again,  a  thing  that  Mansoul  could  not 
abide  to  hear :  but  when  Diabolus  will  have  his 
drum  beat,  Mansoul  must  abide  the  noise.  Well, 
the  drum  was  beat,  and  the  Diabolonians  were 
gathered  together. 

Then  said  Diabolus,  "  0  ye  stout  Diabolonians, 
be  it  known  unto  you,  that  there  is  treachery- 
hatched  against  us  in  the  rebellious  town  of 
Mansoul ;  for  albeit  the  town  is  in  our  possession, 
as  you  see,  yet  these  miserable  Mansoulians  have 
attempted  to  dare,  and  have  been  so  hardy  as  yet 
to  send  to  the  court  to  Emmanuel  for  help.  This 
I  give  you  to  understand,  that  ye  may  yet  know 
how  to  carry  it  to  the  wretched  town  of  Mansoul. 
Wherefore,  O  my  trusty  Diabolonians, 
I  command  that  yet  more  and  more  ye 
distress  this  town  of  Mansoul,  and  vex  it  with 
your  wiles,  slay  their  children,  brain  their  ancients, 
fire  their  town,  and  what  other  mischief  you 
can;  and  let  this  be  the  reward  of  the  Man- 
soulians from  me,  for  their  desperate  rebellions 
against  me." 


Poor  Mansoul ! 


288  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

This,  you  see,  was  the  charge ;  but  something 
stepped  in  betwixt  that  and  execution,  for  as  yet 
there  was  but  little  more  done  than  to  rage. 

Moreover,  when  Diabolus  had  done  thus,  he 
went  the  next  way  up  to  the  castle  gates,  and 
demanded  that,  upon  pain  of  death,  the  gates 
should  be  opened  to  him,  and  that  entrance  should 
be  given  him  and  his  men  that  followed  after. 
To  whom  Mr.  Godly-Fear  replied,  (for  he.it  was 
that  had  the  charge  of  that  gate,)  that  the  gate 
should  not  be  opened  unto  him,  nor  to  the  men 
that  followed  after  him.  He  said,  moreover,  that 
Mansoul,  when  she  had  suffered  awhile,  should 
be  made  perfect,  strengthened,  settled. 

Then  said  Diabolus,   "Deliver  me,  then,  the 
satan  cannot    men  that  have  petitioned  against  me, 

abide  faith.  eSpecianv  Captain  Credence,  that  car- 
ried it  to  your  Prince  ;  deliver  that  varlet  into 
my  hands,  and  I  will  depart  from  the  town." 

Then  up  starts  a  Diabolonian,  whose  name  was 

Mr.  Fooling,  and  said,  "  My  Lord  of- 

fereth  you  fair :  it  is  better  for  you  that 

one  man  perish,  than  that  your  whole  Mansoul 

should  be  undone." 

But  Mr.  Godly-Fear  made  him  this  replica- 
tion, "  How  long  will  Mansoul  be  kept  out  of  the 
dungeon,  when  she  hath  given  up  her  faith  to 
Diabolus  ?  As  good  lose  the  town,  as  lose 
Captain  Credence ;  for  if  one  be  gone,  the  other 
must  follow."  But  to  that  Mr.  Fooling  said 
nothing. 

Then  did  my  Lord  Mayor  reply,  and  said, 
"  O  thou  devouring  tyrant,  be  it  known  unto 
thee,  we  shall  hearken  to  none  of  thy  words  ;  we 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  289 

are  resolved  to  resist  thee  as  long  as  a  eaptain,  a 
man,  a  sling,  and  a  stone  to  throw  at  thee,  shall 
be  found  in  the  town  of  Mansoul." 

But  Diabolus  answered,  "  Do  you 
hope,  do  you  wait,  do  you  look  for  help 
and  deliverance  ?  You  have  sent  to  Emmanuel,  but 
your  wickedness  sticks  too  close  in  your  skirts,  to 
let  innocent  prayers  come  out  of  your  lips.  Think 
you,  that  you  shall  be  prevailers  and  prosper  in  this 
design  ?  You  will  fail  in  your  wish,  you  will  fail  in 
your  attempts ;  for  it  is  not  only  I,  but  your  Emma- 
nuel is  against  you :  yea,  it  is  he  that  hath  sent 
me  against  you  to  subdue  you.  For  what,  then,  do 
you  hope  ?  or  by  what  means  will  you  escape  ?" 

Then  said  the  Lord  Mayor,  "  We  have  sinned 
indeed ;  but  that  shall  be  no  help  to  thee,  for  our 
Emmanuel  hath  said  it,  and  that  in  great  faith- 
fulness, '  And  him  that  cometh  to  me  I  will  in  no 
wise  cast  out.'  He  hath  also  told  us,  O  our 
enemy,  that  «  all  manner  of  sin  and  blasphemy 
shall  be  forgiven'  to  the  sons  of  men.  Therefore 
we  dare  not  despair,  but  will  look  for,  wait  for, 
and  hope  for  deliverance  still." 

Now,  by  this  time,  Captain  Credence  was 
returned  and  come  from  the  court  from  Emma- 
nuel to  the  castle  of  Mansoul,  and  he  returned  to 
them  with  a  packet.  So  my  Lord  Mayor,  hearing 
that  Captain  Credence  was  come,  withdrew  him- 
self from  the  noise  of  the  roaring  of  the  tyrant, 
and  left  him  to  yell  at  the  wall  of  the  town,  or 
against  the  gates  of  the  castle.  So  he  came  up  to 
the  captain's  lodgings,  and,  saluting  him,  lie  asked 
him  of  his  welfare,  and,  what  was  the  best  news 
at  court.  But  when  lie  asked  Captain  Credence 
26 


290  THE    irOLY    WAR. 

that,  the  water  stood  in  his  eyes.  Then  said  the 
captain,  "  Cheer  up,  my  lord,  for  all  will  be  well 
in  time."  And  with  that  he  first  produced  his 
packet,  and  laid  it  by ;  but  that  the  Lord  Mayor, 
and  the  rest  of  the  captains,  took  for 

A  sign  of  goodness.  .  P  j    ,  •  v  tvt 

sign  ol  good  tidings.  JNow  a  season 
of  grace  being  come,  he  sent  for  all  the  captains 
and  elders  of  the  town,  that  were  here  and  there 
in  their  lodgings  in  the  castle  and  upon  their 
guard,  to  let  them  know  that  Captain  Credence 
was  returned  from  the  court,  and  that  he  had 
something  in  general,  and  something  in  special,  to 
communicate  to  them.  So  they  all  came  up  to 
him,  and  saluted  him,  and  asked  him  concerning 
his  journey,  and  what  was  the  best  news  at 
the  court.  And  he  answered  them  as  he  had 
done  the  Lord  Mayor  before,  that  all  would  be 
well  at  last.  Now,  when  the  captain  had  thus 
saluted  them,  he  opened  his  packet,  and  thence 
did  draw  out  his  several  notes  for  those  that  he 
had  sent  for. 

And  the  first  note  was  for  my  Lord  Mayor, 
wherein  was  signified  : — That  the  Prince  Emma- 
nuel had  taken  it  well  that  my  Lord  Mayor  had 
been  so  true  and  trusty  in  his  office,  and  the  great 
concerns  that  lay  upon  him  for  the  town  and 
people  of  Mansoul.  Also,  he  bid  him  to  know, 
that  he  took  it  well  that  he  had  been  so  bold  for 
his  Prince  Emmanuel,  and  had  engaged  so  faith- 
fully in  his  cause  against  Diabolus.  He  also  sig- 
nified, at  the  close  of  his  letter,  that  he  should 
shortly  receive  his  reward. 

The  second  note  that  came  out,  was  for  the  noble 
Lord  Willbewill,  wherein  there  was  signified : — 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  291 

That  his  Prince  Emmanuel  did  well  understand 
how  valiant  and  courageous  he  had  been  for  the 
honour  of  his  Lord,  now  in  his  absence,  and  when 
his  name  was  under  contempt  by  Diabolus. 
There  was  signified  also,  that  his  Prince  had 
taken  it  well  that  he  had  been  so  faithful  to  the 
town  of  Mansoul,  in  his  keeping  of  so  strict  a  hand 
and  eye  over  and  so  strict  a  rein  upon  the  neck 
of  the  Diabolonians,  that  did  still  lie  lurking  in 
their  several  holes  in  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul. 
He  signified,  moreover,  how  that  he  understood 
that  my  Lord  had,  with  his  own  hand,  done 
great  execution  upon  some  of  the  chief  of  the 
rebels  there,  to  the  great  discouragement  of  the 
adverse  party,  and  to  the  good  example  of  the 
whole  town  of  Mansoul ;  and  that  shortly  his 
lordship  should  have  his  reward. 

The  third  note  came  out  for  the  subordinate 
preacher,  wherein  was  signified:  —  That  his 
Prince  took  it  well  from  him,  that  he  had  so 
honestly  and  so  faithfully  performed  his  office, 
and  executed  the  trust  committed  to  him  by  his 
Lord,  while  he  exhorted,  rebuked,  and  fore- 
warned Mansoul  according  to  the  laws  of  the 
town.  He  signified,  moreover,  that  he  took  it 
well  at  his  hand  that  he  called  to  fasting,  to 
sackcloth,  and  ashes,  when  Mansoul  was  under 
her  revolt.  Also,  that  he  called  for  the  aid  of 
the  Captain  Boanerges  to  help  in  so  weighty  a 
work ;  and  that  shortly  he  also  should  receive  his 
reward. 

The  fourth  note  came  out  for  Mr.  Godly-Fear, 
wherein  his  Lord  thus  signified : — That  his 
Lordship  observed,  that  he  was  the  first  of  all  the 


292  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

men  in  Mansoul  that  detected  Mr.  Carnal-Security 
as  the  only  one  that,  through  his  subtlety  and 
cunning,  had  obtained  for,  Diabolus  a  defection 
and  decay  of  goodness  in  the  blessed  town  of 
Mansoul.  Moreover,  his  Lord  gave  him  to  under- 
stand, that  he  still  remembered  his  tears  and 
mourning  for  the  state  of  Mansoul.  It  was  also 
observed,  by  the  same  note,  that  his  Lord  took 
notice  of  his  detecting  of  this  Mr.  Carnal-Security, 
at  his  own  table  among  his  guests,  in  his  own 
house,  and  that  in  the  midst  of  his  jolliness,  even 
while  he  was  seeking  to  perfect  his  villanies 
against  the  town  of  Mansoul.  Emmanuel  also 
took  notice,  that  this  reverend  person,  Mr.  Godly- 
Fear,  stood  stoutly  to  it,  at  the  gates  of  the  castle, 
against  all  the  threats  and  attempts  of  the  tyrant; 
and  that  he  had  put  the  townsmen  in  a  way  to 
make  their  petition  to  their  Prince,  so  as  that  he 
might  accept  thereof,  and  as  they  might  obtain 
an  answer  of  peace  ;  and  that  therefore  shortly  he 
should  receive  his  reward. 

After  all  this,  there  was  yet  produced  a  note 
which  was  written  to  the  whole  town  of  Man- 
soul, whereby  they  perceived — That  their  Lord 
took  notice  of  their  so  often  repeating  of  petitions 
to  him ;  and  that  they  should  see  more  of  the 
fruits  of  such  their  doings  in  time  to  come. 
Their  Prince  did  also  therein  tell  them,  that  he 
took  it  well,  that  their  heart  and  mind,  now  at 
last,  abode  fixed  upon  him  and  his  ways,  though 
Diabolus  had  made  such  inroads  upon  them  ;  and 
that  neither  flatteries  on  the  one  hand,  nor  hard- 
ships on  the  other,  could  make  them  yield  to 
serve  his  cruel  designs.    There  was  also  inserted 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  293 

at  the  bottom  of  this  note — That  his  Lonlship 
had  left  the  town  of  Mansoul  in  the  hands  of  the 
Lord  Secretary,  and  under  the  conduct  of  Captain 
Credence,  saying,  "Beware  that  you  yet  yield 
yourselves  unto  their  governance ;  and  in  due 
time  you  shall  receive  your  reward." 

So,  after  the  brave  Captain  Credence  had  deli- 
vered his  notes  to  those  to  whom  they  belonged, 
he  retired  himself  to  my  Lord  Secretary's  lodg- 
ings, and  there  spends  time  in  conversing  with 
him  ;  for  they  two  were  very  great  one  with 
another,  and  did  indeed  know  more  how  things 
would  go  with  Mansoul  than  did  all  the  townsmen 
besides.  The  Lord  Secretary  also  loved  the 
Captain  Credence  dearly;  yea,  many  a  good  bit 
was  sent  him  from  my  Lord's  table ;  also,  he  might 
have  a  show  of  countenance,  when  the  rest  of 
Mansoul  lay  under  the  clouds  :  so,  after  some 
time  for  converse  was  spent,  the  captain  betook 
himself  to  his  chambers  to  rest.  But  it  was  not 
long  after,  when  my  lord  did  send  for  the  captain 
again ;  so  the  captain  came  to  him,  and  they 
greeted  one  another  with  usual  salutations.  Then 
said  the  captain  to  the  Lord  Secretary,  "  What 
hath  my  Lord  to  say  to  his  servant?"  So  the 
Lord  Secretary  took  him  and  had  him  aside,  and, 
after  a  sign  or  two  of  more  favour,  he  said, 
"I  have  made  thee  the  Lord's  lieutenant  over  all 
the  forces  in  Mansoul ;  so  that,  from  this  day  for- 
ward, all  men  in  Mansoul  shall  be  at  thy  word; 
and  thou  shalt  be  he  that  shall  lead  in,  and  that 
shalt  lead  out  Mansoul.  Thou  shalt  therefore 
manage,  according  to  thy  place,  the  war  for  thy 
Prince,  and  for  the  town  of  [Mansoul,  against  the 
26* 


294  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

force  and  power  of  Diabolus ;  and  at  thy  command 
shall  the  rest  of  the  captains  be." 

Now  the  townsmen  began  to  perceive  what 
interest  the  captain  had,  both  with  the  court,  and 
also  with  the  Lord  Secretary  in  Mansoul ;  for  no 
man  before  could  speed  when  sent,  nor  bring1  such 
good  news  from  Emmanuel  as  he.  Wherefore 
what  do  they,  after  some  lamentation  that  they 
made  no  more  use  of  him  in  their  distresses,  but 
send  by  their  subordinate  preacher  to  the  Lord 
Secretary,  to  desire  him  that  all  that  ever  they 
were  and  had  might  be  put  under  the  govern- 
ment, care,  custody,  and  conduct  of  Captain  Cre- 
dence. 

So  their  preacher  went  and  did  his  errand,  and 
received  this  answer  from  the  mouth  of  his  Lord  : 
that  Captain  Credence  should  be  the  great  doer 
in  all  the  King's  army,  against  the  King's  enemies, 
and  also  for  the  welfare  of  Mansoul.  So  he  bowed 
to  the  ground,  and  thanked  his  Lordship,  and 
returned  and  told  his  news  to  the  townsfolk. 
But  all  this  was  done  with  all  imaginable  secrecy, 
because  the  foes  had  yet  great  strength  in  the 
town.     But  to  return  to  our  story  again. 

When  Diabolus  saw  himself  thus  boldly 
confronted  by  the  Lord  Mayor,  and  perceived 
the  stoutness  of  Mr.  Godly-Fear,  he  fell  into 
a  rage,  and  forthwith  called  a  council  of  war, 
that  he  might  be  revenged  on  Mansoul.  So 
all  the  princes  of  the  pit  came  together,  and 
old  Incredulity  at  the  head  of  them,  with  all 
the  captains  of  his  army.  So  they  consult 
what  to  do.  Now  the  effect  and  conclusion  of 
the  council  that  day  was,  how  they  might  take 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  295 

the  castle,  because  they  could  not  conclude  them* 
selves  masters  of  the  town  so  long  as  that  was  in 
the  possession  of  their  enemies. 

So  one  advised  this  way,  and  another  advised 
that ;  but  when  they  could  not  agree  in  their  ver- 
dict, Apollyon,  the  president  of  the  council,  stood 
up,  and  thus  he  began: — "My  brotherhood,"  quoth 
he,  •'  I  have  two  things  to  propound  unto  you  ;  and 
my  first  is  this.  Let  us  withdraw  ourselves  from 
the  town  into  the  plain  acrain,  for  our  presence  here 
will  do  us  no  good,  because  the  castle  is  yet  in 
our  enemies'  hands ;  nor  is  it  possible  that  we 
should  take  that,  so  long  as  so  many  brave 
captains  are  in  it,  and  that  this  bold  fellow, 
Godly-Fear,  is  made  the  keeper  of  the  gates  of 
it.  Now,  when  we  have  withdrawn  ourselves 
into  the  plain,  they,  of  their  own  accord,  will  be 
glad  of  some  little  ease  ;  and  it  may  be,  of  their 
own  accord,  they  again  may  begin  to  be  remiss, 
and  even  their  so  being  will  give  them  a  bigger 
blow  than  we  can  possibly  srive  them  Look  l0 ,,,  Man. 
ourselves.  But  if  that  should  fail,  our  souK 
going  forth  of  the  town  may  draw  the  captains 
out  after  us  ;  and  you  know  what  it  cost  them 
when  we  fought  them  in  the  field  before.  Besides, 
can  we  but  drawthem  out  into  the  field,  we  may 
lay  an  ambush  behind  the  town,  which  shall,  when 
they  are  come  forth  abroad,  rush  in  and  take 
possession  of  the  castle." 

But  Beelzebub  stood  up,  and  replied,  saying,  "It 
is  impossible  to  draw  them  all  off  from  the  castle; 
some,  you  may  be  sure,  will  lie  there  to  keep  that; 
wherefore  it  will  be  but  in  vain  thus  to  attempt, 
unless  we  were  sure  that  they  will  all  coins  oat." 


296  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

He  therefore  concluded  that  what  was  done  must  be 
done  by  some  other  means.  And  the  most  likely 
means  that  the  greatest  of  their  heads  could  invent 
was  that  which  Apollyon  had  advised  to  before, 
namely,  to  get  the  townsmen  again  to  sin.  "  For,' 
said  he,  "  it  is  not  our  being  in  the  town,  nor  in 
the  field,  nor  our  fighting,  nor  our  killing  of  their 
Look  to  it,  Man-    men,  that  can  make  us  the  masters  of 

soui:  Mansoul ;  for  so  long  as  one  in  the 
town  is  able  to  lift  up  his  finger  against  us, 
Emmanuel  will  take  their  parts ;  and  if  he  shall 
take  their  parts,  we  know  what  time  of  day  it  will 
be  with  us.  Wherefore,  for  my  part,"  quoth  he, 
"  there  is,  in  my  judgment,  no  way  to  bring  them 
into  bondage  to  us,  like  inventing  a  way 
to  make  them  sin.  Had  we,"  said  he, 
"  left  all  our  doubters  at  home,  we  had  done  as 
well  as  we  have  done  now,  unless  we  could  have 
made  them  the  masters  and  governors  of  the 
castle ;  for  doubters  at  a  distance  are  but  like 
Look  to  it,  Man-     objections    refelled    with    arguments. 

soul!  Indeed,  can  we  but  get  them  into  the 
hold,  and  make  them  possessors  of  that,  the  day 
will  be  our  own.  Let  us,  therefore,  withdraw 
ourselves  into  the  plain,  (not  expecting  that  the 
captains  in  Mansoul  should  follow  us,)  but  yet, 
I  say,  let  us  do  this,  and  before  we  so  do,  let  us 
advise  again  with  our  trusty  Diabolonians  that 
are  yet  in  their  holds  of  Mansoul,  and  set  them 
to  work  to  betray  the  town  to  us ;  for  they  indeed 
must  do  it,  or  it  will  be  left  undone  for  ever." 
By  these  sayings  of  Beelzebub,  (for  I  think  it  was 
he  that  gave  this  counsel,)  the  whole  conchve 
was  forced  to  be  of  his  opinion,  namely,  that  the 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  297 

way  to  get  the  castle  was  to  get  the  town  to  sin. 
Then  they  fell  to  inventing,  by  what  Look  t0  iti  Man. 
means  they  might  do  this  thing. 

Then  Lucifer  stood  up,  and  said,  "  The  counsel 
of  Beelzebub  is  pertinent.  Now  the  way  to  brin/r 
this  to  pass,  in  mine  opinion,  is  this:  let  us  with- 
draw our  force  from  the  town  of  Mansoul ;  let  us 
do  this,  and  let  us  terrify  them  no  more,  either 
with  summons,  or  threats,  or  with  the  noise  of 
our  drum,  or  any  other  awakening  means.  Only 
let  us  lie  in  the  field  at  a  distance,  and  be  as  if  we 
regarded  them  not;  for  frights,  I  see,  do  but 
awaken  them,  and  make  them  more  stand  to  their 
arms.  I  have  also  another  stratagem  in  my 
head :  you  know  Mansoul  is  a  market-town,  and 
a  town  that  delights  in  commerce  ;  what  therefore 
if  some  of  our  Diabolonians  shall  feign  themselves 
far-country  men,  and  shall  go  out  and  bring  to 
the  market  of  Mansoul  some  of  our  wares  to  sell; 
and  what  matter  at  what  rates  they  sell  their 
wares,  though  it  be  but  for  half  the  worth  ?  Now 
let  those  that  thus  shall  trade  in  their  market,  be 
those  that  are  witty  and  true  to  us,  and  I  will  lay 
my  crown  to  pawn,  it  will  do.  There  are  two 
that  are  come  to  my  thoughts  already,  that  I  think 
will  be  arch  at  this  work,  and  they  are  Mr.  Penny- 
wise-pound-foolish,  and  Mr.  Get-i'the-hundred- 
and-lose-i'the-shire  ;  nor  is  this  man  with  the  long 
name  at  all  inferior  to  the  other.  What  also  if 
you  join  with  them  Mr.  Sweet-world  and  Mr. 
Present-Good ;  they  are  men  that  are  civil  and  cun- 
ning, but  our  true  friends  and  helpers. 

T       °,  .   ,  2  Look  toil! 

Let  these,  with  as  many  more,  engage 

in  this  business  for  us,  and  let  Mansoul  be  taken 


298  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

up  in  much  business,  and  let  them  grow  full  and 

rich,  and  this  is  the  way  to  get  ground  of  them. 

Heart       Remember  ye  not  that  thus  we  pre- 

Rev.  iii.  17.  vailed  upon  Laodicea,  and  how  many 
at  present  do  we  hold  in  this  snare  ?  Now,  when 
they  begin  to  grow  full,  they  will  forget  their 
misery;  and  if  we  shall  not  affright  them,  they 
may  happen  to  fall  asleep,  and  so  be  got  to  neglect 
their  town  watch,  their  castle  watch,  as  well  as 
their  watch  at  the  gates. 

"  Yea,  may  we  not,  by  this  means,  so  cumber 
Mansoul  with  abundance,  that  they  shall  be 
forced  to  make  of  their  castle  a  warehouse,  instead 
of  a  garrison  fortified  against  us,  and  a  receptacle 
for  men  of  war.  Thus,  if  we  get  our  goods  and 
commodities  thither,  I  reckon  that  the  castle  is 
more  than  half  ours.  Besides,  could  we  so  order 
it  that  it  shall  be  filled  with  such  kind  of  wares, 
then  if  we  made  a  sudden  assault  upon  them,  it 
would  be  hard  for  the  captains  to  take  shelter 
there.  Do  you  not  know  that  of  the  parable, 
Luke  viii.  i4;    '  The  deceitfulness  of  riches  choke  the 

»ri.  34-36.  wor(]  v  ant|  again,  '  When  the  heart 
is  over-charged  with  surfeiting  and  drunkenness, 
and  the  cares  of  this  life,'  all  mischief  comes  upon 
them  at  unawares  ? 

"  Furthermore,  my  lords,"  quoth  he,  "  you  very 
well  know  that  it  is  not  easy  for  a  people  to  be 
filled  with  our  things,  and  not  to  have  some  of  our 
Diabolonians  as  retainers  to  their  houses  and  ser- 
vices. Where  is  a  Mansoulian  that  is  full  of  this 
world,  that  has  not  for  his  servants  and  waiting 
men,  Mr.  Profuse,  or  Mr.  Prodigality,  or  some 
other  of  our  Diabolonian  gang,  as  Mr.  Voluptuous, 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  299 

Mr.  Pragmatical,  Mr.  Ostentation,  or  the  like  ? 
Now  these  can  take  the  castle  of  Mansoul,  or 
blow  it  up,  or  make  it  unfit  for  a  garrison  for 
Emmanuel,  and  any  of  these  will  do. 
Yea,  these,  for  aught  I  know,  may  do 
it  for  us  sooner  than  an  army  of  twenty  thousand 
men.  Wherefore,  to  end  as  I  began,  my  advice 
is,  that  we  quietly  withdraw  ourselves,  not  offer- 
ing any  further  force,  or  forcible  attempts,  upon 
the  castle,  at  least  at  this  time  ;  and  let  us  set  on 
foot  our  new  project,  and  let  us  see  if  that  will 
not  make  them  destroy  themselves." 

This  advice  was  highly  applauded  by  them  all, 
and  was  accounted  the  very  masterpiece  of  hell, 
namely,  to  choke  Mansoul  with  a  fulness  of  this 
world,  and  to  surfeit  her  heart  with  the  good 
things  thereof.  But  see  how  things  meet  to- 
gether !  Just  as  this  Diabolonian  council  was 
broken  up,  Captain  Credence  received  a  letter 
from  Emmanuel,  the  contents  of  which  were  these: 
That  upon  the  third  day  he  would  meet  him  in 
the  field  in  the  plains  about  Mansoul.  "  Meet 
rne  in  the  field !"  quoth  the  captain ;  "  what 
meaneth  my  lord  by  this  ?  I  know  not  what  he 
meaneth  by  meeting  me  in  the  field."  So  he 
took  the  note  in  his  hand  and  did  carry  it  to  my 
Lord  Secretary,  to  ask  his  thoughts  thereupon ; 
for  my  Lord  was  a  seer  in  all  matters  concerning 
the  King,  and  also  for  the  good  and  comfort  of  the 
town  of  Mansoul.  So  he  showed  my  Lord  the 
note  and  desired  his  opinion  thereof.  "  For  my 
part,"  quoth  Captain  Credence,  "  I  know  not  the 
meaning  thereof."  So  my  Lord  did  take  and  read 
it;    and,    after   a  little   pause,    he    said,   "The 


300  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Diabolonians  have  had  against  Mansoul  a  great 
consultation  to-day ;  they  have,  I  say,  this  day 
been  contriving  the  utter  ruin  of  the  town :  and 
the  result  of  their  counsel  is,  to  set  Mansoul  into 
such  a  way  which,  if  taken,  will  surely  make  her 
destroy  herself.  And,  to  this  end,  they  are  making 
ready  for  their  own  departure  out  of  the  town, 
intending  to  betake  themselves  to  the  field  again, 
and  there  to  lie  till  they  shall  see  whether  this 
their  project  will  take  or  no.  But  be  thou  ready 
with  the  men  of  thy  Lord,  (for  on  the  third  day 
they  will  be  in  the  plain,)  there  to  fall  upon  the 
Diabolonians ;  for  the  Prince  will  by  that  time 
be  in  the  field ;  yea,  by  that  it  is  break  of  day, 
sun-rising,  or  before,  and  that  with  a  mighty 
force  against  them.  So  he  shall  be  before  them, 
and  thou  shalt  be  behind  them,  and  betwixt  you 
both  their  army  shall  be  destroyed." 

When  Captain  Credence  heard  this,  away  goes 
he  to  the  rest  of  the  captains,  and  tells  them  what 
a  note  he  had  a  while  since  received  from  the 
hand  of  Emmanuel.  "And,"  said  he,  "that 
which  was  dark  therein  has  my  Lord  the  Lord 
Secretary  expounded  unto  me."  He  told  them, 
moreover,  what  by  himself  and  by  them  must  be 
done  to  answer  the  mind  of  their  Lord.  Then 
were  the  captains  glad  ;  and  Captain  Credence 
commanded  that  all  the  King's  trumpeters  should 
ascend  to  the  battlements  of  the  castle,  and  there, 
in  the  audience  of  Diabolus  and  of  the  whole 
town  of  Mansoul,  make  the  best  music  that  heart 
could  invent.  The  trumpeters  then  did  as  they 
were  commanded.  They  got  themselves  up  to 
the  top  of  the  castle,   and  thus   they  beoan  to 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  301 

sound.  Then  did  Diabolus  start,  and  said,  "  What 
can  be  the  meaning  of  this  ?  they  neither  sound 
Boot-and-saddle,nor  Horse-and-away,nor  a  charge. 
What  do  these  mad-men  mean,  that  yet  they 
should  be  so  merry  and  glad  ?"  Then  answered  him 
one  of  themselves  and  said,  "  This  is  for  joy  that 
their  Prince  Emmanuel  is  coining  to  relieve  the 
town  of  Mansoul ;  that  to  this  end  he  is  at  the 
head  of  an  army,  and  that  this  relief  is  near." 

The  men  of  Mansoul  also  were  greatly  con- 
cerned at  this  melodious  charm  of  the  trumpets  : 
they  said,  yea,  they  answered  one  another,  saying, 
"  This  can  be  no  harm  to  us  ;  surely,  this  can  be 
no  harm  to  us."  Then  said  the  Diabolonians, 
"  What  had  we  best  to  do  ?"  and  it  was  answered, 
"  It  was  best  to  quit  the  town  ?"  and  '*  that,"  said 
one,  "  ye  may  do  in  pursuance  of  your  last  coun- 
sel, and  by  so  doing  also  be  better  able  to  give  the 
enemy  battle,  should  an  army  from  without  come 
upon  us."  So,  on  the  second  day,  they  withdrew 
themselves  from  Mansoul,  and  abode  in  the  plains 
without ;  but  they  encamped  themselves  before 
Eye-gate,  in  what  terrene  and  terrible  manner 
they  could.  The  reason  why  they  would  not 
abide  in  the  town  (besides  the  reasons  that  were 
debated  in  their  late  conclave)  was,  for  that  they 
were  not  possessed  of  the  stronghold,  and  "be- 
cause," said  they,  "  we  shall  have  more  con- 
venience to  fight,  and  also  to  fly,  if  need  be,  when 
we  are  encamped  in  the  open  plains."  Besides, 
the  town  would  have  been  a  pit  for  them  rather 
than  a  place  of  defence,  had  the  Prince  come  up 
and  inclosed  them  fast  therein.  Therefore  they 
betook  themselves  to  the  field,  that  they  might 
27 


302  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

also  be  out  of  the  reach  of  the  slings,  by  which 
they  were  much  annoyed  all  the  while  tl  at  they 
were  in  the  town. 

Well,  the  time  that  the  captains  were  to  fall 
upon  the  Diabolonians  being  come,  they  eagerly 
prepared  themselves  for  action;  for  Captain  Cre- 
dence had  told  the  captains  over  night,  that  they 
should  meet  their  Prince  in  the  field  to-morrow. 
This,  therefore,  made  them  yet  far  more  desirous 
to  be  engaging  the  enemy ;  for,  "  You  shall  see  the 
Prince  in  the  field  to-morrow"  was  like  oil  to  a 
flaming  fire  ;  for  of  a  long  time  they  had  been  at 
a  distance :  they  therefore  were  for  this  the  more 
earnest  and  desirous  of  the  work.  So,  as  I  said, 
the  hour  being  |ime,  Captain  Credence,  with  the 
rest  of  the  men  of  war,  drew  out  their  forces 
before  it  was  day  by  the  sally-port  of  the  town. 
And,  being  all  ready,  Captain  Credence  went  up 
to  the  head  of  the  army,  and  gave  to  the  rest  of 
the  captains  the  word,  and  so  they  to  their  under- 
officers  and  soldiers:  the  word  was,  "The  sword 
of  the  Prince  Emmanuel,  and  the  shield 
of  Captain  Credence;"  which  is,  in  the 
Mansoulian  tongue,  "The  word  of  God  and  faith." 
Then  the  captains  fell  on,  and  began  roundly  to 
front,  and  flank,  and  rear  Diabolus's  camp. 

Now,  they  left  Captain  Experience  in  the  town, 
because  he  was  yet  ill  of  his  wounds,  which  the 
Diabolonians  had  given  him  in  the  last  fight. 
But  when  he  perceived  that  the  captains  were  at 
it,  what  does  he  but,  calling  for  his  crutches  with 
haste,  gets  up,  and  away  he  goes  to  the  battle, 
saying,  "  Shall  I  lie  here,  when  my  brethren  are 
m  the  fight,  and  when  Emmanuel,  the  Prince,  will 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  303 

show  himself  in  the  field  to  his  servants  ?"  But 
when  the  enemy  saw  the  man  come  with  his 
crutches,  they  were  daunted  yet  the  more;  "for," 
thought  they,  "what  spirit  has  possessed  these 
Mansoulians,  that  they  fight  us  upon  their 
crutches."  Well,  the  captains,  as  I  said,  fell  on, 
and  did  bravely  handle  their  weapons,  still  crying 
out  and  shouting,  as  they  laid  on  blows,  '•  The 
sword  of  the  Prince  Emmanuel,  and  the  shield 
of  Captain  Credence  !" 

Now,  when  Diabolus  saw  that  the  captains 
were  come  out,  and  that  so  valiantly  they  sur- 
rounded his  men,  he  concluded  that,  for  the 
present,  nothing  from  them  was  to  be  looked  for 
but  blows,  and  the  dints  of  their  "  two-edged 
sword." 

Wherefore  he  also  falls  on  upon  the  Prince's 
army  with  all  his  deadly  force:  so  the  battle  was 
joined.  Now  who  was  it  that  at  first  Diabolus 
met  with  in  the  fight,  but  Captain  Credence  on 
the  one  hand,  and  the  Lord  Willbewill  on  the 
other:  now  Willbewill's  blows  were  like  the 
blows  of  a  giant,  for  that  man  had  a  strong  arm, 
and  he  fell  in  upon  the  doubters,  for  they  were 
the  life-guard  of  Diabolus,  and  he  kept  them 
in  play  a  good  while,  cutting  and  battering 
shrewdly.  Now  when  Captain  Credence  saw  my 
lord  engaged,  he  did  stoutly  fall  on,  on  the  other 
hand,  upon  the  same  company  also ;  so  they  put 
them  to  great  disorder.  Now  Captain  Good- 
Hope  had  engaged  with  the  vocation  doubters,  and 
they  were  sturdy  men;  but  the  captain  was  a 
valiant  man:  Captain  Experience  did  also  send 
him  some  aid;  so  he  made  the  vocation  doubters 


304  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

to  retreat.  The  rest  of  the  armies  were  hotly- 
engaged,  and  that  on  every  side,  and  the  Diabo- 
lonians  did  fight  stoutly.  Then  did  my  Lord 
Secretary  command  that  the  slings  from  the 
castle  should  be  played ;  and  his  men  could  throw 
stones  at  an  hair's  breadth.  But,  after  a  while, 
those  that  were  made  to  fly  before  the  captains 
of  the  Prince,  did  begin  to  rally  again,  and  they 
came  up  stoutly  upon  the  rear  of  the  Prince's 
army:  wherefore  the  Prince's  army  began  to 
faint;  but, remembering  that  they  should  see  the 
face  of  their  Prince  by  and  by,  they  took  courage, 
and  a  very  fierce  battle  was  fought.  Then  shouted 
the  captains,  saying,  "  The  sword  of  the  Prince 
Emmanuel,  and  the  shield  of  Captain  Credence  !" 
and  with  that  Diabolus  gave  back,  thinking  that 
more  aid  had  been  come.  But  no  Emmanuel  as 
yet  appeared.  Moreover,  the  battle  did  hang  in 
doubt;  and  they  made  a  little  retreat  on  both 
sides.  Now,  in  the  time  of  respite,  Captain 
Credence  bravely  encouraged  his  men  to  stand  to 
it;  and  Diabolus  did  the  like,  as  well  as  he  could. 
But  Captain  Credence  made  a  brave  speech  to 
his  soldiers,  the  contents  whereof  here  follow  : — 
"  Gentlemen  soldiers,  and  my  brethren  in  this 
design,  it  rejoiceth  me  much  to  see  in  the  field  for 
our  Prince,  this  day,  so  stout  and  so  valiant  an 
army,  and  such  faithful  lovers  of  Mansoul.  You 
have  hitherto,  as  hath  become  you,  shown  your- 
selves men  of  truth  and  courage  against  the 
Diabolonian  forces;  so  that,  for  all  their  boast, 
they  have  not  yet  much  cause  to  boast  of  their 
gettings.  Now  take  to  yourselves  your  wonted 
courage,  and  show  yourselves  men  even  this  once 


THE    HOLY    WAR. 


305 


only ;  for  in  a  few  minutes  after  the  next  engage- 
ment, this  time,  you  shall  see  your  Prince  show 
himself  in  the  "field  ;  for  we  must  make  this 
second  assault  upon  this  tyrant  Diabolus,  and  then 
Emmanuel  comes." 

No  sooner  had  the  captain  made  this  speech  to 
his  soldiers,  but  one  Mr.  Speedy  came  post  to  the 
captain  from  the  Prince,  to  tell  him  that  Emma- 
nuel was  at  hand.  This  news  when  the  captain 
had  received,  he  communicated  to  the  other  field- 
officers,  and  they  again  to  their  soldiers  and  men 
of  war.  Wherefore,  like  men  raised  from  the 
dead,  so  the  captains  and  their  men  arose,  made 
up  to  the  enemy,  and  cried  as  before,  "  The  sword 
of  the  Prince  Emmanuel,  and  the  shield  of  Captain 
Credence  !" 

The  Diabolonians  also  bestirred  themselves,  and 
made  resistance  as  well  as  they  could;  but  in 
this  last  engagement  the  Diabolonians  lost  their 
courage,  and  many  of  the  doubters  fell  down  dead 
to  the  ground.  Now,  when  they  had  been  in 
heat  of  battle  about  an  hour  or  more,  Captain 
Credence  lift  up  his  eyes  and  saw,  and,  behold, 
Emmanuel  came  ;  and  he  came  with  colours  Hy- 
ing, trumpets  sounding,  and  the  feet  of  his  men 
scarce  touched  the  ground,  they  hasted  with  that 
celerity  towards  the  captains  that  were  engaged. 
Then  did  Credence  wind  with  his  men  to  the 
townward,  and  gave  to  Diabolus  the  field:  so 
Emmanuel  came  upon  him  on  the  one  side,  and 
the  enemies'  place  was  betwixt  them  ^ ^  ^  ^ 
both.  Then  again  they  fell  to  it  ^ri«J*S|g 
afresh;  and  now  it  was  but  a  little  *-£]£» 
while  more  but  Emmanuel  and  Captain 
27* 


306  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Credence  met,  still  trampling  down  the  slain  as 
they  came. 

But  when  the  captains  saw  that  the  Prince 
was  come,  and  that  he  fell  upon  the  Diabolonians 
on  the  other  side,  and  that  Captain  Credence  and 
his  Highness  had  got  them  up  betwixt  them, 
they  shouted,  (they  so  shouted  that  the  ground 
rent  again,)  saying,  "  The  sword  of  Emmanuel, 
and  the  shield  of  Captain  Credence  !"  Now, 
when  Diabolus  saw  that  he  and  his  forces  were 
so  hard  beset  by  the  Prince  and  his  princely 
army,  what  does  he,  and  the  lords  of  the  pit  that 
were  with  him,  but  make  their  escape,  and  for- 
-  sake  their  army,  and  leave  them  to  fall  by  the 
hand  of  Emmanuel,  and  of  his  noble  Captain 
Credence  :  so  they  fell  all  down  slain  before  them, 
before  the  Prince,  and  before  his  royal  army ; 
there  was  not  left  so  much  as  one  doubter  alive ; 
they  lay  spread  upon  the  ground  dead  men,  as 
one  would  spread  dung  upon  the  land. 

When  the  battle  was  over,  all  things  came 
into  order  in  the  camp.  Then  the  captains  and 
elders  of  Mansoul  came  together  to  salute  Emma- 
nuel, while  without  the  corporation  :  so  they 
saluted  him,  and  welcomed  him,  and  that  with 
a  thousand  welcomes,  for  that  he  was  come  to 
the  borders  of  Mansoul  again.  So  he  smiled 
upon  them,  and  said,  "  Peace  be  to  you."  Then 
they  addressed  themselves  to  go  to  the  town : 
they  went  then  to  go  up  to  Mansoul,  they,  the 
Prince,  with  all  the  new  forces  that  now  he 
had  brought  with  him  to  the  war.  Also  all 
the  gates  of  the  town  were  set  open  for  his 
reception,  so  glad  were  they  of  his  blessed  leturn. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  307 

And  this  was  the  manner  and  order  of  this  going 
of  his  into  Mansoul : — 

First.  As  I  said,  all  the  gates  of  the  town  were 
set  open,  yea,  the  gates  of  the  castle  also ;  the 
elders,  too,  of  the  town  of  Mansoul  placed  them- 
selves at  the  gates  of  the  town,  to  salute  him  at 
his  entrance  thither :  and  so  they  did  ;  for,  as  he 
drew  near,  and  approached  towards  the  gates, 
they  said,  "Lift  up  your  heads,  O  ye  gates  ;  and 
be  ye  lift  up,  ye  everlasting  doors  ;  and  the  King 
of  glory  shall  come  in."  And  they  answered 
again,  "  Who  is  the  King  of  glory  ?"  and  they 
made  return  to  themselves,  "  The  Lord,  strong 
and  mighty  ;  the  Lord  mighty  in  battle.  Lift  up 
your  heads,  O  ye  gates  ;  even  lift  them  up,  ye 
everlasting  doors,"  &c. 

Secondly.  It  was  ordered  also,  by  those  of 
Mansoul,  that  all  the  way  from  the  town  gates 
to  those  of  the  castle,  his  blessed  Majesty  should 
be  entertained  with  the  song,  by  them  that  had 
the  best  skill  in  music  in  all  the  town  of  Man- 
soul :  then  did  the  elders,  and  the  rest  of  the  men 
of  Mansoul,  answer  one  another  as  Emmanuel 
entered  the  town,  till  he  came  at  the  castle  gates, 
with  songs  and  sound  of  trumpets,  saying,  "  They 
have  seen  thy  goings,  O  God  ;  even  the  goings  of 
My  God,  my  King,  in  the  sanctuary.  So  the 
singers  went  before,  the  players  on  instruments 
followed  after,  and  among  them  were  the  damsels 
playing  on  timbrels." 

Thirdly.  Then  the  captains,  (for  I  would  speak 
a  word  of  them,)  they  in  their  order  waited  on 
the  Prince,  as  he  entered  into  the  gates  of  Man- 
soul.   Captain  Credence  went  before,  and  Captain 


308  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Good-Hope  with  him ;  Captain  Charity  came 
behind  with  other  of  his  companions,  and  Captain 
Patience  followed  after  all ;  and  the  rest  of  the 
captains,  some  on  the  right  hand,  and  some  on 
the  left,  accompanied  Emmanuel  into  Mansoul. 
And  all  the  while  the  colours  were  displayed,  the 
trumpets  sounded,  and  continual  shoutings  were 
among  the  soldiers.  The  Prince  himself  rode 
into  the  town  in  his  armour,  which  was  all  of 
beaten  gold,  and  in  his  chariot — the  pillars  of  it 
were  of  silver,  the  bottom  thereof  of  gold,  the 
covering  of  it  was  of  purple,  the  midst  thereof 
being  paved  with  love  for  the  people  of  the  town 
of  Mansoul. 

Fourthly.  When  the  Prince  was  come  to  the 
entrance  of  Mansoul,  he  found  all  the  streets 
strewed  with  lilies  and  flowers,  curiously  decked 
with  boughs  and  branches  from  the  green  trees 
Good  and  joyful  tnat  stood  round  about  the  town, 
thoughts.  Every  door  also  was  filled  with  per- 
sons, who  had  adorned  every  one  the  fore-part 
of  their  house  with  something  of  variety  and 
singular  excellency,  to  entertain  him  withal,  as  he 
passed  in  the  streets  :  they  also  themselves,  as 
Emmanuel  passed  by,  did  welcome  him  with 
shouts  and  acclamations  of  joy,  saying,  "  Blessed 
be  the  Prince  that  cometh  in  the  name  of  his 
Father  Shaddai." 

Fifthly.  At  the  castle  gates  the  elders  of  Man- 
soul, namely, the  Lord  Mayor,  the  Lord  Willbewill, 
the  subordinate  preacher,  Mr.  Knowledge,  and 
Mr.  Mind,  with  other  of  the  gentry  of  the  place, 
saluted  Emmanuel  again.  They  bowed  before 
him,   they   kissed    the    dust   of   his   feet,   they 


: 


THE    HOLY    WAR. 


309 


thanked,  they  blessed,  and  praised  his  Highness, 

for  not  taking-  advantage  against  them  for  their 
sins,  but  rather  had  pity  upon  them  in  their  mi- 
sery, and  returned  to  them  with  mercies,  and  to 
build  up  their  Mansoul  for  ever.  Thus  was  he 
had  up  straightway  to  the  castle ;  for  that  was 
the  royal  palace,  and  the  place  where  his  honour 
was  to  dwell ;  the  which  was  ready  prepared  for 
his  Highness  by  the  presence  of  the  Lord  Se- 
cretary, and  the  work  of  Captain  Credence.  So 
he  entered  in. 

Sixthly.  The  people  and  commonalty  of  the 
town  of  Mansoul  came  to  him  into  the  castle 
to  mourn,  and  weep,  and  to  lament  for^  their 
wickedness,  by  which  they  had  forced  him  out 
of  the  town.  So  they,  when  they  were  come, 
bowed  themselves  to  the  ground  seven  times ; 
they  also  wept,  they  wept  aloud,  and  asked 
forgiveness  of  the  Prime,  and  prayed  that  he 
would  again,  as  of  old,  confirm  his  love  to 
Mansoul. 

To  the  which  the  great  Prince  replied,  "  Weep 
not,  but  go  your  way,  eat  the  fat,  and  drink 
the  sweet,  and  send  portions  to  them  for  whom 
nothing  is  prepared ;  for  the  joy  of  your  Lord 
is  your  strength.  I  am  returned  to  Mansoul 
with  mercies,  and  my  name  shall  be  set  up, 
exalted,  and  magnified  by  it."  He  also  took 
these  inhabitants,  and  kissed  them,  and  laid  them 
in  his  bosom. 

Moreover,  he  gave  to  the  elders  of  Mansoul, 
and  to  each  town  officer,  a  chain  of  gold  and 
a  signet.  He  also  sent  to  their  wives  ear-rings 
and    jewels,    and    bracelets,    and   other    things. 


310  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

He  also  bestowed  upon  the  true-born 
deTCiy  te       children  of  Mansoul   many  precious 

thoughts.  •«   . 

things. 
When   Emmanuel,  the  Prince,  had   done  all 
these  things  for  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul,  then 
he  said  unto  them,  first,  '*  Wash  your 

Eccles.  ix.  8.  ,-, 

garments,  then  put  on  your  orna- 
ments, and  then  come  to  me  into  the  castle  of  Man- 
soul."  So  they  went  to  the  fountain  that  was 
zech.  xiii.  i.  set  open  for  Judah  and  Jerusalem  to 
Rev.  vn.  i4,  is.  wasn  m  •  ancl  there  they  washed,  and 
there  they  made  their  "  garments  white,"  and 
came  again  to  the  Prince  into  the  castle,  and  thus 
they  stood  before  him. 

And  now  there  was  music  and  rejoicing 
throughout  the  whole  town  of  Mansoul,  and 
that  because  their  Prince  had  again  granted  to 
them  his  presence  and  the  light  of  his  counte- 
nance ;  the  bells  also  did  ring,  and  the  sun 
shone  comfortably  upon  them  for  a  great  while 
together. 

The  town  of  Mansoul  did  also  now  more 
thoroughly  seek  the  destruction  and  ruin  of  all 
remaining  Diabolonians  that  abode  in  the  walls, 
and  the  dens  that  they  had  in  tjie  town  of  Man- 
soul ;  for  there  was  of  them  that  had,  to  this  day, 
escaped  with  life  and  limb  from  the  hand  of  their 
suppressors  in  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul. 

But  my  Lord  Willbewill  was  a  greater  terror  to 
them  now  than  ever  he  had  been  before ;  foras- 
much as  his  heart  was  yet  more  fully  bent  to  seek, 
contrive,  and  pursue  them  to  the  death;  he  pur- 
sued them  night  and  day,  and  did  put  them  now 
to  sore  distress,  as  will  afterwards  appear. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  311 

After  things  were  thus  far  put  into  order  in 
the  famous  town  of  Mansoul,  care  was  taken,  and 
order  given  by  the  blessed  Prince  Emmanuel,  that 
the  townsmen  should,  without  further  delay,  ap- 
point some  to  go  forth  into  the  plain  to  bury  the 
dead  that  were  there, — the  dead  that  fell  by  the 
sword  of  Emmanuel,  and  by  the  shield  of  the 
Captain  Credence, — lest  the  fumes  and  ill  savours 
.that  would  arise  from  them  might  infect  the  air, 
and  so  annoy  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul.  This 
also  was  a  reason  of  this  order,  namely,  that,  as 
much  as  in  Mansoul  lay,  they  might  cut  off  the 
name,  and  being,  and  remembrance  of  those  ene- 
mies from  the  thought  of  the  famous  town  of 
Mansoul  and  its  inhabitants. 

So  order  was  given  out  by  the  Lord  Mayor, 
that  wise  and  trusty  friend  of  the  town  of  Man- 
soul, that  persons  should  be  employed  about  this 
necessary  business ;  and  Mr.  Godly- Fear,  and  one 
Mr.  Upright,  were  to  be  overseers  about  this 
matter:  so  persons  were  put  under  them  to  work 
in  the  fields,  and  to  bury  the  slain  that  lay  dead 
in  the  plains.  And  these  were  their  places  of 
employment :  some  were  to  make  the  graves, 
some  to  bury  the  dead,  and  some  were  to  go  to 
and  fro  in  the  plains,  and  also  round  about  the 
borders  of  Mansoul,  to  see  if  a  skull,  or  a  bone,  or 
a  piece  of  a  bone  of  a  doubter,  was  yet  to  be 
found  above  ground  anywhere  near  the  corpora- 
lion  ;  and  if  any  were  found,  it  was  ordered,  that 
the  searchers  that  searched  should  set  up  a  mark 
thereby,  and  a  sign,  that  those  that  were  ap- 
pointed to  bury  them  might  find  it,  and  bury  it 
out  of  sight,  that  the  name  and  remembrance  of 


312  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

a  Diabolonian  doubter  might  be  blotted  out  from 
under  heaven ;  and  that  the  children,  and  they 
that  were  to  be  born  in  Mansoul,  might  not 
know,  if  possible,  what  a  skull,  what  a  bone,  or  a 
piece  of  a  bone  of  a  doubter  was.  So  the  buriers, 
and  those  that  were  appointed  for  that  purpose, 
did  as  they  were  commanded :  they  buried  the 
doubters,  and  all  the  skulls  and  bones,  and  pieces 
of  bones  of  doubters,  wherever  they  found  them; 
and  so  they  cleansed  the  plains.  Now  also  Mr. 
God's-Peace  took  up  his  commission,  and  acted 
again  as  in  former  days. 

Thus  they  buried  in  the  plains  about  Mansoul 
the  election  doubters,  the  vocation  doubters,  the 
grace  doubters,  the  perseverance  doubters,  the 
resurrection  doubters,  the  salvation  doubters,  and 
the  glory  doubters  ;  whose  captains  were  Captain 
Rage,  Captain  Cruel,  Captain  Damnation,  Cap- 
tain Insatiable,  Captain  Brimstone,  Captain  Tor- 
ment, Captain  No-Ease,  Captain  Sepulchre,  and 
Captain  Past-Hope ;  and  old  Incredulity  was, 
under  Diabolus,  their  general.  There  were  also 
the  seven  heads  of  their  army  ;  and  they  were  the 
Lord  Beelzebub,  the  Lord  Lucifer,  the  Lord 
Legion,  the  Lord  Apollyon,  the  Lord  Python, 
the  Lord  Cerberus,  and  the  Lord  Belial.  But  the 
princes  and  the  captains,  with  old  Incredulity, 
their  general,  did  all  of  them  make  their  escape : 
so  their  men  fell  down  slain  by  the  power  of  the 
Prince's  forces,  and  by  the  hands  of  the  men  of 
the  town  of  Mansoul.  They  also  were  buried  as 
is  afore  related,  to  the  exceeding  great  joy  of  the 
now  famous  town  of  Mansoul.  They  that  buried 
them,  buried  also  with  them,  their  arms,  which 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  313 

were  cruel  instruments  of  death  :  (their  weapons 
were  arrows,  darts,  mauls,  firebrands,  and  the 
like.)  They  buried  also  their  armour,  their  co- 
lours, banners,  with  the  standard  of  Diabolus,  and 
what  else  soever  they  could  find  that  did  but 
smell  of  a  Diabolonian  doubter. 

Now  when  the  tyrant  had  arrived  at  Hell-Gate 
Hill,  with  his  old  friend  Incredulity,  they  irarae- 
diatelv  descended  the  den,  and  having  there,  with 
their  "fellows,  for  a  while  condoled  their  misfortune 
and  great  loss  that  they  sustained  against  the 
town  of  Mansoul,  they  fell  at  length  into  a 
passion,  and  revenged  they  would  be,  for  the  loss 
that  they  sustained  before  the  town  of  Mansoul. 
Wherefore  they  presently  call  a  council  to  con- 
trive yet  further  what  was  to  be  done  against  the 
famous  town  of  Mansoul;  for  their  yawning 
paunches  could  not  wait  to  see  the  result  of  their 
Lord  Lucifer's  and  their  Lord  Apollyon's  counsel 
that  they  had  given  before ;  for  their  raging  gorge 
thought  every  day,  even  as  long  as  a  short  for 
ever,  until  they  were  filled  with  the  body  and  soul, 
with  the  flesh  and  bones,  and  with  all  the  deli- 
cates  of  Mansoul.  They  therefore  resolve  to 
make  another  attempt  upon  the  town  of  Mansoul, 
and  that  by  an  army  mixed  and  made  up  partly 
of  doubters,  and  partly  of  blood-men.  A  more 
particular  account  now  take  of  both. 

The  doubters  are  such  as  have  their  name  from 
their  nature,  as  well  as  from  the  land  and  kingdom 
where  they  are  born:  their  nature  is  to  put  a 
question  upon  every  one  of  the  truths  of  Emma- 
nuel ;  and  their  country  is  called  the  land  of 
Doubting,  and  that  land  lieth  off,  and  furthest 
28 


314  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

remote  to  the  north,  between  the  land  of  Darkness 
and  that  called  the  "valley  of  the  shadow  of 
death."  For  though  the  land  of  Darkness,  and 
that  called  "  the  valley  of  the  shadow  of  death," 
be  sometimes  called  as  if  they  were  one  and  the 
self-same  place,  yet  indeed  they  are  two,  lying 
but  a  little  way  asunder,  and  the  land  of  Doubting 
points  in,  and  lieth  between  them.  This  is  the 
land  of  Doubting ;  and  these  that  came  with 
Diabolus  to  ruin  the  town  of  Mansoul  are  the 
natives  of  that  country. 

The  blood-men  are  a  people  that  have  their 
name  derived  from  the  malignity  of  their  nature, 
and  from  the  fury  that  is  in  them  to  execute  it 
upon  the  town  of  Mansoul :  their  land  lieth  under 
the  dog-star,  and  by  that  they  are  governed  as  to 
their  intellectuals.  The  name  of  their  country  is 
the  province  of  Loath-good :  the  remote  parts  of 
it  are  far  distant  from  the  land  of  Doubting,  yet 
they  do  both  butt  and  bound  upon  the  hill  called 
Hell-Gate  Hill.  These  people  are  always  in 
league  with  the  doubters,  for  they  jointly  do  make 
question  of  the  faith  and  fidelity  of  the  men  of  the 
town  of  Mansoul,  and  so  are  both  alike  qualified 
for  the  service  of  their  prince. 

Now  of  these  two  countries  did  Diabolus,  by 
the  beating  of  his  drum,  raise  another  army  against 
the  town  of  Mansoul,  of  five-and-twenty  thousand 
strong.  There  were  ten  thousand  doubters,  and 
fifteen  thousand  blood-men,  and  they  were  put 
under  several  captains  for  the  war ;  and  old  In- 
credulity was  again  made  general  of  the  army. 

As  for  the  doubters,  their  captains  were  five  of 
the  seven  that  were  heads  of  the  last  Diabolonian 


THE    HOLY    MAR.  315 

army,  and  those  are  their  names  :  Captain  Beel- 
zebub, Captain  Lucifer.  Captain  Apollyon,  Cap. 

tain  Legion,  and  Captain  Cerberus;  and  the  cap- 
tains that  they  had  before  were  some  of  them 
made  lieutenants,  and  some  ensigns  of  the  army. 

But  Diabolus  did  not  count,  that  in  this  expe- 
dition of  his,  these  doubters  would  prove  his 
principal  men,  for  their  manhood  had  been  tried 
before;  also  the  Mansoulians  had  put  them  to  the 
worst:  only  he  did  bring  them  to  multiply  a 
number,  and  to  help,  if  need  was,  at  a  pinch. 
But  his  trust  he  put  in  his  blood-men,  for  that 
they  were  all  rugged  villains,  and  he  knew  that 
they  had  done  feats  heretofore. 

As  for  the  blood-men,  they  also  were  undei 
command  ;  and  the  names  of  their  captains  Mere, 
Captain  Cain,  Captain  Nimrod,  Captain  Ishmael, 
Captain  Esau,  Captain  Saul,  Captain  Absalom, 
Captain  Judas,  and  Captain  Pope. 

1.  Captain  Cain  was  over  two  bands,  namely, 
the  zealous  and  the  angry  blood-men : 

his    standard-bearer   bare  the    red  co-       en-,v-8- 
lours,  and  his  scutcheon  M'as  the  murdering  club. 

2.  Captain  Nimrod  was  captain  over  two  bands, 
namely,  the  tyrannical  and  encroaching  blood-men : 
his    standard-bearer  bare   the  red  co- 
lours, and  his  scutcheon  was  the  great  x"8*  ' 
blood-hound. 

3.  Captain  Ishmael  was  captain  over  two  bands 
namely,    the    mocking    and    scorning 
blood-men ;    his    standard-bearer  bare 

the  red  colours,  and  his  scutcheon  was  one  mock 
inir  at  Abraham's  Isaac. 

4.  Captain  Esau  was  captain  over  two  bands 


316  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Gen.  x*vii.  «-  namely,   the    blood-men  that  grudged 
45-  that  another  should  have  the  blessing  ; 

also  over  the  blood-men  that  are  for  executing 
their  private  revenge  upon  others  :  his  standard- 
bearer  bare  the  red  colours,  and  his  scutcheon 
was  one  privately  lurking  to  murder  Jacob. 

5.  Captain  Saul  was  captain  over  two  bands, 
isam.  zviii.  ioj  namely,  the  groundlessly  jealous  and 
iix.  16;  xx. 33.  tne  devilishly  furious  blood-men:  his 
standard-bearer  bare  the  red  colours,  and  his 
scutcheon  was  three  bloody  darts  cast  at  harmless 
David. 

6.  Captain  Absalom  was  captain  over  two  bands, 
2  sam.  xv.,  xvi.,  namely,  over  the  blood-men  that  will 

xvii-'  kill  a  father  or  a  friend  for  the  glory 
of  this  world ;  also  over  those  blood-men  that  will 
hold  one  fair  in  hand  with  words,  till  they  shall 
have  pierced  him  with  their  swords :  his  standard- 
bearer  did  bear  the  red  colours,  and  his  scutcheon 
was  the  son  pursuing  the  father's  blood 

7.  Captain  Judas  was  over  two  bands,  namely, 
Matt.  xxvi.  i4-  tne  blood-men  that  will  sell  a  man's 

is.  49.  life  for  money,  and  those  also  that  will 
betray  their  friend  with  a  kiss :  his  standard 
bearer  bare  the  red  colours,  and  his  scutcheon 
was  thirty  pieces  of  silver  and  the  halter. 

8.  Captain  Pope  was  captain  over  one  band, 
Rev. xiii. 7, s.  f°r  au  these  spirits  are  joined  in  one 
Dan. xi.33.  under  him:  his  standard-bearer  bare 
the  red  colours,  and  his  scutcheon  was  the  stake, 
the  flame,  and  the  good  man  in  it. 

Now,  the  reason  why  Diabolus  did  so  soon 
rally  another  force,  after  he  had  been  beaten  out 
of  the  field,  was,  for  that  he  put  mighty  confidence 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  317 

Ln  this  army  of  blood-men ;  for  he  put  a  <rreat 
deal  of  more  trust  in  them  than  he  did  before  in 
his  army  of  doubters;  though  they  had  also  often 
done  great  service  for  him  in  the  strengthening 

of  him  in  his  kingdom.  But  these  blood-men.  he 
had  proved  them  often,  and  their  sword  did  sel- 
dom return  empty.  Besides,  he  knew  that  these, 
like  mastiffs,  would  fasten  upon  any ;  upon  father, 
mother,  brother,  sister,  prince,  or  governor,  yea, 
upon  the  Prince  of  princes.  And  that  which 
encouraged  him  the  more  was,  for  that  they  once 
did  force  Emmanuel  out  of  the  kingdom  of  Uni- 
verse ;  "And  why,"  thought  he,  "may  they  not 
also  drive  him  from  the  town  of  Mansoul !" 

So  this  army  of  five-and-twenty  thousand 
strong  was,  by  their  general  the  great  Lord 
Incredulity,  led  up  against  the  town  of  Mansoul. 
Now  Mr.  Prywell,  the  scontmaster-general,  did 
himself  go  out  to  spy,  and  he  did  bring  Mansoul 
tidings  of  their  coming.  Wherefore  they  shut  up 
their  gates,  and  put  themselves  in  a  posture  of 
defence  against  these  new  Diabolonians  that  came 
up  against  the  town. 

So  Diabolus  brought  up  his  army,  and  be- 
leaguered the  town  of  Mansoul;  the  doubters 
were  placed  about  Feel-gate,  and  the  blood-men 
set  down  before  Eye-gate  and  Ear-gate. 

Now  when  this  army  had  thus  encamped 
themselves,  Incredulity  did,  in  the  name  of  Dia- 
bolus, his  own  name,  and  in  the  name  of  the 
blood-men  and  the  rest  that  were  with  him,  send 
a  summons  as  hot  as  a  red-hot  iron  to  Mansoul, 
to  yield  to  their  demands  ;  threatening,  that  if 
they  still  stood  it  out  against  them,  they  would 
28* 


318  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

presently  bum  down  Mansoul  with  fire.  For 
you  must  know  that,  as  for  the  blood-men,  they 
were  not  so  much  that  Mansoul  should  be  sur- 
rendered, as  that  Mansoul  should  be  destroyed, 
and  cut  off  out  of  the  land  of  the  living.  True, 
they  send  to  them  to  surrender ;  but  should  they 
so  do,  that  would  not  stench  or  quench  the  thirst 
of  these  men.  They  must  have  blood,  the  blood  of 
Mansoul,  else  they  die  ;  and  it  is  from  hence  that 
isa.  hi.  7.  tney  nave  their  name.  Wherefore  these 
jer.  xiii.  n.  blood-men  he  reserved  while  now  that 
they  might,  when  all  his  engines  proved  ineffec- 
tual, as  his  last  and  sure  card  to  be  played  against 
the  town  of  Mansoul. 

Now,  when  the  townsmen  had  received  this 
red-hot  summons,  it  begat  in  them  at  present 
some  changing  and  interchanging  thoughts ;  but 
they  jointly  agreed,  in  less  than  half  an  hour,  to 
carry  the  summons  to  the  Prince,  the  which  they 
did  when  they  had  writ  at  the  bottom  of  it, 
"  Lord,    save    Mansoul    from   bloody 

Poa.  lis.  2.  ,,, 

men  ! 
So  he  took  it,  and  looked  upon  it,  and  consi- 
dered it,  and  took  notice  also  of  that  short  petition 
that   the   men   of  Mansoul   had    written   at  the 
nottom  of  it,  and  called  to  him  the  noble  Captain 
Credence,  and  bid  him   go  and  take 
Captain  Patience  with  him,  and  go  and 
take  care  of  that  side  of  Mansoul  that  was  be- 
leaguered   by   the    blood-men.     So    they   went 
and  did  as  they  were  commanded :  the  Captain 
Credence  went  and  took  Captain  Patience,  and 
they  both  secured  that  side  of  Mansoul  that  was 
besieged  by  the  blood-men. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  ?H> 

Then  he  commanded  that  Captain  Good-Hope 
and  Captain  Charity,  and  my  Lord  Willbewill, 
should  take  charge  of  the  other  side  of  the  town. 
"And  I,"  said  the  Prince,  "  will  set  my  standard 
upon  the  battlements  of  your  castle,  and  do  you 
three  watch  against  the  doubters."    This  done, 
he  again  commanded  that  the  brave  captain,  the 
Captain  Experience,  should  draw  up  his  men  in 
the  market-place,  and  that  there  he  should  exer- 
cise them  day  by  day  before  the  people  of  the 
town  of  Mansoul.     Now  this  siege  was  long,  and 
many  a  fierce  attempt  did  the  enemy,  especially 
those  called  the  blood-men,  make  upon  the  town 
of  Mansoul ;  and  many  a  shrewd  brush  did  some 
of  the  townsmen  meet  with  from  them,  especially 
Captain  Self-Denial,  who,  I  should  have  told  you 
before,  was  commanded  to  take  the  care  of  Ear- 
gate  and  Eye-gate   now  against  the  blood-men. 
This  Captain  Self-Denial  was  a  young  man,  but 
stout,  and  a  townsman  in  Mansoul,   as  Captain 
Experience   also   was.     And   Emmanuel,  at  his 
second  return  to  Mansoul,  made  him  a  captain 
over  a  thousand  of  the  Mansoulians,  for  the  good 
of  the  corporation.    This  captain,  therefore,  being 
an  hardy  man,  and  a  man  of  great  courage,  and 
willing  to  venture  himself  for  the  good  of  the 
town  of  Mansoul,  would  now  and  then  sally  out 
upon  the  blood-men,  and  give  them  many  notable 
alarms,  and  entered  several  brisk  skirmishes  with 
them,  and  also  did  some  execution  upon  them ; 
but  you  must  think  that  this  could  not  easily  be 
done,  but  he  must  meet  with  brushes  himself,  foi 
he  carried  several  of  their  marks  in  his  face  ;  yea, 
and  some  in  some  other  parts  of  his  body. 


320  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

So,  after  some  time  spent  for  the  trial  <w  the 
faith,  and  hope,  and  love  of  the  town  of  M&fisoul, 
the  Prince  Emmanuel  upon  a  day  calls  his  captains 
and  men  of  war  together,  and  divides  them  into  two 
companies  ;  this  done,  he  commands  them  at  a  lime 
appointed,  and  that  in  the  morning-  very  early,  to 
sally  out  upon  the  enemy,  saying,  "  Let  hah  ol"  you 
fall  upon  the  doubters,  and  half  of  you  fail  upon 
the  blood-men.  Those  of  you  that  go  out  against 
the  doubters,  kill  and  slay,  and  cause  to  perisn 
so  many  of  them  as  by  any  means  you  can  lay 
hands  on ;  but  for  you  that  go  out  against  the 
blood-men,  slay  them  not,  but  take  them  alive." 

So,  at  the  time  appointed,  betimes  in  the  morn- 
ing, the  captains  went  out  as  they  were  com- 
manded against  the  enemies.  Captain  Good-Hope, 
Captain  Charity,  and  those  that  were  joined  with 
them,  as  Captain  Innocent  and  Captain  Expe- 
rience, went  out  against  the  doubters  ;  and  Cap- 
tain Credence,  and  Captain  Patience,  with  Cap- 
tain Self-Denial  and  the  rest  that  were  to  join 
with  them,  went  out  against  the  blood-men. 

Now,  those  that  went  out  against  the  doubters 
drew  up  into  a  body  before  the  plain,  and  marched 
on  to  bid  them  battle.  But  the  doubters  remem- 
bering their  last  success,  made  a  retreat,  not 
daring  to  stand  the  shock,  but  fled  from  the 
Prince's  men;  wherefore  they  pursued  them, 
and  in  their  pursuit  slew  many,  but  they  could 
not  catch  them  all.  Now  those  that  escaped 
went  some  of  them  home  ;  and  the  rest  by  fives, 
nines,  and  seventeens,  like  wanderers,  went  strag- 
gling up  and  down  the  country,  where  they, 
upon    the   barbarous   people,  showed  and  exer- 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  321 

cised  many  of  their  Diabolonian  actions :  nor 
did  these  people  rise  up  in  arms  against  them, 
but  suffered  themselves  to  be  enslaved 

,  ,  ,,,,  iii  r  1    •  The   unbeliever 

by  them.      rhev  would  also  alter  this     neve,  fights  the 

y  .  ,  .  •  t       c  doubters. 

show  themselves  in  companies  before 
the  town  of  Mansoul,  but  never  to  abide  in  it ; 
for  if  Captain  Credence,  Captain  Good-Hope,  or 
Captain  Experience   did   but  show   themselves, 
they  fled. 

Those  that  went  out  against  the  blood-men  did 
as  they  were  commanded  :  they  forbore  to  slay 
any,  but  sought  to  compass  them  about.  But  the 
blood-men,  when  they  saw  that  no  Emmanuel 
was  in  the  field,  concluded  also  that  no  Emma- 
nuel was  in  Mansoul ;  wherefore  they,  looking 
upon  what  the  captains  did,  to  be,  as  they  called 
it,  a  fruit  of  the  extravagancy  of  their  wild  and 
foolish  fancies,  rather  despised  them  than  feared 
them.  But  the  captains,  minding  their  business, 
at  last  did  compass  them  round ;  they  also  that 
had  routed  the  doubters  came  in  amain  to  their 
aid  :  so,  in  fine,  after  some  little  struggling,  (for 
the  blood-men  also  would  have  run  for  it,  only 
now  it  was  too  late ;  for  though  they  are  mis- 
chievous and  cruel,  where  they  can  overcome, 
yet  all  blood-men  are  chickenhearted  men,  when 
they  once  come  to  see  themselves  matched  and 
equalled,)  so  the  captains  took  them,  and  brought 
them  to  the  Prince. 

Now  when  they  were  taken,  had  before  the 
Prince,  and  examined,  he  found  them  to  be  of 
three  several  counties,  though  the)-  all  came  out 
of  one  land. 

1.  One  sort  of  them  came  out  of  Blind-man- 


322  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

shire,  and  they  were  such  as  did  ignc-rantly  what 
they  did. 

2.  Another  sort  of  them  came  out  of  Blind- 
zeal-shire,  and  they  did  superstitiously  what  they 
did. 

mm.!.  13-15.  3.  The  third  sort  of  them  came 
Kkew.il:  0llt  °f  tne  town  °f  Malice,  in  the 
JSSW  county  of  Envy,  and  they  did  what 
joehVvTu24021'     they  did,  out  of  spite  and  implacable- 

4.-43,  etc.'  ness# 

For  the  first  of  these,  namely,  they  that  came 
out  of  Blind-man-shire,  when  they  saw  where 
they  were,  and  against  whom  they  had  fought, 
they  trembled  and  cried,  as  they  stood  before 
him  ;  and  as  many  of  these  as  asked  him  mercy, 
he  touched  their  lips  with  his  golden  sceptre. 

They  that  came  out  of  Blind-zeal-shire,  they 
did  not  as  their  fellows  did;  for  they  pleaded  that 
they  had  a  right  to  do  what  they  did,  because 
Mansoul  was  a  town  whose  laws  and  customs 
were  diverse  from  all  that  dwelt  thereabouts. 
Very  few  of  these  could  be  brought  to  see  their 
evil ;  but  those  that  did,  and  asked  mercy,  they 
also  obtained  favour. 

Now,  they  that  came  out  of  the  town  of  Malice, 
that  is  in  the  county  of  Envy,  they  neither  wept, 
nor  disputed,  nor  repented,  but  stood  gnawing 
their  tongues  before  him  for  anguish  and  madness, 
because  they  could  not  have  their  will  upon 
Mansoul.  Now  these  last,  with  all  those  of  the 
other  two  sorts  that  did  not  unfeiguedly  ask 
pardon  for  their  faults, — those  he  made  to  enter 
into  sufficient  bond  to  answer  for  what  they  had 
done  against  Mansoul,  and  against  her  King,  at  the 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  323 

great  and  general  assizes  to  be  holden     medayoi 

for  our  Lord  the  King,  where  he  Ju!' 
himself  should  appoint  for  the  country  and  king- 
dom of  Universe.  So  they  became  bound  each 
man  for  himself,  to  come  in,  when  called  upon, 
to  answer  before  our  Lord  the  King  for  what  they 
had  done  as  before. 

And  thus  much  concerning  this  second  army 
that  was  sent  by  Diabolus  to  overthrow  Mansoul. 

But  there  were  three  of  those  that  came  from 
the  land  of  Doubting,  who,  after  they  had  wan- 
dered and  ranged  the  country  a  while,  and  per- 
ceived that  they  had  escaped,  were  so  hardy  as 
to  thrust  themselves,  knowing  that  yet  there  were 
in  the  town  Diabolonians, — I  say,  they  were  so 
hardy  as  to  thrust  themselves  into  Mansoul  among 
them.  (Three,  did  I  say  ?  I  think  there  were  four.) 
Now,  to  whose  house  should  these  Diabolonian 
doubters  go,  but  to  the  house  of  an  old  Diabo- 
lonian in  Mansoul,  whose  name  was  Evil-Ques- 
tioning, a  very  great  enemy  he  was  to  Mansoul, 
and  a  great  doer  among  the  Diabolonians  there. 
Well,  to  this  Evil-Questioning's  house,  as  was 
said,  did  these  Diabolonians  come  ;  (you  may  be 
sure  that  they  had  directions  how  to  find  the  way 
thither;)  so  he  made  them  welcome,  pitied  their 
misfortune,  and  succoured  them  with  the  best  that 
he  had  in  his  house.  Now,  after  a  little  acquaint- 
ance, (and  it  was  not  long  before  they  had  that,) 
this  old  Evil-Questioning  asked  the  doubters  if 
they  were  all  of  a  town ;  (he  knew  that  they 
were  all  of  one  kingdom ;)  and  they  answered, 
"  No,  nor  of  one  shire  cither;  for  I,"  said  one, 
"am  an  election  doubter:"  "I,"  said  another, 


324  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

"am  a  vocation  doubter:"  then  said  the  third, 
"I  am  a  salvation  doubter:"  and  the  fourth  said 
he  was  a  grace  doubter.  "  Well,"  quoth  the 
old  gentleman,  "  be  of  what  shire  you  will,  I  am 
persuaded  that  you  are  down  boys :  you  have  the 
very  length  of  my  foot,  are  one  with  my  heart, 
and  shall  be  welcome  to  me."  So  they  thanked 
him,  and  were  glad  that  they  had  found  them- 
selves an  harbour  in  Mansoul. 

Then  said  Evil-Questioning  to  them,  "  How 
many  of  your  company  might  there  be  that  came 
with  you  to  the  siege  of  Mansoul?"  And  they  an- 
swered, "  There  were  but  ten  thousand  doubters  in 
all,  for  the  rest  of  the  army  consisted  of  fifteen  thou- 
sand blood-men.  These  blood-men,"  quoth  they, 
"border  upon  our  country;  but,  poor  men!  as  we 
hear,  they  were  every  one  taken  by  Emmanuel's 
forces."  "  Ten  thousand!"  quoth  the  old  gentle- 
man: "I  will  promise  you,  that  is  a  round  com- 
pany. But  how  came  it  to  pass,  since  you  were 
so  mighty  a  number,  that  you  fainted,  and  durst 
not  fight  your  foes  ?"  "  Our  general,"  said  they, 
"  was  the  first  man  that  did  run  for  it."  "  Pray," 
quoth  their  landlord,  "  who  was  that,  your'  cow- 
ardly general  ?"  "  He  was  once  the  Lord  Mayor 
of  Mansoul,"  said  they:  "but  pray  call  him  not 
a  cowardly  general ;  for  whether  any  from  the 
east  to  the  west  has  done  more  service  for  our 
prince  Diabolus,  than  has  my  Lord  Incredulity, 
will  be  a  hard  question  for  you  to  answer.  But 
had  they  catched  him,  they  would  for  certain 
have  hanged  him  ;  and  we  promise  you,  hanging 
is  but  a  bad  business."  Then  said  the  old  gentle- 
man, "I  would  that  all  the  ten  thousand  doubters 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  325 

were  now  well  armed  in  Mansoul,  and  myself  at 
the  head  of  them  ;  I  would  see  what  I  could  do." 
"  Ay,"  said  they,  "  that  would  be  well  ii  we 
could  see  that ;  but  wishes,  alas  !  what  are  they  ?" 
and  these  words  were  spoken  aloud.  •«  Well," 
said  old  Evil-Questioning,  "  take  heed  that  you 
talk  not  too  loud ;  you  must  be  squat  and  close, 
and  must  take  care  of  yourselves  while  you  are 
here,  or,  I  will  assure  you,  you  will  be  snapped." 
"AVhy?"  quoth  the  doubters.  "Why!''  quoth 
the  old  gentleman ;  "  why !  because  both  the 
Prince  and  Lord  Secretary,  and  their  cap  cams 
and  soldiers,  are  all  at  present  in  town ;  yea,  the 
town  is  as  full  of  them  as  ever  it  can  hold.  And 
besides,  there  is  one  whose  name  is  Willbewill,  a 
most  cruel  enemy  of  ours,  and  him  the  Prince  has 
made  keeper  of  the  gates,  and  has  commanded 
him,  that  with  all  the  diligence  he  can,  he  should 
look  for,  search  out,  and  destroy  all,  and  ail  man- 
ner of  Diabolonians.  And  if  he  lighteth  upon 
you,  down  you  go,  though  your  heads  were  made 
of  gold." 

And  now,  to  see  how  it  happened,  one  of  the 
Lord  Willbewill's  faithful  soldiers,  whose  name 
was  Mr.  Diligence,  stood  all  this  while  listening 
under  old  Evil-Questioning's  eaves,  and  heard  all 
the  talk  that  had  been  betwixt  him  and  the 
doubters  that  he  entertained  under  his  roof. 

The  soldier  was  a  man  that  my  lord  had  much 
confidence  in,  and  that  he  loved  dearly ;  and  that 
both  because  he  was  a  man  of  courage,  and  also 
a  man  that  was  unwearied  in  seeking  after  Diabo- 
lonians to  apprehend  them. 

Now  this  man,  as  I  told  you,  heard  all  the  talk 
29" 


/ 

326  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

that  was  between  old  Evil-Questioning  and  these 
Diabolonians  ;  wherefore  what  does  he,  but  goes 
to  his  lord,  and  tells  him  what  he  had  heard. 
"And  sayest  thou  so,  my  trusty?"  quoth  my 
lord.  "Ay,"  quoth  Diligence,  "that  I  do;  and 
if  your  lordship  will  be  pleased  to  go  with  me, 
you  shall  find  it  as  I  have  said."  "  And  are  they 
there  ?"  quoth  my  lord.  "  I  know  Evil-Ques- 
tioning well,  for  he  and  I  were  great  in  the  time 
of  our  apostasy :  but  I  know  not  now  where  he 
dwells."  "  But  I  do,"  said  his  man,  "  and  if  your 
lordship  will  go,  I  will  lead  you  the  way  to  his 
den."  "  Go !"  quoth  my  lord,  "  that  I  will.  Come, 
my  Diligence,  let  us  go  find  them  out." 

So  my  lord  and  his  man  went  together  the  direct 
way  to  his  house.  Now  his  man  went  before  to 
show  him  his  way,  and  they  went  till  they  came 
even  under  old  Mr.  Evil-Questioning's  wall.  Then 
said  Diligence,  "  Hark !  my  lord,  do  you  know  the 
old  gentleman's  tongue  when  you  hear  it?"  "Yes," 
said  my  lord,  "  I  know  it  well,  but  I  have  not 
seen  him  many  a  day.  This  I  know,  he  is  cun- 
ning ;  I  wish  he  doth  not  give  us  the  slip." 
"  Let  me  alone  for  that,"  said  his  servant  Dili- 
gence. "  But  how  shall  we  find  the  door?"  quoth 
my  lord.  "Let  me  alone  for  that,  too,"  said  his 
man.  So  he  had  my  Lord  Willbewill  about,  and 
showed  him  the  way  to  the  door.  Then  my  lord, 
without  more  ado,  broke  open  the  door,  rushed 
into  the  house,  and  caught  them  all  five  together, 
even  as  Diligence  his  man  had  told  him.  So  my 
lord  apprehended  them,  and  led  them  away,  and 
committed  them  to  the  hand  of  Mr.  Trueman,  the 
gaoler,  and  commanded,  and  he  did  put  them  in 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  321 

ward.  This  done,  my  Lord  Mayor  was  acquaint- 
ed in  the  morning  with  what  my  Lord  Willbewifl 
had  done  over  night,  and  his  lordship  rejoiced 
much  at  the  news,  not  only  because  there  were 
doubters  apprehended,  but  because  that  old  Evil- 
Questioning  was  taken ;  for  he  had  been  a  very 
great  trouble  to  Mansoul,  and  much  affliction  to 
my  Lord  Mayor  himself.  He  had  also  been 
sought  for  often,  but  no  hand  could  ever  be  laid 
upon  him  till  now. 

Well,  the  next  thing  was  to  make  preparation 
to  try  these  five,  that  by  my  lord  had  been  appre- 
hended, and  that  were  in  the  hands  of  Mr.  True- 
man,  the  gaoler.  So  the  day  was  set,  and  the 
court  called  and  come  together,  and  the  prisoners 
brought  to  the  bar.  My  Lord  Willbewill  had 
power  to  have  slain  them,  when  at  first  he  took 
them,  and  that  without  any  more  ado;  but  he 
thought  it  at  this  time  more  for  the  honour  of  the 
Prince,  the  comfort  of  Mansoul,  and  the  discou- 
ragement of  the  enemy,  to  bring  them  forth  to 
public  judgment. 

But,  I  say,  Mr.  Trueman  brought  them  in 
chains  to  the  bar,  to  the  town-hall,  for  that  Avas 
the  place  of  judgment.  So,  to  be  short,  the  jury 
was  impanelled,  the  witnesses  sworn,  and  the  pri- 
soners tried  for  their  lives  :  the  jury  was  the  same 
that  tried  Mr.  No-Truth,  Pitiless,'  Haughty,  and 
the  rest  of  their  companions. 

And,  first,  old  Questioning  himself  was  set  to 
the  bar  ;  for  he  was  the  receiver,  the  entertainer, 
and  comforter  of  these  doubters,  that  by  nation 
were  outlandish  men:  then  he  was  bid  to  hearken 
to  his  charge,  and  was  told  that  he  had  liberty 


338  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

to  object,  if  he  had  ought  to  say  for  himself.  So 
his  indictment  was  read :  the  manner  and  form 
here  follows. 

"Mr.  Questioning,  Thou  art  here  indicted  by 
the  name  of  Evil-Questioning,  an  intruder  upon 
the  town  of  Mansoul,  for  that  thou  art  a  Diabo- 
loninn  by  nature,  and  also  a  hater  of  the  Prince 
Emmanuel,  and  one  that  hast  studied  the  ruin  of 
the  town  of  Mansoul.  Thou  art  also  here  indicted 
for  countenancing  the  King's  enemies,  after  whole- 
some laws  made  to  the  contrary:  for,  1.  Thou 
hast  questioned  the  truth  of  her  doctrine  and 
state :  2.  In  wishing  that  ten  thousand  doubters 
were  in  her:  3.  In  receiving,  in  entertaining,  and 
encouraging  of  her  enemies,  that  came  from  their 
army  unto  thee.  What  sayest  thou  to  this  indict- 
ment? art  thou  guilty  or  not  guilty?" 

"  My  lord,"  quoth  he,  "  I  know  not  the  mean- 
ing of  this  indictment,  forasmuch  as  I  am  not  the 
man  concerned  in  it ;  the  man  that  standeth  by 
this  charge  accused  before  this  bench,  is  called  by 
the  name  of  Evil-Questioning,  which  name  I  deny 
to  be  mine,  mine  being  Honest-Inquiry.  The 
one  indeed  sounds  like  the  other ;  but,  I  trow, 
your  lordships  know  that  between  these  two 
there  is  a  wide  difference  ;  for  I  hope  that  a  man 
even  in  the  worst  of  times,  and  that,  too,  amongst 
the  worst  of  men,  may  make  an  honest  inquiry 
after  things,  without  running  the  danger  of 
death." 

Then  spake  my  Lord  Willbewill,  for  he  was 
one  of  the  witnesses :  "  My  lord,  and  you  the 
honourable  bench  and  magistrates  of  the  town  of 
Mansoul,  you  all  have  heard  with  your  ears  that 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  329 

the  prisoner  at  the  bar  has  denied  his  name,  and 
so  thinks  to  shift  from  the  charge  of  the  indict- 
ment. But  I  know  him  to  be  the  man  concerned, 
and  that  his  proper  name  is  Evil-Questioning. 
I  have  known  him,  my  lord,  above  these  thirty 
years,  for  he  and  I  (a  shame  it  is  for  me  to  speak 
it)  were  great  acquaintance,  when  Diabolus,  that 
tyrant,  had  the  government  of  Mansoul ;  and  I 
testify,  that  he  is  a  Diabolonian  by  nature,  an 
enemy  to  our  Prince,  and  a  hater  of  the  blessed 
town  of  Mansoul.  He  has,  in  times  of  rebellion, 
been  at  and  lain  in  my  house,  my  lord,  not  so 
little  as  twenty  nights  together,  and  we  did 
use  to  talk  th<;n,  for  the  substance  of  talk,  as  he 
and  his  doubters  have  talked  of  late  :  true,  I  have 
not  seen  him  many  a  day.  I  suppose  that  the 
coming  of  Emmanuel  to  Mansoul,  has  made  him 
change  his  lodgings,  as  this  indictment  has 
driven  him  to  change  his  name ;  but  this  is  the 
man,  my  lord.'' 

Then  said  the  court  unto  him,  "Hast  thou  any 
more  to  say?" 

"Yes,"  quoth  the  old  gentleman,  "that  I 
have  ;  for  all  that  as  yet  has  been  said  against 
me,  is  bm  by  the  mouth  of  one  witness  ;  and  it 
is  not  lawful  for  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul,  at 
the  mouth  of  one  witness,  to  put  any  man  to  death." 

Then  stood  fortli  Mr.  Diligence,  and  said, 
"  My  lord,  as  1  was  upon  my  watch  such  a  night 
at  the  head  of  Bad  Street,  in  this  town,  I  chanced 
to  hear  a  muttering  within  this  (gentleman's  house. 
Then,  thought  I,  what  is  to  do  here  I  So  I  went 
up  close,  but  very  softly,  to  the  side  of  the  house 
to  listen,  thinking,  as  indeed  it  fell  out,  that  there 
29* 


330  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

I  might  light  upon  some  Diabolonian  conventicle. 
So,  as  I  said,  I  drew  nearer  and  nearer  ;  and  when 
I  was  got  up  close  to  the  wall,  it  was  but  a  while 
before  I  perceived  that  there  were  outlandish  men 
in  the  house ;  but  I  did  well  understand  their 
speech,  for  I  have  been  a  traveller  myself.  Now, 
hearing-  such  language  in  such  a  tottering  cottage 
as  this  old  gentleman  dwelt  in,  I  clapped  mine 
ear  to  a  hole  in  the  window,  and  there  heard  them 
talk  as  followeth.  This  old  Mr.  Questioning  asked 
these  doubters  what  they  were,  whence  they 
came,  and  what  was  their  business  in  these  parts  ; 
and  they  told  him  to  all  these  questions,  yet  he 
did  entertain  them.  He  also  asked  what  numbers 
there  were  of  them  ;  and  they  told  him  ten  thou- 
sand men.  He  then  asked  them,  why  they  made 
no  more  manly  assault  upon  Mansoul ;  and  they 
told  him  :  so  he  called  their  general  coward,  for 
marching  off  when  he  should  have  fought  for  his 
prince.  Further,  this  old  Evil-Questioning  wished, 
and  I  heard  him  wish,  would  all  the  ten  thousand 
doubters  were  now  in  Mansoul,  and  himself  at  the 
head  of  them.  He  bid  them  also  to  take  heed 
and  lie  squat;  for  if  they  were  taken,  they  must 
die,  although  they  had  heads  of  gold." 

Then  said  the  court:  "  Mr.  Evil-Questioning, 
here  is  now  another  witness  against  you,  and  his 
testimony  is  full:  1.  He  swears  that  you  did 
receive  these  men  into  your  house,  and  that  you 
did  nourish  them  there,  though  you  knew  that 
they  were  Diabolonians,  and  the  King's  enemies. 
2.  He  swears  that  you  did  wish  ten  thousand  of 
them  in  Mansoul.  2.  He  swears  that  you  did 
give  them  advice  to  be  squat  and  close,  lest  they 
were  taken  by  the  King's  servants.     All  which 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  33 1 

manifested!  that  thou  art  a  Diabolonian ;  for 
hadst  thou  been  a  friend  to  the  King,  thou  wouldst 
have  apprehended  them." 

Then  said  Evil-Questioning:  "To  the  first  of 
these  I  answer,  The  men  that  came  into  mine 
house  w"ere  strangers,  and  I  took  them  in;  and  is 
it  now  become  a  crime  in  Mansoul  for  a  man  to 
entertain  strangers?  That  I  did  also  nourish  them 
is  true  ;  and  why  should  my  charity  be  blamed  ? 
As  for  the  reason  why  I  wished  ten  thousand  of 
them  in  Mansoul,  I  never  told  it  to  the  witnesses, 
nor  to  themselves.  I  might  wish  them  to  be  taken, 
and  so  my  wish  might  mean  well  to  Mansoul,  for 
aught  that  any  yet  knows.  I  did  also  bid  them 
take  heed  that  they  fell  not  into  the  captains' 
hands  ;  but  that  might  be,  because  I  am  unwilling 
that  any  man  should  be  slain,  and  not  because  I 
would  have  the  King's  enemies,  as  such,  escape." 

My  Lord  Mayor  then  replied  :  "  That  though 
it  was  a  virtue  to  entertain  strangers,  yet  it  was 
treason  to  entertain  the  King's  enemies.  And  for 
what  else  thou  hast  said,  thou  dost  by  words  but 
labour  to  evade  and  defer  the  execution  of  judg- 
ment. But  could  there  be  no  more  proved  against 
thee,  but  that  thou  art  a  Diabolonian,  thou  must 
for  that  die  the  death  by  the  law ;  but  to  be  a 
receiver,  a  nourisher,  a  countenancer,  and  a  har- 
bourer  of  others  of  them,  yea,  of  outlandish  Dia- 
bolonians,  yea,  of  them  that  came  from  far  on 
purpose  to  cut  off  and  destroy  our  Mansoul — this 
must  not  be  borne." 

Then  said  Evil-Questioning :  "I  see  how  the 
game  will  go  :  I  must  die  for  my  name,  and  for 
my  charity."     And  so  he  held  his  peace. 

Then  they  called  the  outlandish  doubters  to  the 


332  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

bar,  and  the  first  of  them  that  was  arraigned  was 
the  election  doubter.  So  his  indictment  was  read , 
and  because  he  was  an  outlandish  man,  the  sub- 
stance of  it  was  told  him  by  an  interpreter; 
namely,  "  That  he  was  there  charged  with  being 
an  enemy  of  Emmanuel  the  Prince,  a  hater  of  the 
town  of  Mansoul,  and  an  opposer  of  her  most 
wholesome  doctrine." 

Then  the  judge  asked  him  if  he  would  plead  ? 
but  he  said  only  this — That  he  confessed  that 
he  was  an  election  doubter,  and  that  that  was  the 
religion  that  he  had  ever  been  brought  up  in. 
And  said,  moreover,  "  If  I  must  die  for  my 
religion,  I  trow,  I  shall  die  a  martyr,  and  so  I 
care  the  less." 

Judge.  Then  it  was  replied :  "  To  question 
election,*  is  to  overthrow  a  great  doctrine  of  the 
gospel,  namely,  the  omnisciency,  and  power,  and 
will  of  God ;  to  take  away  the  liberty  of  God 
with  his  creature,  to  stumble  the  faith  of  the  town 
of  Mansoul,  and  to  make  salvation  to  depend  upon 
works,  and  not  upon  grace.  It  also  belied  the 
word,  and  disquieted  the  minds  of  the  men  of  Man- 
soul;  therefore  by  the  best  of  laws  he  must  die." 

Then  was  the  vocation  doubter  called,  and  set 
to  the  bar ;  and  his  indictment  for  substance  was 
the  same  with  the  other,  only  he  was  particularly 
charged  with  denying  the  calling  of  Mansoul. 

*  Election,  in  this  passage,  may  be  understood  to  be  that  act  of 
divine  grace  by  which  the  sinner,  being  in  a  condition  hi  which 
he  cannot  by  his  own  strength  turn  and  prepare  himself  to  faith, 
and  calling  upon  God,  is  enlightened,  regenerated,  and  saved; 
Christ  giving  him  a  good  will,  and  working  with  him  when  he 
has  that  good  will,  so  that  he  is  saved  by  grace  and  not  of 
works— a  doctrine  in  which  Protestant  Christians  of  all  denomi- 
nations agree. — [Committee  of  Publication.'] 


THE    HOLY    WAR. 


333 


The  judge  asked  him  also  what  he  had  to  say 
fol  himself? 

So  he  replied :  "  That  he  never  believed  that 
there  was  any  such  thing  as  a  distinct  and  power- 
ful call  of  God  to  Mansoul,  otherwise  than  by  the 
general  voice  of  the  word ;  nor  by  that  neither, 
otherwise  than  as  it  exhorted  them  to  forbear  evil, 
and  to  do  that  which  is  good,  and  in  so  doing  a 
promise  of  happiness  is  annexed." 

Then  said  the  judge  :  "  Thou  art  a  Diabolonian, 
and  hast  denied  a  great  part  of  one  of  the  most 
experimental  truths  of  the  Prince  of  the  town  of 
Mansoul ;  for  he  has  called,  and  she  has  heard  a 
most  distinct  and  powerful  call  of  her  Emmanuel, 
by  which  she  has  been  quickened,  awakened,  and  ( 
possessed  with  heavenly  grace  to  desire  to  have 
communion  with  her  Prince,  to  serve  him,  and  do 
his  will,  and  to  look  for  her  happiness  merely  of 
his  good  pleasure.  And  for  thine  abhorrence 
of  this  good  doctrine,  thou  must  die  the  death." 

Then  the  grace-doubter  was  called,  and  his 
indictment  was  read,  and  he  replied  thereto: 
"  That  though  he  was  of  the  land  of  doubting, 
his  father  was  the  offspring  of  a  Pharisee,  and 
lived  in  good  fashion  among  his  neighbours,  and  , 
that  he  taught  him  to  believe,  and  believe  it  I  do, 
and  will,  that  Mansoul  shall  never  be  saved  freely 
by  grace." 

Then  said  the  judge :  "  Why,  the  law  of  the 
Prince  is  plain:   1.  Negatively,  'not       r^hi. 
of  works;'    2.  Positively,  'by  grace       Eph,i 
you  are  saved.'     And  thy  religion  settleth  in  and 
upon  the  works  of  the  flesh ;  for  the  works  of 
the  law  are  the  works  of  the  flesh.     Besides,  in 


334  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

saying-  as  thou  hast  done,  thou  hast  robbed  God 
of  his  glory,  and  given  it  to  a  sinful  man ;  thou 
hast  robbed  Christ  of  the  necessity  of  his  under- 
taking, and  the  sufficiency  thereof,  and  hast  given 
both  these  to  the  works  of  the  flesh.  Thou  hast 
despised  the  work  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  and  hast 
magnified  the  will  of  the  flesh,  and  of  the  legal 
^mind.  Thou  art  a  Diabolonian,  the  son  of  a 
Diabolonian ;  and  for  thy  Diabolonian  principles 
thou  must  die." 

The  court  then,  having  proceeded  thus  far 
with  them,  sent  out  the  jury,  who  forthwith 
brought  them  in  guilty  of  death.  Then  stood  up 
the  Recorder,  and  addressed  himself  to  the  pri- 
soners :  "  You,  the  prisoners  at  the  bar,  you  have 
been  here  indicted,  and  proved  guilty  of  high 
crimes  against  Emmanuel  our  Prince,  and  against 
the  welfare  of  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul, 
crimes  for  which  you  must  be  put  to  death,  and 
die  ye  accordingly." 

So  they  were  sentenced  to  the  death  of  the 
cross.  The  place  assigned  them  for  execution, 
was  that  where  Diabolus  drew  up  his  last  army 
against  Mansoul:  save  only  that  old  Evil-Ques- 
tioning was  hanged  at  the  top  of  Bad  Street,  just 
over  against  his  own  door. 

When  the  town  of  Mansoul  had  thus  far  rid 
themselves  of  their  enemies,  and  of  the  troublers 
of  their  peace,  in  the  next  place  a  strict  com- 
mandment was  given  out,  that  yet  my  Lord  Will- 
bewill  should,  with  Diligence  his  man,  search  for, 
and  do  his  best  to  apprehend  what  town  Diabolo- 
nians  were  yet  left  alive  in  Mansoul.  The  names 
of  several  of  them  were,  Mr.  Fooling,  Mr.  Let 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  335 

Good-Slip,  Mr.  Slavish-Fear,  Mr.  No-Love,  Mr. 
Mistrust,  Mr.  Flesh,  and  Mr.  Sloth.  It  was  also 
commanded,  that  he  should  apprehend  Mr.  Evil- 
Questioning's  children,  that  he  left  behind  him,  and 
that  they  should  demolish  his  house.  The  child- 
ren that  he  left  behind  him  were  these  :  Mr.  Doubt, 
and  he  was  his  eldest  son ;  the  next  to  him  was 
Legal-Life,  Unbelief,  Wrong-Though ts-of-Christ, 
Clip-Promise,  Carnal-Sense,  Live-by-Feeling, 
Self-Love.  All  these  he  had  by  one  wife,  and  her 
name  was  No-Hope ;  she  was  the  kinswoman  of 
old  Incredulity,  for  he  was  her  uncle ;  and  when  her 
father,  old  Dark,  was  dead,  he  took  her  and  brought 
her  up,  and  when  she  was  marriageable,  he  gave 
her  to  this  old  Evil-Questioning  to  wife. 

Now  the  Lord  Willbewill  did  put  into  execu- 
tion his  commission,  with  great  Diligence,  his  man. 
He  took  Fooling  in  the  streets,  and  hanged  him 
up  in  Want- wit- Alley,  over  against  his  own  house. 
This  Fooling  was  he  that  would  have  had  the 
town  of  Mansoul  deliver  up  Captain  Credence 
into  the  hands  of  Diabolus,  provided  that  then  he 
would  have  withdrawn  his  force  out  of  the  town. 
He  also  took  Mr.  Let-Good-Slip  one  day  as  he 
was  busy  in  the  market,  and  executed  him  ac- 
.  cording  to  law.  Now  there  was  an  honest  poor 
man  in  Mansoul,  and  his  name  was  Mr.  Meditation, 
one  of  no  great  account  in  the  days  of  apostasy, 
but  now  of  repute  with  the  best  of  the  town. 
This  man,  therefore,  they  were  willing  to  prefer. 
Now  Mr.  Let-Good-Slip  had  a  great  deal  of 
wealth  heretofore  in  Mansoul,  and,  at  Emmanuel's 
coming,  it  was  sequestered  to  the  use  of  the 
Prince:  this,  therefore,  was  now  given  to  Mr 


336  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Meditation,  to  improve  for  the  common  good,  and 
after  him  to  his  son,  Mr.  Think-Well :  this 
Think-Well  he  had  by  Mrs.  Piety  his  wife,  and 
she  was  the  daughter  of  Mr.  Recorder. 

After  this,  my  lord  apprehended  Clip-Promise  ; 
now  because  he  was  a  notorious  villain,  for  by 
his  doings  much  of  the  King's  coin  was  abused, 
therefore  he  was  made  a  public  example.  He  was 
arraigned  and  judged  to  be  first  set  in  the  pillory, 
then  to  be  whipped  by  all  the  children  and  ser- 
vants in  Mansoul,  and  then  to  be  hanged  till  he 
was  dead.  Some  may  wonder  at  the  severity  of 
this  man's  punishment ;  but  those  that  are  honest 
traders  in  Mansoul,  are  sensible  of  the  great  abuse 
that  one  clipper  of  promises,  in  little  time,  may 
do  to  the  town  of  Mansoul.  And  truly  my  judg- 
ment is,  that  all  those  of  his  name  and  life  should 
be  served  even  as  he. 

He  also  apprehended  Carnal-Sense,  and  put  him 
in  hold ;  but  how  it  came  about,  I  cannot  tell,  but 
he  brake  prison,  and  made  his  escape  :  yea,  and  the 
bold  villain  will  not  yet  quit  the  town,  but  lurks  in 
the  Diabolonian  dens  a  days,  and  haunts  like  a 
ghost  honest  men's  houses  a  nights.  Wherefore, 
there  was  a  proclamation  set  up  in  the  market- 
place in  Mansoul,  signifying  that  whosoever  could 
discover  Carnal-Sense,  and  apprehend  him  and  slay 
him,  should  be  admitted  daily  to  the  Prince's  table, 
and  should  be  made  keeper  of  the  treasure  of  Man- 
soul. Many,  therefore,  did  bend  themselves  to 
do  this  thing,  but  take  him  and  slay  him  they 
could  not,  though  often  he  was  discovered. 

But  my  lord  took  Mr.  Wrong-Thoughts-of- 
Christ,  and  put  him  in  prison,  and  he  died  there  ; 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  337 

though  it  was  long  first,  for  he  died  of  a  lingering 
consumption. 

Self- Love  was  also  taken  and  committed  to 
custody;  but  there  were  many  that  were  allied 
to  him' in  Mansoul,  so  his  judgment  was  deferred. 
But  at  last  Mr.  Self-Denial  stood  up,  and  said : 
"  If  such  villains  as  these  may  be  winked  at  in 
Mansoul,  I  will  lay  down  my  commission."  He 
also  took  him  from  the  crowd,  and  had  him  among 
his  soldiers,  and  there  he  was  brained.  But 
some  in  Mansoul  muttered  at  it,  though  none 
durst  speak  plainly,  because  Emmanuel  was  in 
town.  But  this  brave  act  of  Captain  Self-Denial 
came  to  the  Prince's  ears  ;  so  he  sent  for  him, 
and  made  him  a  lord  in  Mansoul.  My  Lord 
Willbewill  also  obtained  great  commendations  of 
Emmanuel,  for  what  he  had  done  for  the  town  of 
Mansoul. 

Then  my  Lord  Self-Denial  took  courage,  and 
set  to  the  pursuing  of  the  Diabolonians,  with  my 
Lord  Willbewill;  and  they  took  Live-by-Feeling, 
and  they  took  Legal-Life,  and  put  them  in  hold 
till  they  died.  But  Mr.  Unbelief  was  a  nimble 
Jack :  him  they  could  never  lay  hold  of,  though 
they  attempted  to  do  it  often.  He  therefore,  and 
some  few  more  of  the  subtlest  of  the  Diabolonian 
tribe,  did  yet  remain  in  Mansoul,  to  the  time  that 
Mansoul  left  off  to  dwell  any  longer  in  the  king- 
dom of  Universe.  But  they  kept  them  to  their 
dens  and  holes  :  if  one  of  them  did  appear,  or 
happen  to  be  seen  in  any  of  the  streets  of  the 
town  of  Mansoul,  the  whole  town  would  be  up  in 
arms  after  them ;  yea,  the  very  children  in  Man- 
soul would  cry  out  after  them  as  after  a  thief, 
30 


338  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

and  would  wish  that  they  might  stone  ihem  to 

death  with  stones.     And  now  did  Mansoul  arrive 

to  some   good  degree  of  peace   and   quiet ;  her 

Prince   also  did  abide   within  her  borders ;  her 

captains,   also,    and   her   soldiers    did 

pShiixfii.'"b.  '    their  duties  ;  and  Mansoul  minded  her 

trade  that  she  had  with  the  country 

that   was    afar   off;    also   she   was  busy  in   her 

manufacture. 

When  the  town  of  Mansoul  had  thus  far  rid 
themselves  of  so  many  of  their  enemies,  and  the 
troublers  of  their  peace,  the  Prince  sent  to  them, 
and  appointed  a  day  wherein  he  would,  at  the 
market-place,  meet  the  whole  people,  and  there 
give  them  in  charge  concerning  some  further 
matters,  that,  if  observed,  would  tend  to  their 
further  safety  and  comfort,  and  to  the  condemna- 
tion and  destruction  of  their  home-bred  Diabo- 
lonians.  So  the  day  appointed  was  come,  and  the 
townsmen  met  together ;  Emmanuel  also  came 
down  in  his  chariot,  and  all  his  captains  in  their 
state  attending  him,  on  the  right  hand  and  on  the 
left.  Then  was  silence  made,  and,  after  some 
mutual  expressions  of  love,  the  Prince  began,  and 
thus  proceeded : — 

"  You,  my  Mansoul,  and  the  beloved  of  mine 
heart,  many  and  great  are  the  privileges  that  I 
have  bestowed  upon  you  ;  I  have  singled  you  out 
from  others,  and  have  chosen  you  to  myself,  not 
for  your  worthiness,  but  for  mine  own  sake.  I 
have  also  redeemed  you,  not  only  from  the  dread 
of  my  Father's  law,  but  from  the  hand  of  Dia- 
bolus.  This  I  have  done  because  I  loved  you, 
and  because  I  have  set  my  heart  upon  you  to  do 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  339 

you  good.  I  have  also,  that  all  things  that  might 
hinder  thy  way  to  the  pleasures  of  paradise 
might  be  taken  out  of  the  way,  laid  down  for 
thee  for  thy  soul  a  plenary  satisfaction,  and  have 
bought  thee  to  myself;  a  price  not  of  corruptible 
things,  as  of  silver  and  gold,  but  a  price  of  blood, 
mine  own  blood,  which  I  have  freely  spilled  upon 
the  ground  to  make  thee  mine.  So  I  have  recon- 
ciled thee,  0  my  Mansoul,  to  my  Father,  and 
entrusted  thee  in  the  mansion  houses  that  are 
with  my  Father  in  the  royal  city,  where  things 
are,  O  my  Mansoul,  that  eye  hath  not  seen,  nor 
hath  entered  into  the  heart  of  man  to  conceive. 

"  Besides,  O  my  Mansoul,  thou  seest  what  I 
have  done,  and  how  I  have  taken  thee  out  of  the 
hands  of  thine  enemies  ;  unto  whom  thou  hadst 
deeply  revolted  from  thy  Father,  and  by  whom 
thou  wast  content  to  be  possessed,  and  also  to  be 
destroyed.  I  came  to  thee  first  by  my  law,  then 
by  my  gospel,  to  awaken  thee,  and  show  thee  my 
glory.  And  thou  knowest  what  thou  wast,  what 
thou  saidst,  what  thou  didst,  and  how  many  times 
thou  rebelledst  against  my  Father  and  me  ;  yet  I 
left  thee  not,  as  thou  seest  this  day,  but  came  to 
thee,  have  borne  thy  manners,  have  waited  upon 
thee,  and,  after  all,  accepted  of  thee,  even  of  my 
mere  grace  and  favour;  and  would  not  suffer  thee 
to  be  lost,  as  thou  most  willingly  wouldst  have 
been.  I  also  compassed  thee  about,  and  afflicted 
thee  on  every  side,  that  I  might  make  thee  weary 
of  thy  ways,  and  bring  down  thy  heart  with  mo- 
lestation to  a  willingness  to  close  with  thy  irood  and 
happiness.  And  when  I  had  gotten  a  complete  con- 
quest over  thee,  I  turned  it  to  thy  advantage. 


340  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

"  Thou  seest,  also,  what  a  company  of  m) 
Father's  host  I  have  lodged  within  thy  borders  ; 
captains  and  rulers,  soldiers  and  men  of  war, 
engines  and  excellent  devices  to  subdue  and  bring 
down  thy  foes :  thou  knowest  my  meaning,  O 
Mansoul.  And  they  are  my  servants,  and  thine, 
too,  Mansoul.  Yea,  my  design  of  possessing  of 
thee  with  them,  and  the  natural  tendency  of  each 
of  them  is  to  defend,  purge,  strengthen,  and 
sweeten  thee  for  myself,  O  Mansoul,  and  to  make 
thee  meet  for  my  Father's  presence,  blessing,  and 
glory;  for  thou,  my  Mansoul,  art  created  to  be 
prepared  unto  these. 

"  Thou  seest,  moreover,  my  Mansoul,  how  I 
have  passed  by  thy  backslidings,  and  have  healed 
thee.  Indeed  I  was  angry  with  thee,  but  I  have 
turned  mine  anger  away  from  the.e,  because  I 
loved  thee  still,  and  mine  anger  and  mine  indigna- 
tion is  ceased  in  the  destruction  of  thine  enemies, 

0  Mansoul.  Nor  did  thy  goodness  fetch  me  again 
unto  thee,  after  that  I,  for  thy  transgressions,  have 
hid  my  face,  and  withdrawn  my  presence  from 
thee.  The  way  of  backsliding  was  thine,  but 
the  way  and  means   of  thy  recovery  was  mine. 

1  invented  the  means  of  thy  return ;  it  was  I  that 
made  an  hedge  and  a  wall,  when  thou  wast  be- 
ginning to  turn  to  things  in  which  I  delighted  not. 
It  was  I  that  made  thy  sweet  bitter,  thy  day 
night,  thy  smooth  way  thorny,  and  that  also 
confounded  all  that  sought  thy  destruction.  It' 
was  I  that  set  Mr.  Godly-Fear  to  work  in  Man- 
soul. It  was  I  that  stirred  up  thy  conscience 
and  understanding,  thy  will  and  thy  affections, 
•^fter  thy  great  and  woful  decay.     It  was  I  that 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  ^  1  1 

put  life  into  thee,  0  Mansoul,  to  seek  me,  that 
thou  mightest  find  me,  and  in  thy  finding  find 
thine  own  health,  happiness,  and  salvation.  It 
was  I  that  fetched  the  second  time  the  1 1 
lonians  out  of  Mansoul;  and  it  was  I  thai  i 
came  them,  and  that  destroyed  them  before  thy 
face. 

"  And  now,  my  Mansoul,  I  am  returned  to  thee 
in  peace,  and  thy  transgressions  against  me  are 
as  if  they  had  not  been.  Nor  shall  it  be  with 
thee  as  in  former  days,  but  I  will  do  better  for 
thee  than  at  thy  beginning.  For  yet  a  little 
while,  O  my  Mansoul,  even  after  a  few  more 
times  are  gone  over  thy  head,  I  will  (but  be  not 
thou  troubled  at  what  I  say)  take  down  this 
famous  town  of  Mansoul,  stick  and  stone,  to  the 
ground.  And  I  will  carry  the  stones  thereof, 
and  the  timber  thereof,  and  the  walls  thereof,  and 
the  dust  thereof,  and  the  inhabitants  thereof,  into 
mine  own  country,  even  into  a  kingdom  of  my 
Father;  and  will  there  set  it  up  in  such  strength 
and  glory,  as  it  never  did  see  in  the  kingdom 
whei^-  now  it  is  placed.  I  will  even  there  set  it 
up  f^r  my  Father's  habitation ;  for  for  that 
purpose  it  was  at  first  erected  in  the  kingdom  of 
Universe  ;  and  there  will  I  make  it  a  spectacle 
of  wonder,  a  monument  of  mercy,  and  the  ad- 
mirer of  its  own  mercy.  There  shall  the  natives 
of  Mansoul  see  all  that,  of  which  they  have  seen 
nothing  here:  there  shall  they  be  equal  to  those 
unto  whom  they  have  been  inferior  here.  And 
there  sh'alt  thou,  O  my  Mansoul,  have  such 
communion  with  me,  with  my  Father,  and  with 
your  Lord  Secretary,  as  is  not  possible  here  to 
30* 


342  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

be  enjoyed,  nor  ever  could  be,  shouldest  thou 
live  in  Universe  the  space  of  a  thousand 
years. 

"  And  there,  0  my  Mansoul,  thou  shalt  be 
afraid  of  murderers  no  more  ;  of  Diabolonians 
and  their  threats  no  more.  There,  there  shall 
be  no  more  plots,  nor  contrivances,  nor  designs 
against  thee,  O  my  Mansoul.  There  thou  shalt 
no  more  hear  the  evil-tidings,  or  the  noise  of 
the  Diabolonian  drum.  There  thou  shalt  not 
see  the  Diabolonian  standard-bearers,  nor  yet 
behold  Diabolus's  standard.  No  Diabolonian 
mount  shall  be  cast  up  against  thee  there  ;  nor 
shall  there  the  Diabolonian  standard  be  set  up 
to  make  thee  afraid.  There  thou  shalt  not  need 
captains,  engines,  soldiers,  and  men  of  war. 
There  thou  shalt  meet  with  no  sorrow,  nor  grief; 
nor  shall  it  be  possible  that  any  Diabolonian 
should  again,  for  ever,  be  able  to  creep  into  thy 
skirts,  burrow  in  thy  walls,  or  be  seen  again 
within  thy  borders  all  the  days  of  eternity. 
Life  shall  there  last  longer  than  here  you  are 
able  to  desire  it  should;  and  yet  it  shall  always 
be  sweet  and  new,  nor  shall  any  impediment 
attend  it  for  ever. 

"  There,  O  Mansoul,  thou  shalt  meet  with 
many  of  those  that  have  been  like  thee,  and  that 
have  been  partakers  of  thy  sorrows  ;  even  such 
as  I  have  chosen,  and  redeemed,  and  set  apart,  as 
thou,  for  my  Father's  court  and  city-royal.  All 
they  will  be  glad  in  thee,  and  thou,  when  thou 
seest  them,  shalt  be  glad  in  thine  heart. 

"  There  are  things,  0  Mansoul,  even  things 
of  my  Father's  providing,  and  mine,  that  never 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  3  i'S 

were  seen  since  the  beginning  of  the  world  ;  and 
they  are  laid  up  with  my  Father,  and  sealed  up 
among  his  treasures  for  thee,  till  thou  shalt  come 
thither  to  enjoy  them.  I  told  you  before,  that 
I  would  remove  my  Mansoul,  and  set  it  up 
elsewhere  ;  and  where  I  will  set  it,  there  are 
those  that  love  thee,  and  those  that  rejoice  in 
thee  now  ;  but  how  much  more,  when  they  shall 
see  thee  exalted  to  honour!  My  Father  will 
then  send  them  for  you  to  fetch  you  ;  and  their 
bosoms  are  chariots  to  put  you  in.  And  you,  0 
my  Mansoul,  shall  ride  upon  the  wings  of  the 
wind.  They  will  come  to  convey,  conduct,  and 
bring  you  to  that,  when  your  eyes  see  more,  that 
will  be  your  desired  haven. 

"  And  thus,  O  my  Mansoul,  I  have  showed 
unto  thee  what  shall  be  done  to  thee  hereafter, 
if  thou  canst  hear,  if  thou  canst  understand  ;  and 
now  I  will  tell  thee  what  at  present  must  be  thy 
duty  and  practice,  until  I  come  and  fetch  thee  to 
myself,  according  as  is  related  in  the  Scriptures 
of  truth. 

"  First,  I  charge  thee  that  thou  dost  hereafter 
keep  more  white  and  clean  the  liveries  which 
I  gave  thee  before  my  last  withdrawing  from 
thee.  Do  it,  I  say,  for  this  will  be  thy  wisdom. 
They  are  in  themselves  fine  linen,  but  thou  must 
keep  them  white  and  clean.  This  will  be  your 
wisdom,  your  honour,  and  will  be  greatly  for  my 
glory.  When  your  garments  are  white,  the 
world  will  count  you  mine.  Also,  when  your 
garments  are  white,  then  I  am  delighted  in  your 
ways;  for  then  your  goings  to  and  fro  will  be 
like   a   flash   of   lightning,    that   those    that   are 


344  THE    HOLY    WAR 

present  must  take  notice  of;  also  their  eyes  will 
be  made  to  dazzle  thereat.  Deck  thyself,  there- 
fore, according  to  my  bidding,  and  make  thyself 
by  my  law  straight  steps  for  thy  feet ;  so  shall 
thy  King  greatly  desire  thy  beauty,  for  he  is  thy 
Lord,  and  worship  thou  him. 

"  Now,  that  thou  mayest  keep  them  as  I  bid 
thee,  I  have,  as  I  before  did  tell  thee,  provided 
for  thee  an  open  fountain  to  wash  thy  garments 
in.  Look,  therefore,  that  thou  wash  often  in 
my  fountain,  and  go  not  in  denied  garments  ; 
for  as  it  is  to  my  dishonour  and  my  disgrace,  so 
it  will  be  to  thy  discomfort,  when  you  shall  walk 
in  filthy  garments.  Let  not,  therefore,  my  gar- 
ments, your  garments,  the  garments  that  I  gave 
thee,  be  denied  or  spotted  by  the  flesh.  Keep 
thy  garments  always  white,  and  let  thy  head  lack 
no  ointment. 

"My  Mansoul,  I  have  ofttimes  delivered  thee 
from  the  designs,  plots,  attempts,  and  conspiracies 
of  Diabolus  ;  and  for  all  this  I  ask  thee  nothing, 
but  that  thou  render  not  to  me  evil  for  my  good ; 
but  that  thou  bear  in  mind  my  love,  and  the  con- 
tinuation of  my  kindness  to  my  beloved  Mansoul, 
so  as  to  provoke  thee  to  walk  in  thy  measure 
according  to  the  benefit  bestowed  on  thee.  Of 
old,  the  sacrifices  were  bound  with  cords  to  the 
horns  of  the  altar.     Consider  what  is  said  to  thee, 

0  my  blessed  Mansoul. 

"  O  my  Mansoul,  I   have  lived,  I  have  died. 

1  live,  and  will  die  no  more  for  thee.  I  live 
that  thou  mayest  not  die.  Because  I  live,  thou 
shalt  live  also.  I  reconciled  thee  to  my  Father 
by  the  blood  of  my  cross  ;  and  being  reconciled, 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  345 

thou  shalt  live  through  me.  I  will  pray  for 
thee  ;  I  will  fight  for  thee ;  I  will  yet  do  thee 
good. 

"Nothing  can  hurt  thee  but  sin;  nothing  can 
grieve  me  but  sin ;  nothing  can  make  thee  base 
before  thy  foes  but  sin :  take  heed  of  sin,  my 
Mansoul. 

"And  dost  thou  know  why  I  at  first,  and  do 
still  suffer  Diabolonians  to  dwell  in  thy  walls,  O 
Mansoul?  It  is  to  keep  thee  wakening,  to  try 
thy  love,  to  make  thee  watchful,  and  to  cause 
thee  yet  to  prize  my  noble  captains,  their  soldiers, 
and  my  mercy. 

"  It  is  also,  that  yet  thou  mayest  be  made  to 
remember  what  a  deplorable  condition  thou  once 
wast  in.  I  mean  when,  not  some,  but  all  did 
dwell,  not  in  thy  walls,  but  in  thy  castle,  and  in 
thy  stronghold,  O  Mansoul. 

"  O    my    Mansoul,    should    I    slay    all    them 
within,  many  there  be  without,  that  would  bring 
thee  into  bondage  ;  for,  were  all  those  within  cut 
off,  those  without  would  find  thee  sleeping ;  and 
then,  as   in  a  moment,  they  would  swallow  up 
my  Mansoul.     I  therefore  left  them  in  thee,  not 
to  do  thee  hurt,  (the  which  they  yet  will,  if  thou, 
hearken  to  them,  and  serve  them,)  but  to  do  thee  x 
good,  the  which  they  must,  if  thou   watch  and 
fight  against  them.     Know,  therefore,  that  what- 
ever they  shall  tempt  thee  to,  my  design  is,  that.  . 
they  should  drive  thee,  not  further  off,  but  nearer 
to  my  Father,  to   teach  thee  war,  to   make  peti-  ^v^ 
tioning  desirable  to  thee,  and  to  make  thee  little  ^ 
in  thine  own  eyes.     Hearken  diligently  to  this,  j 
mv  Mansoul. 


346  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

"  Show  me,  then,  thy  love,  my  Mansoul,  and 
let  not  those  that  are  within  thy  walls,  take  thy 
affections  off  from  him  that  hath  redeemed  thy 
soul.  Yea,  let  the  sight  of  a  Diabolonian 
heighten  thy  love  to  me.  I  came  once,  and 
twice,  and  thrice,  to  save  thee  from  the  poison 
of  those  arrows  that  would  have  wrought  thy 
death;  stand  for  me,  thy  Friend,  my  Mansoul, 
against  the  Diabolonians,  and  I  will  stand  for  thee 
before  my  Father,  and  all  his  court.  Love  me 
against  temptation,  and  I  will  love  thee  notwith- 
standing thine  infirmities. 

"  0  my  Mansoul,  remember  what  my  captains, 
my  soldiers,  and  mine  engines  have  done  for 
thee.  They  have  fought  for  thee,  they  have 
suffered  by  thee,  they  have  borne  much  at  thy 
hands  to  do  thee  good,  O  Mansoul.  Hadst  thou 
not  had  them  to  help  thee,  Diabolus  had 
certainly  made  a  hand  of  thee.  Nourish  them, 
therefore,  my  Mansoul.  When  thou  dost  well, 
they  will  be  well ;  when  thou  dost  ill,  they  will 
be  ill,  and  sick,  and  weak.  Make  not  my 
captains  sick,  0  Mansoul ;  for  if  they  be  sick, 
thou  canst  not  be  well ;  if  they  be  weak,  thou 
canst  not  be  strong ;  if  the)  be  faint,  thou  canst 
not  be  stout  and  valiant  for  thy  King,  O  Man- 
soul. Nor  must  thou  think  always  to  live  by 
sense :  thou  must  live  upon  my  word.  Thou 
must  believe,  O  my  Mansoul,  when  I  am  from 
thee,  that  yet  I  love  thee,  and  bear  thee  upon 
mine  heart  for  ever. 

"  Remember,  therefore,  O  my  Mansoul,  that 
th#u  art  beloved  of  me :  as  I  have,  therefore, 
taught   thee   to   watch,    to    fight,    to   pray,    and 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  IM7 

to  make  war  against  my  foes  ;  so  now  I  command 
thee  to  believe  that  my  love  is  constant  to  thee. 
0  my  Mansoul,  how  have  I  set  my  heart,  un- 
love upon  thee  !  Watch.  Behold  I  lay  none 
other  burden  upon  thee,  than  what  thou  hast 
already.     Hold  fast,  till  I  come." 


THE    END. 


Pr.nceton  Theolog.cl  SmM»-S peer  Library 


1   1012  01005  0112 


